CURRICULUM AND ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR B. TECH

CURRICULUM AND

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

FOR B. TECH. PROGRAM

Applicable for students admitted in 2014-15 Academic Year

Vaddeswaram – 522 502 (A.P) INDIA

CONTENTS

Sl.No

DETAILS

PAGE NO

Academic Regulations

Course Structure

Humanities & Social Sciences

Basic Sciences

Engineering Sciences

Professional Core courses

Professional Electives

Courses for Honor’s Degree

Open Electives

Courses for Minor Degree

Management Electives

Audited Courses and Non-Credit Courses

Syllabus

Humanities & Social Sciences

Basic Sciences

Engineering Sciences

Professional Core

Professional Electives

144

Courses for Honor’s Degree

245

Open Electives

275

Courses for Minor Degree

299

Management Electives

333

Audited , Non-Credit Courses

343

Proposed Course structure- Semester wise

350

Note: While every effort has been made to ensure that this book is accurate and up to date, it

may include typographical or other errors. Changes are periodically made to this publication and

will be incorporated in new edition.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS FOR B.TECH. PROGRAM

(Applicable for students admitted from 2014-2015)

This document supplements the University’s rules and regulations to provide assistance to all

B.Tech students. It is required that every individual has to abide by these regulations.

TERMINOLOGY

Academic Council: The Academic Council is the highest academic body of the University and is

responsible for the maintenance of standards of instruction, education and examination within

the University. Academic Council is an authority as per UGC regulations and it has the right to take

decisions on all academic matters including academic research.

Academic Year: It is the period necessary to complete an actual course of study within a year. It

comprises of two consecutive semesters i.e., Even and Odd semester.

Audited Course: It is a course of study which neither has evaluation component nor a grade.

Backlog Course: A course is considered to be a backlog course if the student has obtained a failure

grade (F).

Basic Sciences : The courses of foundational nature in the areas of Mathematics, Physics,

Chemistry, Biology etc., are offered in this category.

Betterment : Betterment is a way that contributes towards improving the students’ grade in any

course(s). It can be done by either (a) re-appearing or (b) re-registering for the course.

Board of Studies : Board of Studies (BOS) is an authority as defined in UGC regulations,

constituted by Vice Chancellor for each of the department separately. They are responsible for

curriculum design and update in respect of all the programs offered by a department.

Branch of Study: It is a branch of knowledge, an area of study or a specific program (like Civil

Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical and Electronics Engineering etc.)

Certificate course : It is a course that makes a student gain hands-on expertise and skills required

for holistic development. It is a mandatory, non-credited course for the award of degree.

Change of Branch : Change of branch means transfer from one’s branch of study to other.

Compulsory course : Course required to be undertaken for the award of the degree as per the

program.

Course : A course is a subject offered by the University for learning in a particular semester.

Course Handout : Course Handout is a document, which gives complete plan of the course. It

contains the details of the course viz. Course title, Course code, Pre -requisite, Credit structure,

team of instructors, Course objectives, Course rationale, Course Outcomes and the relevant

syllabus, textbook(s) and reference books, Course delivery plan and session plan, evaluation

method, chamber consultation hour, course notices and other course related aspects. In essence,

course handout is an agreement between students (learners) and the instructor.

Course Outcomes : The essential skills that need to be acquired by every student through a

course.

Credit : A credit is a unit that gives weight to the value, level or time requirements of an academic

course. The number of 'Contact Hours' in a week of a particular course determines its credit value.

One credit is equivalent to one lecture hour per week or two hours per week of tutorials/ self-

learning/ practical/ field work during a semester.

Credit point : It is the product of grade point and number of credits for a course.

Credit Transfer : The procedure of granting credit(s) to a student for course(s) undertaken at

another institution.

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) : It is a measure of cumulative performance of a student

over all the completed semesters. The CGPA is the ratio of total credit points secured by a student

in various courses in all semesters and the sum of the total credits of all courses in all the

semesters. It is expressed up to two decimal places.

Curriculum : Curriculum incorporates the planned interaction of students with instructional

content, materials, resources, and processes for evaluating the attainment of Program

Educational Objectives.

Degree : A student who fulfills all the Program requirements is eligible to receive a degree.

Degree with Specialization : A student who fulfills all the Program requirements of her/his

discipline and successfully completes a specified set of Professional elective courses in a

specialized area is eligible to receive a degree with specialization.

Department : An academic entity that conducts relevant curricular and co-curricular activities,

involving both teaching and non-teaching staff and other resources.

Detention in a course : Student who does not obtain minimum prescribed marks in continuous in-

semester evaluation and /or minimum prescribed attendance in a course shall be detained in that

particular course.

Dropping from the Semester : A student who doesn’t want to register for the semester should do

so in writing in a prescribed format before commencement of the semester.

Elective Course : A course that can be chosen from a set of courses. An elective can be

Professional Elective, Open Elective, Management Elective and Humanities Elective.

Engineering Sciences : The courses belonging to basic evolutionary aspects of engineering from

Mechanical Sciences, Electrical Sciences and Computing like Engineering Mechanics, Data

structures, Network Theory, Signal Analysis etc...

Evaluation : Evaluation is the process of judging the academic work done by the student in her/his

courses. It is done through a combination of continuous in-semester assessment and semester

end examinations.

Grade : It is an index of the performance of the students in a said course. Grades are denoted by

alphabets.

Grade Point : It is a numerical weight allotted to each letter grade on a 10 - point scale.

Honors Degree : A student who fulfills the entire Program requirements of her/his discipline and

successfully completes a specified set of additional courses within the same program is eligible to

receive an Honors degree.

Humanities Elective : A course offered in the area of Liberal Arts.

Industrial Training : Training program undergone by the student as per the academic requirement

in any company/firm. It is a credited course.

Industrial Visit : Visit to a company/firm as per the academic requirement.

In-Semester Evaluation : Summative assessments used to evaluate student learning, acquired

skills, and academic attainment during a course.

Make-up Test : An additional test scheduled on a date other than the originally scheduled date.

Management elective: A course that develops managerial skills and inculcates entrepreneurial

skills.

Mini project : Mini Project is a credit-based course that a student has to undergo during his/her

academic term, which involves the student to explore in a discipline belonging to their research

interest within their program area.

Minor Degree : A student who fulfills all the Program requirements of her/his discipline and

successfully completes a specified set of courses from another discipline is eligible to receive a

minor degree in that discipline.

Multi- Section Course : Course taught for more than one section.

Open Elective : This is a course of interdisciplinary nature. It is offered across the University for all

programs.

Over loading : Registering for more number of credits than normally prescribed by the Program in

a semester.

Practice School : It is a part of the total program and takes one full semester in a professional

location, where the students and the faculty get involved in finding solutions to real-world

problems. A student can choose Project/Practice School during his/her 7

or 8

semester of

his/her Academic Year to meet the final requirements for a degree.

Pre-requisite : A course, the knowledge of which is required for registration into higher level

course.

Professional Core : The courses that are essential constituents of each engineering discipline are

categorized as Professional Core courses for that discipline.

Professional Elective : A course that is discipline centric. An appropriate choice of minimum

number of such electives as specified in the program will lead to a degree with specialization.

Program : A set of courses offered by the Department. A student can opt and complete the

stipulated minimum credits to qualify for the award of a degree in that Program.

Program Educational Objectives : The broad career, professional, personal goals that every

student will achieve through a strategic and sequential action plan.

Project : Course that a student has to undergo during his/her final year which involves the student

to undertake a research or design, which is carefully planned to achieve a particular aim. It is a

credit based course.

Project based laboratory : Project Based Laboratory is a student-centric learning methodology

that involve students in design, problem-solving, decision making, and investigative activities;

gives students the opportunity to work in teams, over extended periods of time; and culminate in

realistic products or presentations

Re-Appearing : A student can reappear only in the semester end examination for the Theory

component of a course, subject to the regulations contained herein.

Registration : Process of enrolling into a set of courses in a semester/ term of the Program.

Re-Registering : A student desiring to repeat a course is permitted to do so, subject to the

regulations contained herein.

Semester : It is a period of study consisting of 15 to 18 weeks of academic work equivalent to

normally 90 working days including examination and preparation holidays. The odd Semester

starts normally in July and even semester in December.

Semester End Examinations : It is an examination conducted at the end of a course of study.

Single Section Course : Course taught for a single section.

Social Service : An activity designed to promote social awareness and generate well-being;

to improve the life and living conditions of the society.

Student Outcomes : The essential skill sets that need to be acquired by every student during

her/his program of study. These skill sets are in the areas of employability, entrepreneurial, social

and behavioral.

Substitution of Elective course : Replacing an elective course with another elective course as

opted by the student.

Summer term : The term during which courses are offered from May to July. Summer term is not

a student right and will be offered at the discretion of the University.

Term Paper : A 'term paper' is a research report written by students that evolves their course

based knowledge, accounting for a grade. Term paper is a written original research work

discussing a topic in detail. It is a credit based course.

Under-loading : Registering for lesser number of credits than normally prescribed by the Program

in a semester.

Withdraw from a Course : Withdrawing from a Course means that a student can drop from a

course within the first two weeks of the odd or even Semester (deadlines are different for

summer sessions). However s/he can choose a substitute course in place of it by exercising the

option within 5 working days from the date of withdrawal.

Degrees:

A student enrolling into the B.Tech Programs offered by various departments are eligible for the

following degrees:

a) B.Tech degree in the respective departments : A general degree, obtained by taking courses

offered by the department, and Five Professional Electives ; within from various Groups offered

by the department, and taking up a Practice School / Project in his/ her chosen area within the

domain of the department.

b) B.Tech degree with Specialization in domains: A degree, obtained by taking courses offered by

the department, and taking the Five Professional Electives chosen from within the Specialized

Streams offered by the department, and along with it taking up Practice School / Project

preferably falling in the domain of the chosen Specialization only.

c) B.Tech Honors Degree: This is a flexibility offered only for the elite students of the Program,

who opts for it and take up additional courses that foster their domain knowledge which are over

and above the courses minimum required for any student to get a regular B.Tech degree. This

degree will also be offered only within a duration of 4 years, and in between such students should

not have any discontinuities in terms of Re-registrations, back logs, failures, detentions etc in any

one the courses registered by them.

d) Dual Degree: A B.Tech student can opt for a dual degree either in M.Tech or M.B.A at the end

of 4

Semester. The required courses to be done and the program structure to obtain Dual degree

in a minimum period of 5 years will be supplemented by the respective departments. At the end

of four years the student will get his normal degree and after successful completion of 5 years the

M.Tech./MBA degree will be awarded.

e) B.Tech degree with a Minor in different discipline: A student who completes all the B. Tech

requirements of one discipline for which he/she is admitted (or took transfer of branch), is

awarded with Major degree in that discipline. The University offers flexibility for a student to

complete a smaller set of courses from another discipline and awards him/her a minor degree in a

different discipline.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

This document supplements the University’s rules and regulations to provide assistance to all

undergraduate students. It is the responsibility of the student to comply with it, as it is the rule

and the requirements of the University for the Conferment of degrees.

1.0 INTRODUCTION

K.L University will confer B. Tech degree to candidates who are admitted to the Bachelor of

Technology (B. Tech) Programs and fulfill all the requirements for the award of the degree. The

University offers four year full time programmes in specialized engineering disciplines that

address the immediate national requirements by providing adequately trained manpower.

2.0 DETAILS OF B.TECH PROGRAMS ON OFFER

2.1 Department wise list of programs offered

The disciplines in which the courses of study are available and degrees will be offered at

undergraduate (B. Tech) level are:

1. Biotechnology (BT)

2. Civil Engineering (CE)

3. Computer Science & Engineering (CSE)

4. Electronics and Communication Engineering (ECE)

5. Electrical and Electronics Engineering (EEE)

6. Electronics and Computer Engineering (ECM)

7. Mechanical Engineering (ME)

2.2 UG Engineering programs with Specialization

University offers courses for engineering program with specialization that are to be chosen

by the students as part of their UG Engineering specialization program of:

a) The University permits a student to register for a minimum 5 specialization elective

courses. A student will be awarded Degree with Specialization if she / he complete 5

courses of his choice from a particular stream within the discipline. However he has to

do his project preferably in the particular domain of his/her chosen.

b) In situations where a student completes courses of two different specialization streams,

he/she will be awarded the degree with specialization (optional) in any one stream of

his/her choice, for which they need to make a representation to the concerned HOD at

the end of 7

semester.

2.3 UG Engineering programs with a Minor in different discipline

a) A student who completes all the B. Tech requirements of one discipline for which he/she

is admitted (or took transfer of branch), is awarded with Major degree in that discipline.

The University offers flexibility for a student to complete a smaller set of courses from

another discipline and awards him/her a minor degree in a different discipline.

b) For obtaining minor degree the student must complete 5 additional courses from the

regular curriculum of his/her desired domain and as stipulated by the relevant BOS.

c) In situations where a student completes courses of two different minor degree

programs by overloading himself or by attending summer term programs, he will be

awarded with a minor degree in any single stream of his choice. However the courses

successfully completed by him will be listed in the transcript.

d) Such students will be awarded only one degree by specifying the minor area they have

done (Optional).

2.4 UG Engineering Program with Honors

The Honors programme is for those who wish to do more in their major branch of

engineering. It is also recognition of excellence in that field of engineering. Thus, in order to

earn the Honors in the major field of engineering, a student has to do 5 extra courses by

overloading themselves and earn additional credits through course work in topics related to

the major discipline and also maintain a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 8.5 or

higher at the levels of Entry & Exit.

A student having a CGPA of 8.5 or higher at the end of 4

semester can start taking

additional course towards the Honors’ programme. However if the aspirants are more than

10% in each programme opportunity will be provided on merit basis to the top 10%. Extra 5

courses done in specified focused areas will thus lead to earning an Honor in one’s own

discipline.

Starting from the fifth semester, students who have opted for Honors are permitted

to take one or two courses in every semester, in addition to the prescribed courses for their

degree and as mentioned earlier, it is subjected to offering of the course by the University. A

student has to pre-register for the course, which she/he intends to take towards the end of

the semester and seats will be allotted based on the academic performance of the student

towards the basic requirement of his/her, degree. A student has to enter this extra course

too in the course registration form, when permitted. One should note that there is no

separate registration for Honors.

In any semester, a student cannot register for only those courses which form part of

her/his additional learning component. There should at least be one course component that

is specified as the minimum requirement of the degree. Moreover, a student cannot

overstay in the programme once the minimum requirements prescribed for the degree are

completed.

3.0 ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR REGISTERING INTO UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMS

Admission to the University is open to qualified young men and women. Candidates seeking

admission to the first semester of the eight semesters B. Tech. Degree Programme should

have passed the Intermediate Examination (10 +2) (Higher Secondary) of program of study

with 60% of marks in Mathematics, Physics, and Chemistry in the case of Engineering

programmes and Mathematics/Biology, Physics, and Chemistry in the case of Bio-

Technology programmes approved by the Government of Andhra Pradesh

(AND / OR)

Should have passed the engineering entrance examination i.e., EAMCET, or AIEEE, or JEE

(MAIN), or KLUEEE

(AND / OR)

To enter into the 3

semester of B-Tech engineering programme directly, the students

should possess the Diploma in Engineering / Technology awarded by the State Board of

Technical Education, Andhra Pradesh (SBTET)

For foreign students who wish to study at the University, please refer to the “Foreign

Student Admission Procedures” stated separately and comply with the study requirements

of the Ministry of Education.

Transferees are accepted only if there are allotted slots in any departments. Should there be

allotted slots, a transferee examination will be conducted for the enrollment of transfer

students. Take note that a transferee must at least finish one full school year at his/her

previous University and cannot transfer to the University if in his/her final year of study.

4.0 UG PROGRAM CURRICULUM DESIGN

For an academic programme the curriculum is the basic framework that will stipulate the credits,

category, course code, course title, course delivery (Lectures / Tutorials / Lab / Project), in the

credit based system

4.1 Program Structure

a) Each Academic Year is divided into two semesters, each of, approximately, 18 weeks

duration:

Odd Semester (July – December)

Even Semester (January – May).

(Summer Term (May – July))

b) All courses are categorized into three streams even, odd and dual semester courses.

c) Even semester courses are offered only during even semester i.e., January-May, Odd

semester courses are offered only during odd semester i.e., July-December and dual

semester courses are offered during both even & odd semesters.

d) Summer Term starts around the middle of May and ends around first week of July.

e) A Program is a set of courses offered by the University that a student can opt and

complete certain credits to qualify for the award of a degree. First year courses are

divided into two semesters. Students have independency to choose courses of their own

choice prescribed by the University, subject to the maximum permissible limit in each

course as specified by the University from time to time.

f) From second year onwards a student can register for a maximum of 24 credits or 7

credit courses(whichever is less) per semester (except while doing project work/practice

school/Minor degree/Honors degree/Integrated program) of his/her choice from his

entire curriculum, subject to the fulfillment of pre-requisites as defined for each course.

g) A student can choose project/practice school only during 7

or 8

semester.

4.2 Course Structure

a) All courses have a Lecture/Tutorial/Experiment/Design component (L-T-P) to indicate

the contact hours. ‘T’ and ‘P’ components of a course may be void. Separate pure

Laboratory course (0-0-P) may also be provided. All courses have a credit count.

Teaching of courses would be reckoned in terms of credits. Every course has a list of

courses (may be void) in certain cases as its pre-requisite.

b) For calculating credit, in general each lecture and tutorial hour per week will be

considered as one credit and two practical hours as one credit. Project work will be

treated as equivalent to twelve credits and Practice school will be treated as equivalent

to twelve credits.

c) However, in situations where calculated value of credit is a fraction, it is rounded to the

next number.

d) The curriculum for all the programmes in the first year shall be common for

all disciplines (except Bio-Technology). However, slight deviations are permitted with

prior approval from Board of Studies and Academic Council.

e) For all the Professional Core Courses, offered by various departments, the students have

to necessarily undertake a Lab Course along with a Group based Project task, which

must be allotted by the Course Coordinator and the Team of Instructors, ensuring the

topic for each Group of students to be covering all major portions of the course. This is

for making the students gain more Practical exposure / hands on, on the Core Courses

and thus making them well versed and potentially strong in fundamentals of their

respective departments.

4.3 Course Precedence

a) A student who has qualified in all the courses in the pre-requisite would be allowed to

b) In any course if a student appears for final exam or is successfully promoted (through

internals etc.) deemed to have met the prerequisite for next higher level course.

c) The Dean Academics after consulting with Department concerned has the prerogative to

waive the prerequisite (if it is satisfied through a test) if the student has gained sufficient

proficiency to take up the course.

4.4 Specialization through Elective Courses

a) If a student chooses any course outside the compulsory courses prescribed by the

department is known as elective course.

b) The student is permitted to choose the elective courses of his/her choice within his/her

own discipline.

c) The University offers five types of electives:

(i) Specialization elective: An elective course offered by the Department for the

fulfillment of degree with specialization is known as specialization elective.

(ii) University/open elective: A course which is of interdisciplinary nature having no

prerequisites is known as University elective. B. Tech degree student can register

for these courses during 5

semester or later.

(iii) Management elective: An elective course offered to encourage managerial skills

and to inculcate entrepreneurship skills for an undergraduate student is known as

management elective. Management elective courses are offered at institutional

level and are different from electives of management group.

(iv) Professional Core Elective: Professional Core Elective course is deemed essential

for an academic degree consists of all core courses that considered being essential

and consisting of the required core courses to meet a graduation requirement for

a student. A student can register for these courses from 3

year onwards.

(v) Humanities and Science Elective: The Humanities and Sciences elective offer a

variety of academic choices for all students working toward an undergraduate

Engineering degree. It is designed to provide the students with social, cultural,

political and economic background crucial to fulfilling the College of Engineering's

purpose of "preparing our graduates to begin a lifetime of technical and

professional creativity and leadership in their chosen field". Students are

responsible for determining their qualification for taking an H&S course, not

limited to pre-requisites.

d) Specialization electives, discipline electives and compulsory discipline courses can be

chosen by the students of the respective disciplines only. However, the students of a

particular discipline can register for specialization/ discipline / interdisciplinary minor /

compulsory discipline courses of other disciplines provided they have met the pre

requisite or when pre requisite is waived by Dean Academics.

e) A student is not permitted to choose an open elective, if he has already done that

course as a part of regular programme (or) a student is not permitted to choose an

open elective course, if it covers more than 30% of content already done by him under

regular programme.

f) An elective course is offered, only if there are a minimum 20 number of students

registered for it.

g) A student shall take up minimum two certificate courses related to advanced topics/

areas as offered by their Department.

4.5 Summer Term and Evening Courses

The University may offer summer term and evening courses, as per the necessity from time

to time. The course to be run during summer shall be decided on the basis of essential

deficiencies made by group of students. Following conditions apply for students registering

for summer term and evening courses.

(a) Students falling in any one of the following categories can register for summer term

and evening courses, provided they have completed prerequisites for the courses

offered:

(i) Who have been allowed semester withdrawal on medical grounds

(ii) Who have failed in the subjects in a regular semester (OR)

(iii) Who have taken lesser load on advice/by choice (OR)

(iv) Whose earned credits have fallen below the credits earned by a regular student of

the same programme for some reason and who has taken courses as per advice of

his/her faculty.

(b) A student can register only for a maximum of three courses in each summer term.

Students registering for more than 1 summer course have to ensure that there is no

clash in the time table. In case of clash immediately they have to approach Director,

Registrations/Dean-Academics for time table adjustment. If the time table does not

permit the fee paid by them will be refunded.

timings do not clash with regular course work and the registration of such students is

subjected to the approval of Dean-Academics.

(d) Any student who is registering for summer term or evening courses has to pay

Requisite fee prescribed by the University.

(e) Summer course/evening course is not a student right and will be offered based on

availability of faculty and other institute resources. If the course is not offered the

fees paid will be refunded in to-to.

5.0 EVALUATION OF UG PROGRAMS

A student’s academic progress is examined according to any one or combination of the

following methods as decided by the Course Coordinator.

Home Assignments and Assignment tests given by the faculty during the course of study

Periodic internal Tests

Quizzes

Mid- Semester examinations in the middle of each semester

Semester Project Report assigned by faculty upon requirement

Final end examinations given at the end of the semester

a) The Mid-Semester and the End-semester examinations in respect of theory courses will

be conducted centrally by the examination section as per the schedule.

b) Appearing in the end-semester examination in the theory and laboratory subjects is

mandatory for a student.

c) Students will be permitted to appear in the examinations in only those subjects for

which they have registered either for study or for Examination at the beginning of the

semester.

d) Attending the Co-curricular activities like Seminars, Group discussion, Colloquia etc., are

mandatory.

e) Supplementary examinations for the benefit of fail/detained/summer term students will

be held only once in a year immediately after summer term classes.

f) Students may have to take more than one examination in a day either during

regular/supplementary examination.

5.1 Internal evaluation

a) The process of evaluation should be continuous throughout the semester and involves

components as decided by the course coordinator such as session tests, quizzes,

surprise quiz, case analysis, assignments, attendance, Home assignments, open book

tests, Seminars, project, term papers and practical examination constituting a total

weightage of 40% of total marks. However for Miniproject, Industrial training, Term

paper, final year project and Practice school, total weightage of 50% of total marks may

be allotted for Internal evaluation.

b) The distribution of weightage will be decided and announced by the course coordinator,

towards the beginning of the course, so that students are aware of the evaluation

mechanism to be followed in the course. In general, the distribution of weightage

among various components of a course for Combined Theory & Lab courses follow the

proportion rule of credits as L+T : P

c) The Course Coordinator will display solution - key on the notice board and in e-learning

site immediately after the evaluation component with evaluation scheme.

d) In order to maintain transparency in evaluation, the test and quiz answer sheets

including end exam will be shown to the students within one week of conducting the

exam. If a student is not convinced with the marks awarded he/she can request the

course coordinator to re-check on request.

e) No correction is permitted once the course coordinator submits the marks/grades to the

controller of examination.

DISTRIBUTION OF WEIGHTAGE

S. No

Nature of

examination

Marks

Type of examination and mode of

Assessment

Scheme of examination

*Theory

Semester end examination

This examination question paper in

theory subjects will be for a

maximum of 60 marks.

The distribution of weightage

should be decided and announced

by the course coordinator

(compulsory towards the

beginning of the course).

5 marks for attendance and for the

balance marks, the scheme of

examination & evaluation procedure

should be decided and announced by

the course coordinator (towards the

beginning of the course).

*Practical

Semester – end Lab examination

50 marks are allotted for semester

end laboratory/drawing examination.

The examination pattern will be

decided by the course coordinator in

consultation with Group Head.

The distribution of weightage

should be decided and announced

by the course coordinator

Based on Projects submitted

Mini Project /

Industrial

Training

100

The distribution of weightage

should be decided and announced

by the course coordinator

Term paper

Final year

Project

100

50 marks for External evaluation

Semester end Project Examination.

The distribution of weightage

should be decided & announced

by course coordinator

Practice

School

100

The distribution of weightage

should be decided by authorities

of Practice School.

Fortnightly progress reports, interim

evaluation and final evaluation.

*Note-1: 1. for pure Theory & pure Lab courses follow the above evaluation.

2. For Combined Theory & Lab courses follow the proportion rule as given below. 3-0-2

nature Theory Credits & Lab Credits are in 3:1 ratio. Hence the Internal marks evaluated for

Theory & Lab as above to be divided in the ratio 3:1 and clubbed.

3-1-2 nature Theory & Lab credits are in 4:1 ratio. Hence the Internal marks evaluated for Theory

& Lab as above to be divided in the ratio 4:1 and clubbed.

5.2 Comprehensive evaluation

(1) All regular courses will be evaluated as per the L-T-P structure and graded as shown

table 5.4B.

(2) All audited courses are evaluated and awarded satisfactory/not satisfactory grade. In

case of award of non-satisfactory the student has to reappear the end comprehensive

examination

(3) For non credit courses as per the L-T-P structure grading will be done and grades are

awarded as X, A, B, C, D, E or F. In case of F grade the student has to re-appear the end

Comprehensive examination

5.3 Betterment

a) A student may reappear for end comprehensive examination (theory part only) for

improving the grade in any course/courses, through betterment subject to the following

conditions:

The student has obtained the lowest pass grades in the course concerned, and

For improvement, their CGPA shall be ≤ 6.75. In the case of reappearing, the grade

obtained in reappearance or the earlier grade whichever is better will be

considered.

b) A Student having D or E grade and CGPA less than 6.75 can Re-register in a course at any

time before the completion of his graduation program provided the University facility

permits. However, a student who secured CGPA less than 5 should obtain prior

permission of Dean-Academics, before he / she Re-registers for a course.

c) For Re-registering to a course / reappearing for comprehensive examination, the

student has to pay the pre-requisite fee as prescribed by the University.

d) A student cannot Re-register/reappear for comprehensive examination in courses like

Professional Practice in Industries, summer internship, courses having course Structure

0-0-P, Mini Project, Project Work, Practice School/Term Paper or any other courses

which are conducted as vocational courses.

e) A student who has completed the formalities of graduation cannot Re-register a course /

reappear for evaluation components.

f) A student Re-registering for comprehensive examination for improving the grade must

ensure that the dates of evaluation components do not clash with any of his courses in

the regular semester is not permitted to Re-register for comprehensive examination

g) Director (Registration) can counsel the student in Academic Counseling Board (ACB) to

Re-register a course for evaluation components to improve his/her grade so that he/she

can come out of ACB purview. However, decision taken by the student in this regard

shall be final. Student who is advised to Re-register a course / semester does not extend

his/her graduation period.

h) In case of Re-registration for betterment he/she is exempted from attending the course

and the marks obtained by the student for attendance earlier for that course will be

carried forward.

i) A student repeating a course after obtaining NA report has to attend all the classes

j) Further the student has to attend all the evaluation components and ensure that the

dates don’t clash with any of his regular course.

k) The grade obtained by the student while repeating will be final and in no case the grade

obtained in previous attempt will be considered.

l) However such an improvement is not considered for the award of Rank or Gold medal.

Re-appearing with Registration:

A student can repeat a course by re-registering for two reasons:

i) To improve the grade – i.e. betterment

ii) When he/she is detained in a course.

*Repeating a course implies that the student will re-register for the course.

Re-appearing without Registration:

A student can reappear and clear the course in which he/she failed by taking

supplementary examinations. In such a case the marks obtained in internal components

and all lab components earlier are carried forward.

5.4 Grading Process

a) The overall performance of the student is described by Cumulative Grade Point Average

(CGPA) and is calculated taking into consideration grade obtained by the student in all

credited courses and credits attached to it. It is the weighted average of the grade

points of all the letter grades obtained in credited courses by the student from his entry

into the University. CGPA is computed as follows:

ccc

gcgcgc

CGPA

.....

2211

where c

, c

….. c

denotes credits associated with the course applied and g

, g

…denotes

grades obtained by the student.

b) At the end of all evaluation components based on the performance of the student, each

student is awarded with letter grade on a relative scale. The list of letter grades and its

connotation are given below:

The grades ‘X’ and ‘F’ will be earned and remaining grades will be awarded.

b) Absolute grading for 201314 admitted batch onwards vide amendment in XIII Academic

Council meeting dated 26

February 2014.

Resolved to adopt the absolute grading system instead of the absolute-cum-relative grading

system, by suitably amending the Academic Regulations of all programs for the batches of

Grade

Qualitative Meaning

Grade Point attached

Excellent

Very Good

Good

Fair

Satisfactory

Pass

Fail

students admitted from the Academic year 201314 and onwards. The following modifications as

given below.

GRADE

POINTS

% OF MARKS =

AICTE EQUATION

(10XCGPA-7.5)

RANGE

AVERAGE

92.5

100

92.5

82.5

<85

72.5

<80

62.5

<65

52.5

<60

52.5

42.5

<45

42.5

-----

<40

Failed

c) A student getting less than 40% of overall score and 40% in the comprehensive

examination will be considered to have earned F grade. In combined theory and lab

courses along with overall 40% score, the student should get independently 40% in both

theory and lab components else treated as failed in both.

d) A student who obtains ‘F’ grade has to reappear for the comprehensive examination.

However, such a student need not attend the classes and marks obtained in session

tests, surprise quiz, case analysis and attendance will be carried for the subsequent

attempts of the student.

e) In case of a student who has earned F grade, after the student has fulfilled all the

requirements for passing it will be converted into a valid grade by considering grade

cutoffs of the batch in which he/she had appeared for the course for 1

time.

f) A non-credit course also will be evaluated as a regular course and grades will be allotted.

g) Audited courses are graded as satisfactory or Un-satisfactory only.

h) At the end of each semester the University issues grade sheet indicating the CGPA of the

student. However, grade sheet will not be issued to the student if he/she has any

outstanding dues.

To convert CGPA into equivalent marks the equation to be used is

% OF MARKS = (10 X CGPA – 7.5)

5.5 Reports/Grades

a) The Course Coordinator can award the following Reports/Grades depending on the

cases:

(i) Grade from O, X, A, B, C, D and F is awarded to the student if the student satisfies

the corresponding requirements as specified in the section 5.4 (grading).

(ii) NA (Not Attended) is awarded to the student if the student has shortage of

attendance. When student is given NA he/she has to repeat the course. It should

be noted here that NA is different from F grade. For a student with F grade his/her

marks obtained in internal evaluation component will be carried forwarded. While

for a student awarded with NA Report has to reregister for such a course and

attend the classes.

(iii) GP (Grade Pending) is awarded in situations where Course Coordinator cannot

communicate the grade in time because of operational difficulties. The GP report

has to be converted into valid grade by the Course Coordinator at a later stage.

(iv) RC (Registration Cancelled) is awarded to a student for various reasons when the

registration for the course is cancelled by the University. Such a student will have

to re-register for the course in subsequent semesters/summer term whenever the

course is offered.

(v) DIP (Discontinued from Program) is awarded in situations where a student wants

to discontinue from the program with the prior approval of University.

(vi) W (Withdrawal from Program) awarded in situations where a student decided not

to attend for the semester must cancel their classes before the first day of the

semester to avoid having the classes be recorded on their transcript and being

financially responsible.

6.0 CALENDAR MANAGEMENT FOR UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMS

a) The Academic Council approves the schedule of academic activities prescribed for an

academic year.

b) Inclusive of dates for registration, class test and end-semester examinations etc. which shall

be mentioned in the Academic Calendar of the year, there will be a total of about 90

working days in each semester excluding the period of Comprehensive examinations.

7.0 REGISTRATION DURING SEMESTERS

All courses are categorized into three streams even, odd and dual semester courses. Even

semester courses offered only during Even Semester i.e., January-May, Odd Semester courses

offered only during Odd Semester, i.e., July-December and Dual semester courses offered during

both even and Odd Semesters.

Admission to all courses will be made in the Odd Semester of each session for the 1

and 2

Semester levels based on the eligibility criteria specified in the section 3.0. A student who satisfies

the University eligibility criteria should be present at the University on stated date for further

admission procedures.

Every student is required to be present and register at the commencement of each semester

on the day(s) fixed for and notified in the Academic calendar.

It is the responsibility of the individual student to register for either semester i.e., Even /

Odd. Registration in the summer term is optional.

The University has the right to refuse registration process if a student does not turn up on

the day of registration.

Normally, no late registration shall be permitted after the fifth working day from the

scheduled date of commencement of classes, except in special cases such as serious medical

problem, family calamity or participation in a national event, considering such compelling

reason, a student may be permitted for late registration (within one week of

commencement of semester) with prior approval from the Director, Academic Registration

with payment of requisite fine as prescribed by the University.

However, under no circumstances late registration after 15 calendar days from the

scheduled date of registration is allowed.

In the rare case of transfer from other universities after the semester commences, such a

student must produce his/her attendance statement from the concerned institution in each

course at the time of admission.

7.1 Registering for a course

a) A student either newly admitted or on rolls has to register for a course in each semester

on the day of registration as notified in the Academic calendar. Students failing to

b) The right of offering a particular course in a semester is only at the discretion of

University authorities.

c) The students registering for the first semester and second semester have to choose the

courses prescribed by the University subject to the maximum permissible limit as

specified by the University.

d) Students registering for the second semester and fourth, sixth and eighth Semesters of

their study will be permitted to register only if they have:

Cleared all the fees, outstanding dues of University and / or Hostel of

previous semesters.

Paid all prescribed fees for the current semester.

Not been debarred from registering for a specified period on disciplinary or any

other grounds

e) From third Semester onwards a student can choose a minimum of seven courses per

semester of his choice (or) register for a maximum of 24 credits whichever is less from

the curriculum as prescribed by the University, subject to the fulfillment of pre-

requisites as defined for each course.

f) A student shall not be allowed to withdraw from compulsory courses prescribed by the

University.

g) Students, who have opted for minor degree, Honors program or dual degree, can

basis by obtaining written permission from Dean Academics, if the student timetable

permits.

h) While doing project work or practice school a student is not permitted to register in any

other course except in case of student opting for honors, minor, dual degree etc.

i) The following conditions apply for a student registering for elective courses

(i) The student can register for an elective course within or across the disciplines only

if he/she has completed prerequisite courses with eligible grade.

(ii) The student is permitted to register for a particular elective course only if the total

course load is within the limit decided by the Director Academic Registration.

j) The student has to register for one management elective course in either seventh (or)

eighth Semester.

k) The University reserves the right to withdraw any elective course offered within one

week of the commencement of the semester if sufficient number of students is not

registered or for any other reasons.

l) In such cases, the students are permitted to register for any other elective course of

their choice provided they have fulfilled the eligibility conditions.

m) The University reserves the right to cancel the registration of a student from a course or

a semester or debar from the degree on disciplinary grounds.

7.2 Substituting a Registration

a) Within one week of the commencement of the semester, a student is permitted to

substitute an elective course (substitution) subject to availability with prior approval of

Dean-Academics.

b) However, a student is not permitted to withdraw from compulsory course and

substitute the same with an elective course.

7.3 Withdrawing from a Registration

a) A Student is permitted to withdraw from an elective course within one week after the

commencement of the semester with the approval of Dean-Academics.

b) Each application for semester withdrawal (through BOS Chairman) will be examined by

the Dean-Academics and depending on the merit of the case an appropriate

recommendation will be made to the Chairman Academic Council.

c) A Student is normally not permitted to withdraw from compulsory course(s) of the

discipline.

d) If a student desires to withdraw from compulsory courses of the discipline, he/she must

and should seek prior permission from Dean-Academics provided he/she must have to

complete the course whenever the same course(s) are offered later in the academic

curriculum before completing his/her graduation. This implies a student has to

complete all the compulsory courses prescribed by the department for obtaining the

degree of graduation.

7.4 Cancelation of a registration

A student is solely responsible to ensure that all conditions for proper registration are

satisfied, and there are no timetable clashes. The registration may be cancelled for a

course or the entire semester either by the student or by the University if any

irregularity is found at a later stage. A student’s registration for the semester may be

cancelled, if he does not meet the statutory requirement of Minimum of number of

credits or as part of disciplinary action Leave beyond permissible limits may also result in

cancellation of registration for a semester.

8.0 TEACHING UG ENGINEERING PROGRAMS

a) Course(s) taught by a single instructor (theory) is referred to as single section course and

course(s) taught by group of instructors in more than one section is referred to as multi-

section courses.

b) The teacher for single section course or associated with multi-section courses are referred to

as Instructor.

c) A team of instructors, under the leadership of Course Coordinator (shall be an instructor of

any one the theory section) shall work together to meet all requirements of teaching,

evaluation and administrative aspects of the course.

d) A course is conducted and evaluated by the course coordinator with the cooperation of all

instructors as a team.

e) The internal evaluation pattern will be announced by the course coordinator well before the

commencement of the class work with the prior approval from the Dean Academics.

f) Every course coordinator must specify the program outcomes, objectives, credits to be

earned and issue of course handouts to the students either in soft copy or in hard copy.

g) All course handouts are posted in e-learning site one week in advance.

h) The solution key of internal examinations conducted during the semester will be displayed

on the notice board and in the e-learning site immediately after the evaluation component

with evaluation scheme by the course coordinator.

9.0 ATTENDANCE

a) It is mandatory for a student to attend all the classes, tutorials, laboratories and other

evaluation components conducted by the University. A student may be detained from

appearing for an examination on grounds of shortage of attendance.

b) Attending the Co-curricular activities like Seminars, Group discussion, Colloquia etc., are

mandatory.

c) In each course attendance will be treated as evaluation component and marks are awarded

as shown below:

% of Attendance in Theory & Practical

classes

Marks awarded

≥ 95

≥ 90 and < 95

≥ 85 and < 90

≥ 80 and < 85

≥ 75 and < 80

d) Required minimum attendance is >= 75% attendance in all courses. On medical grounds a

student can avail a condonation of Maximum 10% attendance. However to avail the

condonation student has to submit a medical certificate from not below the Rank of Civil

asst surgeon and to condone or not is at the sole discretion of Dean-Academics. The

condonation list should be sent to the examination section duly signed by the Dean-

Academics well in advance..

e) 75% attendance is mandatory to attain eligibility to appear for the comprehensive

examination in a course. If a student fails to maintain 75% attendance and 40% internal

marks in a course he/she will be awarded with NA Report in that course. In such cases,

student will not be permitted to attend the comprehensive examination of that course(s)

where he/she has obtained NA Report. He/she has to register and repeat the course

whenever it is offered.

f) However, some relaxation to this rule is possible in the case of students participating in

extra -curricular activities as identified below:

One week for state level competitions.

Two weeks for National level competitions and

Three weeks for International events

Subjected to a maximum of two such participations in a Semester.

g) If the period of absence in a semester is for a short duration (of not more than one week)

prior application for leave should be submitted to the Head of the Department clearly

stating the reasons for absence along with supporting documents. The Head of the

Department will grant such leave at his/her discretion.

h) He/ She may be allowed for makeup of Laboratory/workshop classes conducted during the

period of absence.

i) If the student is continuously absent for more than 4 weeks, his name will be removed and

registration stands cancelled.

j) Absence for a period not exceeding one week in a semester due to sickness or any other

unavoidable reason for which prior application could not be made, may be condoned by the

Dean of the School/College, provided he is satisfied with the explanation.

k) This request should be supported by medical certificate from a recognized medical officer

not below the rank of Assistant civil surgeon.

l) This is also applicable in those cases who have attended for conferences, paper

presentations and sports with permission from the authorities where the student has valid

reason for absence.

m) In such cases the student can approach the course coordinator/ instructor for the makeup

test or assignment immediately on rejoining.

n) No makeup examination will be conducted for End semester examinations under any

circumstances.

o) If the period of absence is likely to exceed one week, a prior application for grant of leave

should be submitted to the Head of the Department in all the cases.

p) If the valid period of absence (on medical grounds) is more than 20 continuous working days

during the semester the student may apply for withdrawal from the entire semester at any

time clearing all the fee dues of the entire course and no fee are refunded at any cost.

q) The Vice-Chancellor may relax above rules in special situations which arise due to

extraordinary circumstances.

10.0 DETENTION

(i) A student getting less than 40% marks in internals and/ or 75% of attendance in each course

will be treated as detained and will not be permitted to appear for the end examinations, he

has to repeat the course whenever the University offers it.

(ii) (A student shall be permitted to register for 5

semester only if he/she fulfills the academic

requirement of total 47 credits from regular and supplementary examinations of 1

, 2

, 3

and 4

Semesters. Similarly for registering in 7

semester a student shall fulfill the academic

requirement of total 72 credits from regular and supplementary examinations of 1

to 6

Semesters. He will be allowed to register further for new courses only after clearing the

backlogs and acquiring the requisite credits.)

Subsequently dropped vide amendment in XIV Academic Council meeting dated 7

August 2015

11.0 ACADEMIC FLEXIBILITIES

University offers flexibility for B. Tech. Degree students in doing the courses. In addition to the

prescribed courses a student can register for more electives, summer term courses, evening

courses provided his/her timetable &University facility permits. He / she can either change from

one branch to another branch or the transfer of credits from one branch to another branch for

which the details are as follows

11.1 Change of Branch

A student admitted to a particular Branch of the B. Tech course will normally continue

studying in that branch till the completion of the programme. However, in special cases the

University may permit a student to change from one branch to another after the second

semester.

a) Only those who have cleared all the first and second semester subjects of first year are

eligible to apply for change of branch.

b) Change of branch shall be made strictly on the basis of merit of the applicants and

availability of seats category wise subjected to the following conditions:

(i) Top 1% students of the admitted students will be permitted to change their branch

subject to availability of seats.

(ii) For others, change will be permitted strictly on merit basis and category basis.

Students without fail grades, backlogs and with CGPA ≥ 8 will be eligible to apply.

Transfer may be allowed subject to availability of seats and strength of the

department does not exceed 5% of intake strength. However a weak student having

low CGPA requesting to transfer to other program may be permitted basing on

recommendations of ACB.

(iii) The request for change (in the order of merit) for student from department A

to department B will be considered if:

Strength of department B does not exceed 5% of intake strength.

Number of students on rolls in the department A does not fall below 85% of

the intake strength.

The request of student will be reconsidered (again in the order of merit) if

student does not violate (b) above, due to another student getting transferred

to department A.

In case of a tie the Grade and / or marks scored by the student in the course of

the Department for which he is seeking transfer will be considered.

Bio Technology students are also eligible for transfer to other Engineering

Programmes provided they are with the MPC background and satisfy the

eligibility. However, other Engineering programme students are eligible for

transfer to Bio Technology provided they complete the biology course by

registering themselves.

(iv) All changes of Branches made will be made effective from second year first

semester. Change of branch shall not be permitted thereafter.

(v) Change of branch once made will be final and binding on the student. No

student will be permitted, under any circumstances, to refuse the change of

branch offered.

(vi) Change of branch is not applicable for post graduate programmes.

11.2 Credit Transfer

(i) Credit transfer from KL University to other University or vice versa is permitted only

for under graduate programmes.

(ii) Credit transfer from KL University to other University: Student studying in KL

University can take transfer to another University under the following conditions:

KL University has signed MOU with the University.

A student has to pay the fees for all the remaining years when he/she seeks

transfer.

However, a student, after seeking transfer from KL University can return to KL

University after a semester or year. Based on courses done in the other

University, equivalent credits shall be awarded to such students.

(iii) Credit transfer from another University to KL University: A student studying in another

University can take transfer to KL University under the following conditions:

When a student seeks transfer, equivalent credits will be assigned to the

student based on the courses studied by the student.

The student, when transferred from other Universities, has to stick to the rules

and regulations of KL University.

To graduate from KL University, a student must study at least half of the

minimum duration prescribed for a program at KLU.

11.3 Overloading and Under Loading

a) When a student is permitted to register for more courses during regular semester than

normally prescribed by the University, it is known as overloading.

b) In general overloading is permitted to those who have CGPA greater than 8, do not

have any backlog course and/or registered for integrated program, Honors program,

and Minor degree options etc.

c) However, registering in a summer term or vocational courses is not considered as

overloading.

d) Synonymous to overloading, the University also permits a student to register for fewer

courses than normally prescribed. Such cases are known as under-loading.

e) For both overloading and under-loading, a student has to seek permission from Dean-

Academics and also Director Academic Registration, who gives permission on a case to

case basis, based on the CGPA of the student.

f) The University reserves all rights to decelerate the degree program of the student at

any time.

g) The student opting for deceleration of the degree programme will not be allowed to

repeat the course in the same semester.

11.4 Academic Counseling Board (ACB)

A student will be put under Academic Counseling Board under the following circumstances:

(i) Has CGPA of less than 5.

(ii) Has ‘F’ grade in more than four courses.

The students under Academic Counseling Board may not be allowed to register for all regular

courses in the semester based on the recommendation of Academic Council Board. The ACB will

counsel and guide the students for proper registration of the courses

12.0 BACKLOG COURSES

A course is considered to be a backlog if the student has obtained ‘F’ grade / NA Report in the

course; the following regulations apply to a student who has backlog(s):

a) A student having backlogs has to clear backlog courses first.

b) A student, who is having more number of backlog courses, shall come under all regulations

mentioned in ACB.

c) A student shall be permitted to register for 5

semester only if he/she fulfills the academic

requirement of total 47 credits from regular and supplementary examinations of 1st year

and 2nd year.

d) Similarly for registering in 7

semester a student shall fulfill the academic requirement of

total 72 credits from regular and supplementary examinations of 1

, 2

and 3

year.

e) A student can avail any number of chances to clear a backlog course, however the student

may be asked to register for a regular course or to do a substitute course if the same course

becomes obsolete and is not being offered anymore. Hours allocated for revision, extra

learning are not accountable for credits.

f) A student must clear all backlog courses before he/she opts for Practice School (PS)

programme, i.e. a student who has backlog course(s) is not eligible for PS.

g) Students who are doing their project work/ Practice school are not allowed to register for

any other course.

h) A student detained due to lack of credits / more number of backlogs in a semester has to

i) Under no circumstances he/she is allowed to register for next semester without registering

for the detained one. This is applicable for those joined from Academic Year 2010-11

onwards.

13.0 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

A student must fulfill the following requirements for graduating in a course:

a) Must have cleared minimum of 170-180 credits for under graduate B. Tech programmes.

For graduation with dual degree/ integrated B. Tech and M.Tech programmes student must

have earned 256 – 270 credits, for B. Tech with MBA should earn 245-260 credits and for

MCA with M.Tech programme should earn 235 – 245 credits.

b) Must have cleared compulsory certificate, audited, non-credited courses including one in

sports/yoga

c) Cleared all courses prescribed for him/her in the discipline.

d) Must have undergone industrial training programme (other than Practice School) for a

period of not less than 4 weeks.

e) A Student shall complete 9 elective courses in the undergraduate program. (5 prof core+1

Management +3 open electives)

f) Must have obtained minimum number of 9 credits by choosing courses from University

Electives/Open Electives category. Students can also earn extra credits by doing courses of

their interest for better prospectus in Higher Education/Public, private and MNC sector

jobs/Foreign Education/Entrepreneurship development etc.

g) A Student shall complete all audited courses and Non-credit courses including one in

sports/games/yoga and NCC/NSS/NSO as prescribed by their respective BOS.

h) Successful completion of Mini projects & term papers are mandatory as a part of their

curriculum.

i) Obtained a minimum CGPA of 5.5 for undergraduate or dual degree/Programs.

j) Obtained a minimum CGPA of 8.5 for obtaining Honors degree.

k) Must have finished all the above mentioned requirements in less than twice the period

mentioned in the Academic structure for each programme which includes deceleration

period chosen by the student, deceleration imposed by University or debarred from the

University.

l) Must successfully undertake specific trainings in focused areas that enable students to be

successful in their chosen career tracks. The focused areas are : (a) Employment in MNCs, (b)

Civil Services (c) Higher Studies (d) Research and (e) Entrepreneurship.

14.0 RUSTICATION

A student may be rusticated from the University on disciplinary grounds based on

the recommendations of any committee or examination committee by the Vice Chancellor.

15.0 AWARD OF DEGREES

A student having cleared all the courses and met all the requirements for the award of degree

with

CGPA < 6.75 will be awarded second class

1) CGPA ≥6.75 will be awarded first class and with

2) CGPA ≥7.5 will be awarded first class with distinction provided the student has cleared all

the courses in first attempt (Regular) within the stipulated time.

16.0 AWARD OF MEDALS

University has instituted Gold and silver medals to the highest and second highest rank holders

respectively as per CGPA and other academic conditions in each programme of specialization.

1. The grade obtained by betterment, will not be considered for the award.

2. He/she must be obtained minimum distinction for the award of Gold or silver medal.

COURSE STRUCTURE FOR B.TECH PROGRAMS FOR 2014 BATCH

S.No.

CourseCode

Course Title

Offered

in (Even/

Odd

Sem.)

L-T-P

Credits

Prerequisite

Offered for

Humanities courses

13HS101

English

Odd

2-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13HS102

Language and

Reasoning skills

Even

2-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

11BS105

Ecology & Environment

Even &

Odd

2-0-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13HS104

Human values

Even &

Odd

2-0-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH

Basic Science courses

13BS101

Linear Algebra &

Multivariant Calculus

Even

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13BS102

Differential Equations

Odd

3-1-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13BS103

Engg Physics

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

11BS104

Engg Chemistry

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13BS104

Basic Mathematics

Odd

3-1-0

Nil

BT(Bi.PC)

13BS107

Organic Chemistry

Even

2-0-0

Nil

13BS108

Fundamentals Of

Biology

Odd

3-1-0

Nil

BT(MPC)

13BS109

Cell And Molecular

Biology

Even

3-1-0

Nil

13BS201

Mathematical Methods

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT BT

13BS202

Complex Variables &

Discrete Mathematics

Even

3-0-0

Nil

ECE, EEE, ME

13BS203

Compelx Variables And

Finite Difference

Methods

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BS206

Discrete Mathematics

Even

3-0-0

Nil

CSE, ECM

13BS204

Probability And

Statistics

Even

3-0-0

Nil

Engineering Science courses

13ES101

Problem Solving

through Programming

Even

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES102

Measurements

Even

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES103

Engineering Materials

Even

3-0-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH

11ES104

Engineering Graphics

with CAD

Even

0-0-4

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES105

Workshop Practice

odd

0-0-4

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES106

Engineering Mechanics

odd

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES201

Thermodynamics

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES202

Object Oriented

Programming

Even

3-0-2

13ES101

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT CE

13ES203

Network Theory

Even

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH

13ES204

Data Structures

odd

3-0-2

13ES101

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT CE

13ES205

Signal processing

Even

3-0-2

Nil

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT CE

13ES206

Biochemical

thermodynamics

Even

3-1-0

13 ES 101

13ES207

Biomedical signals

and systems

Even

3-2-0

NIL

PROFESSIONAL CORE COURSES

13BT201

Biochemistry

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT202

Microbiology

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT203

Process Engineering

Principles

Odd

3-1-0

Nil

13BT204

Bioanalytical Techniques

Even

3-0-2

Nil

13BT301

Fluid Mechanics & Heat

Transfer

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT302

Genetic Engineering

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT303

Bioinformatics

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT304

Fermentation Technology

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT305

Biochemical Reaction

Engineering

Even

3-0-2

Nil

13BT306

Immunology

Even

3-0-2

Nil

13BT307

Food Technology

Even

3-0-2

Nil

13BT308

Plant & Animal

Biotechnology

Even

3-0-2

Nil

13BT401

Mass Transfer Operations

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13BT402

Downstream processing

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13CE201

Mechanics of Materials

Odd

3-0-2

13ES106

13CE202

Fluid Mechanics

Odd

3-0-2

13ES106

13CE203

Structural Analysis

Even

3-0-2

13CE201

13CE204

Hydraulics & Hydraulic

Machines

Even

3-0-2

13CE202

13CE205

Surveying

Even

3-0-2

NIL

13CE206

Soil Mechanics

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

13CE207

Environmental

Engineering

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

13CE208

Building Planning and

Construction

Odd

3-0-2

13CE203

13CE301

Construction material and

concrete Technology

Even

3-0-2

NIL

13CE302

Engineering Geology

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

13CE303

Transportation

Engineering

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

13CE304

Foundation Engineering

Even

3-0-2

13CE206

13CE305

Design of reinforced

concrete Structures

Even

3-0-2

13CE203

13CE306

Design of Steel Structures

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13CE203

13CE307

Water Resources

Engineering

Even

3-1-0

Nil

13CE308

Advanced structural

analysis

Odd

3-0-2

13CE203

13CE309

Advanced Design of

reinforced concrete

Structures

Odd

3-0-2

13CE305

13CE310

Quantity Surveying and

Estimation

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13CE203

13CS201

Digital Logic Design &

Computer Organization

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

13CS202

Human Computer

Interaction

Odd

3-0-2

13ES101

13CS203

Operating Systems

Even

3-0-2

NIL

EM,CS

13CS204

Database Management

Systems

Even

3-0-2

13ES204

EM,CS

13CS205

Computer Networks

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

CS,EC, EM

13CS301

Software Engineering

Even

3-0-2

13ES202

EM,CS

13CS302

Design and Analysis of

Algorithms

Odd

3-0-2

13ES204

13CS303

Information Assurance

and Security

Odd

3-0-2

13CS205

13CS304

Artificial Intelligence

Even

3-0-2

13ES204

13CS305

Distributed Computing

Even

3-0-2

13CS205

13CS306

Automata Theory and

Formal Languages

Even

3-0-2

13BS206

13CS401

Compiler Design

Odd

3-0-2

13CS306

13CS402

Simulation and Modeling

Odd

3-0-2

13BS206

13EC201

Design of Electronic

Systems

Odd

3-0-2

13BS103

EC, EE, EM

13EC202

Electromagnetic Field

Theory

Even

3-0-2

13BS103

13EC203

Basics of Digital Systems

Odd

3-0-2

13BS101

EC, EE, EM

13EC205

Analog Electronic Circuits

Even

3-0-2

13EC201

EC, EE, EM

13EC206

CMOS VLSI Design

Even

3-0-2

13EC201

EC, EM

13EC207

Analog Communication

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

13EC308

Digital Communications

Even

3-0-2

13EC207

13EC312

Design with PLDs and

FPGAs

Even

3-0-2

13EC203

EC, EM

13EC313

Antenna and Wave

Propagation

Odd

3-0-2

13EC202

13EC314

Microwave Engineering

Even

3-0-2

13EC202

13EC415

DSP Processors and

Architecture

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

11EC311

Micro-Processors & Micro

Controllers

Odd

3-0-2

13EC203 OR

13CS201

EC, EE,EM,CS

13EE201

DC Machines &

Transformers

Odd

3-0-2

Nil*

EEE

13EE202

Fields & Networks

Odd

3-0-2

13ES203

EEE

13EE203

AC Machines

Even

3-0-2

13EE201

EEE

11EE203

Electrical Power

Generation and

Distribution

Even

3-0-2

13ES203

EEE

11EE205

Electrical Power

Odd

3-0-2

11EE203

EEE

Transmission

11EE302

Power System Analysis

Even

3-0-2

11EE205

EEE

11EE303

Power Electronics

Odd

3-0-2

13ES203

EEE

11EE304

Control Systems

Odd

3-0-2

13ES203

EC, EE,EM

11EE305

Power System Protection

Odd &

Even

3-0-2

11EE302

EEE

11EE307

Electrical Drives

Even

3-0-2

11EE303

EEE

11EE402

Power System Operation

& Control

Odd &

Even

3-0-2

11EE302

EEE

13EM201

Computer Organization

Even

3-0-2

13EC203

EC, EM

13EM202

Communication Systems

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

ECM

11EM301

Internet Programming

Odd

3-0-2

13ES202

EM,CS

11EM401

Embedded Systems

Even

3-0-2

NIL

ECM

13ME201

Fluid Mechanics &

Hydraulic Machines

Odd

3-0-2

13ES106

13ME202

Applied Thermodynamics

Even

3-0-2

13ES201

13ME203

Metallurgy

Odd

3-0-2

13ES107,

13ES103

13ME204

Manufacturing Processes

Even

3-0-2

13ES103

13ME205

Strength of Materials

Odd

3-0-2

13ES106

13ME206

Mechanisms and Machine

theory

Even

3-0-2

13ES106

13ME301

I C Engines & Gas Turbines

Odd

3-0-2

13ES201

13ME302

Machine Tool Engineering

Odd

3-0-2

13ES105

13ME303

Operations Research

Even

3-0-2

NIL

13ME304

Metrology and

Instrumentation

Odd

3-0-2

13ES102

13ME305

Finite Element Methods

Odd

3-0-2

13ME205

13ME306

Mechanical Engineering

Design

Even

3-0-2

13ME205

13ME401

Heat Transfer

Odd

3-0-2

13ES201

13ME402

Machine Design

Odd

3-0-2

13ME205

13ME403

Industrial Engineering

Techniques

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

14 PE 201

Material & Energy Flow

Computation

ODD

3-0-0

NIL

14PE 202

Chemical reaction

engineering

ODD

3-0-2

NIL

14 PE 203

Introduction to petroleum

engineering

ODD

3-0-0

NIL

13 CE 205

Surveying

ODD

3-0-2

NIL

14 PE 204

Momentum Transfer

EVEN

2-2-2

NIL

14 PE 205

Geology for Petroleum

Engineers

EVEN

3-0-2

NIL

14 PE 206

Drilling and Well

Completion techniques

EVEN

2-2-2

NIL

14 PE 207

Petroleum Refining

Process and Testing

EVEN

2-2-2

NIL

14 PE 301

Petroleum Exploration

Methods

ODD

3-0-0

14 PE 205

14 PE 302

Reservoir Engineering

ODD

2-2-2

14 PE 205

14 PE 303

Process Heat Transfer

ODD

2-2-2

13 ME 201

14 PE 304

Natural Gas Engineering &

Processing

ODD

3-0-0

NIL

100

14 PE 305

Petroleum Formation

Evaluation

EVEN

3-0-0

14 PE 301

101

14 PE 306

Pipeline Engineering &

Transportation of Oil &

Gas

EVEN

3-0-0

NIL

102

14 PE 307

Environmental Hazardous

and Safety Management

EVEN

3-0-0

NIL

103

14 PE 401

Petroleum Production

Engineering

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

14 PE 302

104

14 PE 402

Oil and Gas Well Testing

Odd &

Even

3-2-0

14 PE 302

Professional electives

Genetic Engineering- Specialization Stream

13BT331

Molecular Genetics and DNA

Forensics

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT332

Transgenic technology

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT431

Genomics and Proteomics

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT432

Molecular Expression Technology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT433

Molecular markers and Diagnostics

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

Bioinformatics - Specialization Stream

13BT333

Molecular modeling and drug

design

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT334

Bioperl and PERL programming

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT434

Biomedical Informatics

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT435

Structural Biology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT436

Data base management systems

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

Immunology - Specialization Stream

13BT335

Immunotechnology

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT336

Stem cell technology

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT437

Medical Biotechnology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT438

Cancer Biology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT439

Neurobiology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

Industrial Biotechnology - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13BT337

Microbial Technology

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT338

Pharmaceutical Biotechnology

Even

3-0-0

Nil

13BT440

Bioprocess Economics and Plant

Design

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT441

Algal Biotechnology

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

13BT442

Metabolic Engineering

Odd

3-0-0

Nil

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11CE331

Green Buildings

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13CE332

Advanced Structural Analysis

Even

3-0-0

13CE203

11CE333

Earthquake Resistant Design of

Structures

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

11CE334

Prestressed Concrete

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE305

11CE335

Bridge Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE305

13CE306

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11CE341

Ground Improvement Techniques

Odd

3-0-0

13CE304

11CE342

Advanced Foundation Engineering

Even

3-0-0

13CE304

11CE343

Geotechnical Earthquake

Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE206

11CE344

Design of Earth Retaining

Structures

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE206

11CE345

Rock Mechanics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE206

ENVIRONMENTAL & WATER RESOURCE ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11CE351

Advanced Open Channel Hydraulics

Odd

3-0-0

13CE202

11CE352

Design Of Hydraulic Structures

Even

3-0-0

13CE202

11CE353

Environmental Impact Assessment

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE207

11CE354

Solid Waste Management and

Landfills

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE207

11CE355

Rural Water Supply & Sanitation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE207

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11CE361

Railway, Airport and Dock &

Harbour Engineering

Odd

3-0-0

13CE303

11CE362

Advanced Highway Engineering

Even

3-0-0

13CE303

11CE363

Traffic Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE303

11CE364

Advanced Pavement Design

Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE303

11CE4365

Urban Transportation Systems

Planning

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13CE303

DATA ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS331

Data warehousing and Mining

Even

3-0-0

13CS204

CS, EM

13CS332

Advanced Database Management

System

Even

3-0-0

13CS204

CS, EM

13CS333

Database Security

Odd

3-0-0

13CS204

CS, EM

13CS431

Distributed Databases

Odd

3-0-0

13CS204

CS, EM

13CS432

Big data Analytics

Odd

3-0-0

13CS204

CS, EM

COMPUTER NETWORKS- SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS334

TCP/IP Protocol Suite

Even

3-0-0

13CS205

CSE,ECM,ECE

13CS335

Network Programming

Even

3-0-0

13CS205

CSE,ECM,ECE

13CS336

Routing Algorithms

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CSE,ECM,ECE

13CS433

High speed Optical Communication

Networks

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CSE,ECM,ECE

13CS434

Wireless Communications and

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CSE,ECM,ECE

Networking

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS337

Object Oriented Analysis and

Design

Even

3-0-0

13CS301

13CS338

Requirement Engineering

Even

3-0-0

13CS301

13CS339

Software Testing & Quality

Assurance

Odd

3-0-0

13CS301

13CS435

Software Reliability

Odd

3-0-0

13CS301

13CS436

Software Project Management

Odd

3-0-0

13CS301

SECURITY- SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS340

Secure Programming

Even

3-0-0

13CS205

CS, EM

13CS341

Crypt Analysis

Even

3-0-0

13CS205

CS, EM

13CS342

Elliptic curve Cryptography

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CS, EM

13CS437

Cyber Security

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CS, EM

13CS438

Trust Worthy Computing

Odd

3-0-0

13CS205

CS, EM

PARALLEL & DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS343

Advanced Computer Architecture

Even

3-0-0

13CS201/

13EM201

CS, EM

13CS344

Parallel Computing

Even

3-0-0

13CS201/

13EM201

CS, EM

13CS345

Grid Computing

Odd

3-0-0

13CS201/

13EM201

CS, EM

13CS439

Cloud Computing

Odd

3-0-0

13CS201/

13EM201

CS, EM

13CS440

High Performance Computing

Odd

3-0-0

13CS201/

13EM201

CS, EM

GRAPHICS & MULTIMEDIA - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS346

2D/3D Graphics

Even

3-0-0

13CS202

13CS347

Digital Image Processing

Even

3-0-0

13CS202

13CS348

Animation

Odd

3-0-0

13CS202

13CS441

Video and Audio Streaming

Odd

3-0-0

13CS202

13CS442

Multimedia Technologies

Odd

3-0-0

13CS202

INTELLIGENT COMPUTING - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13CS349

Soft Computing

Even

3-0-0

13CS304

13CS350

Machine Learning

Even

3-0-0

13CS304

13CS351

Natural Language Processing

Odd

3-0-0

13CS304

13CS443

Multi Agent Systems

Odd

3-0-0

13CS304

13CS444

Computer Vision

Odd

3-0-0

13CS304

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS- SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13EC340

Information Theory & Coding

Odd

3-0-0

13EC207

13EM202

ECE,ECM

13EC341

TV and Video Engineering

Even

3-0-0

13EC207

13EM202

ECE,ECM

13EC342

Optical Communications

Even

3-0-0

13EC207

13EM202

ECE,ECM

13EC443

Satellite Communications

Odd

3-0-0

13EC207

13EM202

ECE,ECM

13EC444

Cellular Communications

Odd

3-0-0

13EC308

13EM202

ECE,ECM

13EC345

EMI/EMC

Odd

3-0-0

13EC202

ECE

13EC346

RF System Design

Even

3-0-0

13EC414

ECE

13EC447

Radar & Navigational Aids

Even

3-0-0

13EC313

ECE

13EC448

Microwave and Millimetric Wave

Circuits

Odd

3-0-0

13EC313

ECE

13EC349

Radiating Systems

Odd

3-0-0

13EC313

ECE

VLSI- SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13EC461

Analog VLSI Design

Odd

3-0-0

13EC206/

13EC312

ECE

13EC362

Low Power VLSI Design

Even

3-0-0

13EC206/

13EC312

ECE

13EC363

ASIC Design

Even

3-0-0

13EC206/

13EC312

ECE

13EC364

Design for Testability

Odd

3-0-0

13EC206/

13EC312

ECE

13EC465

Mixed Signal Circuits & Systems

Odd

3-0-0

13EC206/

13EC312

ECE

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING- SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13EC470

Array Signal Processing

Odd

3-0-0

13ES205

ECE,ECM

13EC371

Modern Digital Signal Processing

Even

3-0-0

13ES205

ECE,ECM

13EC372

Digital Image Processing

Even

3-0-0

13ES205

ECE,ECM

13EC373

Multi-rate Signal Processing

Odd

3-0-0

13ES205

ECE,ECM

13EC474

Speech Processing

Odd

3-0-0

13ES205

ECE,ECM

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11EM330

Real Time Operating Systems

Odd

3-0-0

13CS203

ECM, CS

13EM332

PCB Design

Even

3-0-0

NIL

ECM, CS

11EM334

Micro Controllers Interfacing &

System Design

Even

3-0-0

11EC311

ECM, CS

11EM430

Advanced Embedded Processor

Architecture

Odd

3-0-0

11EC311

ECM, CS

11EM432

Hardware Software Co Design

Odd

3-0-0

11EC311

ECM, CS

13EM336

Embedded Networking

Odd

3-0-0

11EC311

ECM, CS

WEB TECHNOLOGIES - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13EM331

Web Programming

Odd

3-0-0

11EM301

ECM, CS

13EM333

Visual Programming

Even

3-0-0

11EM301

ECM, CS

13EM335

Web Middleware And Web

Services

Even

3-0-0

11EM301

ECM, CS

13EM431

Enterprise Programming

Odd

3-0-0

11EM301

ECM, CS

13EM433

Semantic Web

Odd

3-0-0

11EM301

ECM, CS

POWER SYSTEM - SPECIALIZATION STREAM

13EE330

Smart Grid Technologies

Odd

3-0-0

11EE203

EEE

11EE334

Operation of Restructured Power

Systems

Even

3-0-0

11EE205

EEE

11EE338

Distribution System Planning &

Automation

Even

3-0-0

11EE205

EEE

11EE431

Power Quality

Odd

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

11EE435

HVDC & FACTS

Odd

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

POWER ELECTRONICS SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11EE331

Machine Modeling Analysis

Odd

3-0-0

13EE203

EEE

11EE335

Advanced Power Electronics

Even

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

11EE339

Switched Mode Power Supplies

Even

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

11EE431

Power Quality

Odd

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

11EE435

HVDC & FACTS

Odd

3-0-0

11EE303

EEE

CONTROL SYSTEM SPECIALIZATION STREAM

11EE332

State Estimation & System

Identification

Odd

3-0-0

11EE304

EEE

11EE336

Digital Control Systems

Even

3-0-0

11EE304

EEE

11EE340

Non Linear Control Systems

Even

3-0-0

11EE304

EEE

11EE432

Optimal Control Systems

Odd

3-0-0

11EE304

EEE

11EE436

Adaptive Control Systems

Odd

3-0-0

11EE304

EEE

ENERGY SYSTEMS SPECILIZATION STREAM

11EE333

Solar Energy

Odd

3-0-0

13AC201

EEE

11EE337

Wind Energy

Even

3-0-0

13AC201

EEE

11EE341

Nuclear Energy

Even

3-0-0

13AC201

EEE

11EE433

Nano Materials for Energy &

Environment

Odd

3-0-0

13ES103

EEE

11EE437

Energy Conservation & Audit

Odd

3-0-0

13AC201

EEE

DIGITAL SYSTEMS SPECILIZATION STREAM

13EE501

Computer Architecture

Odd

3-0-0

13EC203

EEE

13EE502

PLD’s & FPGAs

Even

3-0-0

13EC203

EEE

13EE503

VLSI DESIGN

Even

3-0-0

13EC203

EEE

13EE504

Embedded Systems

Odd

3-0-0

13EC203

EEE

13EE505

DSP Processors

Odd

3-0-0

13EC203

EEE

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING GENERAL ELECTIVES -SPECILIZATION STREAM

13ME331

R & AC

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME202

13ME332

Alternative Energies

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME333

Energy Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME334

Power Plant Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME202

13ME341

Advanced Strength of Materials

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

13ME342

Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

13ME343

Principles of Product Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME344

Vibrations Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME206

13ME351

Robotics: Sensing and Control

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME206

13ME352

Mechatronics Product Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME353

Industrial Automation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME302

13ME354

Intelligent Visual Surveillance

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME361

Reverse Engineering & Rapid

Prototyping

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME362

Powder Metallurgy

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME203

13ME363

Non-Destructive Testing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME364

Concurrent Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME371

Facility layout & Material Handling

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME372

Work Study & Ergonomics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME373

Total Quality Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME374

Operations Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING -SPECILIZATION STREAM

13ME335

Automobile Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME345

Computer Aided Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

13ME346

Vehicle Dynamics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME206

13ME364

Automobile Chassis and Body

Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME106

13ME336

Energy Systems & Performance

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ES201

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING -SPECILIZATION STREAM

13ME337

Computational Fluid Dynamics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME201

13ME347

Rotor Dynamics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ES106

13ME348

Aero Structures

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

13ME338

Propulsion Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME301

13ME355

Mechatronics Systems and Control

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME109

FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS -SPECILIZATION STREAM

13ME349

Fatigue, Creep and Fracture

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

13ME365

Flexible Manufacturing Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME366

Modern Manufacturing Processes

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME367

Cellular Manufacturing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

13ME368

Computer Integrated

Manufacturing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME204

MECHATRONICS-SPECILIZATION STREAM

13ME355

Mechatronic Systems & Control

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME357

Modeling & Simulation of

Mechatronic Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME358

Signal Processing in Mechatronic

Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ES205

13ME359

Fuzzy Sets and Artificial Intelligence

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME360

Engineering Smart Materials for

Mechatronics Applications

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME203

UPSTREAM SPECIALIZATION

14 PE 331

Well intervention & Stimulation

Techniques

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

14 PE 206

14 PE 332

Reservoir Modelling & Simulation

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

14 PE 302

14 PE 333

Enhanced Oil Recovery

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

14 PE 302

14 PE 334

Coal Bed Methane (CBM), Gas

Hydrates and Shale Gas

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 335

Directional Drilling & Offshore

Structures

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

14 PE 206

14 PE 336

Petroleum Production System Design

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

DOWNSTREAM SPECIALIZATION

14 PE 337

Mass Transfer

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 338

Petroleum Refining & Petrochemical

Technology

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 339

Refining Process, Modeling &

Simulation

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 340

Polymer Science & Technology

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 341

Petrochemical Processes

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

14 PE 342

Chemical Process Equipment Design &

Drawing

Odd &

Even

3-0-0

NIL

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (Biotechnology)

13BT547

Biocatalysis and enzyme

mechanisms

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13BT201

13BT507

Bioreactor modelling and

simulation

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13BT305

13BT530

Protein Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13BT302

13BT535

Transport phenomenon

in bioprocess

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13BT401

13BT536

Biomining

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13BT401

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (CE)

11CE502

Theory of Elasticity

Even &

Odd

3-2-0

Nil

11CE504

Advanced Prestressed

Concrete

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

11CE531

Repair and Rehabilitation

of structures

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

11CE601

Finite Element Analysis

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

14CT533

Special Concrete

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

Nil

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (CSE)

15CS5178

Optimization Techniques

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

CSE

15CS5180

Computational

Complexity

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

CSE

15CS5182

Device Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

CSE

15CS5280

Machine Intelligence

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

CSE

15CS5284

Formal Methods

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

NIL

CSE

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (ECE)

15EC 5206

ANTENNA

MEASUREMENTS

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13EC308

ECE

15EC 5216

Statistical Signal

Processing

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

ECE

15EC 5109

WAVELETS, FILTER

BANKS & APPLICATIONS

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

ECE

15EC 5112

ADAPTIVE SIGNAL

PROCESSING

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

13ES205

ECE

15EC 5234

VLSI System Design

Even &

Odd

3-2-0

13EC206

ECE

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (ECM)

11EM501

Micro Controllers for

Embedded System

Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECM

12EM502

REAL TIME CONCEPTS

FOR EMBEDDED

SYSTEMS

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECM

13EM602

Digital Signal Processors

and Architectures

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECM

13EM513

Sensors and Sensing

Principles

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECM

13EM516

Communication

Protocols and Standards

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECM

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (EEE)

13EE601

Power Electronic control

of Drives

Even &

Odd

3-1-0

11EE307

EEE

13EE602

Optimization Techniques

Even &

Odd

3-1-0

Nil*

EEE

13EE603

Design of power

converters

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

11EE303

EEE

13EE604

Power system dynamics

& stability

Even &

Odd

3-1-0

11EE302

EEE

13EE605

Real time control of

power system

Even &

Odd

3-0-2

11EE302

EEE

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Honor's Degree (ME)

13TE531

Heat Exchanger Design

Even &

3-0-0

13ME401

Odd

13TE602

Computational Fluid

dynamics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME201

13TE642

Renewable Energy

Technology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME202

11ME547

System Dynamics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

13ME349

Fatigue, creep and

Fracture analysis

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

13ME205

OPEN ELECTIVES

11OE408

IPR & Patent Laws

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11OE411

Regulatory affairs and

Clinical trails

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

13OE432

Biosafety and Bioethics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

13OE433

Environmental

Biotechnology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

13OE434

Product validation &

Quality Control

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11OE309

Remote Sensing & Gis

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11OE310

Environmental Pollution

Control Methods

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11OE311

Spatial Data Analysis And

Modelling

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11OE414

Disaster Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

10.

11OE415

Image Interpretation

Using Remote Sensing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

11.

11OE416

Solid And Hazardous

Waste Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

12.

11OE422

Optical Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECE

13.

13OE423

Image Processing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECE

14.

11OE424

Mobile Communication

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECE

15.

11OE431

Radar Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECE

16.

11OE425

Linear Control Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

EEE

17.

11OE426

Renewable Energy

Resources

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

EEE

18.

11OE427

Power System

Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

EEE

19.

11OE428

Illumination & Traction

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

EEE

20.

11OE430

Energy Estimation &

Audit

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

EEE

21.

11OE432

Dataware Housing And

Mining

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM,CSE

22.

11OE433

E-Commerce

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM,CSE

23.

13OE421

Linux Programing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM,CSE

24.

12OE447

Internet Technologies

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM,CSE

25.

12OE441

Television Engineering

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM, ECE

26.

11OE439

Embedded Technologies

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM, ECE

27.

13OE429

Fundamentals of IT

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

CSE,ECM

28.

12OE445

Fundamentals of DBMS

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

CSE,ECM

29.

12OE443

Robotics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

30.

12OE442

Mechatronics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

31.

13OE427

Operations Research

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

32.

13OE430

Self Development

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

33.

13OE431

Indian Culture and

History

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

34.

13OE 432

Animation For Engineers

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

35.

13OE433

Photography

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

36.

13OE435

Intelligent Visual

Surveillance

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

37.

13OE436

Total Quality

Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

38.

13OE437

Industrial Engineering &

Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

39.

13OE475

Measurements &

Instrumentation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech except

ECM, ECE

40.

12OE453

Nano Materials and

Technology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

41.

13ES202

Object Oriented

Programming

Even

3-0-2

13ES101

Only for CE

42.

13ES204

Data Structures

odd

3-0-2

13ES101

Only for CE

43.

13ES205

Signal processing

Even

3-0-2

Nil

Only for CE

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Minor's Degree NANO TECHNOLOGY(MINOR GROUP)

11OE401

Polymer Nano

Composites

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

13OE451

Introduction to Nano

Technology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

13OE452

Nano Materials for

Energy & Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

11OE403

Characterization of Nano

Materials

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

13OE453

Micro & Nano

Even &

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

Fabrications

Odd

11OE405

Nano Fluids / Science &

Technology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.Tech

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MINOR GROUP)

12OE440

Industrial Engineering

Techniques

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EC,EM,EE,

11OE434

Operations Research

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EC,EM,EE,

13OE454

Engineering

Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EC,EM,EE,

11OE404

Work study &

Ergonomics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EC,EM,EE,

11OE406

Operations Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EC,EM,EE,

COMPUTING(MINOR GROUP)

13OE455

Principles of Operating

System

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE456

Algorithm design and

analysis

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE457

Theory of Computation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE458

Parallel Processing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE459

Data Analytics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

Additional Courses for B.Tech with Minor's Degree in WEB PROGRAMMING

13OE461

Foundations for web

development

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE462

Client side web

Development

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE463

Web Application

development on server

side

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE464

Web Application

development through

.NET Framework

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

13OE465

Component based Web

Development through

EJB

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,EC,EE,ME,PE

BIO INFORMATICS(MINOR GROUP)

13OE466

Basic Biology

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

CE,CS,EC,EE,ME,PE,

13OE467

BIOINFORMATICS

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

CE,CS,EC,EE,ME,PE,

13OE468

Molecular Modelling &

Drug Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

CE,CS,EC,EE,ME,PE,

13OE469

Bio Perl & Perl

Programming

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

CE,CS,EC,EE,ME,PE,

13OE470

Bio Mining Genomics &

Proteomics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

CE,CS,EC,EE,ME,PE,

ELECTRONICS(MINOR GROUP)

13OE471

Electronic Devices

Even &

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

Odd

13OE472

Digital Electronics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

13OE473

Analog Electronics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

13OE420

Pulse & Digital Circuits

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

13OE474

Linear Integrated Circuits

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

13OE475

Measurements &

Instrumentation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

BT,CE,CS,EE,ME,PE

ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING(MINOR GROUP)

13OE476

Electrical Circuits

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE477

Electrical Machines

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE478

Electrical Power

Generation

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE479

Transmission &

Distribution

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE480

Power System Analysis &

Protection

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

11OE429

Utilization of Electrical

Power

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

ELECTRICAL MACHINES(MINOR GROUP)

13OE476

Electrical Circuits

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE477

Electrical Machines

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE483

Advanced Control

Systems

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE484

Power Electronics

Devices & Circuits

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE485

Power Semi-Conductor &

Drives

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

13OE486

Special Machines

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ECE, ECM, ME

DIGITAL DESIGN(MINOR GROUP)

13OE487

System on Chip

Architecture

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

13OE488

Digital Signal Processing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

13OE489

VLSI Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

13OE490

Switching Theory &

Logic Design

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

13OE491

Computer Organization

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

13OE492

Microprocessors &

Interfacing

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

ECE

GEO INFORMATICS(MINOR GROUP)

13OE493

Fundamentals of

Even &

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

Geospatial Technology

Odd

13OE494

Geographical

Information system

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

13OE495

Environmental

Geoinformatics

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

13OE496

GIS data Analysis&

Modelling

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

13OE497

Geospatial technology

for Natural Resources

&Disaster Management

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

13OE498

Geospatial Applications

Even &

Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH EXCEPT

Management(HS) Electives

11HS201

Emotional Intelligence

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS202

Paradigms in Management

Thought

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS203

Indian Economy

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS205

Professional Ethics & Values

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS206

Behavioral Sciences

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS208

Managing Personal Finances

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS209

Basics of Marketing for

Engineers

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS210

Self Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS211

Organization Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13HS212

Construction Project

Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11OE414

Disaster Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

11HS212

Resource Safety & Quality

Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13OE422

Water

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13HS214

Event Management

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13HS215

Public Administration

Even & Odd

3-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

AUDITED COURSES

13AC201

Energy & Society

Even & Odd

2-0-0

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13AC202

Employability Skills

Even & Odd

1-0-2

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13AC301

Advanced Employability

Skills

Even & Odd

1-0-2

NIL

13AC202

ALL B.TECH

13AC203

Sports / Games / Yoga

Even & Odd

0-0-2

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13AC204

NCC /NSS /NSO/ CEA

Even & Odd

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13AC302

Quantitative Aptitude and

Reasoning

Even & Odd

0-0-2

NIL

ALL B.TECH

NON-CREDIT COURSES:

13NC201

Certificate Courses-1

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13NC202

Certificate Courses-2

NIL

ALL B.TECH

Term Paper

13TP401

Term Paper

0-0-4

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13PW401

Final year Project

Even

0-0-24

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13PS401

Practice School

Even

NIL

ALL B.TECH

13IS201

Industrial Training

Weeks

NIL

ALL B.TECH

SYLLABUS

HUMANITIES & SOCIAL SCIENCES

ENGLISH

Course Code: 13HS101 L –T – P: 2-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Kinesics

Body language--Postures –Gestures---Eye Contact

How they work in social context

Kinesics -- The Psychological aspect

Personality traits

Self-awareness---Self-confidence-----Self-esteem---Self-image----Hubris

Evaluation Components : i) Case Studies involving application of concepts

ii) Quiz questions

LEXIS & LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY

GRE word list

800 words and 200 foreign expressions

Synonyms

Analogies

Antonyms

One word substitutes

Idioms and Phrases

English Usage and Mechanics.

Correction of sentences

Sentence completion ( GRE model : each blank should be filled with two synonyms out of six

choices)

Jumbled sentences

Office communication

Letter writing

Formats of letter writing – full block and semi block models----Types of letters – formal and

informal letters----Personal, business, Sales, collection, regret letters.

ROUTINE FORMS OF COMMUNICATION

Writing Circulars --------- Writing product and process descriptions -------- Brochures and handouts

--------- Writing/ designing User manuals

Memo writing-------- Office memos----Routing slips

Note making and note taking

Reading skills

Reading comprehension

Reading for information

Reading for specifics

Skimming and scanning.

Reading speed – Practice and tests

Reading recall

TEXT BOOKS:

1.ENGLISH : an ESP curriculum 201314

2.Business Communication : Lesikar

REFERENCE:

1. Common Mistakes in English : T J Fitikides Longman Group Ltd. 1986

2.Harrap’s Dictionary of English Idioms : John O.E.Clark Harrap, London 1990

3. How to read faster and better: Norman Lewis

LANGUAGE AND REASONING SKILLS

Course Code: 13HS102 L –T – P: 2-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS

The team concept – Team work processes --- Building effective teams---Stages of team formation

---- Team player styles --- Outbound training --- Objectives of outbound ---Leadership : duties and

skills

CRITICAL REASONING ( GRE, GMAT,CAT, NDA)

Definition --- methods and classification ---- the weak sense critical thinker --- the strong sense

critical thinker

Skills: Observation--- interpretation --- analysis --- inference --- evaluation --- explanation---

metacognition

Critical thinking ---a learning paradigm --- training in ----Independent judgement----Critical

thinking------Ethical reasoning

Three types of thinking: 1. Receptive 2. Appreciative 3. Critical

Practice sessions: Analytical reasoning tests -----Situation Reaction Tests ----Verbal Reasoning

Tests-------Situation Analysis tests ( Problem solving and case studies)

a) Writing thematic analysis b) Structuring arguments

ENGLISH FOR THE MEDIA

Writing headlines ------ Caption writing ---- cutlines---- taglines

Writing agenda--- writing minutes---- preparing pressnotes--- briefing and debriefing

ADVANCED GRAMMAR

1.Parallelism

2. Dangling Modifiers

3. Tautology

4. Ambiguity

5. Needless shifts in tense, voice and mood.

COMPOSITION SKILLS

1.Writing Paragraphs

Topic sentence--- linkers---- transitions---- kernels, coordinates and subordinates --- sequencing

ideas.

2.Writing essays--- connecting and organizing paragraphs --- Introduction--- development---

conclusion--- editing and revising

3. Precis writing

4. Writing summaries and abstracts.

TEXT BOOK:

1.Technical Communication Skills KL University 201314

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.The Winner’s Manual : Essential Life and Work Skills Dorling Kindersley London New York

2.Writing Effectively : Beth S. Neman Charles E. Merril Publishing company, Ohio

3. Smart’s Handbook of Effective Writing: Harper& Brothers 1963

4.Effective Writing : Christopher Turk and John Kirkman Spon press , London New York

ECOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

Code: 11 BS 105 L –T – P: 2-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 2

The Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies Environment: Definition – scope –

importance – Need for public awareness. Institutions and people in Environment;

Natural Resources: Renewable and Non- Renewable Resources: Forest resources: Use – over

exploitation – deforestation – case studies- mining, dams and their effects on forests and tribal

people. Water resources: Use – over utilization of surface and ground water – floods – drought –

conflicts over water, dams- benefits and problems, Water conservation – rain water harvesting –

watershed management, Cloud seeding Mineral resources: Use – exploitation – environmental

effects – case studies. Food resources: World food problems – changes caused by agriculture and

overgrazing – effects of modern agriculture – fertilizer-pesticide problems – water logging –

salinity – case studies. Energy resources: Growing energy needs – renewable and non renewable

energy sources – case studies. Land resources: Land as a resource – land degradation – man

induced landslides – soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in conservation of

natural resources.

Ecosystems: Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem -Producers –

consumers – decomposers, Energy flow in the ecosystem – Ecological succession – Food chains –

food webs and ecological pyramids. Types of ecosystem.

Biodiversity and its Conservation: Introduction – Definition, Levels, Values of biodiversity: India as

a mega diversity nation. Hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Endangered and

endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: Assessment of Biodiversity and its impact

on Environment.

Environnemental Pollution: Définition – Causes – effects – control measures of Air pollution –

Water pollution – Soil pollution – Marine pollution – Noise pollution – Thermal pollution – Nuclear

hazards. Soil waste management. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution - case studies.

Disaster management: floods – earthquake – cyclone – landslides. Climate change – global

warming – acid rain – ozone layer depletion – case studies. Environmental Legislation and

objectives of 1. Environment Protection Act, 2. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

3.Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 4. Wildlife protection Act, 5. Forest

conservation Act, 6. Biodiversity Act – Public awareness. Environmental Impact Assessment -

overview.

TEXT BOOK

1.Deeksha Deve and P.UdayBhaskar, 2011“Environmental studies”, CENGAGE Learning, Delhi

2.Erach Bharucha, 2010 “Text Book of Environmental Studies”, United Grants Commission,

Universities Press (India) Pvt Ltd., Hyderabad

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Anubha Kaushik, C.P. Kaushik, 2011, Environmental Studies, New Age International

2. Benny Joseph,2009 Environmental Studies, The McGraw-Hill companies, New Delhi

3. P. Ananadam and R. Kumaravelam, Environmental Science and Engineering, SciTech

Publications India, Chennai

4. G.Tyler Miller Jr,2006 CENGAGE learning, Environmental Science and Engineering

5. Mukkanti. K, 2010, Environmental Studies, S.Chand & Co, New Delhi.

6. S.V.S. Rana, 2010, Essentials of Ecology and Environmental Science,

7. P.D. Sharma, 2005. Environmental Biology, Rastogi Publications, Meerut.

8. R.Rajagopalan, 2005. Environmental Studies, Oxford University.

HUMAN VALUES

Code: 13HS 104 L –T – P: 2-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 2

Introduction to Value Education: Understanding Value Education, Self-exploration as the Process

for Value Education, Continuous Happiness and Prosperity - The Basic Human Aspirations, Right

Understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities, Happiness and Prosperity – Current Scenario,

Method to fulfill the Basic Human Aspirations.

Harmony in the Human Being: Understanding the Human Being as Co-existence of Self (‘I’) and

Body, Discriminating between the Needs of the Self and the Body, The Body as an Instrument of

‘I’, Understand Harmony in the Self (‘I’), Harmony of the Self (‘I’) with the Body, Program to

Ensure Sanyam and Svasthya.

Harmony in the Family and Society: Harmony in the Family - the Basic Unit of Human Interaction,

Values in Human-to-Human Relationships, ‘Trust’ – the Foundational Value in Relationships,

‘Respect’ – as the Right Evaluation, Understand Harmony in the Society, Vision for the Universal

Human Order.

Harmony in the Nature (Existence): Understand Harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness,

Self-regulation and Mutual Fulfillment among the Four Orders of Nature, Realizing ‘Existence

is Co-existence’ at All Levels, The Holistic Perception of Harmony in Existence.

Implications of the Right Understanding – a Look at Professional Ethics: Natural Acceptance of

Human Values, Definitiveness of (Ethical) Human Conduct, A Basis for Humanistic Education,

Humanistic Constitution and Universal Human Order, Competence in Professional Ethics, Holistic

Technologies, Production Systems and Management Models - Typical Case Studies, Strategies

for Transition towards Value-based Life and Profession.

TEXT BOOK

1. A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics - R R Gaur, R Sangal and G P

Bagaria, First Edition, Excel Books.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ivan Illich, Energy & Equity , The Trinity Press, Worcester and Harper Collins, USA.

2. E F Schumacher, 1973, small is beautiful: A study of Economics as if People Mattered,

Blond & Briggs, Britain

3. Sussan George, 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin press, reprinted 1986, 1991.

4. Donella H. Measows, Dennis L. Meadows, Jorgen Randers, William W. Behrens III, 1972,

5. Limits to GrowthClub of Rome’s report, Universe Books.

6. P.L Dhar, RR Gaur, 1990, Science and Humanism, Commonwealth Publisher

7. A.N. Tripathy,2003, Human Values, New Age International Publishers

8. Subhas Palekar, 2000, How to practice Natural Farming, Pracheen (Vaidik) Krishi Tantra

Shodh, Amravati.

9. E G Seebauer & Robert L. Berry, 2000, Fundamentals of Ethics for Scientists & Engineers,

Oxford University Press.

10. M Govindrajran, S Natrajan & V.S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics (including Human

Values), Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India Ltd.

11. B P Banerjee, 2005, Foundations of Ethics and Management, Excel Books

12. B L Bajpai, 2004, Indian Ethos and Modern Management, New Royal Book Co., Lucknow,

Reprinted 2008.

BASIC SCIENCES

LINEAR ALGEBRA AND MULTIVARIATE CALCULUS

Code: 13BS101 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Linear Algebra: Rank of a matrix, solving linear system of homogeneous & non-homogeneous

simultaneous equations using elementary methods, iterative methods: Jacobi’s method and Gauss

- Seidal method, orthogonal, symmetric, skew-symmetric, Hermitian, Skew-Hermitian and unitary

matrices, Eigen values, Eigen vectors and their properties, Cayley -Hamilton theorem (without

proof), quadratic forms, Electrical circuit problems, eigen value problems.

Differential calculus: Limit, continuity, differentiability, Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s mean value

theorem, Cauchy’s mean value theorem (without proofs) and their applications, Taylor’s series

and Maclaurin’s series, Partial derivatives, Jacobian, total differentiation and their applications,

chain rule, Taylor’s series for function of two variables, maxima and minima of functions of two

variables, Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers.

Integral Calculus: Improper integrals, Beta, Gamma functions and their relationship. Line

integrals- length of the arc, double and triple integrals and applications to area, volume, mass &

moment of inertia. Change of order of integration, change of variables in polar, cylindrical and

spherical polar coordinates.

Vector Calculus: Scalar, vector, differentiation of vectors, gradient, divergence, curl of vector

point functions. Line, surface and volume integrals, Green’s, Gauss divergence and Stoke’s

theorems and their applications.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (second edition), Michael Greenberg.

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Elementary Differential Equations, By W.E.Boyce and R.Diprima

3. Differential equations and their applications, ZAFAR AHSAN, PHI, second edition.

4. Advanced engineering mathematics, RK Jain, SRK Iyengar, Narosa publishers, second edition.

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Code: 13BS102 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Ordinary Differential Equations and its applications : Practical approach to differential equations,

First order differential equations, Variable separable method, linear equations, Bernoulli’s

equation and exact differential equations. Models for the real world problems: Newton’s Law of

Cooling, Law of natural growth and decay. Numerical solutions of first order ODE : Taylor’s

series method, Euler’s method, modified Eulers’s method, Runge-Kutta method of fourth order

Second and High order differential Equations :Linear differential equations of higher order with

constant coefficients, complimentary function, particular integral, method of variation of

parameters, Higher order linear differential equations with variables coefficients (Cauchy’s and

Legendre’s differential equations). Applications such as LCR electric circuits with and without

e.m.f., deflection of beams, free and forced oscillations and resonance.

Laplace Transforms and its applications: Motivation, Definition, Linearity property, Laplace

transforms of elementary functions, Shifting theorem, Laplace transforms of periodic, Unit step

and Impulse functions. Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals, Convolution

theorem, Application of Laplace transforms in solving ordinary differential equations and

Simultaneous linear differential equations.

Partial Differential Equations and their applications: Formation of Partial differential equations,

direct integration method, models of first order partial differential equations. Solutions of first

order linear PDE: Lagrange’s multiplier method, nonlinear equations of standard forms, Charpit’s

method. Second order linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients,

complementary functions, particular integrals, homogeneous/non homogeneous linear partial

differential equations. Engineering Applications dimensional wave and heat equations, two

dimensional Laplace equations and their general solutions

TEXT BOOKS

1. Differential equations and their applications, ZAFAR AHSAN, PHI, Second edition.

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Elementry Differential Equations, By W.E.Boyce and R. Diprima

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (second edition), Michael Greenberg.

4. Applied numerical methods with MATLAB for engineers and scientists, Steven C. Chapra,

third edition, Tata McGraw-hill edition, New Delhi.

ENGINEERING PHYSICS

Code: 13BS103 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

ELECTROMAGNETISM: Coulomb’s law, Gauss’s law, Electric current and equation of continuity,

motion of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields, Lorentz force, Hall effect, Cyclotron,

Biot- Savart’s law, Ampere’s law, Faraday’s law of induction, Generalization of Ampere’s law.

OPTO ELECTRONIC DEVICES:Introduction – working of PN junction diode, light emitters – LED;

light detectors – Photo diode, Photo transistor, photovoltaic effect, solar cells – principle and its

applications.

OPTICS: Ray Optics – Lens aberrations (chromatic, achromatic, spherical, distortion, astigmatism,

coma), measures of correct aberrations. Interference – coherence (spatial, temporal) in thin films

of uniform thickness (derivation); Newton’s rings, Application – wavelength, refractive index;

Fiber Optics including Introduction, Optical fiber as a dielectric wave guide- total internal

reflection, Numerical aperture and various fiber parameters, losses associated with optical fibers,

step index and graded index fibers, application of optical fibers. Infrared principles and devices

(Thermal Imaging) and Night vision devices.

SUPERCONDUCTIVITY: Introduction, properties, Experimental facts – Resistance Vs Temperature,

Meissner effect, Josephson Effect, critical parameters, type I and II superconductors, HTS,

applications.

ULTRASONICS: Properties, phenomenon of Magnetostriction, production – Piezoelectric methods,

detection – piezoelectric detector, acoustic grating, Kundt’s tube method. Applications – Industrial

(drilling, welding, soldering, cleaning, SONAR), NDT (pulse echo, transmission, resonance

technique), Medical (echo cardiogram, ultrasonic imaging).

LASERS: Fundamentals of LASER- absorption of light, spontaneous emission of light, Stimulated

emission of light – population of energy levels, Einstein A and B coefficients, Metastable state,

population inversion, resonant cavity, excitation mechanisms, Lasing action; Properties of laser,

characteristics of different types of laser; Types of laser- Solid State Laser: Ruby Laser, Gas Laser –

He-Ne, Semiconductor Laser: GaAs Laser; Applications of Laser in Engineering – drilling, welding,

cutting, measurement of long distances, in Medicine as a surgical tool (blood less surgery).

TEXT BOOKS

1. Physics Volume II 5

Edition, Resnick, Halliday and Krane.

2. Laud B.B., Lasers and Non-Linear Optics, New Age Publications.

3. Engineering Physics, M R Srinivasan, New Age Publications.

4. Engineering Physics, 2

edition, P. K Palanisamy, Sci Tech publications (India) Pvt.Ltd,

Chennai.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. University Physics, 6

edition, Francis W.Sears, Mark W Zemansky, Hugh D Young, Norsa

Publishing House.

2. Solid State Physics, 6

Edition, S.O.Pillai, Newage International Publishers.

3. Optics, 2

Edition by Ajay Ghatak, Tata Mc Grahill Publications.

4. Applied Physics, P.K.Palanisamy, Scitech publications (India) Pvt.Ltd, Chennai.

5. Engineering Physics, 8

Edition, R K Gaur and S L Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications.

ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

Code: 11BS104 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Electrochemical energy systems: Basics, electrode potential, emf of a cell, reference electrodes

(calomel, glass), determination of pH. Concentration cell. Conversion and storage of

electrochemical energy: Zn-C dry cell, lead acid, nickel-cadmium, Lithium cells. Chemistry of H

-O

fuel cell, future water powered car and solar cell. Corrosion Science: Definition,

atmospheric corrosion-mechanism, electrochemical corrosion-mechanism, microscopic galvanic

cell corrosion, concentration galvanic cells, galvanic cells created by differences in composition,

structure and stress, factors affecting corrosion, Corrosion control-material selection, design,

alteration of environment, cathodic and anodic protection, Electroplating of Cu. Water

Technology: Sources, impurities, hardness, types of hardness, estimation of hardness by EDTA,

alkalinity – numericals, ill effects of water in steam generation, preventive measures - internal and

external treatments (cold and hot lime soda processes, numericals and ion exchange process),

Quality standards and treatment for drinking water desalination methods: Electrodialysis and

reverse osmosis. Polymers: Polymers – definition - polymerisation – types - addition and

condensation polymerization-free radical and coordination polymerisation mechanisms – plastics,

classification – preparation, properties and uses of PVC, Teflon, Bakelite, UF resin and PET.

Chemistry and applications of conducting polymers (poly acetylene and poly aniline), FRP

composites and abrasives – classification, properties and uses. Phase Rule: Statement and

explanation of terms involved – one component system – water system – condensed phase rule –

construction of phase diagram by thermal analysis – simple eutectic system (Pb-Ag).

TEXT BOOK

1.Applied Chemistry – A text book for Engineers and Technologists; Roussak, Hymand.Gesser

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Industrial Chemistry by Helen Njeri Njenga, African Virtual University.

2.Engineering Chemistry by Mary Jain Shultz

3.Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Volume 2, J C Kuriacose & J Rajaram, The Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

BASIC MATHEMATICS

Code: 13BS104 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Ordinary Differential Equations and its Applications : Practical approach to differential equations,

First order differential equations, Variable separable method, linear equations, Bernoulli’s

equation. Models for the real world problems: Newton’s Law of Cooling, Law of natural growth

and decay. System of first order differential equations (Prey-Predator models). Applications on

Chemical reactions. Numerical solutions of first order ODE : Taylor’s series method, Euler’s

method, Runge- Kutta method of fourth order. Second and High order differential Equations

:Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, complimentary function,

particular integral, method of variation of parameters, Laplace Transforms and its applications:

Motivation, Definition, Linearity property, Laplace transforms of elementary functions, Shifting

theorem, Laplace transforms of periodic,. Inverse Laplace transforms of derivatives and integrals,

Convolution theorem, Application of Laplace Transforms in solving ordinary differential equations.

Partial Differential Equations: Formation of Partial differential equations, direct integration

method, models of first order partial differential equations.

Text Books:

1. Differential equations and their applications, ZAFAR AHSAN, PHI, Second edition.

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig,John-Wiley publications

Reference Books:

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Elementry Differential Equations, By W.E.Boyce and R. Diprima.

3. Applied numerical methods with MATLAB for engineers and scientists, Steven C. Chapra,third

edition, Tata McGraw-hill edition, New Delhi.

4. Differential equations and Mathematical Biology by D.S.Johns,Michael plank,B.D.Sleeman: C.R.C

press

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Code: 13BS107 L –T – P: 2-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 2

Isomerism, Configuration & Mechanism: Isomerism – stero isomerism, optical and geometrical

isomerisms. Absolute configuration. R & S configuration, Enantiomers, diastereomers, epimers.

Types of organic reactions – substitution, elimination, rearrangement reactions, SN

and SN

reactions. Anomers (α,β). Aromatic compounds: Benzene – Aromatic character, Mechanism of

electrophilic substitution – Nitration, sulphonation, Halogenation, Friedel crafts alkylation and

acylation, Orientation of distributed benzenes – activating and deactivating groups. Heterocyclic

compounds: Basic nature, simple preparations and reactions of Furan, Thiophene, Pyrrole,

Pyridine and Indole. Carboxylic acids and its derivatives: Effect of substituents on acidity, HVZ

reaction, Hoffman Bromamide reaction, Claisen condensation, preparations and application of

Malonic ester and Aceto acetic ester. Keto – enol tautomerism. Amines: Preparation of aniline &

aliphatic amine, Reductive amination, Hoffman elimination, Benzidine rearrangement, effect of

substituents on basicity, distinguishing tests for amines. Preparation of diazonium salts, properties

and applications. Alcohols: Industrial preparation of ethyl alcohol, Grignard synthesis of alcohols,

differentiation, tests of alcohols, Williamson’s synthesis of ethers. Aldehydes & Ketones:

Preparation by oxidation of alcohols, differentiation tests, Nucleophilic addition reactions –

Cannizaro, Aldol condensation, Perkin, Reformatsky and Wittig reactions.

Text book:

1. Text book of Organic Chemistry by I L Finar, Vol. 1 & 2.

2. Organic Chemistry by Clyaden, Greeves, Warren and Wothers.

Reference book:

1. Text book of Organic Chemistry by R T Morrison and R N Boyd

2. Text book of Organic Chemistry by Jerry March.

FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOLOGY

Code:13BS108 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Scope: The main objective of this paper is to strengthen the fundamentals of living organisms

ranging from simple to complex structures. It will help the students to analyze and apply the basic

principles for development / production of useful products from biological organisms.

General Characteristics:General Characteristics of vertebrates and invertebrates, similarities and

differences, General Characteristics of protozoa, Porifera, Annelida, Mollusca, Arthropoda,

Amphibia, Aves, Reptiles,Mammals, Morphology, life cycle and reproduction of amoeba,

plasmodium.

Animal Physisology:Organs and organelles of higher animals – biotechnological importance,

Mode of nutrition, digestive system, gastro intestinal secretions, absorption and assimilation of

digested food products. Respiratory and Excretory system- structure of kidney and functions.

Blood and cellular differentiation:Composition of blood, pumping action of heart, heartbeat and

pulse, blood vessels and blood circulars. Hematopoietic differentiation. Animal tissues – Epithelial,

muscle, connective, nerve tissues and functions.

Plant Physisology: Organs and organelles of plants and its role with reface to biotechnology, Plant

cells and water. Diffusion, water potential,. osmosis, plasmolysis, imbibitions active and passive

absorption. Mineral nutrition – criteria for essentiality, macro elements

(N2,P,K) and micro elements (Cu,Mn, Fe) biological nitrogen fixation (Eg. Rhizobium & Blue Green

Algae). Structure of Nitrogenase and its correlation with photo system.

Plant Photosynthesis :Significance of photosynthesis – biotechnological perspectives, Chloroplast

structure and functions. Light reaction, Emerson enhancement effect Photo system –I and II

Photolysis of water, Photo phosphorylation, CO2 fixation – C3, C4 and CAM pathways,

photorespiration, factors affecting photosynthesis.

Text Books:

1. Chordate Zoology and elements of Animal Physiology, 10 th edition, E.L Jordan and

P.S.Verma SChand company Ltd

2. Principles of Anatomy and Physiology by Tortora and Grabowski, 10 th edition Wiley

International

3. A Text book of Animal Physiology A.K.Berry Emkay publications

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Plant physiology by William G Hopkins

2. Modern text book of Zoology – Invertebrates by R.L Kotpal 8

edition, Rastogi Publishers

CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

Code:13BS109 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Cell Biology: Characteristics of Prokaryotic & Eukaryotic cells. Cell receptors. Cell membrane

proteins. Cell membrane transport mechanisms. Cell cycle and its regulation, Apotosis. Cell

surface proteins; Cell signaling – G proteins, enzyme linked and tyrosine Kinases. Cell cytoskeleton

– actin & myosin, tubulin & microtubules. Cell adhesion molecules – Cadherin, selectin.

Replication: Replication of DNA-Semi conservative replication apparatus, unidirectional

replication, bi-directional replication, rolling circle replication; DNA damage and repair: Types of

DNA damages-deamination, alkylation, pyrimidine dimers; Repair mechanisms-Excision repair and

mismatch repair, SOS repair, rec gene and its role in DNA repair. Transcription: Structure of

Promoters-RNA Polymerases of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Organism; Transcription- Initiation,

Elongation and Termination; Post Transcriptional Processes of Eukaryotic RNA; Structural features

of RNA-r-RNA, m- RNA, t-RNA , and functions of RNA. Transcription apparatus and proteins

involved in transcription. Prokaryotic & Eukaryotic transcription. Processing of t-RNA, r-RNA, m-

RNA splicing, Concept of Ribozyme. Translation: Translation in prokaryotic and Eukaryotes-

initiation of translation, elongation of polypeptide chain, termination of translation. Post-

translational modifications-Glycosylation. Regulation of Gene expression: in bacteria-Operon

concept, inducible and repressible opersons, positive and negative regulations, inducer molecules,

repressor molecules, co repressor molecules; Induction and catabolic repression of lac Operon in

E.Coli;Repression and attenuation of trp operon in E.Coli; Positive and negative controls in ara

operon in E.coli;Control of gene expression by sigma factor and post transcriptional control.

Absolute control by antisense RNA’s; enhancers, upstream controlling elements, Structural Motifs

of Transcription factors: helix turn, zinc finger motifs, leucine zippers and homeotic genes.

Recommended Text Books:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Watson

2. Molecular Biology by David Freifelder; Narosa publications house.

Reference Books:

1. Molecular Biology by Weaver; Academic International Publication.

2. Gene IX by Benjamin Lewin; Pearson Publishing.

MATHEMATICAL METHODS

Code:13BS201 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Numerical Methods: The Bisection Method, Regula-falsi method, Newton-Raphson Method,

Newton’s forward and backward interpolations, Lagrange’s Interpolation, Newton’s divided

difference formula, Numerical Differentiation: first and second order derivatives by Newton’s

forward and backward interpolations. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3

Rule, Simpson’s 3/8 Rule and applications.

Fourier series and transforms: Determination of Fourier coefficients, Fourier series, even and

odd functions, Fourier series in an arbitrary interval, half-range Fourier sine and cosine series,

Parseval’s identities, Fourier integral theorem (without proof)– Fourier sine and cosine integrals.

Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and cosine transforms and its properties, inverse transforms,

finite Fourier transforms, discrete Fourier transforms

Z-transforms: Introduction, definition, some standard Z-transforms, initial and final value

theorems, Z-transforms properties, inverse Z-transforms, convolution theorem, solution of

difference equations using Z-transforms

Probability and distributions: Random variables, probability function, mathematical expectation,

geometric, exponential and normal distributions.

Correlation and regression: Bivariate data, simple correlation and regression coefficients and

their relations, least square’s method for linear, curve linear and polynomial curve fitting

Statistical testing of hypothesis: Sampling distribution of mean and standard error, large tests

(Test for an assumed mean and equality of two population means with known SD), small sample

tests (t-test for an assumed mean and equality of means of two populations when observations

are independent), Chi-square test - independence of attributes, goodness of fit

TEXT BOOKS

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Second edition), Michael Greenberg.

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Applied numerical methods with MATLAB for engineers and scientists, Steven C Chapra,

third edition, Tata McGraw-hill edition.

3. Advanced engineering mathematics, RK Jain, SRK Iyengar, Narosa publishers, second edition.

COMPLEX VARIABLES & DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

Code:13BS202 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Complex variables:Analyticity functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar

coordinates. Harmonic and conjugate harmonic functions, Milne – Thompson method. Line

integral, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, generalized integral formula.

Expansion in Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series and Laurent series. Types of singularities. Residue,

Cauchy’s residue theorem, evaluation of integrals by using residues, bilinear transformation and

its applications. (13)

Special functions: Bessel functions, recurrence relations for J

(x), orthogonality of Bessel

functions, generating function for J

(x), integral form of Bessel’s function, Jacobi’s series,

Legendre’s equation, Rodrigues’s formula, Legendre polynomials, generating function for P

(x),

recurrence relation for P

(x), orthogonality of Legendre polynomials. (10)

Difference equations: introduction, definition, difference equation of first and second order,

formation of difference equation, linear difference equation, rules for finding C.F and P.I,

Simultaneous difference equation with constant coefficients, application to deflection of a loaded

string.(9)

Graph theory:Basic Concepts of Graphs, Sub graphs, Matrix Representation of Graphs: Adjacency

Matrices, Incidence Matrices, Isomorphic Graphs, Paths and Circuits, Eulerian and Hamiltonian

Graphs, multi-graphs, (Problems and Theorems without proofs) ,Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula,

Graph Colouring and Covering, Chromatic Number,( Problems and Theorems without

proofs)Trees, Directed trees, Binary Trees, Decision Trees,Spanning Trees: Properties, Algorithms

for Spanning trees and Minimum Spanning Tree.(13)

TEXT BOOKS

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig.

2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to computer science J.P Tremblery,

R.Manohar, TMH

3. Discrete Mathematical for computer Scientists & Mathematicians “ J.L. Molt, A.Kandel

T.P.Baker, PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Discrete Mathematics, Malik, Sen, 6th ed., Cengage Learning, 2004

3. Discrete Mathematics for computer science, Bogart, Stein and Drysdale, Springer, 2005

COMPELX VARIABLES AND FINITE DIFFERENCE METHODS

Code:13BS203 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Complex variables: Analyticity functions, Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar

coordinates. Harmonic and conjugate harmonic functions, Milne – Thompson method. Line

integral, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, generalized integral formula.

Expansion in Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series and Laurent series. Types of singularities. Residue,

Cauchy’s residue theorem, evaluation of integrals by using residues, bilinear transformation and

its applications. Special functions: Bessel functions, recurrence relations for Jn(x), orthogonality of

Bessel functions, generating function for Jn(x), integral form of Bessel’s function, Jacobi’s series,

Legendre’s equation, Rodrigues’s formula, Legendre polynomials, generating function for Pn(x),

recurrence relation for Pn(x), orthogonality of Legendre polynomials.

Finite Difference Method: boundary value problems, numerical solutions of second order linear

PDEs, finite difference approximations of partial derivatives, elliptic equations-Laplace and

Poisson’s equations(two dimension), parabolic equations-heat equation (one dimension),

hyperbolic equation- wave equation (one dimension).

Text Books:

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (Tenth Edition), Erwin Kreyszig.

2. Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to computer science J.P Tremblery,

R.Manohar, TMH

3. Discrete Mathematical for computer Scientists & Mathematicians “ J.L. Molt, A.Kandel T.P.Baker,

PHI

Reference Books:

1. Higher Engineering Mathematics, By Dr. B.S. Grewal. Publisher: Khanna, New Delhi.

2. Discrete Mathematics, Malik, Sen, 6th ed., Cengage Learning, 2004.

3. Discrete Mathematics for computer science, Bogart, Stein and Drysdale, Springer, 2005

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

Code:13BS206 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Foundations: Basics, Sets and Operations of Sets, Relations and Functions, Some methods of

Proofs and Problem Solving Strategies, Fundamentals of Logic, Logical Inferences, Methods of

Proof of an Implication, First order logic and Other methods of Proof, Rules of Inference for

Quantified Propositions, Mathematical Induction.

Elementary Combinatorics: Basics of

Counting, Combinations and Permutations, Enumeration of Combinations and Permutations,

Enumerating Combinations and Permutations with repetitions, Enumerating Permutations with

constrained repetitions, Binomial Coefficients, The binomial and multinomial theorems, The

principle of inclusion - exclusion. Recurrence Relations: Generating Functions of Sequences,

Calculating Coefficients of Generating Functions, Recurrence Relations, Solving Recurrence

relations by Substituting and Generating Functions, The Method of Characteristic Roots,

Solution of Inhomogeneous Recurrence Relations Relations and Digraphs: Relations and

Directed Graphs, Special Properties of Binary Relations, Equivalence Relations, Ordering

Relations, Lattice s, and Enumerations, Operations on Relations, Paths and Closures, Directed

Graphs and Adjacency Matrices, Applications: Sorting and Searching, Topological Sorting.

Graphs: Basic Concepts, Isomorphism’s and Sub graphs, trees and their Properties, Spanning

Trees, Directed Trees, Binary trees, Planar Graphs, Euler’s Formula, Multi graphs and Euler

Circuits,Hamiltonian Graphs, Chromatic Numbers, The Four-Color Problem.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Joe L. Mott, Abraham Kandel, Theodare P.Baker “Discrete mathematics for Computer

Scientists and mathematicians” 2007, Second Edition, PHI,.

REFERENCES:

1. Kenneth H Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and its Applications”, 2007,Tata McGraw

1. Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, Sixth Edition,.

2. Tremblay J P and Manohar R, “Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to

3. Computer Science”, 2007, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi,

PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS

Code:13BS204 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Descriptive Statistics: Frequency distribution, graphical presentation of data by histogram,

frequency curve and cumulative frequency curves. Mean medium, mode and their simple

properties (without derivation) and calculation of median by graphs, range, mean deviation,

standard deviation and coefficient of variation.

Correlation and Regression: Bivariate data, simple correlation and regression coefficients and

their relations. Limits of correlation coefficients, effect of change of origin and scale on

correlation coefficient, linear regression and equations of line of regression.

Probability measure and sampling distributions: Random experiments, events exhaustive,

mutually exclusive and equally likely. Definition of probability and probability measures,

definitions and simple properties of binomial, Poisson and normal distributions and their inter

relations. Concept of population and sample, random sample, methods of taking simple random

sample. Sampling distributions of mean both known and unknown.

Statistical tests of hypothesis: Sampling distribution of mean and standard error, Large sample

tests (Test for an assumed mean and equality of two population means with known SD). Small

sample tests (t-test for an assumed mean and equality of means of two populations when sample

observations are independent). Chi-square test –independence of attributes, goodness of fit.

Text Books:

1. Miller & Freund’s, “Probability and Statistics for Engineers”, Richard A Johnson, PHI, New

Delhi, 11

Edition (2011).

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics”, S C Gupta and V K Kapoor, S Chand & Sons, New

Delhi, 11

Edition

2. “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, by Dr.B.S.Grewal, Khanna Publishers, 40

Edition, New

Delhi.

ENGINEERING SCIENCES

PROBLEM SOLVING THROUGH PROGRAMMING

Code:13ES101 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Scalar Types and Input/output: Character set, Declaration, Integer types, Boolean type,

Character type, Pointer type, Real floating-Point types, The pointer type, Typedefs, Initialization,

Introduction to formatted input and output: the printf(), scanf() function. Operators and

Expressions: Assignment, Arithmetic operators, Implicit type conversions, Precedence and

associativity of operators, Relational, Logical, Compound assignment, Increment and Decrement,

Cast operators type conversions, size of operator, Conditional operators. Comma operator,

bitwise operators. Statements and Control Flow: Flow charts for Algorithm Development, simple

and compound statements, Null and Expression statements, Selection statements, Repetition

statements, Jump statements. Pseudo code for Procedures and algorithm development.

Functions: Function Definition, Function prototypes, calling functions, Standard C Header files and

libraries, Mathematical functions, and Recursive functions. Arrays: Declaration of Arrays, How

arrays are stored in memory, Initialization of arrays , Processing Data in Arrays, Passing Arrays to

Functions, Introduction to Vectors and Matrices. Pointers: Pointer variables, pointer Arithmetic,

calling functions by Reference using pointers, constant pointer, Relation between pointers and

arrays, using pointers to pass One-Dimensional arrays to functions, Dynamic Allocation of

Memory, Functions Returning pointers, Pointers to pointers, Array of pointers, Pointers to

functions: Functions with arguments of pointers to functions, functions returning pointers to

functions. Generic pointer for passing arguments with different data types, Pointer to arrays,

Dynamic allocation of 2D arrays. File Processing: Opening and closing files, reading and writing

sequential files and random access files. Structures, Enumerations, Unions: Structures,

Enumerations, Unions, Characters and Strings : Character Code, Character input and output,

character-Handling functions, Stings, string input and output, The continuation character,

converting strings to numerical values, string manipulation: length, copy, append, compare.

Searching strings. The main() function and command line arguments. Formatted Input and

Output: Formatting output for functions in the printf() family: Printing Integers, Floating point

Numbers, Characters and Strings. Formatting input for functions in the scanf() family: Input an

Integer, floating point Number, Characters and Strings. Storage classes. Global and local variables,

storage classes, External functions and variables Preprocessing Directives: Macro replacement,

Predefined Macros, Source file inclusion, Conditional inclusion.

TEXT BOOKS

1. C forEngineers and Scientists – An Interpretive Approach byHarryH. Cheng, McGraw Hill

InternationalEdition 2010.

REFERENCES

2. The C Programming Language: ANSI C Version 2

Edition by Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M.

Ritchie, Prentice-Hall/Pearson Education, 2005

3. A Book on C: Programming in C (4th Edition) by Al Kelley, Ira Pohl, Pearson Education 2001.

4. Problem Solving and Program Design in C (6th Edition) by Jeri R. Hanly, Elliot B. Koffman,

Pearson Education 2004.

5. A Structured Programming Approach Using C(3rd Edition) by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard

F. Gilberg, West Pub., 1997.

MEASUREMENTS

Code:13ES102 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Fundamentals of Measurements

Introduction, types of measurements, generalized measurement system with examples, static &

dynamic characteristics of measurement system, types of Errors, error sources and remedies,

statistical analysis of data, regression analysis (using excel) of data, distortion.

Electrical measurements

Fundamentals: Basic parameters like Current, Voltage, RMS value, Average value, Power, Power

factor, Resistance, Impedance, Inductance, and Capacitance.

Transduction principles: Magnetic, Induction, Electrostatic, Thermoelectric, Hall Effect.

Measurements using: PMMC, Extension of range, Rectifier type, MI, EDM, Electrostatic,

Thermocouple type, Wheatstone bridge, Anderson’s bridge, Maxwell’s and Schering Bridge.

Project ideas.

Electronic measurements

Fundamentals of Cathode Ray Oscilloscope:

Block diagram, CRO probes, Delay line, types of Oscilloscopes.

Measurement of: Signal voltage, Current, Phase & Frequency using Lissajous patterns, Industrial

applications of CRO.

Electro-physiological measurements: Electrodes, ECG – EEG – EMG – ERG typical waveforms.

Project ideas.

Mechanical measurements

Fundamentals: Displacement, Velocity, Speed, Force, Moment, Torque, Stress, Strain, Pressure,

Flow, Temperature, Viscosity, Humidity.

Measurement of:Displacement – Flapper-Nozzle technique, LVDT, Interferometer.

Speed – Tachometer, Magnetic & Photo pick up. Force & Torque – Load cells, Prony brake.

Stress & Strain – Mechanical Strain gauge, Resistance strain gauge. Pressure – Manometers,

McLeod gauge, Bourdon pressure gauge. Flow – Notches, Orifice meter, Rotameter, Turbine meter,

Hot-wire anemometer. Temperature – Thermometer, Thermocouples, Thermistors,

Pyrometers.Viscosity – Psychrometers, Falling ball type, Rotating vane type. Humidity –

Hygrometers.

Project ideas.

TEXT BOOKS/REFERENCES:

1. Experimental methods for engineers – JP Holman – 7e – TMH

2. Mechanical measurements – Thomas G Beckwith – 6e – Pearson

3. Introduction to Instrumentation and Measurements– Robert B Northrop – 2e – CRC Press

4.Measurements and Instrumentation principles– Alan S Morris

5.Hand Book of Bio-Medical instrumentation– R.S. Khandpur, TMH

6.A course in electrical & electronic measurements and instrumentation – AK Sawhney.

ENGINEERING MATERIALS

Code:13ES103 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Crystal Structure And Crystallography: Crystal lattice – primitive and unit cell – crystal systems –

Bravais lattice – Miller indices – Structure of Crystal – Simple Cubic, Body Centered Cubic, Face

centered Cubic and Hexagonal Close Packed structure. Sodium chloride structure, X ray Spectrum

– Moseley’s law – diffraction of X-rays by crystals – Bragg’s law in one dimension – Experimental

methods in X-ray diffraction – Laue’s method, rotating crystal method – powder photograph

method – point defects - line, surface and volume defects – effects of crystal imperfections,

Applications.

Magnetic Properties Of Materials:Basic concepts – magnetic moment, susceptibility,

permeability; Types of materials – Diamagnetic, paramagnetic, ferromagnetic, anti ferromagnetic

and ferrimagnetic materials, Weiss theory of ferromagnetism, domain theory of ferro magnetism,

Ferrites, Hysteresis effect; Soft and hard magnetic materials; Applications- Fabrication of

transformers, motors, magnetic storage devices- magnetic memories, magnetic tapes, magnetic

recorder, relays and sensors

Electrical Properties Of Materials: Introduction to electrical materials – Band theory of solids-

conducting materials -Ohm’s law, electrical conductivity, electrical resistivity –, semiconducting

materials, types – properties and effects of impurities and temperature. Insulating materials –.

Requirements of good insulating materials: Some insulating materials – glass, mica, ceramics,

asbestos, resins, rubber, transformer oil. Introduction to Dielectric materials – Polar and non-polar

dielectrics, Dielectric constant, Dielectric Polarization – electronic, ionic, orientation or dipolar and

space charge polarizations(qualitative treatment), frequency and temperature dependence of

polarization, ferro electricity- spontaneous polarization and structure of barium titanate .Piezo

electricity & Piezo electric materials- applications.

Mechanical And Thermal Properties Of Metals:Definitions – elasticity, plasticity, Stress, strain,

strength, hardness, brittleness, ductility, creep, fatigue, fracture, and toughness. Relationship

between stress and strain; Hardness – Hardness tests, Heat treatment processes (Tempering,

Quenching Nitriding, Hardening), specific heat and thermal conductivity.

Micro And Nano Materials: Agile materials for microwave components, Terahertz meta materials

and its applications (Radar Sensors, and Future wireless communications), Basic concepts of Nano

Science and technology, Size effects of materials, Nano materials classification and Properties,

Nano material preparation by sol-gel method and Chemical Vapor Deposition

method..Introduction to Carbon nano tubes (CNT’s), Synthesis of CNT’s by bottom up Approach,

Properties of Carbon nano tubes and their applications in science and techno technology.

BOOKS

1.Materials Science and Engineering by Callister, WILEY Publishers(2008)

2.Introduction to Solid State Physics – C.Kittel, John Wiley(2004)

3.Materials Science for Engineering Students-FISCHER,,Elsevier Publishing.USA

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1.Material Science by V.Raghavan (TMH)

2.Solid State Physics, 6

Edition, S.O.Pillai, New age International Publishers

3.Material Science – M. Arumugam, Anuradha Agencies, (2004)

4.Solid State Physics – A.J.Deckker(2004)

ENGINEERING GRAPHICS WITH CAD

Code:11ES104 L –T – P: 0-0-4

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 2

Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting, AutoCAD Commands,Types of lines, Dimensioning,

Theory of Projection – Elements of projection, planes of projection, methods of projection.

Projection of Points and Straight Lines – Projection of points,projections of straight lines, various

positions of straight lines w.r.t. reference planes, traces of lines.

Projection of Planes – Types of planes, projection of planes, various positions of planes w.r.t

reference palnes (Use First angle method of projection)

Projection of Solids – Types of solids, projection of solids in simple position, projection of solids

with axis inclined to one reference plane and parallel to other. (Use First angle method of

projection)

Orthographic Projection –Introduction to Orthographic projections,types of surfaces, invisible

lines, precedence of lines, steps to draw orthographic views, orthographic projection of different

objects. (Use First angle method of projection)

Isometric projection – Theory of isometric projection, isometric view, isometric views from

orthographic views for simple objects. (Use First angle method of projection)

BOOKS:

Notes will be made available

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt

2. Engineering Drawing with an introduction to AutoCAD by Dhananjay A Jolhe,Tata McGraw-

Hill Publishing company limited

3. Engineering Graphics with AutoCAD by D. M. Kulkarni, A. P. Rastogi and A.K.Sarkar; PHI

Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009.

WORKSHOP PRACTICE

Code:13ES105 L –T – P: 0-0-4

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 2

General Introduction, Safety rules and regulations, First aid practice

MODULE -1:

CARPENTRY - Hands on practice on wood working operation using hand tools

FITTING - Hands on practice on preparing fits.

TIN SMITHY- Hands on practice on sheet metal working.

FOUNDARY - Hands on practice on moulding by preparing a sand mould

BASIC ELECTRONICS- Hands on practice on Soldering by mounting electronic components on leg

board and related experiments.

HOUSE WIRING- Hands on practice on House wiring connections

MODULE 2:

Demonstration on Power tools in construction, Wood working, Electrical and Mechanical

Engineering practices.

MODULE -3:

Information technology covering hardware:

Task 1: Identify the peripherals of a computer components in a CPU and its functions

Task 2: Disassemble and assemble the PC back to working condition

Task 3: Loading of operating system.

TEXT BOOKS

1. K.L.U Workshop Practice Lab manual.

2. P.Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana “Engineering Practices Laboratory”, 2009, SciTech

Publications, Chennai.

3. Anfinson, David and Ken Quamme(2008), IT Essentials PC Hard ware and Software

Companion Guide, CISCO Press, Pearson Education

REFERENCES

1. K. Venkata Reddy, “Workshop Practice Manual”, Sixth edition, 2011 print, BS Publications,

Hyderabad.

2. B S Nagendra Parashar and R K Mittal, “Elements of Manufacturing Process”, 2010 print,

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

3. Gupta , Vikas (2010),Comdex Information Technology Course Tool Kit – WILEY Dream tech

4. Chris Grover, Mathew MacDonald, E.A., Vander Veer, (2007), Micro soft Office 2007: The

Missing Manual, O reilly Media.

ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Code:13ES106 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Force systems: Introduction, Forces acting at a point, Moment of a force about a point and about

an axis, Couple moment, General case of forces in a plane.

Equilibrium of force system: Free body diagram, Equilibrium of a two-force and three force body

in a plane, Analysis of trusses by method of joints and sections.

Force systems in space (Vector approach), forces in space-Resultant

Friction: Laws of Coulomb friction, problems involving dry friction, wedge friction.

Properties of areas: Centroid and Centre of gravity, Moments of inertia of an area, polar moment

of inertia, Mass moment of inertia.

Virtual work: Principle, Potential energy and equilibrium, stability.

General principles of Dynamics: Kinematics of Rectilinear, Curvilinear and Rotary motion of a

particle.

Kinetics of Rectilinear, Curvilinear and Rotary motion of a rigid body in a plane.

D’Alembert’s principle- Motion of the mass center, Momentum and Impulse,

Work and energy methods, plane motion.

TEXT BOOKS:

1.“Vector Mechanics for Engineers (in SI units) Statics & Dynamics” by F.P. Beer and E.R.

Johnston – Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2.“Engineering Mechanics Statics & Dynamics” by Singer – B S Publications.

3.“Engineering Mechanics” by S.Timoshenko, D.H.Young, J.V.Rao McGraw hill companies. Fourth

edition.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1.“Engineering Mechanics Statics & Dynamics” by R.C.Hibbeler – Pearson Publications

THERMODYNAMICS

Code:13ES201 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Fundamental Concepts and Definitions: Thermodynamic system and control volume,

Macroscopic and Microscopic points of view. Thermodynamic properties, processes, state, path,

cycle. Thermodynamic equilibrium and Quasi-static process. Reversible and Irreversible

processes, Zeroth law, concept of temperature.

Work and Heat: Definition of work, units, work done at the moving boundary of system, work

done in various non-flow processes, definition of heat, units, comparison of heat and work.

First Law for Non-Flow Systems: First law of thermodynamics for a closed system undergoing a

cycle and for a change of state, energy-a property of system, internal energy and enthalpy.

Specific heat at constant volume and constant pressure.PMM1 and Converse of PMM1.

First Law for Flow Systems: Control mass and control volume, First law of thermodynamics for a

control volume, Steady flow energy equation and applications to engineering equipment.

Second Law of Thermodynamics: Thermal reservoirs, Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements of

second law of thermodynamics, Equivalence of Kelvin-Plank and Clausius statements, Carnot

cycle, Reversed heat engine, Carnot’s theorem, Corollary of Carnot’s theorem, Absolute

thermodynamic temperature scale, problems.

Entropy: Definition of entropy, Clausius theorem, entropy change in reversible process

Temperature-entropy plot, Inequality of Clausius, entropy change in an irreversible process,

principle of increase of entropy, Applications of entropy principle, entropy change of an ideal

gas, Availability and Irreversibility.

Thermodynamic Relations: Maxwell’s equations, TdS equations, Difference in heat capacities,

Ratio of heat capacities, energy equation, Clausius - Clapeyron equation

Air standard cycles: Otto, Diesel, Dual and Brayton cycles- Performance evaluation and mean

effective pressure, Reversed Carnot cycle and Bell Coleman cycle.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Thermodynamics, An Engineering Approach - Younus A Cengel & Michael Boles, (6E) Tata

McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

2. Engineering Thermodynamics - P.K.Nag, (4E) Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Fundamentals of Thermodynamics - G.J. Van Wylen., Sonntag (6E), Wiley India

publications.

2. Engineering Thermodynamics Coheand Rogers (5 E)-Pearson education India limited.

3. Heat and Thermodynamics - Zemansky, Mc Graw Hill (5E).

j ••••••,.

OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING

Code:13ES202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite13ES101 Credits: 4

(for ECE , ECM and CSE): (for others see below)

Overview of C: Origins of C++, Object Oriented Concepts, Fundamentals of C++, Introduction to

C++ Classes,Inheritance, Polymorphism- Function overloading, Operator overloading,

Constructors, Destructors. Classes & Objects: Classes vs. Structures, Classes vs. Unions, Friend

functions, Friend Classes, Inline functions, Parameterized Constructors, Static Class Members,

Scope Resolution Operator, Passing Objects to Functions, Returning Objects, Object assignment.

Array of Objects, Pointers to objects, this Pointer, References: Reference parameters, passing

references to objects, returning references, independent references, references to derived types,

restrictions to references. Dynamic Memory Allocation Operators: initializing allocated memory,

allocating arrays, allocating objects". Function Overloading, Overloading constructors, Copy

Constructors, Finding the address of an overloaded function, Default Function Arguments,

Function overloading & Ambiguity. Operator overloading: creating a member operator function,

operator overloading using a friend function, Overloading new and delete, overloading some

special Operators. Inheritance: Base class Access Control, inheritance & Protected Members,

Inheriting Multiple Base classes, Constructors, Destructors and inheritance, Granting Access,

Virtual Base Classes. Virtual Functions and polymorphism, Virtual Attributes, Hierarchical Virtual

Function, Pure Virtual Functions, Using Virtual Functions, Early vs. Late binding. Templates:

Generic Functions, Applying Generic Functions, Generic Classes. Exception Handling:

Fundamentals, options, Un-caught exception function, applying exception handling. I/O System

Basics: C++ streams, Stream classes, Formatted I/O, Creating user defined inserter and extractors,

Creating user defined manipulator functions. File I/O: Reading & writing Text Files, Unformatted

and Binary I/O, Random Access, I/O Status. Run-Time Type Identification, Casting Operators,

dynamic cast. Namespaces: fundamentals, using, the std namespace, Conversion Functions, const

Member Functions and mutable, Volatile Member Functions, Explicit Constructors, Using the ASM

Keyword, Linkage Specification. String Class: String Member Functions, Searching Strings,

Comparing Strings. STL: Introduction, Containers, Algorithms, Iterators.

Text Book:

1. C++ The Complete Reference by Herbert Schildt, 4thedition,Reference Books:

2. The C++ Programming Language by Bjarne Stroustrup, Addison-Wesley Professional; 4th

edition, 2012.

3. C++ How to Program by Deitel HM and Deitel PJ., 9th edition, PHI.

4. Object-Oriented Programming in C++ by Robert Lafore, 4th edition, Sams Publishing, 2001

5. Object-Oriented Programming using C++ by Joyce Farrell, 2008

6. A Complete Guide to Programming in C++, Ulla Kirch-Prinz, Peter Prinz, Jones & Bartlett

7. Big C++, Horstmann,John Wiley,2006.

(for all B.Tech except CSE,ECE and ECM of 2013 batch and for all B.Tech of 2014 batch):

Introduction: Object-Oriented Programming, OOP Principles, Encapsulation, Inheritance and

Polymorphism Java as a OOPs & Internet Enabled language, The Byte code, Data types, Variables,

Dynamic initialization, scope and life time of variables, Arrays, Operators, Control statements,

Type Conversion and Casting, Compiling and running of simple Java program. Classes and Objects:

Concepts of classes and objects, Declaring objects, Assigning Object Reference Variables,

Methods, Constructors, Access Control, Garbage Collection, Usage of static with data and

methods, usage of final with data, Overloading methods and constructors, parameter passing -

call by value, recursion, Nested classes. Inheritance: Inheritance Basics, member access rules,

Usage of super key word, forms of inheritance, Method Overriding, Abstract classes, Dynamic

method dispatch, Using final with inheritance, The Object class. Packages and Interfaces:

Packages, Classpath, Importing packages, differences between classes and interfaces,

Implementing & Applying interface. I/O Streams- file, byte streams, character streams, Exception

Handling: Exception Handling fundamentals, Types of Exceptions, Usage of try and catch, throw,

throws and finally keywords, Introduction to Multithreading.

Text books:

1. Herbert Schildt, "The Complete Reference Java2", 5th edition TMH, 2002.

2. Timothy A. Budd, "An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming", 3/E, Pearson, 2008.

NETWORK THEORY

Code:13ES203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Circuit Concept, R, L, C parameters, concept of mutual inductance, dot convention, coefficient of

coupling, voltage and current sources, source transformation, specifications of Active and Passive

elements, voltage – current relationship for passive elements Kirchoff’s Laws, Response of R-L, R-C,

R-L-C (Series and parallel combinations) for impulse, step, ramp excitations, Magnetic Circuits –

Analysis of series and parallel magnetic circuits AC Circuits: RMS and average values and form

factor of different periodic wave forms (Sinusoidal, rectangular, triangle and sawtooth), steady

state analysis of R, L and C (in series, parallel and series parallel combinations) with sinusoidal

excitation, concept of reactance, impedance, susceptance and Admittance, Phase and Phase

difference, concept of power factor, Real and Reactive powers, j-notation, complex and polar forms

of representations, complex power Series and parallel resonance, bandwidth, selectivity, Q factor,

current locus diagrams Three phase circuits: phase sequence, star and delta connection, Relation

between line and phase voltages and currents in balanced systems, Analysis of balanced and

unbalanced 3 phase circuits, star/delta transformation Network topology: definitions, graph, tree,

basic cut-set and basic tie set matrices for planar network, Loop and Nodal methods of analysis of

networks (including coupled circuits), duality and dual networks. Network theorems: (without

proof): Superposition, Reciprocity, Thevinin’s, Norton’s, Maximum power transfer. Application to

steady state analysis, network functions, driving point and transfer functions –poles and Zeros one

port and two port networks Two port network parameters: Z, Y, Transmission and Hybrid

parameters and their relationships Transient response of R-L, R-C, R-L-C circuits (Series and parallel

combinations) for D.C and sinusoidal excitations, initial conditions, time domain and Laplace

transform methods of solutions.

TEXT BOOKS

1. M. E. Van Valkenberg, “Network Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3

edition, 1998

2. William Hayt and jack E. Kemmerly, “Engineering circuit analysis” Tata Mc Graw-Hill Companies,

5th edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Charles K Alexander, Mathew N O Sadiku, “Fundamentals of Electric Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill

Education Pvt. Ltd., Third Edition.

2. D. Roy Choudhury, “Networks and Systems”, New Age International Limited Publishers,

3. J. Edminister & M. Nahvi, “Electric circuits”, Schaum’s outlines Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing

Company Ltd., 1999.

4. Mohd. H. Rashid, “Spice for circuits & Electronics using PSPICE”, Prentice-Hall of India, 2nd

edition.

DATA STRUCTURES

Code:13ES204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES101 Credits: 4

Algorithm Analysis: Mathematical Background, Model, Analyze, Running Time Calculations, Lists.

Stacks and Queues: Abstract Data Types (ADTs), The List ADT, Implementation of list, The Stack

ADT, The Queue ADT. Trees: Preliminaries, Binary Trees, The Search Tree ADT—Binary Search

Trees, AVL Trees, Splay Trees, Tree Traversals (Revisited), B-Trees-INSERTIONS Hashing: General

Idea, Hash Function, Separate Chaining, Hash Tables without Linked Lists, Rehashing. Priority

Queues (Heaps): Model, Binary Heap, Applications of Priority Queues. Sorting: Preliminaries,

Insertion Sort, A Lower Bound for Simple Sorting Algorithms, Shell sort, Heap sort, Merge sort,

Quick sort, Bucket Sort, External Sorting. Graph Algorithms: Definitions, Topological Sort.

Text Books:

1. Mark Allen Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, 2008 ,

Third Edition, Pearson Education.

Reference Books:

1. A.V.Aho, J. E. Hopcroft, And J. D. Ullman, “Data Structures And Algorithms”, Pearson

Education, First Edition Reprint 2003.

2. Horowitz, Sahni, Anderson Freed, “Fundamentals of datastructures in C” , Second Edition-

2007.

3. R. F. Gilberg, B. A. Forouzan, “Data Structures”, Second Edition, Thomson India Ed ition,

2005

4. Robert Kruse, C.L. Tondo, Bruce Leung, Shashi Mogalla, “Data Structures & Program Design

in C”, Fourth Edition-2007.

5. Yedidyah Langsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, Aaron M. Tenebaum, “Data Structures using C &

C++ “ , Second Edition-1995.

6. Michael T.Goodrich,Roberto Tamassia, David M. Mount, Data Structures and algorithms in

C++,2

edition,John Wiley,2011.

SIGNAL PROCESSING

Code:13ES205 L –T – P: 3-0-

2 Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Introduction to Discrete Time (DT) Sequences and Systems: Introduction to Signal processing:

Elements of Continuous Time and Digital Signal Processing systems. Advantages of DSP systems

over Analog processing systems.Sampling and Reconstruction: Graphical and analytical proof of

sampling theorem. Reconstruction of signal from its samples.Flat Top Sampling, Effect of under

sampling-Aliasing.Sampling of Band-pass Signals. DT Sequences: Representation of DT sequences,

some elementary DT sequences, Classification of discrete time sequences and Elementary

manipulation of DT sequences. DT Systems: Input-output Description of Systems, Classification of

DT systems: Linearity, Static, Time-Invariant, Causality and Stability of systems. Interconnection of

DT system. Analysis of LTI Systems: Analysis of Discrete-Time Linear Time-Invariant (LTI)

Systems: Response of LTI systems to arbitrary inputs:The Convolution Sum. Properties of

Convolution, Causality and Stability of LTI systems in terms of impulse response.Frequency

domain representation of discrete time signals and systems: Discrete Time Fourier Transform

(DTFT) and its Properties. Review of Z-transforms, System Function, Impulse Response, Causality

and Stability of LTI systems in terms of System Function. Applications of Z.Transforms: Solutions

of Linear Constant Coefficient Difference Equations. Power and EnergyDensity Spectrum

Relations of LTI systems (both in continuous and discrete) Fourier Transformation of Discrete

Time Sequences: Discrete Fourier Series (DFS): Introduction to DFS, DFS representation of

periodic sequences. Properties of discrete Fourier Series. Discrete Fourier Transforms (DFT):

Introduction to DFT, Properties of DFT, Circular convolution Linear convolution using DFT,

Computation of DFT. Relation between Z-Transform and DFS. Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT):

Introduction to FFT - Radix-2 Decimation in Time (DIT) and Decimation in Frequency (DIF) FFT

Algorithms, Inverse FFT using direct FFT. Design and Realization of Digital IIR Filters: Digital Filter-

IIR Design: Introduction, properties of IIR filters, Normalized Butterworth and Chebyshev

Functions. Design of Digital filters using Bilinear Transformation, Impulse invariance and Step

Invariance Transformation Methods, Frequency Transformation in Analog and Digital

Domains.Realization of IIR system structures: Basic Elements of Digital Systems, Realization of

Direct form structures, Cascade form Structures and Parallel form structures. Design and

Realization of Digital FIR Filters: Digital Filter-FIR Design: Introduction, Characteristics of Linear

Phase FIR filters, frequency Response, Designing FIR filters using Windowing Methods. Frequency

Sampling Method, Comparison of IIR & FIR Filters. Realization of FIR system structures:

Realization ofDirect Form, Transposed Direct Form, Direct form for Linear-Phase FIR systems and

Cascade Form structures.

TEXT BOOKS

1.John G Proakis, Dimtris G Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and

Applications”, Pearson Education.

2. Ludeman“ Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS

1.Alan V Oppenherim, Ronald W Schafer, John R Back, Discrete Time Signal Processing, Pearson

Education, 2

Edition.

2.Emmanuel C Ifechor, Digital Signal Processing, Pearson Education, 2

Edition.

3.Andreas Antonious, “ Digital Signal Processing , Signals, Systems and Filters “ Mc-Graw Hill,

4.Dimitris G. Manolakis, Vinay K. Ingle, ”Applied Digital Signal Processing : Theory and practice”,

Cambridge University Press

5. Kumar, A. Anand, “Digital Signal Processing”, PHI.

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1. Vinay . Ingle, John G Proakis, “Digital Signal Processing Using Matlab” ,Pearson

2. Paul Tobin, “Pspice for Digital Signal Processing”, Morgan & ClayPool.

3. Nasser Kehtarnavaz, Namjin Kim, ”Digital Signal Processing System Level Design using LabVIEW”,

Elsevier.

4. E. S. Gopi, "Mathematical Summary for Digital Signal Processing Applications with Matlab",

Springer

5. Forester W. Isen, "DSP for MATLAB™ and LabVIEW Volume III Digital Filter Design", Morgan &

Clay Pool

6. Robert J. Schilling,Sandra L. Harris,"Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing Using MATLAB, 2e

",Cengage Learning

7. Samuel D. Stearns, Don R. Hush,"Digital Signal Processing with Examples in MATLAB, 2e ",CRC

Press, Inc.

BIOCHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS

Code: 13ES206 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: 13 ES 101 Credits: 4

Basic concepts -Systems and Processes, Homogeneous and Heterogeneous systems, Closed and

Open systems, intensive and extensive properties state & n path functions, equilibrium state and

phase rule, zeroth law of thermodynamics, heat reservoirs & heat engines reversible &

irreversible process, internal energy enthalpy first law of thermodynamics and its limitations,

P.V.T. Behavior of pure fluids, equation of state, Joule Thomson coefficient. Processes involving

ideal gasses: constant Volume process, adiabatic process, polytropic process. Equation of state for

real gases: Van der equation, redlich-kwong equation, redlick kwong-soave equation, virial

equation. Second law of thermodynamics -General statement of II Law of thermodynamics,

entropy & Heat, entropy &Temperature, the carnot principle, calculation of entropy changes,

process involving ideal gases, adiabatic mixing process, Applications of the law of

thermodynamics: Flow processes continuity equation, energy equation, Bernoulli’s equation,

steam ejector, Joule-Thomson expansion, refrigeration, coefficient of performance, Carnot cycle

and limitations, liquefaction process, Linde process for gas liquefaction. Thermodynamic

properties of fluids -Classification, work function, Gibbs free energy, fundamental property

relations, Maxwells equations Classics-Clapeyson equation, entropy-heat capacity relationships,

Fugacity, standard state of Fugacity, fugacity coefficient, effect of temperature & pressure on

fugacity,. Activity, effect of temp and pressure on activity. Properties of solutions: Partial molar

properties and properties of solution, chemical potential, effect of temp & pressure on chemical

potential fugacity in solutions, Lewis randall rule, Henry’s law and dilute solutions, activity in

solutions, activity coefficient, effect of pressure and temperature on activity coefficient. Phase

equilibria -Criteria of phase equilibrium, phase equilibria in single and multi component

systems, phase rule for non reacting systems, VLE, phase diagram for binary solutions, equilibrium

diagrams, constant temperature equilibrium, Non-ideal solutions: Azeotrope, minimum &

maximum B.P. azeotropes; Liquid-liquid equilibrium diagrams-binary liquid-liquid equilibria,

Chemical reactions equilibria: Reaction stoichiometry, reaction coordination, criteria of chemical

reaction equilibrium, equilibrium constant, equilibrium constant and standard free energy change,

effect of temperature on equilibrium constant, Biochemical thermodynamics-Stoichiometry and

energetic analysis of Cell Growth and Product Formation. Elemental balances, degrees of

reduction of substrate and biomass, available electron balances, yield Coefficients of biomass and

Product formation , Maximum possible yield. Thermodynamics of microbial growth.

Text books:

1. K.V.Narayanan,” A text book of chemical engineering thermodynamics”, edition, Phi learning

(2009)

2. J.M.Smith, H.C.Vanness & Abbott, “Introduction to chemical engineering Thermodynamics”,

edition, Mcgraw Hill Higher Education (2001-05-01)

Reference books:

1. Vern Schramm,”Methods In Enzymology, Volume 308 - Enzyme Kinetics And Mechanisms,

Part E, Energetics Of Enzyme Catalysis, (Hardcover) “, Publisher: Elsevier (1999).

BIOMEDICAL SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13 ES 207 L – T – P: 3 – 2 – 0

PREREQUISITE : NIL CREDITS: 4

Signals and systems: Continuous time (CT) signals, Discrete time (DT) signals, periodic, periodic,

random, energy and power signals, step, ramp, impulse and exponential function, Transformation

in independent variable of signals: time scaling, time shifting and time inverting, classification and

properties of systems, LTI systems - convolution and stability, physiological signals and their

properties, Time invariant and time varying physiological systems.Signal analysis: Basic concepts

and development of the Fourier Series, Determination of the Fourier series representation of

Continuous and Discrete time periodic signal, Properties of continuous and discrete time Fourier

series, Continuous Time Fourier Transform (CTFT) and Discrete Time Fourier Transform (DTFT),

ECG signal analysis. Sampling Theorem and Z-Transforms: Representation of continuous time

signals by its sample, Sampling theorem, Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples, aliasing,

Basic principles of z-transform, z-transform definition, Properties of z-transform, Poles and Zeros,

inverse z-transform.Noise and Feed Back System:: Sources and types of noise, noise factor and

temperature, equivalent noise resistance and noise factor in cascade amplifier, Basic Feedback

concept, Positive and Negative Feedback, Sensitivity analysis, Effect of Feedback on disturbance

or Noise, Distortion analysis by Feed Back, Control system, Open loop Control System, Control

system With Feed Back, Application of feed back in physiological systems and its importance.

Physiological System: Block diagram representation of cardio vascular system, Electrical circuit

model of Blood Pressure, Electrical analog of blood vessels and its transfer function, model of

coronary circulation ant its analysis, Germ, Plasma cell, Antibody, system equation and transfer

function. Application of feedback and block diagram reduction techniques.

Text Books:

1. Signals and systems, A. Anand Kumar.

2. Introduction to Biomedical Signals and systems, James M.Jay.

Reference Books:

1. Biomedical Signals and systems, Michael L.Shuler Fikret Kargi

PROFESSIONAL CORE COURSES

OFFERED BY BIOTECHNOLOGY

BIOCHEMISTRY

Course Code: 13BT 201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Carbohydrates: Classification, structure and functions of Monosaccharides (Ribose,

Glucose, And Fructose), Disaccharides (Maltose, Lactose and Sucrose) Polysaccharides

(Starch, Cellulose and Glycogen) and Heteropolysaccharides . AMINO ACIDS & Proteins;:

Classification and structures of standard amino acids, Physical properties of amino acids.

PROTEINS: Classification, physicochemical properties, Physical Synthesis of Peptides

(solid phase peptide synthesis) Primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure and

proteins. LIPIDS: Classification, abundance in microbial systems. Structure and physico-

chemical properties of triglycerides, phospholipids and cholesterol. NUCLEIC ACIDS:

Structure, properties and functions of purines, pyramidines, nucleotides and nucleic acids.

Types of DNA and RNA. Enzymes and Metabolism: Introduction, IUBN Classification,

Basic metabolic pathways; glycolysis, Krebs cycle, ETC, Beta oxidation of fatty acids

and cholesterol metabolism. Vitamins and coenzymes: Chemical name, Structure,

physiological role and deficiency symptoms of fat soluble and water soluble Vitamins (B

12 and

C.)

Recommended Text Books:

1) Principles of Biochemistry by A L Lehninger, Nelson & Cox, CBS publications

2) Biochemistry by U. Satyanarayana, Allied and Books Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata

Recommended References:

1) Harpers Biochemistry 25

edition 2000 Mc Graw Hill

LAB

1. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates

2. Qualitative analysis of amino acids

3. Qualitative analysis of Proteins

4. Qualitative analysis of Lipids

5. Qualitative tests for Nucleic acids (Molisch, Bial’s, Ammonium Molybdate and

Sulfuric acid test)

6. Estimation of reducing sugar I biological samples by Anthrone and DNS method .

7. Estimation of free amino acids by Ninhydrin method.

8. Estimation of Proteins by Biuret. Lowry’s and Bradford method

9. Estimation of DNA by Diphenylamine (DPA) method.

10. Estimation of RNA by Orcinol method.

11. Isolation of Casein from Milk and protein from albumin.

12. Determination of enzyme activity, determination of Km and V max

Group Experiments:

1. Determination of Iodine Number, Acid value and Saponification value of Fat.

2. Estimation of Phosphorous in biological materials.

3. Estimation of Calcium in serum in given biological materials.

Recommended laboratory manuals:

1. David T Plummer, Practical Biochemistry, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publication.

2. Harold Varley. Clinical Biochemistry, CBS Publishers.

3. Practical Biochemistry by J Jayaraman, New Age international Pvt Ltd.

MICROBIOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT 202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

HISTORY AND CLASSIFICATION OF MICRO ORGANISMS Discovery of

microorganisms;Theory of spontaneous generation, Germ theory of disease; Microbial taxonomy

and diversity: Bacteria and their broad classification - Major characteristics used in taxonomy.

Major contributors in field of Microbiology - Antony van leeuwenhoeks; Louis Pasteur; Robert

Koch; Edward Jenner; Joseph Lister; Winogradsky; Beijerinck. Microscope- Simple, Compound

and Fluorescence. MORPHOLOGY & CELL STRUCTURE OF MICROORGANISMS

Ultra structure of bacteria, cell wall, flagella, pili, capsule, endospore and cell inclusions. Viruses –

Chemistry & Morphology (size, shape and symmetry), replication of viruses, lytic and

lysogenic cycles. Yeasts & Molds – Morphology, life cycle, economic importance of fungi (Eg.

Aspergillus). Identification based on shape, staining reactions (Differential stain, Acid fast,

capsule staining, Endospore staining). GROWTH KINETICS OF MICROORGANISMS,

Bacterial nutrition- Nutritional classification of bacteria,Essential Macronutrients, Micronutrients

and Growth factors. Microbial growth – Growth curve and factors affecting the growth –

solutes, water activity, pH, Temperature, Oxygen concentration, Osmotic pressure, Radiation.

Bacterial growth; synchronous growth and methods of growth estimation. One step growth

curve, Physiology of Archaebacteria – thermophiles, psychrophiles, halophiles and

methanogens.GROWTH MEDIA AND CONTROL OF MICROORGANISMSCulture media -

synthetic and complex media, solidifying agents, types of media. Isolation of pure cultures -

spread, pour and streak plate methods; Maintenance and Preservation of microorganisms. Control

of microorganisms – Sterilization and disinfection, effects of physical (moist and dry heat,

radiation and filtration) and chemical agents. Antibiotics – classification, mode of action and

resistance. MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY Disease reservoirs; Respiratory infections caused by

bacteria and viruses, (tuberculosis); Disease transmitted by animals (rabies) and insects (malaria);

Food and water-borne diseases (cholera); pathogenic fungi, Vir iods& Prions.

Recommended Texts books:

1. Pelczar MJ, Chan ECS & Krieg NR, Microbiology Tata McGraw Hill.

2. Prescott & Dunn by General Microbiology- McGraw Hill publishers.

References Books:

1. C.B.Power. General Microbiology Vol I & II

2. Brock, Biology of microorganisms Prentice Hall Int.Inc.

LAB

1. Calibration of microscope and Identification of Animal, Plant and Bacterial cells

2. Sterilization techniques for preparation of pure culture media for cultivation of

microorganisms and validation of proof.

3. Preparation of culture media nutrient broth and nutrient media and preparation of slants.

4. Culturing of Microorganisms on slants and nutrient broth.

5. Isolation of Bacterial culture using streak and pour plate methods

6. Identification of Microorganisms

(a) Simple Staining technique

(b) Differential staining testing

7. Microbiological Examination of water

8. A qualitative microbiological analysis for determining the quality of MILK

9. Characterization of bacterial strain by Biochemical tests –

i. IMViC Test,

ii. Catalase test,

iii. Coagulase test,

iv. Gelatinase test,

v. Oxidase test.

10. Determination of bacterial growth.

11. Determination Zone of inhibition of an antibiotic by cup method.

12. Determination of MIC of any two antibiotics on same bacteria.

Recommended practical manuals:

1. Benson, Microbiological and applications, Laboratory, manual in general

microbiology, Mc Graw Publications.

2. P. Gunasekharan, Laboratory manual in microbiology , New age international Publishers.

PROCESS ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES

Course Code: 13BBT203 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Introduction to Engineering Calculations: Physical variables; dimensions and Units;

Measurement conventions: Density, specific gravity; specific volume, mole, chemical

composition, vapor pressures, concentration, Stiochiometry .composition of mixtures and

solutions: molarity, molality, normality, weight fractions, mole fractions ,volumetric

composition laws of chemical combination Ideal gases Ideal gas law ,differences between ideal

and real gases, application of ideal gas law, Daltons law of additive pressures, amagats law of

additive volumes, volume changes with change in composition, pure component volume

method, partial pressure method, gases in chemical reactions. Material balances Introduction

to system and process; difference between steady state and equilibrium, Law of conservation of

mass: Types of material balances, Procedure for material balance calculations with and without

chemical reactions, yield, conversion, limiting and excess reactants. Energy balances Basic

Energy concepts: law of conservation of energy, standard heat of formation, standard heat of

reaction. latent heat of vaporization and condensation, specific heat, sensible heat of formation

,heat of reaction, heat of combustion Hess’s law, effect of temperature and pressure on heat of

reaction, kirchooff’s law; Mate rial and energy balances in cell culture. Material balance for

continuous filtration, batch mixing, material balances with recycle, by pass and purge streams.

Energy balance worked examples without reaction: cooling in downstream processing,

continuous water heater, and fermentation energy balance.

Text Books

1) Bioprocess Engineering Principles, Pauline M.Doran, ELSEVIER publications.

2) Introduction to Biochemical Engineering, D G Rao, Mc Graw Hill publications.

Reference books

1) Bioprocess Engineering, basic concepts, Michael L.Shuler Fikret Kar

BIOANALYTICAL TECHINIQUES

Course Code: 13BT 204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

CENTRIFUGATION Centrifugation – Basic principles (sedimentation, Sedimentation

coefficient, Svedberg units) and types of rotors in centrifuges - Fixed angle rotor, Vertical

rotor, Swing out rotor, Zonal rotors. Types of centrifuges – Ultra and Analytical centrifuges,

Preparative and Density gradient centrifugations, Density gradients preparations – Sucrose,

Cesium chloride. Determination of molecular weight and purity of macromolecules by

centrifuges. CHROMATOGRAPHY Basic principle of chromatography - Partition

chromatography, Counter Current distribution. Modes & Types of chromatography – Paper,

TLC. Column Chromatography – Gel permeation, Ion exchange, Affinity chromatography,

GLC, HPLC. ELECTROPHORESIS Electrophoresis: Principle of electrophoresis, Types of

electrophoresis: Free Electrophoresis – Microelectrophoresis, Moving boundary; Zonal

Electrophoresis – Paper, Cellulose Acetate, Starch gels, Agarose gels, SDS-PAGE. IEF

(Isoelectric focusing), Pusle field gel electrophoresis (PFGE), 2-D gel electrophoresis,

Capillary electrophoresis.SPECTROSCOPY Basic concepts of spectroscopy, Beer-

Lamberts law, Colorimetry, Visible & UV Spectroscopy, Fluorescence spectroscopy, Flame

photometry, Atomic absorption spectrophotometer, Infrared, FT-IR, NMR & Mass

spectroscopy.ISOTOPIC AND ELECTROCHEMICAL TECHNIQUESAuto- radiography –

Principles and Applications of radioisotopes in biological sciences. Non- isotopic tracer

techniques. Principles and range of electrochemical techniques – pH electrodes. Ion-selective, gas

sensing electrodes and Oxygen electrodes, Immuno-histochemistry.

Recommended textbooks:

1. KeithWilson & John Walker, Principles & Techniques of Biochemistry and

Molecular biology. Practical Biochemistry. Principles and Techniques. Keith Wilson

& John, 1994, 5

ed. Cambridge University press

2. Biophysical Chemistry. Principles and Techniques. Uppadyay, Uppadyay & Nath 11

ed. Himalaya publishing house.

Reference Books:

1. Freifelder , Biophysical Chemistry. Freeman & Co.

LAB

1. The calibration of pH meter and measurement of pH for different solutions.

2. Preparation of buffers and adjustment of pH of buffer.

3. Estimation of Ascorbic acid by Titrimetry.

4. Estimation of unknown samples by using conductivity meter.

5. Verification of lambert-beers law by UV-VIS spectrophotometer.

6. Estimation of proteins & nucleic acids by U.V method.

7. Estimation of minerals by Flame photometry.

8. Estimation of Thiamine and Riboflavin by Fluorimetry.

9. The separation of different amino acids by Paper Chromatography.

10. The separation of Plant Pigments by Thin Layer Chromatography.

11. The separation of different blood proteins by Paper Electrophoresis.

12. The separation of known proteins by Native and SDS-PAGE.

Recommended practical manuals:

Boyer R, Modern Experimental Biochemistry (3

Edition) - Pearson Education, 2000.

2. Sharma B.K, Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis (8

Edition), Gel

Publishing

House, 1999.

FLUID MECHANICS & HEAT TRANSFER

Course Code: 13BT301 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

BASIC CONCEPTS IN FLUID FLOW: Introduction, basic laws, nature of fluid, viscosity, shear

stress, coefficient of viscosity, Newtonian and Non Newtonian fluids, Flow field, Reynolds

experiment, Laminar and Turbulent; flow, fluid head, total energy balance for steady flow,

Bernoulli’s theorem, flow of a fluid past a solid surface. Friction losses in laminar flow through a

circular tube (Hagen-Poiseulle equation) Friction losses in turbulent flow (Fanning

equation).TRANSPORTATION AND METERING OF FLUIDS: Manomete rs: Simple,

differential and inclined manometers. Hydrodynamic me thods: Pitot tube, orifice and

venturimeter, weirs, Rotameters. Centrifugal pump PRINCIPLES OF STEADY STATE HEAT

TRANSFER Fourier’s law of heat conduction, Thermal conductivity, convective HTC, conduction

through a flat slab as wall, conduction through hollow cylinder, conduction through solids in series,

plane walls in series, Log mean temperature difference and varying temperature drop. Introduction

and basic equations for radiation. HEAT EXCHANGE EQUIPMENT AND BASIC

CONCEPTS IN EVAPORATION: Heat exchangers: Types of exchanger’s double-pipe heat

exchanger shell & tube. Evaporation: Introduction, processing factors types of evaporation

equipment and evaporation methods-general types of evaporators, methods of operation, overall

heat transfer coefficients in evaporators. Heat and material balances for single-effect evaporator.

Evaporation of Biological materials – Introduction and properties of Biological materials,

Fruit

juices, sugar solutions, paper-pulp waste liquors. DRYING OF PROCESS

MATERIALS:

Equilibrium moisture content, Bound and unbound moisture, free moisture, rate of drying curves,

drying rate curve for constant drying conditions, drying in the constant rate and falling rate periods,

calculation methods for constant rate drying and falling rate drying periods.

Recommended Texts books:

1. S.K.Ghosal,S.K.Sanyal&S.Dutta.Introduction to Chemical Engineering

2. W.L.Badger and J.T.Banchero. Introduction to Chemical Engineering

Reference books:

1. Christie .J.Geankoplis. Transport processes and Unit operations

2. W.L.McCabe &J.C.Smith. Unit Operations in Chemical Engineering.

GENETIC ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13BT 302 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Basics of Genetic Engineering Basic steps of gene cloning. Isolation & Purification of DNA &

RNA. Enzymes used in cloning – Nucleases, Polymerases, Ligases, Transferases, DNases,

RNases, Kinase, Phosphatase. Restriction Enzymes – Nomenclature, classification, uses,

restriction sites, applications. Special DNA molecules – Linker, Adaptor, Polytailing.

Cloning Vehicles Plasmids Vectors – Classification, Properties, pUC 18/19, pBR 322, Blue

script vectors. Cosmid Vectors – essential features, strategies to generate genomic libraries.

Chromosomal vectors: BAC’s & YAC’s. Phagemids – Insertional & Replacement;

M13derived vectors. Expression vectors – pRT and pET vectors. Vectors for construction of

cDNA libraries. Polymerase Chain Reaction PCR – History, Principle, Methodology,

Applications, Primers, Designing of mutagenic primers. Identification of PCR products,

Cloning of PCR products, Multiplex PCR, Anchored PCR, Asymmetric PCR, Nested PCR,

Inverse PCR, fusion PCR , RAPD-PCR, RT-PCR, Hot Start PCR, Touch Down PCR and Real

Time PCR. Genes to Clones Gene Transfer Techniques – Microinjection, Electroporation,

Transformation, Particle bombardment, Macroinjection, Chemical methods. Screening of clones -

Complementation method, genetic methods, Immunological methods, Hybridization methods.

Gene Technology Sequencing of DNA by Maxam-Gilbert method and Sanger’s method. RNA

silencing, Molecular markers: RAPD, RFLP, AFLP. Restriction Mapping. Invitro mutagenesis -

Site directed mutagenesis. Blotting Techniques – Southern, Northern & Western. Probe

preparation, labeling and detection techniques (Phosphoimaging and Radioactive labeling).

Applications of gene cloning in medicine and agriculture.

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Old R.W and Primrose S.B .1995. Principles of gene manipulation-An introduction to

Genetic Engineering. 5th edition. Blackwell scientific publications. London.

2. Winnaker E.C. 1987. From genes to clones. Introduction to gene technology. VCH

Publications.

Reference Books:

1. J.D.Watson Recombinant DNA (A short Course). W.H.Freeman (1983)

2. T.A Brown gene cloning and DNA analysis. Wiley Blackwell- Apr- 2010

LAB

1. Agarose Gel Electrophoresis.

2. Isolation & Visualization of plant genomic DNA.

3. Isolation & Visualization of plasmid DNA

4. Isolation of RNA from liver tissue.

5. Restriction digestion of DNA

6. Extraction of DNA from agarose gels.

7. SDS-PAGE analysis of proteins

8. Bacterial Transformation.

9. Amplification of DNA fragments by PCR.

10. Screening methods for recombinant clones.

Recommended laboratory manual:

1. Maniatis, Current protocols in Molecular biology; Wiley Publishers.

BIOINFORMATICS

Course Code:13BT 303 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

INTRODUCTION TO BIOINFORMATICS & DATABASESNeed of Computers in Biotechnology

Research- Biological Information on the web. Introduction to Biological databases - their Organization

and management - Database search - Algorithms issues in database search - Information retrieval

from Databases - Concepts of Data mining, data warehousing and Data integration.

SEQUENCE COMPARISIONS AND ALIGNMENTS String similarity- Local, Global alignment;

pair wise alignments – Dot plots, Dynamic Programming Methods, Heuristic methods - FASTA,

BLAST; Amino acid substitution matrices- PAM and BLOSUM. MULTIPLE SEQUENCE Methods

for Multiple sequence alignments- local and global multiple sequence alignment; Significance and

applications of MSA- sequence comparisons- Profile analysis, Block analysis, pattern searching.

PHYLOGENETIC ANALYSIS Origins of Molecular Phylogenetics; Methods of Phylogenetic

analysis- Maximum Parsimony Maximum Likelihood and Distance based methods, Tree Evaluation,

Problems in Phylogenetic Analysis, Automated Tools for Phylogenetic Analysis; PROGRAMING

USING PERL Introduction to PERL. Programming basics, scalar, arrays and hashes. Control

statements, I/O, Regular expressions, data forma ts, file handles, file tests. File and directory

manipulations.

Recommended Texts:

1. Bioinformatics: A Machine learning approach – P. Baldi, S. Brunak, MIT press, 1988.

2. Bioinformatics: Methods and Applications- SC Rastogi, N Mendiratta & P Rastogi

Recommended References:

1. Introduction to Computational Molecular Biology by Joao Carlos Setubal, Joao Meidanis, Jooao

Carlos Setubal

LAB

1. Basic Unix commands

2. Searching Bibliographic databases for relevant information

3. Sequence retrieval from DNA & Protein databases.

4. Sequence file format conversions.

5. Pair wise comparisons using Dotlet.

6. BLAST services.

7. FASTA services.

8. Multiple Sequence Alignment (CLUSTAL W) & Phylogenetic Analysis using Phylip,

Phylodraw.

9. Protein Databank retrieval and Exploring protein structure using Rasmol& Spdbv

10. Restriction Mapping

11. Primer Design.

12. PERL Programming

FERMENTATION TECHNOLOGY

Course Code:13BT304 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Introduction to Fermentation Process Different range of fermentation processes;

Chronological development of fermentation industry; General requirements of fermentation

processes; an overview of aerobic and anaerobic fermentation process, Design of reactor with

respect to aspect ratios; Ancillary fittings for reactors (sampling port); Aseptic transfer of spore

suspension. Medium Requireme nts and Optimization Medium requirements for

fermentation processes, Carbon, Nitrogen, Minerals, Vitamins and Other Complex nutrients,

Oxygen requirement. Introduction to medium optimization; Methods of media optimization

(One factor method and Plackett- Burman design) Fermentation Process & Sterilization

Techniques Classification of fermentation system (Batch, fed-batch, Continuous); Dual and

multiple fermentations; Concept of Chemostat; Turbidstat; Monitoring and control of

fermentation process. Kinds of sterilization techniques; Thermal death kinetics of

microorganisms, Batch and Continuous sterilization of liquid media, Filter sterilization,

Design of sterilization equipment. Aeration and Agitation In Ferme ntorTypes of mixing

mechanisms (bubble aeration & mechanical); mixing equipment; Types of spargers and

impellers in fermentors; Significance of oxygen transfer in fermentations; Factors affecting

oxygen transfer rates; importance of K

a in fermentors; Estimation methods of K

a (Sodium

sulphite oxidation technique; Dynamic gassing out method; static method; oxygen balance

method).Scale Up And Rheology In Fermentations Scale up of fermentation process;

Principles; Theoretical considerations and techniques used; Scale down methods; The

Rheology of fermentation broths; Rheological models; Measurement of rheological

parameters.

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Peter F Stanbury, Principles of Fermentation Technology, Elsevier, 2009

2. Bailey & Ollis, Biochemical Engineering fundamentals Mcgraw Hill Higher

Education (31-12-1988)

Reference Books:

1. F.C. Web Biochemical Engineering, BS publications, 1997

2. Harvey W Blanch, Biochemical Engineering. Taylor & Francis /b S Publication (Feb

1997).

LAB

1. Study of thermal death kinetics and estimation of delta factor for bacterial culture

2. Cell immobilization and degradation kinetics of substrate

3. Comparison of growth curve for bacterial and fungal culture

4. Determination of K

for batch growth of microorganism

5. Microbial production and quantification of fine chemicals

6. Formulation of simple and complex media for fermentations

7. Bioreactor instrumentation and control

8. Preparation of buffers (Sodium Phosphate buffer pH).

9. Ethanol Fermentation in Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor.

10. Production of Cellulase using Solid State Fermentor.

11. Production of Xylanases using P.feniculosum.

Recommended laboratory manuals:

1. Peter F Stanbury, Principles of Fermentation Technology. Elsevier (2009).

BIOCHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING

Course Code:13BT305 L: T: P – 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Biochemical Reaction Engineering Over view of biochemical reaction Engineering;

Classification of reactions; Reaction rate; Kinetics of homogenous reactions; Single and

multiple reactions; Elementary and Non elementary reactions; Molecularity and order of

reactions; rate constant; Kinetic models of non elementary reactions; Temperature dependency

of rate equation. Interpretation of Batch Reactor Data Constant volume batch reactor; Analysis

of total pressure data; The conversion; Integral method of analysis of data; Irreversible uni-

molecular, bimolecular reactions; Zero order reactions. Half life of a reaction; Varying

volume batch reactor; differential method of analysis; Integral method of analysis; Zero order;

First order & second order reactions; Temperature & reaction rate.: Bioreactor Sys tems

Definitions; Differences and similarities between chemical and bioreactors; Classification

of bioreactors; Reactor configurations;Description of a conventional bioreactor with all aspects;

Design and construction criteria of a bioreactor; Concept of ideal and nonideal reactors;

Residence time distribution; stimulus response techinique; Models of non ideal reactors;

Imperfect mixing. Designing Of Bioreactors Design equations for enzyme reactors; batch

growth of microorganism; Design equation of a plug flow reactor; Design of CSTR with wash out

concept; Stirred tank reactors with recycle of biomass; Continuous stirred tank fermentors in

series with out and with recycle of biomass; Estimation of kinetic parameters. Multiphase

Bioreactors Different types of reactors: Cell lift reactor; Multipurpose tower reactor; Liquid

impelled loop reactor; Pumped tower loop reactor; Fluidized-bed reactor; Packed bed

reactor; bubble column reactors, Airlift reactors Gas inducing reactors. Animal & plant cell

reactor technology-Environmental requirements for animal cell cultivation; Reactors for large

scale production using animal cells, plant cell cultivation

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Octave Levenspiel, Chemical Reaction Engineering, Third edition, Wiley India pvt.Ltd

(October,2006)

2. D.G.Rao, Biochemical Engineering, McGraw Hill, 2008

Reference

textbooks:

1. Bailey&Ollis, Fundamentals of Biochemical Engineering, McGraw Hill Higher Education

2. Atkinson&Mavituna, Biotechnology and Biochemical Engineering Springer .

LAB

1. Determination of Volumetric mass transfer coefficient in Fermentor (sodium sulphite

technique, Static method)

2. Determination of gas holdup in sparged reactor

3. Determination of mixing time in bioreactor

4. Determination of circulation time using flow follower method

5. Estimation of Reynolds number for a given flow in pipes

6. Residence time distribution experiment in CSTR

7. Estimation of power number for stirrer in Fermentor

8. Estimation of conversion of a substrate in plug flow reactor

9. Kinetic studies in fluidized bed bioreactor

10. Scale up and Determination of KLA

IMMUNOLOGY

Course Code:13BT 306 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

BASICS OF IMMUNOLOGY: Types of immunity – Innate, acquired, Humoral & cell

mediated; Organs of the immune system: Primary lymphoid organs – Bursa of fabraceous, Bone

marrow, thymus; Secondary lymphoid organs – Spleen, lymph node. Cells of immunity –

Lymphoid & Myeloid lineage. Antigens – Types, Chemical nature, characteristics of Antigen,

Hapten and adjuvant.Cytokines –Types,receptors and

functions.

IMMUNOLOGICAL TECHNIQUESAntigen-Antibody Reactions – Mechanism and types.

Agglutination–blood grouping, Widal &VDRL. Precipitation–double immunodiffusion, Radial

Immuno Diffusion; Immunoelectrophoresis, Rocket immuno electrophoresis, Complement

fixation test. ELISA, Western blotting, FACS, IHC and RIA. CELL ONTOGENY B-Cell

biology, BCR; Immune response – primary, secondary and tertiary response’s; Theories of

immune response. Immunoglobulins – Structure, types, subtypes and functions. Antibody

genes and generation of diversity, Production of monoclonal antibodies. Complement System

– Classical, alternative and MB Lectin pathway & regulation T CELL ONTOGENYT-Cell

biology, TCR; Types of T cells – T

, T

and T

cells. Structure of MHC – I & II, Professional

Antigen Presenting Cells, Mechanism of Antigen processing and Antigen presentation. T cell

effector mechanism. CLINICAL IMMUNOLOGY Hypersensitivity: IgE mediated, antibody

dependant cell cytotoxicity, immune complex mediated reactions and delayed type of

hypersensitivity; Auto immunity – systemic & organ specific. Transplantation immunity – MLR

and MCA; Tolerance – Natural & Adaptive. Tumor immunity – Tumor antigens, Vaccinations –

basic concept, types.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS:

1. Richard A. Goldsby, Thomas J. Kindt & Barbara A. Osborne, Kuby, Immunology.

John Wiley publishers 6

ed. 2007.

2. Ivan M. Roitt, Peter J. Delves, Essential Immunology. Blackwell publishers. 10

addition.

References Books:

1. Ian R. Tizard, Immunology – An Introduction, Thomson publishers.

LAB

1. Total count of Red blood cells by Neubaur chamber method

2. Total count of white blood cells by Neubaur chamber method

3. Differential count of white blood cells

4. Purification of mono nuclear cells from peripheral blood

5. Estimation of Immunoglobulins by precipitation method

6. Estimation of hemoglobin by Sahali’s method

7. Widal Test

8. VDRL Test

9. Blood Grouping Test

10. Quantitative precipitin Assay

11. Radial Immuno Diffusion

12. Immunoelectrophoresis

13. Rocket Immunoelectrophoresis

14. ODD for antigen-antibody patterns

15. ODD for antibody titration

16. ELISA for antigen capture

17. ELISA for antibody capture

18. Dot-ELISA

19. Electrophoretic analysis of serum proteins

20. Counter current Immunoelectrophoresis

FOOD TECHNOLOGY

Course Code:13BT 307 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Introduction : Food microbiology; historical developments. Biotechnology in relation to the food

industry,types of microorganism’s associated with food, its sources, types and behavior in foods.

Role and significance of microorganisms in food. Intrinsic and extrinsic parameters of foods that

affect microbial growth, Utilization of microorganisms in food industries, genetic manipulations.

Thermophiles and Radiation-resistant microorganisms, characteristics and growth of thermophilic

microorganisms, Nature of Radiation resistance in microorganisms. Rheology of food

production. Food processing Bioprocessing of meat, fisheries, vegetables, diary product,

enzymes and chemicals used in food processing, biochemical engineering for flavor and

food productions. Emerging processing and preservation technologies for milk and dairy

products. Food preservation Food preservation using irradiation, Characteristics of Radiations of

interest in food preservation. Principles underlying the destruction of Microorganisms by

irradiation, processing of foods for irradiation. Application of radiation, Radappertization,

Radicidation, and Radurization of foods. Legal status of food irradiation. Effect of irradiation of

food constituents.torage of foods Stability of food preservation with low temperatures, high

temperatures, drying. Indicator and food borne pathogens. Food borne illness, quality

control, HFCS (High Fructose Corn Syrup) and mycoproteins. Air sampling, metabolically

injured organisms, enumeration and detection of food-borne organisms.

Recommended textbooks:

1. Lidsay, Willis Biotechnology, Challenges for the flavour and food industries, Elsevier Applied

Science. 1988.

2. Food Science and Food Biotechnology by F.F.G. Lopez & G.V. B. Canovas (2003), CRC

Press, Florida, USA.

Reference Books:

1. George J.B. Basic Food Microbiology, CBS Publishers & Distributors, 1987.

Roger, A., Gordan B., and John T. Food Biotechnology, 1989.

PLANT AND ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Course Code:13BT 308 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Fundamentals of Tissue culture Introduction to cell and tissue culture, Nutritional components of

culture media and different plant tissue culture medias. Regulation of cell differentiation,

regeneration of plants through organogenesis and somatic embryogenesis. Concept of synthetic

seeds. Homozygous plants & Protoplast technology ; Production of homozygous plants

through anther and ovule culture. Protoplast technology – Isolation, protoplast fusion,

identification and characterization of somatic hybrids, culture and plant regeneration.

Concept of cybrids. ; Genetic engineering of plants ; Methods for production of transgenic

plant – vector mediated (Agrobacterium) and Vector less methods. Development of

transgenic plants with resistance to stress, disease, herbicides, drought and insects. Secondary

metabolites production by tissue culture technology. ;Animal Cells and Tissue Culture ; History

of animal cell culture; Basic requirements for animal cell culture; Cell culture media and

reagents; Animal cell, tissue and organ cultures; Primary culture, secondary culture;

Continuous cell lines; Suspension cultures; substrate on which cells grow; Micro-carrier

cultures, cell synchronization, Tissue Engineering and biomaterials.; Cell lines, Cloning

and Gene transfer Disaggregation of Tissue and Primary culture, Maintenance of cultures –

cell lines, Somatic cell fusion. Transfection methods, Gene transfer using engineered and cultured

stem cells, cloning of cell lines, Large-scale cell culture in Biotechnology. Transgenic animals

- Mice, sheep, pig, goat, cow & fish. Bioreactor for animal cell culture. Applications of animal

cell culture.

Recommended Text Books:

1. Robert smith, Plant tissue culture: Technique & Experiments 2

ed; Academic press

2000.

2. MK Razdan. An Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture. 2

Ed.2003. Oxford and IBH.

References Books:

1. C. Chawla. Plant Biotechnology. 2004. Oxford and IBH &Animal cell culture –Practical

approach – Ed. John R.W. Masters, Oxford.

2. Cell culture Lab Fax. Eds.M. Butler & M. Dowson, bios Scientific Publications Ltd; Oxford.

Cell growth & Division; A practical approach. Ed. R. Basega. IRC press.

LAB

1. Preparation of Media MS, B5

2. Selection, sterilization and inoculation of explants

3. Embryo culture

4. Callus induction

5. Plant regeneration from meristems callus

6. Androgenesis: Anther culture

7. Isolation and culture of protoplasts

8. Organ culture

9. Agro bacterium mediated gene transfer, selection of transformants (Reporter gene)

(GUS) assays.

10. Sterilization process of glass and plastic ware.

MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS

Course Code:13BT 401 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Mass Transfer between phases Analogy between the momentum, heat and mass transfer, Ficks Law

of Molecular diffusion, Diffusion in gases, liquids and solids-Convective mass transfer and mass

transfer coefficients,: Concentration profiles in inter phase Mass Transfer, Film mass transfer

coefficients. Equilibrium relations between phases; Gas-liquid equilibrium, Absorption, single

stage equilibrium contact for Gas-liquid system, counter current multiple contact stages.

Absorption in plate and packed towers: Equipment for absorption and Distillation,

Design of plate Absorption Towers, Vapour-liquid equilibrium relations, Vapour-liquid

equilibrium-Simple, steam and flash Distillation-Distillation with reflux- McCabe Thiete

method and enthalpy-concentration method.: Liq-Liq equilibrium staged and Continuous

extraction-solid-liquid extraction-equilibrium relation and staged leaching. 4: Adsorption-

equilibrium-Batch and fixed bed Adsorption-Ion exchange process. Types of adsorption, Nature of

adsorbents Adsorption equilibria, adsorption isotherms, the freundrich equation, adsorption

operations-single stage, multistage cross current and counter current, application of Freundlich

equation. Crystallization: Importance of crystal size, crystal geometry. Invariant crystal, crystal

size and shape factors. Nucleation, origins of crystals in crystallizers, primary nucleation,

Homogeneous nucleation, ketin equation, and rate of nucleation, crystal growth- individual and

overall growth coefficients –allow of crystal growth. Crystallization equipment-vacuum

crystallizers, continuous crystallizer, draft tube crystallizer, MS MFR

crystallizer.

Text Books:

1. Transport processes and Unit Operations – Christie J.Geankoplis

2. Mass transfer operations – Robert E.Treybal

Reference Books

1. Unit operations in chemical Engg.-W.L. McCabe , J.C.Smith.&Peter Harriot

LAB

1. Diffusion of organic vapor in air

2. Liquid – liquid diffusivity

3. Wetted wall column

4. Vapor – liquid equilibrium

5. Simple distillation

6. Steam distillation

7. Packed bed distillation

8. Liquid – liquid equilibrium

9. Single & multi stage liquid extraction

10. Plate & frame filter press

11. Sedimentation

12. Batch reactor

13. Saponification in tubular flow reactor

14. Mixed flow reactors in series

Group experime nts:

15. Leaching

16. Adsorption

17. Crystallization

Recommended laboratory manuals:

1. Unit operations by Mc Cab, Thiele and Smith, Tata Mc Graw Hill.

2. Heat Transfer by Y.V.C.Rao, Sangam Books Ltd.

DOWN STREAM PROCESSING

Course Code:13BT 402 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Down Stre am Processing In Biotechnology; Overview of Bioseparations, Characterization of

Biomolecules, characterization of Bioprocess, characterization of fermentation broth:

Morphology of cells, structure of the cell wall, product concentrations, Biomass density,

Rheological Behavior of fermentation broth. Primary Separation And Recovery Processes

Recovery of intracellular products: Cell disruption methods-physical methods (osmotic

shock, grinding with abrasives, solid shear, liquid shear) – chemical methods (alkali,

detergents)- enzymatic methods. Removal of suspended solids: Foam separation, filtration.

Filtration equipment, centrifugation, tubular bowl centrifuge, disk. Bowl centrifuge, basket

centrifuge, scale up of centrifuges. Product Enrichment Operations ; Membrane based

separations – Classification & characteristics of membrane separation, merits of the process.

Micro filtration, ultra filtration, Reverse osmosis, dialysis & electro dialysis. Selection of

membrane, operational requirements of membrane. Retention coefficient, concentration factor,

permeates yie ld & solid yield in membrane separation processes. Membrane modules: Plate

& Frame, hollow fiber, spiral wound, shell & tube, cross flow micro filtration. Aqueous two-

phase extraction process: Applications of aqueous two-phase extraction, reversed micelles

extraction principle, micelle structures, critical micelle concentration. Protein solubilization,

limitation of reversed micelles. Precipitations of proteins with salts and organic solvents,

kinetics of protein aggregation. Product Purification Chromatographic Separations:

Classification of chromatographic techniques, column chromatography, elusion frontal

displacement techniques, partition coefficient, retention time and volume, capacity factor,

column efficiency, design and scale up of chromatography. Principles & practices of Gel

Filtration, Ion Exchange and Affinity chromatography. Alternative Separation Methods and

Product Polishing; Super critical extraction: principles of SCE, Flow scheme of a simple

SCE system. Formulation strategies: Importance of formulation, formulation of beakers yeast,

Enzymes, formulation of pharmaceutical products. Polishing: Crystallization, Principles of

crystallization and equipment. Principles of drying and lyophilization, Freeze dryer.

Recommended Textbooks

1. Butterworth and Heinmann. Product recovery in bioprocess Technology- Elsevier

India (2004),

2. B.Siva Sankar Bioseperations, Phi Learning (2009)

References Books:

1. Harvey Blanch. Biochemical Engineering, Taylor & Francis /b S Publication (Feb

1997)

2. Christie J.Geankoplis., Transport processes and Unit operations, Phi Learning (2009).

LAB

1. Extraction of proteins by Two-phase separation (PEG 3000 & Ammonium

sulphate or Organic solvents)

2. Fractionation of proteins from Egg by Ammonium Sulphate Precipitation.

3. Desalting of Proteins by Dialysis (CuSo

+ protein)

4. Isolation of Milk protein (Casein) by Iso-electric Precipitation.

5. Cell Disruption by Sonication and Enzymatic Reaction

6. Separation of proteins by Gel Filtration

7. Separation of Plant pigments by Adsorption Chromatography.

8. Separation of charged biomolecules by Ion Exchange Chromatography

9. Separation of proteins by Native/SDS Gel Electrophoresis (SDS PAGE)

10. Extraction and isolation of Enzymes from microbial cultures.

11. Separation of proteins by Affinity Chromatography

12. Separation of Biomolecules by High Pressure Liquid Chromatography

13. Separation of Volatile compounds by Gas Chromatography

14. Characterization of pure protein.

15. Separation of proteins by Tube Gel Electrophoresis.

Recommended laboratory manuals:

1. Handbook of Downstream Processing By Goldberg, Elliott, Chapman & Hall publishers

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

Course Code: 13CE 201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES106 Credits: 4

Shear Force and Bending Moment: Diagrammatic conventions for supports; Diagrammatic

conventions for loading; Classification of beams; Concept of shear force and bending moment;

relationship between load, shear force and bending moment, Shear force and bending moment

diagrams for statically determinate beams and frames.

Pure Bending and Shearing Stresses of Beams: The flexure formula; Computation of the moment

of inertia; Remarks on the flexure formula. The shearing stress formula for beams; Shear stress

distribution for various sections; Shear centre.

Analysis of Plane Stress: Normal stress, shear stress, state of stress at a point, ultimate strength,

allowable stress, factor of safety; normal strain, shear strain, Hooke’s law, Poisson’s ratio, analysis of

axially loaded members. Equations for the transformation of plane stress; Principal Stresses; Principal

planes; Maximum shearing stresses; Mohr's circle of stress; Construction of Mohr's circle of stress.

Torsion: torsional deformations of a circular bar, circular bar of elastic materials, stresses and strain

in pure shear, relationship between E and G.

Columns: Stability of equilibrium; The Euler’s formula for columns with different end restraints;

Limitations of the Euler’s formulas; Generalized Euler buckling - load formulas; The Secant formula;

Rankine’s empirical formula.

Thin pressure vessels: Concepts of hoop and longitudinal stresses, Analysis of cylinders and shells.

Text books:

1. Mechanics of materials by J.M. Gere, Thomsombrooks/Cole India edition, Sixth edition,

2006.

2. Strength of Materials by Andrew Pytel & F. L. Singer, Harper Collin Publisher’s Pvt. Ltd.

New Delhi, Fourth edition.

Reference Books:

1. Strength of Materials Part I & II by S P Timoshenko. CBS Publishers and distributors, New

Delhi, 3rd Edition.

2. Mechanics of Materials by Riley, Strurges and Morris, John Wiley and Sons Inc. fifth Edition.

List of experiments

1. Uni-Axial Tension Test On A Specimen of Mild Steel

2. Direct Shear Test on Mild Steel Bar

3. Brinell’s Hardness Test

4. Charpy Impact Test

5. Izod Impact Test

6. Torsion Test

7. Test on Spring

FLUID MECHANICS

Course Code:13CE 202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES106 Credits: 4

Fluid properties: Definition of fluid, properties of fluid-density, specific weight, specific gravity,

viscosity, classification of fluids, surface tension and capillarity, vapour pressure and cavitation.

Fluid statics: pressure, Pascal’s law, hydrostatic law, measurement of pressure-simple and

differential manometers, Total pressure and centre of pressure on vertical, horizontal and Inclined

surfaces.

Fluid statics-buoyancy and floatation: Buoyancy, centre of buoyancy, Meta-centre, Meta-centric

height.

Fluid kinematics: types of fluid flow, Discharge, Continuity equation, Continuity equation in three

dimensional flow, velocity potential function and stream function. Fluid dynamics: Euler’s

equation of motion, computational approaches for solving Euler’s equation Finite Volume Method,

Bernoulli’s equation and applications, Venturimeter, Orificemeter, Pitot-tube, coefficient of

discharge, orifices and mouth pieces.

Momentum equation: Impulse-momentum equation, Force exerted by flowing fluid on pipe-bend.

Flow through pipes: Introduction, major and minor energy losses, hagen- poiseuille law,

Hydraulic gradient and total energy line, pipes in series and parallel and Water hammer.

Turbulance: Introduction to Turbulance, Navier Strokes Equations,

Dimensional analysis & model similitude: Buckingham’s PI theorem, Model analysis, Types of

similarities, Dimensionless numbers, Classification of models, Model laws-Reynolds and Froude

model law

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by John F. Douglas, Tata McGraw Hill publications

2. Fluid Mechanics by S.K.Som, G Biswas, Tata McGraw Hill publications

References:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Frank M white, Tata McGraw Hill publications

2. Fluid Mechanics by A. Cengel and John M. Cimbala, Tata McGraw Hill publications

3. Fluid Mechanics by G. S Sawhney, IK International Publishing house (P) Ltd. New Delhi

4. Fluid Mechanics by Edward J. Shaughnessy, Oxford University Press, USA

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Determination of coefficient of discharge of rectangular notch

Determination of coefficient of discharge of V - notch

Determination of coefficient of discharge of orifice

Determination of coefficient of discharge of mouth piece

Determination of coefficient of discharge of orifice meter

Determination of coefficient of discharge of venturimeter

Determination of Darcy friction factor due to friction in a pipe flow

Determination of minor losses due to sudden expansion and contraction in a pipe flow

Verification of Bernoulli s theorem

10.

Fluid flow analogy using Reynolds apparatus

NOTE: In addition to physical conduction of above experiment any simulation package / program

will be used for simulating the same and further correlation with experimental results obtained.

STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Course Code:13CE 203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite:13CE201 Credits: 4

Energy Theorems: Principle of superposition, Maxwell’s reciprocal theorem, Betti’s theorem,

Principles of virtual work, Application of virtual work, Castigliano’s theorems, Applications of

castigliano’s theorem.

Deflection: Relation between curvature, slope and deflection, Deflection curves, Deflection by

moment area method, Deflection by conjugate beam method, unit load method.

Propped Cantilevers and Fixed Beams: Analysis of propped cantilevers with point load, partially

loaded u.d.l and uniformly varying load, fixed beam with point load, udl, Unsymmetrical

concentrated load and varying load,

Analysis of Continuous beams: Clapereyon’s theorem of Three moments, analysis of beam with

constant EI for all span, varying EI for different span, sinking of supports.

Analysis of Structure by Slope Deflection Method: Difference between force method and

displacement method. Advantage of displacement method. Analysis of indeterminate beams, Beams

with uneven support settlement, rigid frames by slope deflection method.

Analysis of Structure by Moment Distribution Method:Advantage of moment distribution method,

stiffness, carry over and distribution factor, analysis of indeterminate beams and rigid frames, uneven

settlement of support for beam and rigid frame by moment distribution method.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intermediate Structural Analysis by C. K. Wang, McGraw Hill Book Company, 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic Structural Analysis by C S Reddy, Tata McGraw Hill publishing Company ltd. Delhi.

edition 2010.

2. Structural Analysis by T.S Thandavamoorthy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, First

edition, 2011.

3. Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics and Analysis by M L Gambhir, PHI learning private

limited, New Delhi, 2011.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Students are required to analyze the following structures using Software package (STAAD-Pro)

1. Analysis of continuous beam without sinking of support.

2. Analysis of continuous beam with sinking of support.

3. Analysis of continuous beam with internal hinge.

4. Analysis of portal frame without sinking of support.

5. Analysis of portal frame with sinking of support.

6. Analysis of portal frame with internal hinge.

7. Analysis of Truss without sinking of support.

8. Analysis of truss with sinking of support.

9. Analysis of space frame without sinking of support

10. Analysis of space frame with sinking of support.

11. Analysis of space frame with internal hinge.

HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINES

Course Code: 13CE 204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CE202 Credits: 4

Open Channel Flow: classification, and Comparison between open channel flow and pipe flow,

Types of channels, Chezy’s and Manning’s equation, Flow through rectangular, Trapezoidal and

Circular channels, Most efficient channel section -Rectangular, Trapezoidal, Specific energy,

Specific energy diagram, Critical flow, critical flow in rectangular channel, critical slope, Froude’s

number, Channel transitions.

Gradually Varied Flow: Gradually varied flow in rectangular channels – equation for GVF, Water

surface slope w.r.t. channel bed and horizontal, Classification of channel slopes, classification of

surface profiles, Backwater and draw down curves.

Rapidly Varied Flow: Hydraulic jump, elements and characteristics of hydraulic jump, Types of

hydraulic jump, Location and applications of hydraulic jump, Energy loss in a hydraulic jump.

Impact of Jets: Force exerted by the jet on a stationary plate – vertical, inclined and curved, Force

exerted by a jet on a hinged plate, on moving plates, force exerted by jet on flat plates and series of

vanes.

Turbines: classification of turbines, pelton wheel, velocity triangles and work done on Pelton

wheel, Design of Pelton wheel. Radial flow reaction turbine, Velocity triangles and work done by

water on runner, Francis turbine, Design of Francis turbine, Axial flow reaction turbine – Kaplan

turbine, head and efficiency, Draft tube – types, draft tube theory, efficiency of draft tube, Specific

speed, Unit quantities, Selection of turbines, Cavitation.

Centrifugal Pumps: Manometric head; losses and efficiencies; work done; working principle;

priming; velocity triangles; performance and characteristics curves; multistage and double suction

pumps, Cavitation effects.

Reciprocating Pumps: Classification of reciprocating pump, working principle, Discharge through

reciprocating pump, negative slip Discharge, work done and power required to drive double acting

pump.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hydraulics & Fluid Mechanics by P. N. Modi & S. N. Seth; Standard Book house, New Delhi

2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics by Robert W.Fox and Alan T. Mc Donald, Fourth Edition, John

Willey & sons, New York, 1995

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Open Channel flow by V.T.Chow, Mc.Graw Hill book company

2. Flow in Open channels by K . Subramanya, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company,1994.

3. Fluid Mechanics by A. K. Jain; Khanna Publishers, Delhi

4. Hydraulic Machines by Jagadhishlal; Metropoliton Company, Delhi

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of Manning's and Chezy's coefficients in Open Channel flow.

2. Determination of Coefficient of impact of jets on different Vanes.

3. Performance studies on Pelton turbine.

4. Performance studies on Francis turbine

5. Performance studies on Kaplan turbine.

6. Performance studies on single stage Centrifugal pump.

7. Performance studies on variable speed on Centrifugal pump.

8. Performance studies on Reciprocating pump.

9. Determination of efficiencies of hydraulic Ram.

10. Water – hammer studies.

SURVEYING

Course Code:13CE 205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Surveying, Overview of plane surveying (chain, compass and plane table), Objectives, Principles

and classifications.

Distances and Direction - Distance measurement conventions and methods; use of chain and tape,

Electronic distance measurements, Meridians, Azimuths and Bearings, declination, computation of

angle.

Leveling and Contouring - Concept and Terminology, Temporary and permanent adjustments-

method of leveling. Characteristics and Uses of contours- methods of conducting contour surveys

and their plotting.

Computation of Areas and Volumes - Area from field notes, computation of areas along irregular

boundaries and area consisting of regular boundaries. Embankments and cutting for a level section

and two level sections with and without transverse slopes, determination of the capacity of

reservoir, volume of barrow pits.

Theodolite - Theodolite, description, uses and adjustments - temporary and permanent,

measurement of horizontal and vertical angles. Principles of Electronic Theodolite, Trigonometrical

leveling, Traversing.

Tachometric Surveying - Stadia and tangential methods of Tacheometry. Distance and Elevation

formulae for Staff vertical position.

Curves - Types of curves, design and setting out – simple and compound curves. Introduction to

geodetic surveying,

Total Station: Introduction – Accessories with description - Features of total station – Onboard

software electronic data reading - Summary of total stations characteristics - Field procedure of

total stations in topographic survey, Global positioning system, Introduction to Geographic

information system (GIS).

Text Books:

1. Surveying and Levelling by R.Subramanian, Oxford University Press, 2

edition, 2012

2. Surveying Vol - I, II, III - Dr. B.C . Punmia Laxmi publications, Delhi-6

Reference Books:

1. Surveying and levelling part I & II by Kanetkar.T.P. & S.V.Kulkarni, Puna vidyarthi girha,

Prakashan,23rd edition,1993.

2. Arora K. R, “Surveying Vol-I”, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd, 10th Edition, 2008.

LIST OF EXPERMENTS

1. Determination of area of a polygon by a ranging and taking offsets.

2. Measuring distance between two stations by indirect ranging when they are obstacles.

3. Measuring of bearing of sides of the traverse and preparation of map.

4. Plating of details by radiation method and intersection method of Plan table surveying

methods.

5. Determination of elevation of various points with a level by (a) collimation method (b) rise &

fall method.

6. Measurement of horizontal angles with theodolite.

7. Location of points in an area using total station.

SOIL MECHANICS

Course Code:13CE 206 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Origin of Soils: Soil Origin, rock cycle. Phase Relations: Weight Relationships, Volume

Relationships, Density and Unit Weight Relationships, Inter-relationships.Soil Classification:

coarse grained soils, fine grained soils., IS soil classification. Compaction: variables in

compaction, laboratory tests, field compaction, specification and control. Effective Stress:

Effective stress Principle, effective stress, pore water pressure, and total stress variation with depth,

vertical normal stress due to overburden, capillary effects in soils.Permeability: Bernoulli’s

Equation, Darcy’s law, Laboratory and field measurement of permeability, factors affecting

permeability. Stress in soils due to flow, Seepage Force, Downward Flow, Upward Flow, Quick

Condition. Vertical stresses beneath the loaded areas: stresses due to point load, stresses due to

line load, stresses under the corner of rectangular load, 2:1 distribution method.Compressibility:

Compressibility as a function of effective stress, soil type, stress history; normally consolidated and

over consolidated clay.

Consolidation: Terzaghi’s One-Dimensional Consolidation theory, consolidation test,

Consolidation Settlement, Determining Coefficients of compressibility and consolidation,

limitations in predicting consolidation behavior, amount of consolidation, time for consolidation,

secondary compression.Shear Strength: Mohr’s Circle, Mohr Coulomb failure criterion, Mohr

circles and failure envelopes interms of effective and total stresses. Drained and undrained loading

tests, direct shear test, traixial test, skempton pore water pressure parameters. Field vane shear test

Site Investigations: Various geotechnical field investigations, geotechnical field report.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Geotechnical Engineering: A practical problem solving approach by N Sivakugan,

and Braja M Das, Eureka series, J. Ross publishing, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan and ASR Rao, New Age International

Publishers, Second Edition, 2007.

2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by V. N. S. Murthy, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, New Delhi.

3. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Donald P. Coduto, Man-Chu Ronald

Yeung and William A.Kitch, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Second Edition.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of specific gravity of soils by using

(a) Density bottle method.

(b) Pycnometer method

2. To determine classification of soil by using I.S sieve method

3. To determine clay & silt percentage in soils by using hydrometer method.

4. (a) To determine of liquid limit of soils

(b) To determine of plastic limit of soils.

5. (a) To determine of field unit weight using core cutter method.

(b) To determine of field unit weight using sand replacement method.

6. Determination of permeability of soils by constant head permeameter method

7. Determination of permeability of soils by variable head permeameter method

8. Determination of shear strength parameters of soil using direct shear apparatus

9. Determination of undrained shear strength soft clay using lab vane shear apparatus

10.Determination of compressive strength of soil by using unconfined compressive apparatus

11.(a) Determination of soil OMC & MDD by standard proctor compaction test

(b) Determination of soils OMC & MDD by modified proctor compaction test

12. Determination of shear strength parameters of soil using triaxial cell apparatus

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13CE 207 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Necessity of protected water supply. Role of Civil Engineer. Water demand, per capita

consumption and factors affecting. Effect of variations of water demand on design of different

components of water supply schemes. Design period – population forecasting, Sources of water -

quality parameters and their significance. Drinking water quality standards in India. Intake

structures – definition and site selection, Pipes, joints and valves.

Types and origin of impurities, Need for water treatment. Purpose, principles of operation and

design considerations of plain sedimentation, sedimentation with coagulation, slow, rapid sand and

pressure filters.

Chlorination, Ozonization, and UV radiation.

Special treatment processes for color, odor, taste and hardness removal from water.

Sewerage systems, Quantity estimation, Velocity in sewers, Storm water sewers- Strom water

estimation by rational method. Sewerage system design, Sewage conveyance- Sewer types and

appurtenances

Objectives and extent of wastewater treatment, Quality parameters – physical, chemical and

microbial. Standards of discharge of effluents on surface waters, sewers and for agricultural use.

Purpose, principle and design considerations of Preliminary treatment -. Screens, grit chambers;

Primary treatment- Sedimentation – rectangular and circular tanks; Secondary treatment- Activated

sludge process & Trickling filter and Secondary clarifiers. Septic tanks - design parameters and

working principles.

Sludge digestion and sludge dewatering beds.

Air Pollution-Types, Impacts on environment, and Principles of control techniques

Solid Wastes-Types, sources and composition of solid wastes, Methods of collection,

Transportation and disposal methods; Landfills, composting, incineration, pyrolysis, gasification

Text Books:

1. Environmental Engineering (Vol I), Water Supply Engineering, S. K. Garg, Khanna

Publishers, New Delhi, Twelfth Revised Edition, 2010

2. Environmental Engineering (Vol II), Sewage Disposal and Air Pollution Engineering, S. K.

Garg, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, Twenty-second Revised Edition, 2010

Reference Books:

1. Environmental Engineering by Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rowe and George

Tchobanoglous, Mc Graw-Hill International Editions, New York

2. Wastewater Engineering Treatment, Disposal & Reuse by Met Calf & Eddy, Tata McGraw –

Hill publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.

3. Water and Waste water Technology, Mark. J Hammer and Mark. J Hammer, Eastern

Economy Edition, PHI-Learning, New Delhi (2008)

4. Environmental Engineering by Davis Cornvel, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York. (2000)

5. Water and waste water Engineering by G.M. Fair, J.C. Geyer, and Okun, John Wiley & Sons,

New York (1998)

6. Waste water Engineering by M.N Rao and A.K Dutta, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Ltd.

(2000)

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Determination of the following parameters present in the given water/waste water sample:

1. a) pH, b) Electrical Conductivity

2. a) Turbidity b) Jar test

3. Hardness

4. a) Acidity b) Alkalinity

5. Available chlorine and Residual Chlorine

6. Fluoride

7. Iron

8. Total solids, Dissolved solids, Suspended solids & Settleable solids

9. Dissolved Oxygen(DO)

10. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)

11. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

12. Chlorides

BUILDING PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION

Course Code:13CE 208 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CE203 Credits: 4

Brick Masonry: Technical terms; Types of bonds in brickwork and their suitability. Stone

Masonry: Technical terms; Classification of stone masonry. Dampness and Damp Proofing:

Introduction, Methods of preventing dampness; Damp proofing materials and their classification;

Methods of providing DPC under different situations.

Floors: Technical terms; Different types of floors – concrete, mosaic, terrazzo, stone floors,

ceramic tile floors, vinyl floors and wood floors. Roofs: Technical terms; Classification of roofs;

Steel sloping roofs; Roof covering materials; Types of flat roofs. Scaffolding, Shoring, Under

Pinning and Form Work: Types of scaffolding; Types of shoring; Methods of underpinning; Types

of formwork; Centering

Building Planning: Introduction to Buildings, Classification of Buildings, National Building Code

Building Planning: Selection of Site, Orientation, Ventilation, Furniture requirements, Roominess,

Sanitation, Lighting, Space for equipment for air–conditioning, Space for machinery etc.; Aspect

and prospect, Privacy, Elegance and economy; Climatic considerations; Materials selection, Wall

thickness and Scales

Building Bye–Laws & Regulations: Objectives of Building Bye–Laws, Building regulations;

Calculation of Plinth Area (PA), floor area and carpet area; Floor Area Ratio (FAR), Floor Space

Index (FSI), Height of Buildings as per local code book

Cement: General; Cement and lime; Chemical composition of ordinary Portland cement; Functions

of cement ingredients; Hydration of cement; Structure of Hydrated cement; Water requirements for

hydration; Types of cement and its properties; Field tests for cement; Chemical composition test;

Laboratory tests for cement; Grades of cement as per IS specifications.

Aggregates: Classification; Source; Grading of Aggregates; IS: 383 requirements for aggregates;

Tests on aggregates; Alkali - Aggregate reaction.

Water: General; Quality of water; Use of sea water; IS: 456 requirements.

Mortar: Functions of sand in mortar; Classification of mortars; Properties of good mortar mix and

mortar; Preparation of mortar; Uses of mortar; Precautions in using mortar; Selection of mortar;

Tests for mortars.

Cement Concrete: Definition; Properties of cement concrete; Proportioning of concrete;

Water/cement ratio.

Admixtures in Concrete: General; Air-entraining agents; Plasticizers; Pozzolanic admixtures;

Accelerators; Retardars; Miscellaneous admixtures such as damp proofers and Surface hardeners.

Fresh Concrete: Workability of concrete; Measurement of workability; Segregation; Bleeding;

Yield of Concrete.

Manufacture of Concrete: Batching of concrete; Mixing; Transporting Concrete; Placing

concrete; Compaction of concrete; Curing of concrete; Finishing.

Tests on Hardened Concrete: Compression test; Moulds and compacting; Curing; Failure of

compression specimen; Effect of height / diameter ratio on strength; Flexural strength of concrete;

Tensile strength of concrete; Non - destructive testing methods; Tests on composition of hardened

concrete; Elastic properties of concrete; Relation between modulus of Elasticity and strength;

Factors affecting modulus of elasticity; Creep; Factors affecting creep; Shrinkage; Plastic

shrinkage; Mechanism of shrinkage; Factors affecting shrinkage.

Durability of Concrete: Permeability of concrete; Sulphate attack; Methods of controlling

sulphate attack; Durability of concrete in sea water; Action of foreign matter on concrete.

Special Concrete & Concreting Methods: Special concretes such as light weight concrete and no

fines concrete; High density concrete; Polymer concrete and Fibre reinforced concrete; special

concreting methods Cold weather concreting, Hot weather concreting; Gunite or shortcrete; Ferro

cement.

Concrete Mix Design: Concept of mix design; Variables in proportioning; Nominal mix and

design mix; Indian standard method of mix design; ACI Method

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Building Materials by S. K Duggal New Age International Publishers.

2. Building construction by P C Varghese, Prentice hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi

3. Concrete Technology by A.M. Neville, Pearson Edition.

REFERENCES:

1. Civil engineering materials by Parbin Singh Prentice hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi

2. Building construction by B. C Punmia, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi

3. Concrete Technology by M.E. Grambhir, Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd.

4. Concrete technology by M.S Shetty, S. Chand & Company (Pvt) Ltd., New Delhi.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Draw the Sign Conventions for Engineering Materials, Water supply & Sanitary fixtures and

Electrical Installations etc. using Auto cad.

2. Draw the English bond & Flemish bond for one, one and half brick walls using Auto cad.

3. Draw the Doors, Windows and Ventilators using Auto cad.

4. Draw the Residential Building and School Building line diagrams using Auto cad.

5. Draw the Commercial Building and Hospital Building line diagrams using Auto cad.

6. Draw the Sloped roof building with Load Bearing walls using Auto cad.

7. Draw the Flat Roof Building with Framed construction using Auto cad.

8. Draw the Stair Case Plan, Sectional elevations including T- Beam, Landing Beam & landing

slab using Auto cad.

9. Draw the Plan, section & elevation for given line plans of Single storied building using Auto

cad

10. Draw the Plan, section & elevation for given line plans of Double storied building using Auto

cad

Construction Materials and Concrete Technology

Course code : 13CE301 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisit : NIL Credits : 4

Stones – bricks – concrete blocks: Stone as building material; Criteria for selection;Tests on

stones; Deterioration and Preservation of stone work; Bricks; Classification – Manufacturing of

clay bricks – Tests on bricks – Compressive Strength – Water Absorption – Efflorescence – Bricks

for special use – Refractory bricks – Cement, Concrete blocks – Light weight concrete blocks.

Lime – cement – aggregates – mortar: Lime – Preparation of lime mortar – Cement – Ingredients

– Manufacturing process – Types and Grades – Properties of cement and Cement mortar –

Hydration – Compressive strength – Tensile strength – Fineness– Soundness and consistency –

Setting time – Industrial byproducts – Fly ash – Aggregates – Natural stone aggregates – Crushing

strength – Impact strength – Flakiness Index – Elongation Index – Abrasion Resistance – Grading –

Sand Bulking.

Concrete: Concrete – Ingredients – Manufacturing Process – Batching plants – RMC – Properties

of fresh concrete – Slump – Flow and compaction Factor – Properties of hardened concrete –

Compressive, Tensile and shear strength – Modulus of rupture – Tests – Mix specification – Mix

proportioning – BIS method – High Strength Concrete and HPC – Self compacting Concrete –

Other types of Concrete – Durability of Concrete.

Timber and other materials: Timber – Market forms – Industrial timber– Plywood – Veneer –

Thermacole – Panels of laminates – Steel – Aluminum and Other Metallic Materials – Composition

– Aluminium composite panel – Uses – Market forms – Mechanical treatment – Paints – Varnishes

– Distempers – Bitumens.

Modern materials: Glass – Ceramics – Sealants for joints – Fibre glass reinforced plastic – Clay

products – Refractories – Composite materials – Types – Applications of laminar composites –

Fibre textiles – Geomembranes andGeotextiles for earth reinforcement.

Text Books:

1. Varghese.P.C, “Building Materials”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

2. Shetty.M.S., “Concrete Technology (Theory and Practice)”, S. Chand and Company Ltd.,2008.

Reference Books:

1. Jagadish.K.S, “Alternative Building Materials Technology”, New Age International, 2007.

2. IS456 – 2000: Indian Standard specification for plain and reinforced concrete, 2011

3. IS4926–2003 : Indian Standard specification for ready–mixed concrete, 2012

4. IS383–1970: Indian Standard specification for coarse and fine aggregate from natural Sources

for concrete, 2011

5. IS1542–1992: Indian standard specification for sand for plaster, 2009

6. Duggal.S.K., “Building Materials”, 4th Edition, New Age International , 2008.

7. Gambhir. M.L., & Neha Jamwal., “Building Materials, products, properties and systems”,

Tata McGraw Hill Educations Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

8. Gambhir.M.L., “Concrete Technology”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2004

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To Determine the initial and final setting time of cement with vicat’s apparatus

2. To Determine the Normal Consistency of cement with vicat’s apparatus

3. To Determine the fineness modulus of fine aggregates

4. To Determine the fineness modulus of coarse aggregates

5. To find bulk density specific gravity void ratio and porosity of fine aggregates

6. To find bulk density specific gravity void ratio and porosity of Coarse aggregates

7. Workability of concrete by slump cone apparatus

8. Workability of concrete by Compaction factor apparatus

9. To find the compressive strength of concrete cubes and cylinders

10. To determine the tensile strength of concrete by split cylinder test

11. To determine the flexural strength of concrete beam specimen

12. To determine the flakiness index and elongation index of the given aggregate

ENGINEERING GEOLOGY

Course Code 13CE 302 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Importance of geology from Civil engineering point of view, Weathering Process of rocks and its

importance in civil engineering; Geological action of Rivers.

Mineralogy: Definition of mineral; Significance of different physical properties of minerals. Study

of common rock forming minerals - Quartz, feldspar, Muscovite, calcite, Talc, Haematite.

Petrology: Igneous Rocks: Formation and types of Igneous rocks; Structures of Igneous rocks.

Study of Granite - Basalt – Dolerite

Sedimentary Rocks: Formation and types of Sedimentary rocks; Structures of Sedimentary

Rocks. Study of Sand Stone – Lime Stone – Shale

Metamorphic Rocks: agents of metamorphism, formation and types of metamorphic rocks,

Structures of Metamorphic rocks, Study of Granite gneiss – schist – Marble -khondalite –

Charnockite. distinguisition of igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks in field, Different

Engineering properties of rocks.

Structural Geology: Strike and Dip; Outcrop. Types of Folds; Faults; Joints; and their importance

in Civil Engineering constructions.

Earthquakes and Seismic Hazards: Causes and effects of earthquakes; Seismic belts, seismic

hazards in India ; Civil Engineering considerations in seismic areas.

Land Slides: Classification; Causes and effects of Landslides; Preventive measures of Landslides.

Site Investigation Techniques for Civil Engineering Projects: toposheets/topographic maps;

Geological maps and their interpretation in site investigation; Electrical resistivity methods and

seismic methods for sub-surface investigations; Remote sensing, Geographical information

systems, application of RS & GIS in Civil Engineering Projects ;

exploration of ground water. guidelines for major dam and reservoir investigations. Tunnels:

Purpose of tunneling; tunnels and underground excavations – methods of site selection, tunnel

excavation in various rock types, Geology of some tunnel sites;

Stones: Qualities of a good building stone; Stone quarrying; Dressing of stones; Bricks:

Composition of good brick earth; Harmful ingredients in brick earth; Manufacture of bricks;

Comparison between clamp burning and kiln burning; Qualities of good bricks; Classification of

bricks; Size and weight of bricks; Fire – clays. AAC(aerated auto clave blocks) blocks, light weight

concrete blocks: cement blocks: solid and hallow.

Flooring and wall cladding materials; cement flooring,marble, granite, limestone and ceramic

tiles. glass fiber reinforced concrete Timber: Defects in timber; Qualities of good timber;

Preservation of timber; Seasoning of timber; distinguisition of different types of timber. Market

forms of timber,

Alternative materials for wood; galvanized iron, fiber reinforced plastics, steel and aluminium.

Steel: Manufacture of steel; Uses of steel; Defects in steel; Market forms of steel; Properties of

mild steel; Properties of hard steel; Corrosion of ferrous metals. Paints: Constituents of paints,

types of paints, Painting of new and old substrate Painting; white washing, Varnishing; base coat

for paints: cement based putties, various tests on base coat materials for painting.

Insulating Materials: thermal insulators, electrical insulators and sound (acoustic) insulators

Text Books:

1. Engineering Geology by D. Venkat Reddy; Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Noida

2. Building Materials by S. K Duggal New Age International Publishers.

3. Concrete Technology by M.E. Grambhir, Tata Mc Graw- Hill Publishing Company Ltd

Reference Books:

1. Engineering and General Geology by Parbin Singh; S. K. Kataria & Sons, New Delhi.

2. Engineering Geology and Geo techniques by Krynine and Judd, Mc Graw – Hill Book

Company.

3. Civil engineering materials by Parbin Singh Prentice hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi

4. A text Book of Engineering Geology by N. Chennakesavulu; Macmillan India Ltd., Delhi.

5. Text Book of Geology, by P. K. Mukherjee, World Press (P) Ltd., Kolkata

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Study of physical properties of minerals.

a) Rock forming minerals

b) Economic minerals

2. Megascopic identification, structure and textural study of Rocks

a) Igneous rocks

b) Sedimentary rocks

c) Metamorphic rocks

3. Study of geological maps

4. Study of structural geology models.

5. Study of tunnel models.

6. Study of river features.

7. Map reading of topo sheets and Base map preparation.

8. Study of drainage density.

9. Watershed delineation for water resources development.

10. study of Slope analysis.

11. study of Land use land cover using satellite images

12. Electrical resistivity method for identification of ground water potential and thickness of strata

– (demo).

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

Course Code 13CE 303 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Transportation Development and Planning: Importance of Transportation Engineering,

Classification of Transportation Studies – Modal, Elemental & Functional Classification. Historical

Development of Road Construction, Highway Development in India. Highway Alignment -

Factors governing alignment; Engineering surveys. Highway Geometric Design: Introduction,

Highway cross-section elements; Sight distance – SSD, ISD, OSD; Design of horizontal alignment;

Design of vertical alignment – summit curves and valley curves. Pavement Design Engineering:

Pavement types, components of flexible & rigid pavements, Pavement Design Factors, Flexible

Pavement Design - Design strategies, CBR Method, Burmister’s Layered Theory, IRC 37-2001

Guidelines, Rigid Pavement Design - General Design Considerations, Stresses in concrete

pavements, Joints, Design of Rigid Pavements as per IRC:58-2002 Guidelines. Pavement Drainage

- Necessity, Analysis and Design of Surface and sub surface drainage system. Highway

Construction: Equipment, Stages of Pavement Construction, Earthwork, Stabilization of Soil,

Bituminous Pavement Construction and Cement Concrete Pavement Construction. Highway

Maintenance: Pavement Distress – causes and remedial measures. Traffic Infrastructure Design:

Properties of Traffic Engineering Elements – Introduction, Vehicle Characteristics, Human Factors

and Driver Characteristics, Road Characteristics, Control Mechanisms and Terminal Facilities.

Traffic Studies, Traffic Operations –Traffic Regulations, Traffic Control Devices - Traffic Signs,

Traffic signals, Road Markings and Islands. Traffic Stream Parameters and their Relations; Design

of Traffic Signals, Design of Intersections – Intersection at Grade and grade separated

Intersections.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Transportation Engineering by Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das. Prentice Hall

of India, New Delhi

2. Highway Engineering by S.K.Khanna & C.J.Justo, Nemchand & Bros., Latest Edition.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of pavement design – Yoder & wit zorac – Jhonwilley & Sons

2. Principles and practices of highway Engineering by Dr. L. R. Kadiyali & Dr. N. B. Lal

Khanna publishers, Latest Edition .

3. Transportation Engineering by C. Jotin Khisty, B.Kent Lall, Prentice Hall of India, New

Delhi

4. Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning by L.R.Kadiyali, Khanna Publishers

CODES:

1. IRC 37 – 2001: Guidelines for the design of flexible pavements, Indian Road Congress

Publications, New Delhi.

2. IRC 58 – 2002: Guidelines for the design of plain jointed rigid pavements for highways,

Indian Road Congress Publications, New Delhi.

3. MORTH - Specifications for Road and Bridge works, Indian Road Congress Publication,

New Delhi, Latest Edition

4. IRC 67 – 2001: Code of Practice for Road Signs, Indian Road Congress Publication, New

Delhi

5. IRC 35 – 1997: Code of Practice for Road Markings, Indian Road Congress Publication, New

Delhi

6. IRC 35 – 1997: Code of Practice for Road Markings, Indian Road Congress Publication, New

Delhi

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

I. Tests on Road Aggregates

a. Aggregate Crushing value Test

b. Aggregate Impact value Test

c. Abrasion value Test a) Los Angeles b) Devel’s

d. Shape Tests (a) Flakiness Index (b) Elongation Index (c) Angularity Number

e. Soundness Test

f. Specific Gravity and Water Absorption

g. Sieve Analysis a) Coarse Aggregate b) Fine Aggregate

h. Film Stripping Test

II. Tests on Bitumen

a. Penetration test

b. Softening point test

c. Ductility test

d. Flash & Fire point test

e. Specific gravity test

III. Tests on Bituminous Mixes

a. Marshal Method of Bituminous Mix Design

b. Bitumen Extraction Test

IV. CBR Test on Soil

V. Benkelman Beam Deflection Test

VI. Merlin Road Roughness Test

FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

Course Code:13CE 304 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CE206 Credits: 4

Bearing Capacity Of Shallow Foundations: Introduction, Basic definitions, Principal modes of

soil failures, Terzaghi’s bearing capacity theory/ equation and its modifications for square,

rectangular and circular foundation, Skempton’s bearing capacity analysis for clays, Meyerhof’s

analysis, Hansen’s bearing capacity theory, Vesic’s bearing capacity theory, IS code

recommendations for bearing capacity, Bearing capacity of granular soils based on SPT value and

Static cone resistance, Bearing capacity of footings on layered soils, Factors influencing bearing

capacity, Allowable bearing pressure. General requirements of foundations, Factors affecting

location and depth of foundation, Choice of type of foundations, Steps involved in the

proportioning of footings. Pile Foundations: Use of piles, Types of piles, Construction, Selection

of pile type, Types of foundations to suit subsoil conditions, Pile load capacity, Static formulae,

Dynamic formulae, Load tests, on piles, Group action of piles, Load carrying capacity of pile

groups, Negative skin friction, Piles subjected to uplift loads. Well Foundations: Types of wells

and caissons, components of well foundation, shapes of wells, depth of a well foundation, forces

acting on a well foundation, lateral stability of well foundation, construction and sinking of a well.

Settlement Analysis: Consolidation settlement, Immediate settlement, Corrections to settlement

due to consolidation, Settlement in different soil types/Settlement from field tests, Allowable

settlement, Settlement of pile group. Stability Of Slopes: Infinite slopes and translational slides,

Definitions of factor of safety, Finite slopes-Forms of slip surface, Limiting equilibrium method

and Critical stages in stability, Total stress and effective stress methods of analysis, ø

= 0 Analysis

(total analysis), c – ø analysis - method of slices, Location of the most critical circle, Friction circle

method, Taylor’s stability number. Earth Pressure And Retaining Walls: Effect of wall

movement on earth pressure, Earth pressure at rest, Rankine’s theory of earth pressure, Coulomb’s

theory of earth pressure, Coulomb’s equation for c = 0 back fills, Cullman’s graphical method,

Passive earth pressures-Friction circle method, Design considerations retaining walls.

TEXT BOOK:

Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics by Gopal Ranjan and ASR Rao, New Age International

Publishers, Second Edition, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Foundation Analysis and Design by J.E. Bowles, MacGraw Hill, 1996.

2. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by V. N. S. Murthy, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, New Delhi.

3. Geotechnical Engineering Principles and Practices by Donald P. Coduto, Man-Chu Ronald

Yeung and William A.Kitch, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Second Edition.

4. Foundation Design by W. C. Teng, Prentice hall

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Determination of geotechnical physical properties using GEOTECH software.

2. Determination of vertical load capacity analysis of piles using GEOTECH software.

3. Determination of slope stability analysis, including reinforcement like soil nails,geogrids etc

using GEOTECH software.

4. Analysis of embedded retaining walls like sheet pile, secant and diaphragm walls using

GEOTECH software

5. Analysis of gravity retaining walls using GEOTECH software.

DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Course code : 13CE305 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite: 13CE203 Credits : 4

Introduction to working stress method: Introduction, Design for bending, Analysis and design of

singly reinforced and doubly reinforced beams.

Introduction to limit state design : Concepts of limit state design, Characteristic loads,

Characteristic strength, Partial loads and Material Safety factors, Representative stress, Strain

curves, Assumptions in limit state design, Stress block parameters, Limiting moment of resistance.

Singly and doubly reinforced beams: Limit state analysis and design of singly reinforced, doubly

reinforced beams. Flanged sections: Limit state design of T and L beam sections.

Shear, torsion and bond: Limit state analysis and design of sections for shear and torsion,

Concept of bond, anchorage and development length, I.S Code provisions. Design examples in

simply supported beams.

Slabs: Design of one way slabs, Two way slabs, Continuous slabs using IS coefficients. Columns:

Short and long columns Uni axial loads Uni - axial bending and bi-axial bending I.S code

provisions.

Footings: Footings: Different types of footings–Design of isolated, square, rectangular and circular

footings.

Text Books:

1. Pillai & Devdas Menon, “Reinforced concrete design”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi, 2009.

2. A.K.Jain, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, 5th edition, Charotor Publications, 2010.

3. M.L.Gambhir, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures” 6

Edition, PHI, Delhi, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. N.C. Sinha and S.K Roy, “Fundamentals of Reinforced Concrete”, 4th Edition, S. Chand

publishers, 2002

2. N. Krishna Raju and R.N. Pranesh, “Reinforced Concrete Design”, 8th Edition, New age

International Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

NOTE: All the designs to be taught in Limit State Method. Following plates should be prepared by

the students.

1. Reinforcement particulars of T-beams and L-beams.

2. Reinforcement detailing of continuous beams.

3. Reinforcement particulars of columns and footings.

4. Reinforcement particulars of footings

5. Detailing of One way slab

6. Detailing of two way slabs

7. Detailing of Continuous slabs

DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

Course Code:13CE 306 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CE203 Credits: 4

Materials and Structural Fasteners: Rolled steel sections, Common steel structures, Advantages and

Disadvantages, Types of steel, properties of structural steel, Special considerations in steel design,

Loads and Load combinationsPrinciples of Limit state design, Types of riveted and welded joints,

Advantages and disadvantages of riveted and welded joints, Design of Rivet, Design of welds.

Tension Members: Types of sections –Net sectional area-Permissible stress-Design of axially

loaded tension member-Design strength of a Tension member- Design procedure-Tension member

splice-Lug angles. Compression Members: Buckling class of Cross section-Slenderness ratio-

Design compressive Stress and Strength-Shapes of compression members-Design of compression

members – Design of lacing and battening type columns – Design of column bases – Gusseted

base. Beams: Design of laterally supported beam, Design of Laterally unsupported beam, Bending

strength of laterally supported beam, Shear strength of laterally supported beam, Web buckling

,Web crippling and unsupported beams – Effective length for lateral torsional buckling, Built up

beams – design of purlins -design of grillage beams. Design of Bolted and Welded Beam

Connection: Types- framed connection- unstiffened seated-stiffened seated-small moment resistant-

large moment resistant connections – For both Bolted and welded. Design of Beam Columns:

Introduction-behaviour-second order moments-elastic torsional buckling-interaction-Eccentricity of

load-Eccentrically loaded base plates. Roof Trusses: Roof trusses – Roof and side coverings –

Design loads, design of purlin, Sheetings-Loads on trusses-Analysis of trusses and elements of

truss-Grouping of members- end bearing

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Steel Structures (Design and Practice) by N Subramanian. Oxford University Press, New Delhi,

2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Design of steel structures by limit state method by S.S. Bhavikatti. I.K International

Publishing House Pvt. Ltd .New Delhi-110016

2. Limit state design of Steel Structures by S.K Duggal, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company

Limited, New Delhi- 110008.

3. Limit State Design in Structural Steel by M R Shiyekar, PHI learning private limited, New

Delhi, 2011

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Students are required to analyze the following structures using Software package (STRUDS and

TEKLA)

1. Design of continuous beam with and without sinking of support.

2. Design of R.C.C portal frame.

3. Design of steel portal frame.

4. Design of steel Truss.

5. Design of space frame.

6. Design of a two storey R.C.C building

WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Course Code:11CE307 L –T – P: 3-1-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Hydrology: Distribution of water over earth, characteristics of rainfall in India, major river basin

of India, surface water and ground water potential. Hydrology: Definition, Hydrologic cycle;

Precipitation; Measurement of precipitation, Raingauge network, Classification of storms,

Detection of heterogeneity in rainfall records, Estimation of missing data, Mean rainfall over an

area, frequency of point rainfall, Interception, Evaporation, Depression storage, Infiltration,

Infiltration index, Runoff; Factors affecting runoff; Computation of run-off, Estimation of design

peak rate of runoff. Hydrographs: Introduction, Effect of basin shape on hydrograph, components

of hydrograph, Unit hydrograph; use and application of the unit hydrograph for flood hydrograph

resulting from rainfall of unit duration and two or more periods of rainfall; Method of construction

of unit hydrograph in different duration ; Method of super position, S-hydrograph. Ground Water

Hydrology: Forms of sub–surface water; Types of aquifers Aquifer; Aquitard, Aquicludes;

Aquifuge; Specific yield; Specific retention; Darcy’s Law, Well hydraulics; Steady radial flow to

a well–Dupuit’s theory for confined and unconfined aquifers; Tube wells; Open wells; Well

shrouding and well development; Yield of an open well–Constant level pumping test, Recuperation

test. Soil-Water-Plant Relationship: Composition of soil, soil texture and soil structure, Water

holding capacity of soil, Soil types, Classification of soil water, Soil moisture tension, Soil

moisture stress, Soil moisture Constants: Saturation capacity, Field capacity, Moisture equivalent,

Permanent wilting point, temporary wilting, ultimate wilting, Available moisture, Readily

available moisture; Salt problems in soil and water, reclamation of salt affected soils. Water

Requirement of Crops: Limiting soil moisture conditions; gross command area; culturable

command area; culturable cultivated and uncultivated area; kor depth and kor period; Crop period

and Base period, Duty and Delta of crop, relation between duty and delta; factors affecting duty;

methods of improving duty, Crop seasons and crops of India, consumptive use of water (evapo-

transpiration); Consumptive irrigation requirement, Net irrigation requirement, Estimating depth

and frequency of irrigation; irrigation efficiencies, Irrigation methods, types of irrigation

system. Irrigation Channels: Classification of canal; Canal alignment; Intensity of irrigation, Net

and Gross sown area, Net and Gross irrigated areas, Time factor, capacity factor, Inundation canals;

Cross–section of an irrigation channel; Balancing depth; Borrow pit; Spoil bank; Land width;

Maintenance of irrigation channels; Silt theories–Kennedy’s theory, Lacey’s regime theory.

Reservoir Planning: Investigations for reservoir planning; Selection of site for a reservoir; Zones

of storage in a reservoir; Storage capacity and yield; Mass inflow curve and demand curve;

Calculation of reservoir capacity for a specified yield from the mass inflow curve; Determination of

safe yield from a reservoir of a given capacity; Sediment flow in streams; Reservoir sedimentation;

Life of reservoir; Reservoir sediment control; flood routing; Methods of flood routing-

Graphical Method (Inflow – storage discharge curves method), Trial and error method. Dams:

Classification; Gravity dams, Arch dams, Buttress dams, Steel dams, Timber dams, Earth dams and

rock fill dams; Physical factors governing selection of type of dam and selection of site for a dam.

Earth Dams: Types of earth dams; Causes of failure of earth dams; Criteria for safe design of earth

dams; Section of an earth dam; Design to suit available materials; Seepage analysis, Seepage

control measures; Slope protection.

Gravity Dams: Forces acting on a gravity dam; Combination of loading for design; Modes of

failure and criteria for stability requirements; Stability analysis; Elementary profile of a gravity

dam; Practical profile of a gravity dam; Limiting height of a gravity dam; High and low gravity

dams; Design of gravity dams–single step method.

TEXT BOOK:

1. R.K. Linsley & J.L.H. Paulhus, ‘Water Resource Engineering’, McGraw Hill Book Co.

2. Engineering hydrology by K. Subramanyam, TataMcGrawHill, NewDelhi.

3. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structure by S.K.Garg; Khanna Publishers, Delhi.

4. Asawa, G.L. (2005). Irrigation and Water Resources Engineering, New Age International Ltd.

Refere nce Books

1. Irrigation Water Resources and Water Power Engineering by, P. N. Modi, Standard book

house, New Delhi.

2. Elementary Hydrology by V. P. Singh , PHI Publishers, New Delhi.

3. Applied Hydrology by Ven Te Chow, McGraw-Hill Book Company.

Advanced Structural Analysis

Course code :13CE308 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite: 13CE203 Credits : 4

I.L.D for Determinate Structures: Influence line for reactions, simply supported, over hang, I L

D for shear force in cantilever, simply supported, I L D for B. M cantilever, over hang and simply

supported beams, position and magnitude of maximum shear force and B.M for concentrated load

and udl, series of concentrated loads, absolute maximum S.F and B.M.

Analysis of Structure by Flexibility Matrix Method: Concept of flexibility coefficients, analysis

of truss, indeterminate beams and rigid frames by this method (up to 2 DOF)

Analysis of Structure by Stiffness Matrix Method Concept of degrees of freedom, degree of

indeterminacy and stiffness coefficients, analysis of truss, indeterminate beams and rigid frames by

this method (up to 2 DOF)

Analysis of Cable and Three Hinged Structures: Solution method for cable structure, analysis of

three hinged arch,

Plastic Analysis Structures Idealized stress-strain diagram, Plastic Moment of resistance, plastic

modulus, shape factors for different sections, load factor, Plastic hinge and mechanism, plastic

analysis of indeterminate beams and frames

Text Books:

1. Basic Structural Analysis by C S Reddy, Tata McGraw Hill publishing Company ltd. Delhi.

edition 2010

Reference Books:

1. Intermediate Structural Analysis by C. K. Wang, McGraw Hill Book Company, 2010

2. Structural analysis, A Matrix Approach by Pandit & Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill publishing

Company ltd. New Delhi.2008

3. Structural Analysis by T.S Thandavamoorthy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, First

edition, 2011.

4. Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics and Analysis by M L Gambhir, PHI learning private

limited, New Delhi, 2011.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Students are required to analyze the following structures using Software package (STRUDS / SAP

2000)

1. Analysis of continuous beam without sinking of support.

2. Analysis of continuous beam with sinking of support.

3. Analysis of continuous beam with internal hinge.

4. Analysis of portal frame without sinking of support.

5. Analysis of portal frame with sinking of support.

6. Analysis of portal frame with internal hinge.

7. Analysis of Truss without sinking of support.

8. Analysis of truss with sinking of support.

9. Analysis of space frame without sinking of support

10. Analysis of space frame with sinking of support.

11. Analysis of space frame with internal hinge.

ADVANCED DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Course code : 13CE309 L – T – P : 3-0-2

Pre Requisite: 13CE305 Credits : 4

Combined footings: Introduction, Design of combined rectangular footings, combined rectangular

footings with central beam, MAT foundation, Reinforcement detailing and bar bending schedule.

STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF PILE FOUNDATIONS : Types of piles, Load carrying capacity

of piles, Group action in piles, Structural design of RC piles, Design of pile cap for 2 or 3 piles,

Reinforcement detailing and bar bending schedule.

RETAINING WALLS :Introduction – Types of retaining walls –Active and passive earth

pressure- Design principles of cantilever retaining walls with horizontal back fill –With sloping

back fill. Design principles of Counter fort retaining walls with horizontal back fill. Reinforcement

detailing and bar bending schedule.

RECTANGULAR WATER TANKS: Introduction – General design requirements according to

Indian standard code of practice – Design of on ground and underground water tanks- Design of

over head water tanks- Reinforcement detailing and bar bending schedule.

CIRCULAR WATER TANKS : Introduction – General design requirements according to Indian

standard code of practice – Joints in water tanks – Circular tank with flexible joint between floor

and wall – Circular tank with rigid joint between floor and wall – Design of Over head tanks - IS

code method for design of circular tanks- Reinforcement detailing and bar bending schedule need

to be prepared.

INTRODUTION TO PRESTRESSED CONCRETE: Historic development – General principles

of Pre-stressing – Pretensioning and Post tensioning – Advantages and Limitations of Prestressed

concrete – Materials – High Strength Concrete and High Tensile Steel and their characteristics.

Methods and Systems of Pre-stressing; Pretensioning and Post tensioning methods – Different

systems of Pre-stressing like Hoyer system, Magnel Blaton System, Freyssinet’s system and

Gifford Udall System. Analysis of sections for flexure; Elastic analysis of concrete beams pre-

stressed with straight, Concentric, Eccentric, Bent and Parabolic Tendons.

Text Books:

1. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain & Aurn Kumar Jain,“Reinforced concrete structures”,

volume – I, 5th Edition,Laxmi publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.

2. Varghese P.C., “Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”, 3rd Edition, Prentice

hall of India, New Delhi,2005.

Reference Books:

1. Varghese P.C., “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Structures”,4th edition, Prentice hall of

India, 2005.

2. Pillai S.V. and Menon D, “Reinforced Concrete Design”,2nd edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill,

2006.

3. Krishna Raju N, “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”,4th edition, University Press,

2007.

Codes: Relevant IS codes

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Design and drawing of Combined footing

2. Design and drawing of Mat foundation

3. Design and drawing of Piles and Pile Caps

4. Design and drawing of Cantilever Retaining Wall

5. Design and drawing of Counterfort Retaining Wall

6. Design and drawing of Rectangular Tank resting on ground

7. Design and drawing of Under ground Tank

8. Design and drawing of overhead rectangular Tank

9. Design and drawing of Over head circular Tank

10. Design and drawing of Prestressed beams using MIDAS Software

QUANTITY SURVEYING AND ESTIMATION

Course Code:13CE310 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CE203 Credits: 4

Procedure of Estimating: Methods of estimating; Main items of work; Deduction for openings;

Degree of accuracy. Methods of Building Estimates: Individual wall method; Centre line method;

Arch masonry calculation; Estimate of RCC works: Estimate of RCC slab; RCC beam and RCC

column with foundation. Road Estimating: Estimate of earthwork; Estimate of pitching of slopes;

Estimate of earthwork of road from longitudinal sections; Estimate of earthwork in hill roads.

Canal Estimate: Earthwork in canals–different cases; Breached sections/Breach closures.

Specifications: Purpose and method of writing specifications; Detailed Specifications for Brick

work; R.C.C; Plastering; Mosaic Flooring; R. R. Stone Masonry. Analysis of Rates: Preparing

analysis of rates for the following items of work: i) Concrete ii) RCC Works iii) Brick work in

foundation and super structure iv) Plastering. preparing lead statements.

PWD accounts and procedure of works: Organization of Engineering department; Work charged

establishment; Contract; Tender; Tender notice; Tender Schedule; Earnest money; Security money;

Measurement book; Administrative approval; Technical sanction; Plinth area; Floor Area; Carpet

area; Approximate Estimate; Plinth area estimate; Revised Estimate; Supplementary estimate, cash

flow allocations yearly.

Valuation: Cost; Price & value; Methods of valuation; Out goings; Depreciation; Methods for

estimating cost depreciation; Valuation of building

Contracts: Contract: types of contracts, Contract Law, EMD, Tenders, Acceptance of Contract,

Breach of Contract, Cancellation of Contract, arbitration ,Re-tendering – work order, running

payment, Final Bill, Completion Certificate.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Estimating & Costing in Civil Engineering by B.N. Dutta; U. B. S. Publishers &

Distributors,New Delhi.

2. Valuation of Real properties by S. C. Rangwala; Charotar Publishing House, Anand.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Estimating & Costing by M. Chakraborty, S Chand Publishing House.

LABORATORY:

Estimate the following

1. Building

2. Road works

3. Water head tank

4. Bridge

5. Culverts

6. underpass

DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Course Code:13CS201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Data Representation: Number Systems: Introduction to Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexa Decimal

Number Systems and conversions from one system to the other. Arithmetic operations like

Addition and Subtraction using Complementary operations, floating point representations, a Logic

gates: Introduction to Boolean Algebra and the application Boolean algebra in various Logic

Gates: Combinational switching circuits: Realization of various Combinational Switching

Circuits in terms of NAND-NAND and NAND-NOR Circuits , Full Adder ,Half Adder,

Multiplexers, De- Multiplexers, Decoders Sequential switching circuits: Introduction to Latches

& Flip-Flops, Construction of counters and shift registers and their applications in Digital Circuits

Basic Computer organization: Memory and CPU organization, programming SMAC with

instruction set, program execution and tracing, vector operations and indexing, stacks. Central

processing unit: Operation code decoding and encoding, Instruction set and instruction formats ,

Addressing modes, Register sets, clocks and timing, CPU buses, data flow, data paths and

microprogramming and control flow. Memory Organization: semiconductor memory, dynamic

and static memory, writing and reading memory, organization of RAMs, Read only memory, Cache

memory, virtual memory. Input – Output Organization: Device interface, I/O methods,

programming control data transfer, interrupt structures, interrupt control data transfer, DMA based

data transfer, I/O processors, Bus structure, Serial data communication.

Text Books:

1.M.Morris Mano,“Digital Design”,Third Edition,Pearson Education/,4

edition PHI.

Reference Books

1. V.Rajaraman and T.Radha Krishnan, “Digital logic and Computer Organization”, 2009, 2

edition/PHI.

2. M. Morris Mano, “Computer Organization and Architecture” , 3

edition/PHI,

3. Willaim Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture”, 7

edition/PHI.

4. Ronald J. Tocci, Neal S. Widmer, Gregory. L. Moss , Digital Systems Principles and

Applications- 10

Edition ,Pearson Publisher.

5. Brian Holdsworth, Cline Woods, Digital Logic Design- 4

Edition, Elsevier.

6. Sivarama P. Dandamudi , Computer Organization–Springer International Edition.

7. John P. Hayes – Computer Architecture and Organization, 2/e, Tata McGraw hill.

8. David Harris, Sarah Harris, “Digital Design and Computer Architecture”, Elsevier Science &

Technology, 2012.

9. Patterson & Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design-The Hardware/Software

Interface”, 4/e, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.

HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION

Course Code:13CS202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES101 Credits: 4

History and Overview, The Human and The Computer, Input-Output Channels , Thinking,

Reasoning and problem solving, Psychology and Design of Interactive Systems, Text entry devices,

positioning, pointing and drawing and display devices, Physical controls, Sensors and Special

Device, Interaction, Models of interaction, Frameworks and HCI, Ergonomics, interaction styles,

Elements of WIMP, Interface, Interactivity, The context of interaction, paradigms for interaction,

Interaction design basics, user focus, scenarios, Navigation design, Screen Design, and layout,

iteration and prototyping. HCI in the software process, Software Life Cycle, Usability Engineering,

Iterative design and prototyping, Design Rationale, Design Rules, Principles to support usability,

Standards, Guidelines, Golden Rules HCI Patterns, Elements of windowing systems, Programming

the application, Using toolkits, User Interface, Management System. Evaluation Techniques, Goals

of Evaluation, Evaluation through experts, Evaluation through user participation, choosing an

evaluation method, User Support, Requirements of User Support, approaches to User Support,

Adaptive help systems, desigboration models, face to face communication, planning User Support

systems. Socio – organizational issues and stakeholder requirements, Organizational issues,

capturing Requirements, communication and collaboration models, face to face communication,

conversation, group working Dialog notation and design, Dialog design notation, diagrammatic

notation , textual Dialog notation , dialog semantics, Dialog analysis and design.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory d Abowd, Russel Bealel,“Human Computer Interaction”, 3rd

edition, Pearson education 2008.

2. Dan Olsen, “Human-Computer Interaction”, 1/e, Cengage Learning, 2013.

Reference Books:

1. Dan R oslen jr., Cengaga Learning, ‘Human Computer Interaction’, 2009.

2. John M. Corroll,”Human Computer Interaction in the new millennium” – LPE, Addison-

Wesley Professional; 1/e, 2001).

3. Shosrp, Rozers, Preece , “Interaction Design”- John Wiley & Sons, 3/e, 2011.

OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Code:13CS203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Introduction to Computer-System Organization, Computer-System Architecture, Operating-

System Structure, Operating-System Operations, Process Management, Memory Management,

Storage Management, Protection and Security, Distributed Systems, Special-Purpose Systems.

Operating-System Structures- Operating-System Services , User Operating-System Interface,

System Calls , Types of System Calls, System Programs , Operating-System Design and

Implementation, Operating-System Structure, Virtual Machines, Operating-System Generation,

System Boot. Processes-Concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Interprocess

Communication, Examples of IPC Systems, Communication in Client-Server Systems Systems

Programming: System Calls and library functions, introduction, Error Handling: perror (),

Regular File Management, Process Management, Signals, Interprocess Communications.

Multithreaded Programming- Multithreading Models, Thread Libraries, Threading Issues.

Process Scheduling- Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms, Thread Scheduling, Multiple-

Processor Scheduling. Process Synchronization-The Critical-Section Problem, Peterson’s

Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization,

Monitors, Synchronization Examples, and Atomic Transactions. Deadlocks- System Model,

Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention. Deadlock

Avoidance, Deadlock Detection. Recovery from Deadlock. Memory Management Strategies-

Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Paging, Structure of the Page Table, Segmentation,

Example: The Intel Pentium Virtual Memory Management- Demand Paging , Page

Replacement , Allocation of Frames , Thrashing , Memory-Mapped Files , Allocating Kernel

Memory. File-System - The Concept of a File, Access Methods, Directory and Disk Structure,

File-System Mounting, File Sharing, Protection. File system Implementation- File-System

Structure, File-System Implementation, Directory Implementation, Allocation Methods, Free-

Space Management, Efficiency and Performance, Recovery, NFS, Example: The WAFL File

System.

Text Books:

1.Silberschatz & Galvin, ‘Operating System Concepts’, 9

edition, Wiley 2012.

Reference Books:

1. W.Richard stevans,pearson,”Advanced programming in the Unix environment”, 2

edition,

Pearson 2009 .

2. William Stallings ,“Operating Systems: Internals and Design Principles” ,6

edition, pearson

2009 .

3. Albert S. Woodhull , Andrew S.Tanenbaum ,”Operating Systems: Design and

Implementation”,Pearson Education International, 2009.

4. Harvey M. Deitel , Paul J. Deitel , David R. Choffnes: “Operating Systems” ,3/E,

Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2004.

5. Crowley, “Operating System : A Design-Oriented Approach”, : 1/E, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education

Private Limited (2009)

6. Gary Nutt:”Operating Systems”,3/E Pearson (2004) .

7. Graham Glass, King Ables ,“Linux for Programmers and users”, Prentice Hall(2006)

DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Code:13CS204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES204 Credits: 4

Introduction To Database Systems, The Entity -Relationship Model, The Relational model,

Relational Queries, Relational Algebra And Calculus, SQL: Queries, Programming, Triggers,

Query -By-Example (QBE), Data Storage And Indexing, Storing Data: Disks And Files, File

Organizations And Indexes, Tree -Structured Indexing, Hash-Based Indexing, Query Evaluation,

External Sorting, Evaluation Of Relational Operators, Introduction To Query Optimization, A

Typical Relational Query Optimizer, Database Design, Schema Refinement And Normal Forms,

Transaction Management Overview, Concurrency Control, Crash Recovery.

Text Book:

1.Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”, 3/E, Tata Mcgraw

Hill 2004.

Reference Book:

1.A Silberschatz , Henry F Korth, S. Sudarshan ,“Database System Concepts” , Fifth Edition,

Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2003 .

2.Elmasri & Navathe Fundamentals of Data base Systems, 6th edition, Pearson2008.

3.Thomas M. Connolly,”Database Systems: A Practical Approach to Design, Implementation and

Management” 5th Edition, Pearson (2008).

4.Hector Garcia-Molina Jeffrey D. Ullman ,“Database Systems: The Complete Book”, 2/e,

pearson2008.

5.Jan L. Harrington, “Relational Database Design and Implementation: Clearly Explained”, 3/e,

Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2009.

COMPUTER NETWORKS

Course Code:13CS205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Use of Computer Networks, Network Hardware, Network software, Reference models, Example

Networks Physical Layer: The theoretical basis for Data Communication, Guided Transmission

media, Modems, ADSL, Trunks and Multiplexing, switching Data Link Layer: DLL design issues.

Error Detection and Correction, Elementary data link protocols, sliding window protocols.

Medium Access Control Sub layer: Channel allocation problem, multiple access protocols,

Ethernet, Data link Layer switching Network Layer: Network layer design issues, Routing

algorithms, congestion control algorithms, Quality of service, Internetworking, network layer in

the Internet Transport Layer: Transport service, Elements of transport protocols, Internet transport

protocols: TCP & UDP, Performance Issues Application Layer: Domain Name System, Electronic

Mail, World Wide Web.

Text Books:

1. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, PHI, Fourth Edition.2003

Reference Books:

1.William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 7/e, Pearson Edition, ,2007

2.Behrouz A. Fourouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition, 2006.

3.Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Elsevier, 2012.

4.James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking:A Top-Down Approach”, Pearson

Education, 2012.

SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13CS301 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES202 Credits: 4

Software and Software Engineering: Nature of software, software application domains, unique

nature of web applications, software engineering, software process, software engineering practice,

software myths. Process Models: Generic process model, prescriptive process models, specialized

process models, unified process, personal and team process models, product and process. Agile

development: Agility, agile process, extreme programming and other agile process models.

Modeling: Core principles, principles that guide each frame work activity. Understanding

Requirements: Identify stakeholders, recognizing multiple view points, Eliciting requirements,

building requirement model, negotiating requirements, validating requirements. Requirement

Modeling. Design concepts: Design process, Design concepts, design model. Architecture

Design: Software architecture, architectural styles, architectural design, assessing alternative

architectural designs, architectural mappings using data flow. Component-level design:

Designing class based components, conducting component level design. User interface design:

The golden rules, user interface analysis and design, interface analysis, interface design steps.

Quality concepts: software quality, software quality dilemma, achieving software quality. Review

Techniques, Software quality assurance: Elements of software quality assurance, sqa tasks,

goals. Formal approaches. Software testing strategies: A strategic approach to software testing,

strategic issues, test strategies for conventional software, validation testing, system testing, testing

conventional applications.

Text Books:

1.Roger S.Pressman ,”Software Enginering – A Practitioner’s Approach 7

Edition, Mc Graw

Hill(2010).

Reference Books:

1.Ian Sommerville,‘Software Engineering’, Sixth Edition,Pearson Education(2001).

2.Software Engineering: Modern Approaches by, Wiley; 2 edition (April 5, 2010).

3.Shari Lawrence Pfleeger , Joanne M. Atlee :“Software Engineering: Theory and Practice” ,4/e,

Prentice Hall(2009).

100

4.Software Engineering Best Practices: Lessons from Successful Projects in the Top Companies by

Capers Jones, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media; 1 edition (October 8, 2009).

5.James F. Peters, Witold Pedrycz:”Software Engineering An Engineering Approach”, 2/e, John

Wiley, 2000.

6.Stephen R. Schach:” Object-Oriented and Classical Software Engineering,8/e, McGraw-Hill

Science/Engineering/Math (2010) .

7.Carlo Ghezzi, Dino Mandrioli, Mehdi Jazayeri:”Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, 2/e,

PHI Learning. 2003.

8.Richard Schmidt, “Software Engineering: Architecture-Driven Software Development”, Elsevier

Science & Technology Books, 2013.

DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS

Course Code: 13CS302 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES204 Credits: 4

Definition And Properties Of An Algorithm- Structured Algorithm-Recurrence And Non

Recurrence Algorithm - Analysis Of Algorithm. Divide And Conquer: Merge Sort-Quick Sort-

Strassen’s Matrix Multiplication. Greedy Method: The General Method- Optimal Storage On

Tapes-Job Sequencing With Deadlines- Knapsack Problem- Minimum Cost Spanning Trees-

Single Source Shortest Path Method. Dynamic Programming: The General Method- All Pairs

Shortest Path- Optimal Binary Search Tree- Multistage Graphs-0/1 Knapsack- Single Source

Shortest Path Method. Backtracking: The General Method- Solution Space And Tree

Organization- The Eight Queens Problem - Sum Of Subset Problem - Graph Coloring - Knapsack

Problem. Branch And Bound: The General Method- 0/I Knapsack Problem- Traveling Sales

Person Problem- Efficiency Consideration. Np Hard And Np Complete Problems: Basic Concepts-

Cook’s Theorem-NP Hard Graph Problems. PRAM Algorithms: Merging-Sorting.

Textbooks:

1.Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, “Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms”, 2

Edition, University Press, 2008.

References Books:

1.Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, “Algorithm Design”, Pearson Education, 2006.

2.Aho A V, Hopcroft J E and Ullman J D, “Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, PHI, 2006.

3.Richard Johnsonbaugh, Marcus Schaefer, “Algorithms”, Pearson, 2004.

4.Anny Levitin, “Introduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, 2

Edition, Person

Education Press. 2007.

5.Gilles Brassard & Paul Bratley, “Fundamental Algorithms”, Prentice-Hall. 1998

6.Cormen, Leizerson & Rivest, “Introduction to algorithms”, 3

Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2002.

INFORMATION ASSURANCE AND SECURITY

Course Code: 13CS303 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 4

A Model for Network Security. Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric Cipher Model,

Substitution Techniques, Transposition Techniques, Rotor Machines, Steganography. Block

Ciphers and DES: Block Cipher Principles, DES, DES Example, Strength of DES, Differential

and Linear Cryptanalysis, Block Cipher Design Principles. AES: The Origins AES, AES Structure,

AES Example, AES Implementation. Block Cipher Operation: Multiple Encryption and Triple

DES, ECB Mode, CBC Mode, CFB Mode, OFB Mode, Counter Mode, XTS Mode for Block-

Oriented Storage Devices. Pseudorandom Number Generation and Stream Ciphers: Principles

of Pseudorandom Number Generation, Pseudorandom Number, Generators, Pseudorandom

101

Number Generation Using a Block Cipher, Stream, Ciphers, RC4 Public-Key Cryptography and

RSA: Principles of Public-Key Cryptosystems, the RSA Algorithm. Other Public-Key

Cryptosystems: Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, ElGamal Cryptosystem, Elliptic Curve Arithmetic

Elliptic Curve Cryptography. Cryptographic Hash Functions: Applications of Cryptographic

Hash Functions, Two Simple Hash Functions, Requirements and Security, Hash Functions Based

on Cipher Block Chaining, SHA, SHA-3. MAC: Message Authentication Requirements, Message

Authentication Functions, Message Authentication Codes, Security of MACs, MACs Based on

Hash Functions: HMAC, MACs Based on Block Ciphers: DAA and CMAC, Authenticated

Encryption: CCM and GCM. Digital Signatures: Digital Signatures, ElGamal Digital Signature

Scheme, Schnorr Digital Signature Scheme, Digital Signature Standard (DSS). KMD: Symmetric

Key Distribution Using, Symmetric Encryption, Symmetric Key Distribution Using Asymmetric

Encryption, Distribution of Public Keys, X.509 Certificates, Public Key Infrastructure, User

Authentication Protocols, Remote User Authentication Principles, Remote User Authentication

Using Symmetric Encryption, Kerberos, Remote User Authentication Using Asymmetric

Encryption, Federated Identity Management. TLS: Web Security Issues, Secure Sockets Layer

(SSL), Transport Layer Security (TLS), HTTPS, Secure Shell (SSH). EM Security: Pretty Good

Privacy (PGP), S/MIME, Domain Keys Identified Mail (DKIM). IP Security: IP Security

Overview, IP Security Policy, Encapsulating Security Payload, Combining Security Associations,

Internet Key Exchange, Cryptographic Suites.

Text books:

1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,

2010.

References Books:

1. William Stallings, “Network Security and Essentials: Applications and Standards”, 3

Edition, Pearson Education.

2. Neal Koblitz, “A Course on Number Theory & Cryptography, 2

Edition, Springer, 1994.

3. Wenbo Mao, “Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice”, 1

Edition, Pearson, 2003.

4. Forouzon B, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Indian Edition, TMH, 2010.

5. Bruice Schneier, “Applied Cryptography”, 2

Edition, Wiley, 2007

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Course Code:13CS304 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES204 Credits: 4

Introduction to AI, Problems, Problem Spaces and Search: Defining the Problem as a State

space Search, Production Systems, Problem Characteristics, Production system characteristics,

Issues in the Design of Search Programs. Heuristic Search Techniques: Generate-and-test, Hill

Climbing, Best-First Search, Problem Reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means-Ends Analysis.

Knowledge Representation Using Predicate Logic: Representing Simple Facts in logic,

Representing Instance and Isa Relationships, Computable Functions and Predicates, Resolution.

Representing Knowledge Using Rules: Procedural versus Declarative Knowledge, Logic

Programming, Forward versus Backward Reasoning, Matching, Control Knowledge. Weak slot-

and-filler structures: Semantic Nets, Frames, Strong slot-and-filler structures: Conceptual

dependency, Scripts. Connectionist models: Hopfield Networks, Perceptrons, Back Propagation

Networks, Applications of Neural networks. PROLOG Language: Facts, Objects and predicates,

Variables, Rules, Input and Output, Arithmetic Operations, Cut, Fail, Recursion, String operations,

Dynamic databases.

Text Books:

1.Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, 3

Edition, (Tata McGraw Hill Edition)

Reprint 2008

2.Carl Townsend, ‘Introduction to TURBO PROLOG’, BPB Publications. 2011

Reference Books:

1.Patrick Henry Winston, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, Pearson Education, 2003

2.Russel and Norvig, ‘Artificial Intelligence’, Pearson Education, PHI, 2003

102

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS305 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 4

Fundamentals · Basic Algorithms in Message-Passing Systems · Leader Election in Rings · Mutual

Exclusion in Shared Memory · Fault-Tolerant Consensus · Causality and Time Simulations · A

Formal Model for Simulations · Broadcast and Multicast · Distributed Shared Memory · Fault-

Tolerant Simulations of Read/Write Objects · Simulating Synchrony · Improving the Fault

Tolerance of Algorithms · Fault-Tolerant Clock Synchronization Advanced Topics ·

Randomization · Wait-Free Simulations of Arbitrary Objects · Problems Solvable in Asynchronous

Systems · Solving Consensus in Eventually Stable Systems References Index.

Textbooks:

1.Hagit Attiya and Jennifer Welch, Distributed computing: fundamentals, simulations, and

advanced topics, second edition. Wiley.

Reference books:

1. Nancy A. Lynch, Distributed Algorithms, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2000.

2. Introduction to Distributed Algorithms by Gerard Tel, Cambridge University Press; 2 edition

(October 16, 2000).

3. Concurrent and Distributed Computing in Java, Vijay K. Garg, Wiley-IEEE Press; 1st

edition, 2004.

AUTOMATA THEORY AND FORMAL LANGUAGES

Course Code: 13CS306 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13BS206 Credits: 4

Automata: The methods and the Madness, Finite Automata, Regular Expressions and

Languages, Properties of Regular Expressions, Context-Free Grammars and Languages,

Pushdown Automata, Properties of Context-Free Languages, Turing Machines.

Textbooks:

1.John E. Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani and Jeffery D. Ullman, “Introduction to Automata theory,

Languages and Computation”, 3

Edition, Pearson Education, 2008,

References Books:

1. Harry R Lewis, Christos H Papadimitriou, “Elements of the theory of computation”, 2

Edition, PHI/Pearson Education, 1997.

2. Michel Sipser, “Theory of Computation”, 1

Edition, Cengage, 2008.

3. Elaine Rich, “Automata Computability and Complexity: Theory and Applications”, 1

Edition Pearson, 2012.

4. Peter Linz, “An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata”, 3rd Edition, Narosa

Publishers, 1998.

COMPILER DESIGN

Course Code: 13CS401 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13CS306 Credits: 4

Language processors, the structure of a compiler, the evaluation of programming languages, the

science of building a compiler, Applications of compiler technology, programming language

basics. A Simple Syntax-Directed Translator: Syntax Definition, Syntax Directed Translation,

Parsing, A Translator for Simple Expressions, Lexical Analysis, Symbol Tables, Intermediate

Code Generation. Lexical Analysis: The role of the lexical, analyzer input buffering, specification

of tokens, recognition of tokens, the lexical-analyzer generator Lex, Finite automata, from regular

expressions to automata, Design of a lexical-analyzer generator, optimization of DFA-based

pattern matchers. Syntax Analysis: Context-free Grammars, Writing a Grammar, Top-down

Parsing, Bottom-Up Parsing, and o LR Parsing: Simple LR, More Powerful LR Parsers, Using

Ambiguous Grammars, and Parser Generators. Syntax- Directed Translation: syntax-directed

definition, evaluation orders for SDD’s, Applications of Syntax-Directed Translation, Syntax-

Directed Translation Schemes, and Implementing L-Attributed SDD’s. Intermediate- Code

103

Generation: variants of syntax trees, three-address code, types and declarations, translation of

expressions, type checking, control flow, back patching, switch-statements, intermediate code for

procedures. Run-time Environments: Storage Organization, Stack Allocation of Space, Access to

Nonlocal Data on the Stack, Heap Management, garbage collection, trace-based collection, short-

pause garbage collection, advanced topics in garbage collection. Code Generation: Issues in the

design of a code generator, the target language, address in the target code, basic blocks and flow

graphs, optimization of basic blocks, a simple code generator, peephole optimization, register

allocation and assignment, instruction selection by tree rewriting, optimal code generation for

expression, dynamic programming code-generation. Machine-Independent optimization: The

principle source of optimizations, data-flow analysis, foundations of data-flow analysis, constant

propagation, partial-redundancy elimination, loops in flow graphs, region-based analysis, and

symbolic analysis.

Textbooks:

1. Alfred Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D Ullman, “Compilers Principles,

Techniques and Tools”, 2

edition, Pearson Education, 2012.

References Books:

1. Allen I. Holub “Compiler Design in C”, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

2. C. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, “Crafting a compiler with C”, Benjamin Cummings, 2003.

3. K D Cooper and Linda Jorczon, “Engineering a Complier”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2004.

4. D Brown, J Levine, T Mason, “LEX and YACC”, O’Reilly Media, 1992.

5. Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, “Practice and Principles of Complier Building with C”,

PHI, 2001.

6. Parag Himanshu Dave, Himanshu Bhalchandra Dave, “Compilers: Principles and Practice”,

Edition, Pearson.

SIMULATION AND MODELLING

Course Code:13CS402 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13BS206 Credits: 4

Introduction to Simulation, Simulation Examples, General Principles, Statistical Models in

Simulation, Stochastic Processes, Discrete-Time Markov Chains, Continuous- Time Markov

Chains, Networks of Queues, Input Modelling, Verification and Validation of Simulation Models,

Output Analysis for a Single Model.

Text Books:

1. Jerry Banks, John S Carson, Barry L Nelson, David M Nicol, “Discrete- Event System

Simulation”, 4

Edition, Pearson, 2007.

2. Kishore S Trivedi, “Probability& Statics with Reliability, Queing and Computer Science

Applications”, 2

Edition, Wiley India, 2009.

Reference Books:

1. Geoffrey Gordon, “System Simulation”, 2E, Prentice Hall, India, 2002.

2. D.S. Hira, “System Simulation”, S.Chand and company Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.

3. S.Ross,“Probability Models For Computer Science”, 1st Edition,Elsevier, 2001.

4. D. Gross And C. M Harris, Fundamentals Of Queueing Theory, John Wiley And Sons, 1974.

5. L. Kleinrock, Queueing Systems Vol. I & Ii, John Wiley And Sons, 1975.

DESIGN OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13EC201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13BS103 Credits: 4

Introduction to Electronics and Design: Introduction, History of Electronics, Electronic Systems,

Electronic Signal and Notation, Classification of Electronic Systems, Specifications of Electronic

Systems, Types of Amplifiers, Design of Electronic Systems, Design of Electronic Circuits,

Electronic Devices, Emerging Electronics. Introduction to Amplifiers and Frequency Response:

Introduction, Amplifier Characteristics, Amplifier Types, Cascaded Amplifiers, Frequency

104

Response of Amplifiers, Miller’s Theory, Frequency Response Methods, Amplifiers Design.

Introduction to operational Amplifiers and Applications: Introduction, Characteristics of Ideal

Op-Amps, Analysis of Ideal Op-Amp Circuits, Op-Amp Applications- Integrator, Differentiator

Op-Amp Circuit Design. Semiconductor Diodes: Introduction, Ideal Diodes, Transfer

Characteristics of Diode Circuits, Practical Diodes, Analysis of Practical Diode Circuits, Modeling

of Practical Diodes, Zener Diodes, Light-Emitting Diodes, Power Rating, Diode Data Sheets.

Applications of Diodes: Introduction, Diode Rectifier, Output Filters for Rectifiers, Diode Peak

Detectors and Demodulators, Diode Clippers, Diode Clamping Circuits, Diode Voltage multipliers,

Diode Function Generators. Semiconductor and PN Junction Characteristics: Introduction,

Semiconductor Materials, Zero-Biased PN Junction, Reverse-Biased PN Junction, Forward-Biased

PN Junction, Junction current Density, Temperature Dependences, High-Frequency AC Model.

Field-Effect Transistors: Introduction, Junction Field Effect Transistors, Metal Oxide Field-Effect

Transistors, Enhancement MOSFETs, Depletion MOSFET’s, MOSFET Models and Amplifier, A

MOSFET Switch, DC Biasing of MOSFET’s, Common-Source (CS) Amplifiers, Common-Drain

Amplifiers, Common-Gate Amplifiers, Multistage Amplifiers, DC Level Shifting and Amplifier,

Frequency Response of MOSFET Amplifiers, Design of MOSFET Amplifiers. Bipolar Junction

Transistors and Amplifiers: Introduction, Bipolar Junction Transistors, Principles of BJT

Operation, Input and Output Characteristics, BJT Circuit Models, The BJT Switch, DC Biasing of

Bipolar Junction Transistors, Common Emitter Amplifiers, Emitter Followers, Common Base

Amplifiers, Multistage Amplifiers, The Darlington Pair Transistor, DC Level Shifting and

Amplifier, Frequency Model and Response of Bipolar Junction Transistors, Frequency Response of

BJT Amplifiers, MOSFETs versus BJTs, Design of Amplifiers.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Muhammad H. Rashid “Microelectronics Circuits Analysis and Design” 2

Edition, Cengage

Learning.

REFERENCES

1. Sedra Smith “ Micro-electronic circuits theory and applications”, Oxford press

2. Donald A. Neamen, ”Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill.

3. J Millman,” Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill.

4. Richard C. Jaeger, Travis N. Blalock,” Microelectronic Circuit Design”, Mc Graw Hill

5. J J Cathey,” Electronic Devices and circuits’, Schaum’s Outline.

6. R Loxton,”Problems and Solutions in Electronics’, Chapman & Hall.

SIMULATION BOOKS

1. David Baez-Lopez ,” Circuit Analysis with Multisim”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers

2. Paul Tobin ,’PSpice for Circuit Theory and Electronic Devices”, Morgan and Claypool

Publishers

3. Steven T. Karris, "Electronic Devices and Amplifier Circuits with Matlab Applications"

Orchrd Publications

4. John Okyere Attia , Electronics and Circuit Analysis Using Matlab”, Second Edition, CRC

Press

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD THEORY

Course Code: 13EC202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13BS103 Credits: 4

Vector Analysis: Introduction to vector analysis, co-ordinate systems

Electrostatics: Types of charge distributions, Coulomb’s Law, Electric field intensity, Electric-

field intensity due to different charge distributions, electric flux, electric flux density, Gauss’s Law

and applications, Divergence, Divergence theorem , Potential and Potential difference, Potential

field of a point charge and a system of charges, Potential gradient, electric dipole, Poisson’s and

Laplace’s equations. Capacitance of different configurations. Boundary conditions on E and D ,

Energy density in Electrostatic field Steady Magnetic Field: Electric current, current densities,

equation of continuity. Fundamentals of steady magnetic field, Faraday’s Law of Induction,

Magnetic flux density, Magnetic field strength, Biot-savart’s Law and applications, Ampere’s

circuital law, differential form of Ampere’s circuital law, Curl, Stoke’s theorem, Lorentz force

105

equation, force on a current element in magnetic field, Ampere’s force law, Boundary conditions

on H and B, scalar and vector magnetic potentials, energy density in magnetic field. Maxwell’s

Equations: Introduction, equation of continuity for time - varying fields, Faraday’s law,

Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law, the concept of displacement current, modified Ampere’s circuital

Law, Maxwell’s equations for static fields and time – varying fields both in differential form and

integral form. Maxwell’s equations in phasor form, Boundary conditions. Electromagnetic

Waves: Introduction, wave equations for free space, Uniform plane wave-general solution and

propagation. wave equations for conducting medium. wave equations in phasor form, wave

propagation in loss less medium, conducting medium, good dielectrics and good conductors, skin

effect, polarization. Poynting theorem and pointing vector, complex Poynting vector. Guided

Waves: Introduction, Waves between parallel plates, Derivation of field equations between parallel

plates and propagation parameters, field components for TE waves, field components of TM

waves, Propagation parameters of TE and TM waves, Guided wavelength. Transverse

electromagnetic wave (TEM wave), velocities of propagation. Attenuation in parallel plane guides,

wave impedances Wave Guides: waves in rectangular wave guides, Derivation of field equations

in rectangular wave guides, propagation parameters of TE and TM waves in rectangular wave

guides.

TEXT BOOKS

1. W.H. Hayt Jr , “Engineering Electromagnetic”, Mc-Graw Hill – New York, 7

Edition

2. EC.Jordan, “EM waves and Radiating Systems”, Pearson Education, 1997

3. GSN Raju, “Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines”, Pearson Education Pvt.

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mathew no Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics “, Oxford University Press, 2003.

2. Joseph A Edminister, “Theory and problems of Electromagnetics”, 2

edition, Scham’s

Outline series, Mc-Graw Hill International.

3. Fawwaz T. Ulaby,” Fundamentals of Applied Electromagnetics “, Pearson Education

4. Constantine A. Balanis,” Advanced Engineering Electromagnetics” John Wiley

SIMULATION TEXT BOOK

1. Karl E. Lonngren,Sava V Savov,” Fundamentals of Electromagnetic with Matlab”, SciTech.

BASICS OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13EC203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13BS101 Credits: 4

Number Systems & Codes: Review of Number systems, Classification of codes, Binary, BCD,

Excess – 3, Gray, Error detection & Correction and Alphanumeric codes. Boolean Algebra:

Boolean postulates, theorems, logic gates, implementation of logic gates using universal gates,

Boolean functions – standard and canonical forms, simplification of Boolean functions using

theorems, K – map simplification (up to 5 variables), Quine Mc-Cluskey method (up to 5

variables). Combinational Logic systems General design procedure for Combinational logic

circuits, Design and applications of Binary Adders and Subtractors, Comparators, Encoders,

Decoders, Multiplexers and De-multiplexers, Design of BCD to 7 Segment Decoder, Code

converters, Parity Generator and Checker, BCD Adder / Subtractor, Carry look ahead adders.

Sequential Logic Functions: Flip Flops, excitation Tables, State Table, conversion of flip flops,

Analysis of sequential logic functions, state reduction and state assignment techniques, Mealy and

Moore models, Design of sequential logic functions. Sequential Logic Circuits: Counters:

Modulus of a counter, Asynchronous or ripple counters, synchronous counters, design of counters.

Shift registers: Bi-directional Shift register, Universal shift register, Sequence Generator,

Sequence Detector. Algorithmic State Machine (ASM) Charts: Salient features of ASM chart,

Timing considerations, Control implementation, Design with multiplexers.

TEXT BOOKS

1. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design" Pearson

2. ZviKohavi, “Switching and Finite Automata Theory” 2

Edition, Pearson

106

REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS

1. Khan & Khan, “Digital Logic Design”, Scitech

2. RP Jain, “Modern Digital Electronics”, 3

Edition, PHI

3. A. Anand Kumar, “Fundamentals of Digital Circuits” PHI

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1. Michael D. Ciletti, “Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL (2nd Edition)”

2. David R Smith, Paul D Franzon, “Verilog Styles for Synthesis of Digital Systems “

3. J. Bhasker, “A Verilog HDL Primer”, 3

Edition, BS Publications

4. Peter J. Ashenden “Digital Design – An Embedded System Approach using Verilog”

5. Palnitkar S., “Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design & Synthesis”, PHI

ANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS

Course Code:13EC205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC201 Credits: 4

Feedback Amplifiers: Introduction, Feedback, Characteristics of Feedback, feedback topologies,

Analysis of Feedback Amplifiers, Series-Shunt feedback, Series-Series Feedback, Shunt-Shunt

Feedback, Shunt-Series Feedback, Feedback Circuit Design, Stability Analysis, Compensation

Techniques. Operational Amplifiers: Introduction, Internal Structure of Op-Amps, Parameters

and Characteristics of Practical Op-Amps, BJT Op-Amps, Analysis of the LM741 Op-Amps,

Design of Op-Amps Differential Amplifiers: Introduction, Internal Structure of Differential

Amplifiers, MOSFET Current Sources, MOS Differential Amplifiers, Depletion MOS Differential

Amplifiers, Frequency Response of Differential Amplifiers, Design of Differential Amplifiers.

Power Amplifiers: Introduction, Classification of Power Amplifiers, Power Transistors, Class A

Amplifiers, Class B push-pull Amplifiers, Complementary Class AB push-pull Amplifiers, Class C

Amplifiers, Class D Amplifiers, Class E Amplifiers, Short-Circuit and Thermal Protection, Power

Op-Amps, Thermal Considerations, Design of Power Amplifiers. Oscillators: Introduction,

Principles of Oscillators, Audio Frequency Oscillators, Radio Frequency Oscillators, Crystal

Oscillators, Active-Filter Tuned Oscillators, Design of Oscillators. Active Filters: Introduction,

Active versus Passive Filters, Types of Active Filters, First-Order Filters, The Biquadratic

Function, Butterworth Filters, Transfer Function Realizations, Low pass Filters, High-Pass Filters,

Band-Pass Filters, Band-Reject Filters, All-Pass Filters, Switched Capacitor Filters, Filter Design

Guide Lines. Integrated Analog Circuits and Applications: Introduction, Circuits with Op-Amps

and Diodes, Comparators, Zero Crossing Detectors, Schmitt Triggers, Square-Wave Generators,

Triangular-Wave Generators, Sawtooth-Wave Generators, Voltage Controlled Oscillators, The 555

Timer, Phase Lock Loops, Voltage-to-Frequency and Frequency-to-Voltage Converters, Sample-

and-hold Circuits, Digital-to-Analog Converters, Analog-to-Digital Converters, Circuit Design

Using Analog Integrated Circuits.

TEXT BOOK

1. Muhammad H. Rashid “Microelectronics Circuits Analysis and Design” 2

Edition, Cengage

Learning.

REFERENCES

1. Sedra Smith “ Micro-electronic circuits theory and applications”, Oxford press

2. Donald A. Neamen,”Microelectronics: Circuit Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill.

3. J Millman,” Microelectronics”, McGraw Hill.

4. Richard C. Jaeger, Travis N. Blalock,” Microelectronic Circuit Design”, Mc Graw Hill

5. J J Cathey,” Electronic Devices and circuits’, Schaum’s Outline.

6. Loxton, ”Problems and Solutions in Electronics’, Chapman & Hall.

SIMULATION BOOKS

1. David Baez-Lopez,” Circuit Analysis with Multisim”, Morgan & Claypool Publishers

2. Paul Tobin, “PSpice for Circuit Theory and Electronic Devices”, Morgan and Claypool

Publishers

107

3. Steven T. Karris, "Electronic Devices and Amplifier Circuits with Matlab Applications"

Orchrd Publications

4. John Okyere Attia, Electronics and Circuit Analysis Using Matlab, Second Edition, CRC

Press

CMOS VLSI Design

Course Code: 13EC206 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC201 Credits: 4

Technology Introduction: Introduction to IC Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS &

BiCMOS Technologies. VLSI Fabrication, Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion, Ion Implantation,

Metallization, Integrated Resistors and Capacitors. MOS Theory Analysis: Basic Electrical

Properties of MOS Circuits: I

-V

Relationships, MOS Transistor Threshold Voltage V

, g

Figure of Merit ω

, Short Channel and Narrow Channel Width Effects. Pass Transistor,

Transmission Gate, NMOS Inverter, Various Pull-ups, CMOS Inverter Analysis and Design, Bi-

CMOS Inverters, Latch up in CMOS Circuits. CMOS Circuits and Logic Design Rules: MOS

Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design Rules and Layout, 2µm, 1.2 µm Design Rules, Rules for Vias and

Contacts, Stick Diagrams and Simple Symbolic Encodings for NMOS, PMOS, CMOS and

BiCMOS Logic Gates. Scaling of CMOS Circuits. CMOS Circuit Charactersation and

Performance Estimation: Sheet Resistance R

and its Concept to MOS, Area Capacitance Units,

Calculations - Delays, Driving Large Capacitive Loads, Delay Estimation, Logical Effort and

Transistor Sizing, Power Dissipation, Reliability. CMOS Fault models: need for testing,

manufacturing test principles,

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kamran Ehraghian, Dauglas A. Pucknell and Sholeh Eshraghiam, “Essentials of VLSI

Circuits and Systems” – PHI, EEE, 2005 Edition.

2. Neil H. E. Weste and David. Harris Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson

Education, 1999.

REFERENCES BOOKS:

1. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici,”CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH 2003

2. Jan M. Rabaey, “Digital Integrated Circuits” Pearson Education, 2003

3. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.

ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS

Course Code: 13EC207 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES205 Credits: 4

Linear Modulation Systems: Need for Modulation, Frequency Translation methods, Amplitude

Modulation, Modulation Index( single tone and multi-tone), Spectrum of AM Signal, Modulators

and Demodulators(envelope detector),DSB-SC Signal and its Spectrum, Balanced Modulator, SSB

Signal, SSB Generation Methods, VSB generation and detection, Synchronous Detectors, Power

Calculations in AM Systems, Application of AM Systems Angle Modulation Systems: Angle

Modulation, Phase and Frequency Modulation and their Relationship, Phase and Frequency

Deviation, Spectrum envelope of FM Signal, Narrow Band FM and Wide Band FM, Carson s Rule,

Transmission Bandwidth, Phasor Diagram for FM and Signals, Indirect and direct methods of

Frequency Modulation, Linearized model of PLL, FM demodulation employing first order PLL,

Practical Considerations, Foster seely discriminator, Pre emphasis and De-emphasis,

Applications: Commercial radio broadcasting, Radio Transmitters and receivers: Classification

of Radio Transmitters, AM and FM Transmitters, SSB Transmitters. Radio receiver Types, AM

super heterodyne receivers, FM Receivers, specifications of AM and FM receivers, Applications:

Single chip FM radio, software radio, Noise performance of AM and FM: Noise in AM Systems,

Figure of merit for envelope and coherent detection methods, Noise in FM receiving systems,

performance comparison of AM and FM. Pulse Modulation Transmission and Reception:

Introduction, PAM generation and detection, Pulse Time Modulation (PTM),Pulse width

108

modulation generation and detection, Pulse Position Modulation (PPM), Applications, PAM as

sampler and Pulse Width Modulation (PWM), PPM applications in communications.

TEXT BOOKS

1. H Taub & D. Schilling, Gautam Sahe, ”Principles of Communication Systems, TMH, 2007, 3rd

Edition.

2. Simon Haykin ,”Principles of Communication Systems “,John Wiley, 2nd Ed.

REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS

1. John G. Proakis, Masond, Salehi ,”Fundamentals of Communication Systems “,PEA, 2006.

2.Shanmugam,"Digital And Analog Communication Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc

3. Lathi,”Modern Digital & Analog Communications Systems 2e,Oxford University Press

4. Leon W Couch II, Digital and Analog Communication Systems, Pearson Education, 2004

5. G. Kennedy and B Davis, Electronics & Communication Systems, TMH 2004.

6. Martin S. Roden,"Analog And Digital Communications System", Shroff Publishers &

Distributors Pvt. Limited

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1. Paul Tobin, ,”PSpice for Analog Communications Engineering” ,Morgan & Claypool

2. M F Mesiya, “Contemporary Communication Systems “,McGraw-Hill,

3. K C Raveendranathan,”Communication Systems Modeling and Simulation Using MATLAB and

Simulink’, Universities Press (India) Private Ltd,

DIGITAL COMMUNICATION

Course Code:13EC308 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC207 Credits: 4

Introduction: Elements of digital communication system; Advantages of digital communication

systems; Shannon’s Information Capacity Theorem. Pulse Modulation: Sampling process;

Quantization Process; Quantization Noise; Pulse-Code Modulation; Noise Considerations in PCM

Systems; Time-Division Multiplexing; Virtues, Limitations, and Modifications of PCM; Delta

Modulation; Differential Pulse-Code Modulation; Adaptive Delta Modulation. Baseband Pulse

Transmission: Matched filter; Error rate due to noise; Inter-symbol interference; Nyquist’s

criterion for distortionless baseband binary transmission; Ideal Nyquist channel; Raised cosine

spectrum; Correlative-level coding; Duo-binary signaling; Modified Duo-binary signaling;

Baseband M-ary PAM transmission. Signal-Space Analysis: Geometric representation of signals;

Gram-schmidt orthogonalization procedure; Conversion of the continuous AWGN channel into a

vector channel; Coherent detection of signals in noise: Maximum likelihood decoding; Correlation

Receiver; Probability of error; Bit versus symbol error probabilities. Passband Data

Transmission: Introduction; Passband transmission model; Coherent phase-shift keying; Binary

phase-shift keying; Quadriphase-shift keying; Offset QPSK; π/4 – shifted QPSK; M-ary PSK;

Carrier-less amplitude/phase modulation. Coherent frequency-shift keying; Binary FSK; Minimum

shift keying; Gaussian-filtered MSK; M-ary FSK; Detection of signals with unknown phase; Non-

coherent orthogonal modulation; Non-coherent binary frequency-shift keying; Differential phase-

shift keying; Comparison of digital modulation schemes using a single carrier.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems’’, John Wiley & Sons, 4th Edition,

2.John G. Proakis & Masoud Salehi, “Communications System Engineering”, 2nd edition, Pearson

education.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Leon W Couch II, “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Pearson,

2.B.P Lathi, “Modern Analog and Digital Communication”, 3rd edition, Oxford Press.

3.Andrew J. Viterbi & Jim K. O, "Principles of Digital Communication and Coding", McGraw-Hill

Book Company

4. Bernard Sklar, "Digital Communications - Fundamentals and Applications", 2E, Prentice Hall

109

SIMULATION BOOKS

1.Paul Tobin, “Pspice for Digital Communications Engineering”, Morgan & Clay Pool.

2.Cory L Clark,” Labview Digital Signal Processing and Digital Communications”, McGraw Hill.

3.Dayan Adionel Guimar, "Digital Transmission A Simulation-Aided Introduction with

VisSim/Comm", Springer

4. Dennis Silage, "Digital Communication Systems Using MATLAB and Simulink", Bookstand

Publishing,

5. Won Y. Yang,Yong S. Cho ,Jeong W. Lee,Won G. Jeon, Jong H. Paik MATLAB/Simulink

for Digital Communication",A-Jin Publishing Co., Ltd.,

DESIGN WITH PLDS AND FPGAS

Course Code:13EC312 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC203 Credits: 4

Introduction: Full Custom Design; Semicustom Design; Programmable Logic Devices; Notations

for Programmable Logic Devices; Design Methodology Using Programmable Logic Devices;

Design Soft Ware; Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM): Mask programmed ROM;

EPROM; EEPROM; Programmable Logic Element (PLE); Combinational Logic Design using

PLEs; Sequential Circuit Realization using PLEs; Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable

Logic Device (PLD); Sequential PLD; Complex PLD; Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA);

Xilinx SRAM-Based FPGA; Comparison between FPGA, ASIC and CPLD; FPGA based system

design; Field Programmable Gate Arrays: Introduction; The Xilinx logic Cell Array; Advanced

futures of the 4000 series; The Actel ACT; Technology Trends; New generation Architectures of

Programmable Logic Device: Erasable Programmable Logic Devices; Reprogrammable Generic

Logic Devices; Erasable Programmable Logic Array (EPLA); Generic Array Logic (GAL);

Programmable Electrically Erasable Logic (PEEL);

TEXT BOOKS

1. Parag K. Lala, “Digital System Design Programmable Logic Devices”, B S Publications

2. Debaprasad Das, “VLSI Design”, Oxford.

3. Pak K. Chan, Samiha Mourad, “Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Array”, Pearson

Education.

REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS

1. Bob Zeidman, “Designing with PFGAs and CPLDs”, CMP Books,

2. Stephen Brown Zvonko Vranesic “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design” McGraw-

Hill, 2008

SIMULATION BOOK

1. Ian Grout,"Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs",Newnes,

2. Scott Hauck,André Dehon,"Reconfigurable Computing: The Theory and Practice of FPGA-

Based Computing", Elsevier Science.

ANTENNA AND WAVE PROPAGATION

Course Code:13EC313 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC202 Credits: 4

Radiation Fields Of Wire Antennas: Concept of Vector Potential, Radiation of Small Current

Element. Radiation of Short Dipole, Radiation from Half-Wave Dipole and its radiation resistance

& Quarter-Wave Monopole, Radiation Fields. Antenna Fundamentals: Radiation Patterns,

Radiation Intensity, Radiation Power Density, Beam Width, Beam Area, Beam Efficiency,

Directivity, Gain, Radiation Resistance, Main Lobe, Polarization, Reciprocity Principle, Antenna

efficiency, Half Power Beam width, Effective Length and Effective Area, Relation between Gain,

Effective Area and Radiation Resistance, relation between effective area and directivity, Effective

area and effective height, Firiss Transmission Equation, Radar Range Equation, Related Problems.

Antenna Arrays: Two Element Arrays, N- Element Linear Arrays – BSA, EFA, Directivity N-

Element Linear Array with uniform spacing, Non Uniform Amplitudes, Binomial Arrays, Principal

of pattern Multiplication Related Problems. Antenna Types: Travelling Wave Antenna, Half wave

110

dipole, Quarter wave monopole, Folded Dipole, Yagi –Uda Antenna, Vee Antenna, Rhombic

Antenna, Helical Antenna, Horn antenna, Slot antenna, Biconical antenna, Concept of frequency

Independent antennas, Logperiodic Reflector and Lens antennas Focusing in Paraboloid

Reflectors–Geometry, Types of feeds, Importance of F/D Ratio, Cassegrain Feed system, Focusing

in a Lens Antenna – Dielectric Lenses & Metal Plane Lens Antenna. Corner Reflector(90

only).

Antenna Measurements: Introduction, Impedance/VSWR measurements, Scattering parameters

Types of of Ranges: Anechoic Chamber, Elevated Ranges, Slant Range Ground Ranges, Near Field

Ranges, CATR, Radiation Pattern measurements, Gain Measurements Wave Propagation: The

Three basic types of Propagation; Ground wave, space wave & sky wave propagation. Ground

Wave propagation: Attenuation characteristics for Ground wave Propagation, Summerfield

analysis of Ground wave, Losses due to earth constants. Space Wave propagation: Effect of

curvature of an Ideal earth, Atmospheric effects in Space-wave propagation, Duct Propagation,

Maximum range of distance for LOS. Sky Wave Propagation: Structure of Ionosphere

Propagation, Refraction and Reflection of sky waves by Ionosphere, Critical frequency, Skip

distance, Maximum unable Frequency, Virtual Height.

TEXT BOOKS

1.C.A Balanis, “Antenna Theory”, John Wiley & Sons, 2

ed.

2.E.C. Jordan and K.G. Balamain, “Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems”. 2

ed.,

Pearson

3. Evans, Gray E," Antenna Measurements Techniques", Artech House, Inc

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. John D Kraus, “Antennas”. 2

ed., Mc Graw-Hill

2. F.E.Terman , “Radio Engineering”, MC Graw Hill

3. Warren L. Stutzman, Gary A. Thiele," Antenna Theory and Design, Second Edition , John

Wiley & Sons, Inc

4. Yi Huang, Kevin Boyle ," Antennas From Theory to Practice, John Wiley and Sons

5. J S Hollis, T J Lyon, L Clayton," Microwave Antenna Measurements, Scientific Atlants, Inc

6. Vincent F. Fusco, "Foundations of Antenna Theory and Techniques, Pearson Education

7. SAMUEL Silver, Microwave Antenna Theory And Design, First Edition, Mc-Graw-Hi Hill

8. Henery Jasik, "Antenna Engineering Handbook, Third Edition, Mc-GRAW-HI Hill

9. Robert E Collin, "Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation, "Mc-GRAW-HI Hill

SIMULATION BOOK

1. Sophocles J. Orfanidis, “ Electromagnetic Waves and Antenna”

2. Binboga Siddik Yarman,"Design of Ultra Wideband Antenna Matching Networks",Springer,

3. Leo Diaz,"Antenna Engineering Using Physical Optics: Practical CAD Techniques and

Software", Artech House

MICROWAVE ENGINEERING

Course Code:13EC314 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC202 Credits: 4

Introduction: Limitations of Conventional tubes at Microwave frequencies, Klystron: Velocity –

modulation process. Bunching process, output power and beam loading, Multicavity Klystron

amplifiers: beam current density, output current and output power of two cavity Klystron, reflex

Klystron, Velocity modulation, Power output and efficiency. Microwave Tubes: Traveling Wave

tubes, Microwave crossed field tubes: Cylindrical Magnetron, CFA and BWO (Qualitative

analysis only).Microwave Passive Components: Microwave Probes, Wave guide bends and

twists, wave guide Tees, Tee junction parameters, fields and currents in tee junctions, theorems on

Tee junctions, Scattering Matrix–Significance, Formulation and Properties, S Matrix Calculations

for – 2 port Junctions. Scattering parameters for shunt or H-plane tee, scattering parameters for

series of E-plane Tee, Equivalent circuit of magic tee, scattering parameters of Magic Tee, and

applications of magic tee. Directional couplers, coupler parameters, directional couplers in use,

applications of directional couplers, Attenuators, microwave resonators, rectangular and cylindrical

cavity resonators. Microwave Solid-State Devices: Microwave tunnel diode, Avalanche transit

time diodes: Read diode, IMPATT diode, TRAPATT diode, Gunn Effect diodes and modes of

111

operation, BARITT Diode, Graphine, Strip and Micro strip. Point Contact Diode. Microwave

Measurements: Ferrite Devices, Faraday Rotation Isolator, Circulator, Gyrator (elementary

principles only), scattering parameters for Circulator and Isolator. Microwave Power

Measurement, Attenuation Measurement, Standing Wave ratio Measurements –Measurement of

Low and High VSWR, Cavity Q, Impedance Measurements. Basic principle of operation of

Network analyzer, Spectrum Analyzer &signal Analyzer.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Samuel Y Liao,” Microwave Devices and Circuits” Pearson Education

2. RE Collin, “Foundations for Microwave Engineering”, IEEE Press Series,

3. GSN Raju,” Microwave Engineering”, IK International Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. ML Sisodia & GS Raghuvamshi, “Microwave Circuits and Passive Devices”.

2. Mathew. R. Radmanesh, “RF & Microwave Engineering”,PHI-2001

3. David M. Pozar, “Microwave and RF Design of Wireless systems” , John Willey & Sons, 2001.

4. Peter A. Rizzi,” Microwave Engineering Passive Circuits,” Pearson Education

5. Annapurna Das, Sisir K. Das,” Microwave Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education

DSP PROCESSORS & ARCHITECTURE

Course Code:13EC415 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC205 Credits: 4

Introduction to Digital Signal Processing: Review of a digital signal-processing system, Discrete

Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear Time Invariant Systems,

Digital filters IIR and FIR, Decimation and interpolation. Computational Accuracy in DSP

Implementations: Number formats for signals and coefficients in DSP systems, Dynamic range and

precision, Sources of error in DSP implementations, ADC and DAC conversion errors, DSP

computational errors, Compensating filter. Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Basic

Architectural features, DSP computational building blocks, Bus architecture and memory, Data

addressing capabilities, Address generation unit, Programmability and program execution, Speed

issues, Features for external interfacing. Execution Control and Pipelining: Hardware looping,

Interrupts, Stacks, Relative Branch support Pipelining and Performance, Pipeline Depth,

Interlocking, Branching effects, Interrupt effects, Pipeline Programming models. Programmable

Digital Signal Processors: Commercial DSP Devices, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX,

DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX Processors, Memory space of TMS320C54XX

Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX instructions and programming, On-Chip

Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors, Pipeline operation of TMS320C54XX

Processors. Implementations of Basic DSP Algorithms: The Q-notation, FIR Filters, IIR Filters,

Interpolation Filters, Decimation Filters, PID Controller, Adaptive Filters, 2-D Signal Processing,

An FFT Algorithm for DFT Computation, A Butterfly Computation, Overflow and scaling, Bit-

Reversed index generation, An 8-Point FFT implementation on the TMS320C54XX, Computation

of the signal spectrum. Interfacing Memory and I/O Peripherals to Programmable DSP Devices:

Memory space organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O

interface, Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA), A Multichannel

buffered serial port (McBSP), McBSP Programming, a CODEC interface circuit, CODEC

programming, A CODEC-DSP interface example.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Signal Processing – Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Thomson Publications, 2004..

2. DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architectures & Features - Lapsley et al. S. Chand & Co, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming and Applications – B. Venkata Ramani and

M. Bhaskar, TMH, 2004.

2. Digital Signal Processing –Principles, Algorithms Applications by J.G. Proakis & D.G.

Manolokis, PHI, 2005.

3. Texas Instruments tutorials and notes.

112

MICRO-PROCESSORS & MICRO-CONTROLLERS

Course Code: 13EC311 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC203 OR 13CS201 Credits: 4

8086 Microprocessor: Introduction to Microprocessor, Intel Microprocessor families ,8086

Microprocessor architecture, Register Organization, Pin Description, Physical Memory

Organization, Modes of operation. 8086 Instruction set & Assembly Language programming:

Addressing modes, Instruction set, Assembler directives, simple Programs, Procedures and Macros,

8086 Interrupts. 8051 Microcontroller: Microcontroller families, 8051 Architecture, Signal

Description, Register organization, Internal RAM, Special Function Registers, Interrupt control

flow, Timer/Counter Operation, Serial Data Communication, and RS-232C Standard.8051

Programming & Interfacing: Addressing modes, Instruction set, Simple Programs involving

Arithmetic and Logical Instructions, Timers/Counters, Serial Communication & Interrupts.

Interfacing: Matrix Key Board, Stepper Motor, LCD’s, DAC & ADC. Introduction to ARM

Processor: Architecture, Registers, Pipe Line, Interrupts, Architecture revisions, ARM

Instructions, LPC 2148 Architecture, GPIO.

TEXT BOOKS

1.D.V.Hall “Microprocessor and Interfacing”, 2nd Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company.

2.Mazidi & Mc Kinley “The 8051 Micro controller and Embedded systems: using assembles and

C, 2nd edition.

3. Andrew N Sloss, Dominic symes,” ARM System developers Guide”, Elesiver

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A.K. Ray & K. M Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors & peripherals”, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Publishing Company 2002.

2.Walter A Tiebel Avtar Singh”, The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessor”, Pearson Education

3. Rajkamal, “Microcontrollers - Architecture, Programming, Interfacing & System Design”, 2

edition, Pearson Education.

4. The 8051 Microcontroller 3E by Kenneth Ayala, Thomson Delmar Learning Edition

5. Steve Furber, “ARM system-on-chip architecture”, 2e Pearson Education

6. Walter A Tiebel Avtar Singh”, The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessor”, Pearson Education

DC MACHINES & TRANSFORMERS

Course Code: 13EE201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Electromechanical Energy Conversion: Basic principle Energy, Force and Torque in singly and

multiply excited systems. DC Machines: Working principle, construction and methods of

excitation. Armature Winding- Detailed study of simple lap and wave windings. D.C. Generators

emf equation. Circuit models, Armature reaction, Effect of brush shift. Compensating winding,

Characteristics of various types of generators, applications. D.C. Motors: Torque equation, Circuit

models Characteristics of d.c. shunt, series and compound motors, applications. Starting & Speed

Control- Starting methods and speed control of d.c. shunt and series motors. Commutation- Causes

of bad commutation, Methods of improvement. Testing- Direct and regenerative methods to test

d.c. machines. Transformers: Principle, construction and operation of single phase transformers,

phasor diagram, equivalent circuit, voltage regulation, losses and efficiency. Testing- Open & short

circuit tests, Polarity test, Sumner’s test, Separation of hysteresis and eddy current losses. Three

phase Transformer: Construction, various types of connection and their comparative features.

Parallel operation of single phase and three phase transformers. Autotransformers- Construction,

Principle, Applications and Comparison with two winding transformer. Excitation phenomenon in

transformers, Harmonics in single phase and three phase transformers, Suppression of harmonics.

Phase conversion-Scott connections, Three phase to six phase conversion. Tap changing

Transformers- No load and on load tap changing of transformers. Three winding Transformers.

Cooling methods of transformers.

113

Text Books:

1. “Electrical Machines”, P.S. Bimbra, 7th ed., Khanna Publishers., 2007.

2. “Electrical Machines”, I.J Nagrath & D.P Kothari, 3rd ed., Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2009.

Reference Books:

1. “Performance and Design of D.C Machines”, by . A.E. Clayton & Hancock, 3rd ed., BPB

Publishers, 2004.

2. “Performance and Design of A.C Machines”, M.G Say, 3rd ed., BPB Publishers, 2002.

3. “Electric Machinery”, by A.E.Fitzgerald, C Kingsley and S Umans, 7

ed., McGraw Hill,

2013.

FIELDS & NETWORKS

Course Code:13EE202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES203 Credits: 4

Electrostatics: Co-ordinate systems, Del operator, Gradient of a scalar, Divergence of a vector,

Curl of a vector.Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity – Fields due to Different Charge

Distributions, Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law and Applications, Electric Potential, Relations

Between E and V, Maxwell’s Two Equations for Electrostatic Fields, Energy Density, Related

Problems. Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations; Capacitance – Parallel Plate, Coaxial, Spherical

Capacitors, Related Problems. Magneto Statics: Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and

Applications, Magnetic Flux Density, Maxwell’s Two Equations for Magnetostatic Fields,

Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces due to Magnetic Fields, Ampere’s Force Law,

Inductances and Magnetic Energy. Related problems. Maxwell’s Equations (Time Varying

Fields):Faraday’s Law and Transformer emf, Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law and Displacement

Current Density, Maxwell’s Equations in Different Final Forms and Word Statements. Conditions at

a Boundary Surface: Dielectric-Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces. Related Problems.

Network Synthesis: Positive real functions – Properties and limitations of positive real functions –

Synthesis of one port networks, R-L, R-C and L-C networks by Foster and Cauer forms -

Numerical problems. Filters: Low pass, High Pass, Band Pass, Band Elimination, Prototype filters

design - M-derived filters of Low Pass and High Pass-Numerical Problems.

Text Books:

1. Engineering circuit analysis by W.H.Hayt and J.E.Kimmerly, McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 1993.

2. Mathew NO Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press,2011.

Reference Books:

1. William Hart Hayt, John A. Buck , Engineering Electromagnetics, McGraw-Hill Publication,

2012

2. Dr GSN Raju, Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines, Pearson

Education,2004, First edition.

3. Network analysis and synthesis by N.C.Jagan, C.Lakshmi Narayana., BS Publications,2004.

4. Network Analysis by Wadhwa, C.L., New Age International Publications, First Edition, Aug

2008.

AC MACHINES

Course Code:13EE203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EE201 Credits: 4

Basic concepts of AC Machines: Winding factors, generated e. m. f., m. m. f. of distributed a.c.

winding, rotating magnetic field. Induction Machines: Constructional features, production of

torque, phasor diagram, equivalent circuit, performance analysis, torque-slip characteristics.

114

Testing-Running light and blocked rotor test, load test. Effect of rotor resistance, deep bar and

double cage induction motor. Generator Operation, Starting- Starting methods of squirrel cage and

wound rotor induction motor.Speed Control- Various methods of speed control of squirrel cage and

wound rotor induction motor. Effects of space harmonics. Single phase induction motors-

Constructional features, double revolving field theory, equivalent circuit, determination of

parameters. Split phase starting methods &applications. Synchronous Machines: Constructional

features. Cylindrical rotor machine- Synchronous Generator- Generated e.m.f., circuit model and

phasor diagram, armature reaction, synchronous impedance, voltage regulation and different

methods for its estimation. Synchronous Motor- Operating principle, circuit model, phasor

diagram, effect of load. Operating characteristics of synchronous machines, V-curves, starting

methods of synchronous motors. Salient pole Machine- Two reaction theory, analysis of phasor

diagram, power angle characteristics, determination of x dand xq. Parallel operation of Alternators-

Synchronization and load division.

Text Books:

1. “Electrical Machines”, P.S. Bimbra, 7th ed., Khanna Publishers., 2007.

2. “Electrical Machines”, I.J Nagrath & D.P Kothari, 3rd ed., Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2009.

Reference Books:

1. “Theory of Alternating Current Machinery” by Alexander S Langsdorf,2nd ed., Tata Mc

Graw-Hill,2001.

2. “Performance and Design of A.C Machines”, M.G Say, 3rd ed., BPB Publishers, 2002

3. “Electric Machinery”, A.E. Fitzgerald, C.Kingsley and S.Umans, Mc Graw-Hill Companies,

edition, 2013.

ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION

Course Code:11EE203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES203 Credits: 4

The growth of electrical power generation, transmission and distribution systems in India. Typical

layout of power system. Hydro power stations: Layout of Hydro power stations-Brief description

of Hydro power station components: reservoir, dam, spillways, penstock, surge tank, draft tube,

governors. Different types of Hydraulic turbines, power calculations.

Thermal Power Stations: Layout of Thermal power stations, Line diagram of thermal Power

Station showing paths of coal, steam, water, air, ash and flue gasses.- Brief description of Thermal

power station components: Economizers, Boilers, Super heaters, Turbines, Condensers, Chimney

and Cooling towers. Nuclear Power Stations: Selection of site, nuclear Fission and chain reaction:

Nuclear fuels.- Principle of operation of Nuclear reactor.-Reactor Components: Moderators,

Control rods, Reflectors and Coolants.- Radiation hazards: Shielding and Safety precautions.-

Types of Nuclear reactors and brief description of PWR, BWR and FBR. Principles of electric

power generation using renewable energy resources– solar, wind, ocean wave energy (qualitative

treatment only). Economic Aspects of Power Generation: Load curve, load duration and

integrated load duration curves-load factor, demand factor, diversity factor, capacity factor,

utilization factor and plant use factor, depreciation methods. Tariff Methods: Cost of Generation

and their division into Fixed, Semi-fixed and Running Costs. Flat Rate, Block-Rate, two-part,

three–part, and power factor tariff methods. D.C. Distribution Systems: Classification of

Distribution Systems- Comparison of DC vs AC Distribution Systems- Requirements and Design

features of Distribution Systems- Voltage Drop Calculations in D.C Distributors - Radial and Ring

Main Distributor. A.C. Distribution Systems: Voltage Drop Calculations in A.C. Distributors -

Power Factors referred to receiving end, Power Factors with respect to load points. Substations:

Classification of substations, Indoor & Outdoor substations: Substation layout showing the location

of all the substation equipment. Bus bar arrangements in the substations: Simple arrangements like

single bus bar, sectionalized single bus bar, main and transfer bus bar system with relevant

diagrams. Introduction to Gas Insulated Substations (GIS).

115

Text Books:

1. “Electrical Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution” by S.N.Singh., PHI, 2010.

2. “Generation Distribution and Utilization of Electrical power” by C.L. Wadhwa, Revised

edition, New Age International (P) LIMITED, Publishers – 2006.

Reference Books:

1. “Elements of Power Station design and practice” by M.V. Deshpande, Wheeler Publishing,1999.

2. “Principles of Power Systems” by V K Mehta and Rohit Mehta, 1

edn., S.CHAND &

COMPANY LTD., New Delhi 2009.

3. “Gas Insulated Substations” by M.S Naidu, International Publications Ltd., 2008.

ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION

Course Code:11EE205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EE203 Credits: 4

Transmission Line Parameters: Types of conductors - calculation of resistance for solid

conductors, Skin and Proximity effects - Description and effect on Resistance of Solid Conductors.

Calculation of inductance for single phase and three phase, single and double circuit lines, concept

of GMR & GMD, symmetrical and asymmetrical conductor configuration with and without

transposition. Calculation of capacitance for 2 wire and 3 wire systems, effect of ground on

capacitance, capacitance calculations for symmetrical and asymmetrical single and three phase,

single and double circuit lines, Numerical Problems.

Performance of Transmission Lines: Classification of Transmission Lines – Representation of

short transmission lines using generalized parameters (A, B, C, D) and performance of short lines.

Representation of medium lines - Nominal-T, Nominal- ∏ representations of medium lines.

Representation of medium transmission lines using generalized parameters (A, B, C, D)

Performance of medium transmission lines. Representation of Long Transmission Lines: Rigorous

Solution. Interpretation of the Long Line Equations, Incident, Reflected and Refracted Waves -

Surge Impedance and SIL of Long transmission Lines, Wave Length and Velocity of Propagation

of Waves. Equivalent T and representation of long transmission lines. Representation of long

transmission lines using generalized parameters (A,B,C,D).Performance of long transmission lines

- Charging Current -Ferranti effect – Expressions for active and reactive powers in terms of

A,B,C,D parameters with sending end and receiving end quantities.

Per Unit Representation: Representation of power system components, single line representation

of power system in impedance and Reactance forms- Per-Unit System of Representation on single

phase basis and on three phase basis - Per-Unit equivalent reactance representation of synchronous

generator, two winding and three winding transformers - per unit representation of a three phase

Power System. Advantages of per unit system- Solution of Numerical Problems

Mechanical Design of Transmission systems: Sag and Tension Calculations with equal and

unequal heights of towers, Effect of Wind, temperature and Ice on weight of Conductor. Overhead

Line Insulators: Types of Insulators, String efficiency and Methods for improvement, Numerical

Problems - voltage distribution, calculation of string efficiency, Capacitance grading and Static

Shielding. Corona - Description of the phenomenon, critical voltages, power loss, factors affecting

corona, methods to reduce corona losses. Interference with nearby communication lines.

Underground Cables: Types of Cables, Construction, Insulating materials used in LV, HV, and

EHV cables. Calculations of Insulation resistance and stress in insulation. Capacitance of Single

and 3-Core belted cables. Grading of Cables - Capacitance grading, Description of Inter-sheath

grading.

Text Books:

1. “Power system Analysis” by John J Grainger William D Stevenson, TMH Companies, 4th

edition, 2005.

2. “Electrical power systems” - by C.L.Wadhwa, New Age International (P) Limited, Publishers,

2008.

116

Reference books:

1. “Modern Power System Analysis” by I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd

Edition.2008.

2. “Power system analysis and design’ by B.R. Gupta, 3rd edition wheeler publishers 2003.

POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS

Course Code:11EE302 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 11EE205 Credits: 4

Power System Network Matrices: Review of graph theory, Bus Classification, development of

system admittance matrix, Ybus, by inspection and through singular transformation, Zbus building

up algorithm for systems without mutual coupling, Zbus modifications. Power Flow Methods:

power flow problem formulation, Power flow solution by gauss-seidel method, Newton Raphson

method in polar coordinates, flow chart. Power Flow Techniques Continued: derivation of Fast

Decoupled Load flow, D C Load flow and applications. Symmetrical Fault Analysis: Short circuit

of synchronous machine unloaded, Short circuit of loaded synchronous machine. Calculation of

symmetrical short circuit currents for simple systems, short circuit current computation through

Thevenin’s theorem Symmetrical Components & Networks: Symmetrical components

transformation, phase shift in / transformers, sequence impedance of transmission lines,

sequence impedance of synchronous machine, sequence impedance of transformers, construction

of sequence networks, Unsymmetrical Faults: Single line-to-ground, line to line and double line to

ground faults on an unloaded generator, unsymmetrical faults on power systems, single line to

ground, line-to-line and double line-to-ground faults on a power system, interpretation of the

interconnected sequence networks, analysis of unsymmetrical faults using bus impedance matrix,

computation of circuit breaker capacities.

Text Books:

1. “Power System Analysis”, John J Grainger, W D Stevenson Jr., T M H , 2003

2. “Electrical Power Systems” by C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Publications, Fourth Edition.

Reference Books:

1. “Modern Power Systems Analysis”, Xi-Fan Wang, YonHua Song, Malcolm Irving, Springer

International Edition, 2013.

2. “Electrical Power Transmission System Engineering Analysis and Design”, Turan Gonen,

CRC Press, 2009.

3. “Power system Analysis”, PSR Murthy, BS Publications, Second edition, 2010.

4. “Power System Analysis”, Hadi Saadat, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2002.

5. “Modern Power System Analysis”, D.P. Kothari, I.J. Nagrath, T M H New Delhi, 2003

6. “Power System Analysis, Operation and Control”, Abhijit Chakraborty and Sunita Halder,

(III Ed.), PHI Learning Pvt Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

7. “Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introduction”, O.I. Elgerd, McGraw-Hill Inc.1971.

POWER ELECTRONICS

Course Code: 11EE303 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES203 Credits: 4

Power Semiconductor Devices: Ideal Switch Characteristics, Power Diodes, SCR, Theory of

operation of SCR, Two transistor model of SCR, Characteristics and ratings, SCR turn on and turn off

methods, generalized block diagram for SCR firing, R, RC, UJT and Ramp comparator, Protection of

SCR, Series and parallel operation of SCRs, Brief overview of these devices with their Characteristics

and applications: P-N-P-N devices, SCS, LASCR, DIAC, TRIAC, IGBT, MOSFET. Line Frequency

Phase Controlled Converters: Rectifiers and Inverters, Introduction, Single - Phase – semi & fully

controlled converters with R, RL & RLE loads, Three – Phase - semi & fully controlled converters

with R, RL & RLE loads, power factor improvements, effect of load and source inductances, Single

phase & Three Phase Dual Converters, Numerical Problems. AC voltage controllers: Introduction,

117

Single Phase AC Voltage controllers with R, RL Loads, Three Phase AC Voltage Controllers with

different loads, Applications: Induction Motor speed control, concept of SVC. Cycloconverters:

Principle and operation of single-phase cycloconverters and applications, Three phase -

cycloconverters. Inverters: Principle of inverter operation with various loads, single phase inverters -

Performance analysis and Switch rating determination, three phase inverters (120,180 modes of

operation), voltage source inverters, current source inverters, Numerical problems. Choppers:

Principle of choppers, step up and step down choppers, different classes of chopper circuits and their

analysis: Speed control of DC motors, Numerical problems.

Text Books:

1. Power Electronics Converters Applications and Design by Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland,

Robbinds 3

Edition, John Wiley and sons Publications

2. Power Electronics, circuits, devices and applications by M. H. Rashid, 3

Edition, Prentice Hall

(India) Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Power Electronics by Dr.P.S Bimbra Khanna Publishers-2012

2. Principles of power Electronics by John G.Kassakian, Marfin F Sehelchet, George C Verghese,

First Edition ,Pearson Publications 2010

3. Power Electronics by Daniel W. Hart by TMH Edition-2011

CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course Code: 11EE304 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES203 Credits: 4

Control system terminology, examples of simple control systems, open loop and closed loop

control systems, Types of control systems. Mathematical models of physical systems: Analogy

with mechanical systems, Formulation of differential equations for electrical systems Transfer

functions of open and closed loop systems, DC & AC servomotors, synchro pair as error detector,

block diagram representation of control systems: block diagram algebra, signal flow graph,

Mason’s gain formula. Time domain analysis: Standard test signals – step, ramp, parabolic and

impulse; impulse response, characteristic equation of feed back systems, transient response of first

order and second order systems to standard test signals, time domain specifications, steady state

error and error constants, Introduction to P, PI, PID controllers. Stability analysis: Concept of

stability and conditions for stability, Routh – Hurwitz criterion, dominant poles of transfer function

Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept, basic properties, magnitude and angle conditions,

properties and construction of the complex root loci, effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s) H(s)

on the root loci.

Frequency response Analysis & Design: Introduction, frequency response specifications,

correlation between time and frequency response, specifications, polar (Nyquist) plot, Bode plot,

phase margin and gain margin; stability analysis from Nyquist plot effect of adding poles & zeros

to G(s) H(s) on the shape of polar plots. Preliminary design considerations – Introduction to lead,

lag, lead - lag compensation techniques in frequency domain. State space analysis: Concepts of

state, state variables, state vector, input vector, output vector; development of state models for

simple systems, solution of state equation, the state transition matrix and its properties;

characteristic equation and transfer function from state models, eigen values and eigen vectors.

Diagonalization; transformation to phase variable canonical form, diagonal canonical form, Jordan

canonical form. Concepts of controllability and observability.

Text Books:

1. J Nagrath & M Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, 5

Edition New Age International

Publication, New Delhi 2011.

2. B.C. Kuo,” Automatic ontrol Systems”, Prentice Hall India Publications, NewDelhi , Eighth

Edition,2010.

Reference Books

118

1. K Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India Publication, New Delhi , Fifth

Edition,2010.

2. M.Gopal, “ Control Systems Principles and Design” Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publications, Fourth

Edition,2012.

3. Dhanesh N. Manik, “Control Systems”, Cengage Learning Pvt. Ltd., First edition, 2012

POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION

Course Code:11EE305 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 11EE302 Credits: 4

Power System Protection: Introduction, need for protective systems, nature and causes of faults,

essential qualities of protection, zones of protection, primary and backup protection Protective

Relays: Classification of protective relays & Schemes, electromagnetic relays Over current

protection, IDMT relay Distance relays: Impedance relay, reactance, mho and off set mho relay,

effect of power swings & surges, negative sequence relay Transmission Line and Feeder

Protection: Protection of radial and ring main systems using over current relays. Tr.Line protection

using distance relays(impedance relay, Reactance relay, MHO relay), 3- zone protection, under

reach and over reach of distance relays. Generator Protection: Protection against stator and rotor

faults and abnormal operating conditions such as unbalanced loading, loss of excitation, Over

speeding. Transformer Protection: Types of faults, Over current protection, Differential protection,

Differential relay with harmonic restraint, Protection against high resistance ground faults, Interturn

faults, Bucholz relay. Static, Microprocessor relays- phase comparator, amplitude comparator,

protection of lines using static relays, microprocessor based over current relay, distance relay,

directional relays. Carrier Current protection scheme- phase comparison scheme. Circuit

Breakers: arc phenomena – maintenance of the arc – losses – arc interruption theories – circuit

breaker rating – characteristics of restriking voltage (RRRV)– current chopping – Classification of

C.Bs: AC & DC Circuit breakers, air break CB, Air blast CB, Oil CB, Vacuum CB,SF6 CB- and

their constructional features. Testing and ratings of circuit breakers. Over Voltage Protection:

Causes of over voltages: lightning, switching, insulation failure and arching grounds, methods of

PROTECTION-ground wire, Peterson coils, surge absorbers and diverters , location of protective

apparatus – insulation coordination- neutral earthing.

Text Books:

1. Badri Ram, D N Vishwakarma, “Power System Protection and Switchgear”, Tata Mc-Graw

Hill Publications, 2

Edition, 2011.

2. T S Madhava Rao, “Power System Protection – Static Relays with Microprocessor

Applications”, TMC, 2

Edition, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. “Art and Science of Protective Relaying” by C.L. Mason.

2. “Power System Stability”, by E.W .Kimbark, vol-II John Wiley & Sons.

3. “Power System Engineering”, by Nagarath and Kothari, TMH publishing company Ltd.

4. “Electrical power systems”, by C. L. Wadhawa, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

5. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”, by A. Chakrabarthi, M.L. Soni, P.V. Gupta

and U.S. Bhatnagar, Dhanpat Rai & Co.

6. “Switch Gear Protection and Power Systems”, by Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publications.

ELECTRICAL DRIVES

Course Code11EE307 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 11EE303 Credits: 4

Introduction to drives and Characteristics: Concept and classification of Electric drives,

advantages of electric drive, components of electric drives, Choice & Status of dc and ac drives

119

Control of Electric Drives. Fundamental torque equations, Modes of operation, Speed torque

conventions and multi quadrant operation, Equivalent values of drive parameters, Components of

load torques, Nature and classification of load torques, Speed control and drive classification. DC

motor Drives: DC motors and their performance, Starting, methods of braking, speed control,

Methods of armature voltage control, Transformer and uncontrolled rectifier control Controlled

Rectifier fed DC Drives: Single phase fully and half controlled rectifier control of separately

excited dc motor. Three phase fully and half controlled rectifier control of separately excited dc

motor Dual converter control of separately excited dc motor, Rectifier control of dc series motor.

Chopper fed DC Drives: Control of separately excited dc motors, Chopper control of series

motor. Converter ratings and closed loop control. Induction motor drives: Three phase induction

motors, Operation with unbalanced source voltages and single phasing, Operation with unbalanced

rotor impedances, Starting, braking, Speed control, pole amplitude modulation, stator voltage

control, Variable frequency control from voltage and current sources, rotor resistance control, slip

power recovery, Variable speed constant frequency generation. Synchronous motor drives:

Synchronous motors, Operation and fixed frequency supply, Synchronous motor variable speed

drives, braking of synchronous motor. Variable frequency control of multiple synchronous motors,

self-control synchronous motor drive employing load commutated thyristor inverter, starting large

synchronous machines, self-control synchronous motor drive employing a cyclo converter.

Text Books:

1. G. K. Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives” 2

Edition, Narosa publications, 2001.

2. S.B.Dewan, G.R.Selmon & A.Straughen,(2009)” Power semiconductor drives”Wiley India

Pvt.Ltd.Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. P.C Sen (1981),”Thyristor dc drives”, Wiley Interscience publications

2. S.K Pillai (2005),”A First course in Electrical Drives”New Age International Publishers.

3. G. K. Dubey ,”Power Semiconductor controlled drives”, Prentice Hall Inc., New Jersey

1989.

4. Vedam Subrahmanyam,” Electrical Drives concepts and applications” ,Taya McGraw Hills

publishers, 2008.

POWER SYSTEM OPERATION AND CONTROL

Course Code:11EE402 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 11EE302 Credits: 4

Economic Operation: Review of non-linear optimization techniques with equality and inequality

constraints, operating costs of thermal plants, economic operation with and without transmission

losses, derivation of loss formulae, B

coefficients, penalty factors from transposed jacobian, unit

commitment, Hydro-thermal optimal dispatch. Automatic Generation Control (AGC):

Generator, load, prime-mover and governor models, steady state performance of speed governing

system, Primary load-frequency loop, steady state and dynamic response, with and without integral

control loop, modeling and performance of secondary load-frequency loop, extension to two-area

system, tie-line power flow model, Comparison of angle stability with voltage stability, reactive

power flow and voltage collapse, V-Q sensitivity analysis, Voltage stability problem and

mathematical analysis, history of voltage collapse events, introduction to continuation power flow

to obtain P-V curve, prevention of voltage collapse. Rotor Angle Stability: Dynamics of

synchronous machine, power angle equation, steady state stability, transient stability, equal area

criterion for SMIB system, determination of CCA & CCT for SMIB using EAC, numerical solution

of swing equation using step-by-step method, introduction to multi-machine stability, factors

affecting transient stability.

Text Books:

1. “Power Generation, operation and Control”, by A.J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, John Wiley

& sons, 1984.

120

2. “Power system Stability and Control”, by Prabha Kundur, T M H Edition, 2006.

Reference Books:

1. “Modern Power System Analysis”, by D.P. Kothari, I.J. Nagrath, T M H New Delhi, 2003.

2. “Power System Analysis”, by John J Grainger, W D Stevenson Jr., T M H , 2003

3. “Electric Energy Systems Theory: An Introduction”, by O.I. Elgerd, McGraw-Hill Inc.,1971

4. “Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis” by M.A. Pai, TMH.

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

Course Code:13EM201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC203 Credits: 4

Transfer, Bus & memory Transfers, Arithmetic Micro-operations, Logic Micro Operations, Shift

Micro-operation, and Arithmetic Logic Shift Unit. BASIC COMPUTER ORGANISATION

AND DESIGN: introduction codes, Computer Registers, Computer instructions, Timing and

Control, Instruction Cycle, Memory-Reference Instruction, Input-Output and interrupt, Design of

Basic Computer, Design of accumulator Logic, MICRO PROGRAMMED CONTROL: Control

Memory, Address Sequencing, Micro-Program example, Design of Control Unit. CENTRAL

PROCESSING UNIT: General registers Organization, Stack Organization, Instruction Formats,

Addressing Modes, Data Transfer and Manipulation, Program Control, Reduced instruction Set

Computer (RISC). COMPUTER ARITHMETIC: Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication

Algorithms, Division Algorithms, Floating-point Arithmetic Operations. MEMORY

ORGANIZATION: Memory Hierarchy, Main Memory, Associative Memory, Cache Memory,

Virtual Memory. INPUT-OUTPUT ORGANIZATION: Peripheral Devices, input-Output

interface, Asynchronous Data Transfer, Modes of Transfer, Priority interrupt, Direct Memory

Access (DMA), input –output Processor.

Text Books:

1.Morris M.Mano,” Computer Systems Arichitecture”,3

Edition.

Reference Books:

1. John P Hayes,” Computer Arichitecture and Organization”2

Edition

2.V.CarlHamacheret.al,” Computer Organization” 2

Edition

3 Computer architecture and organization by Raja Raman and Radha Krishna-PHI

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13EM202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13EC205 Credits: 4

Amplitude Modulation techniques: Introduction to Modulation, Continuous wave AM

Generation and Demodulation of AM: DSB, DSB-SC, SSB and VSB, phase and frequency

modulation, narrow band and wide band F.M, Direct and indirect methods of generation of

F.M, demodulation of F.M wave. Transmitters and Receivers: AM Transmitter and FM

Transmiter, Armstrong method receiver, AM Superhetrodyne, receivers FM Superhetrodyne

receivers. Pulse modulation techniques: Sampling Process, Types of Sampling, FDM, TDM,

Modulation and Demodulation of PAM, PPM & PWM. S/N ratio of PAM, PWM, PWM &

PPM, Quantization process, Quantization Noise, PCM, and DPCM Digital Modulation

Techniques: ASK, FSK, BPSK, DPSK, QPSK, QAM, Bandwidth Efficiency, Carrier

recovery, Clock recovery. Information Theory: Uncertainty, Information, Entropy, Source

coding theorem: Shannon-Fanon coding, Huffman coding. Codes: Liner block codes, Cyclic

codes, Convolution codes.

Text Books:

1. “Introduction to Analog and Digital Communication System” – By Simon Haykin, 2nd

Edition.

121

2. “Communication Systems” by Singh R.P. and Sapre S.D - TMH

3. “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems” – By Wayne Tomasi, 6

Edition, PHI.

Reference Books:

1. “Analog and Digital Communications” – By Sam K.Shanmugam, Wiley

2. “Modern Digital & Analog Communication Systems” – By B.P. Lathi, 3

Edition,

INTERNET PROGRAMMING

Course Code: 11EM301 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES202 Credits: 4

HTML, DHTML, Cascading Style Sheets, XML, A Closer Look at Methods and Classes,

Inheritance, Packages and Inheritance, Exception Handling. Multithreaded Programming, I/O,

Applets, and Other Topics, the Applet Class, Event Handling. Servlets and Java Server Pages,

Database Access through the Web: Architecture for Database Access, the MySQL Database

System, Database Access with JDBC and MySQL.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Deitel & Deitel & Nieto, “Internet & World Wide Web – How to Program”,

PEA, Third Edition.

2. Herbert Schildt, “Java the Complete Reference”, 7

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

(Chapters 7,8,9,10,11,13,21,22,23,29,30)

3. Robert W. Sebesta, “Programming the World Wide Web”, 4

Edition, Pearson Education,

2008 (Chapters 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,10,11,13.3, 13.4, 13.7).

REFERENCES:

1. M. Deitel, P.J. Deitel, A.B. Goldberg, “Internet & World Wide Web, How to Program”, 4th

Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.

2. Chris Bates, “Web Programming Building Internet Applications”, 3

Edition, Wilet India,

2006.

3. Y. Daniel Liang, “Introduction to JAVA Programming”, 7

Edition, Pearson Education,

2007.

4. Xue Bai,”The Web Warrior to Web Programming”, Cengage Learning, 2003.

5. Anders Moller, Michael Schwartzbach, “An Introduction to XML and Web Technologies”, 1

Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.

6. Ivan BayRoss, “Web Enabled Commercial Application Development using HTML, DHTML,

JavaScript, Perl”, BPB Publication, 3

Edition, 2005.

7. Cay S. Horstmann, Gary Cornell, “Core Java, Volume I- Fundamentals”, 8

Edition,

PrenticeHall, Sun Microsystems Press, 2008.

8. Uttam K Roy, “Web Technologies”, OXFORD University Press, 2012.

9. Jeffrey C Jackson, “Web Technologies: A Computer Science Perspective”, Pearson

Education, 2009.

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

Course Code: 11EM401 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

ES Basics: Introduction to Embedded Systems: Definition, Comparison with Loaded Systems,

Challenges of Embedded systems, Application of Embedded Systems. Hardware fundamentals and

devices: CHIPS, GATES, PCB, Power and decoupling, Timing Diagrams, Signal loading related

issues, Clocks, Flip Flops, Memories, Micro Processors, PINS, ports, Address Resolution, Address

Decoding within Micro Processors, Micro Processors VS Micro Controllers, Busses and Bus

Handling, DMA, UART and RS232, PAL, FPGA, Timers, Counters, Pulse width Modulators for

speed control, LCD Controllers, Key Pad Controllers, Stepper motor controllers, A/D Converters,

Introduction to Temp Sensors, Flow Control devices, Humidity Control devices, Speed Control

devices. Interfacing: Communication basics, Basic Terminology, Basic Protocol concepts, I/O

122

Addressing: Port Based Addressing, Bus Based addressing, Memory mapped I/O, Standard I/O,

Interfacing Micro Processors through Interrupts and DMA, Arbitration Techniques, Multi Bus

Architecture Serial Communication and Protocols: I2C, CAN, Fire-wire, USB, Parallel

Communication and protocols: PCI Bus, ARM Bus, Wireless Communication and Protocols: IrDA,

Blue Tooth, 802.11g. ES Software Processing Platform: Micro Processor Architecture both CISC

and RISC, Interrupt Processing, Shared data problem, Interrupt Latency, Software Architectures:

Round Robin, Round Robin with Interrupts, Function Queue Scheduling, RTOS, and selecting

architecture. Real Time Operating Systems: Tasks and Task data, Scheduler, Reentrancy,

Semaphores, Semaphore Problems, Message Queues, Mail Boxes, Pipes, Timer Functions, Event

Handling, Memory Management, Interrupt Processing, and Power saving Functions. Introduction to

µcos and VxWorks. Analysis, Design and Software Development: Analysis and designing

Embedded Systems using RTOS: Overview, General Design Principles, Hardware and software CO

design in Embedded Systems, Encapsulating Semaphores and Queues, Real Time Scheduling

Considerations, Software development process and tools Testing and Debugging Techniques,

Testing and Debugging Tools.

Text Books:

1. An Embedded Software Premier - David E- Siman, PEARSON Education

2. Embedded System Design - Frank Vahid / Tony Givargis, WILEY India

Reference Books:

1. Embedded / real - time systems - DR.K.V.K.K.Prasad, dreamtech

2. Embedded Systems - Raj – Kamal, Second Edition TMH

FLUID MECHANICS & HYDRAULIC MACHINES

Course Code:13ME201 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES106 Credits: 4

Fluid Properties: Definition of fluid, properties of fluid -density, specific weight, specific gravity,

viscosity, classification of fluids, surface tension and capillarity vapour pressure.

Fluid Statics: Introduction, pressure, Pascal’s law, hydrostatic law, measurement of pressure-

simple and differential manometers, Total pressure and centre of pressure on vertical, horizontal,

inclined and curved surfaces.

Fluid kinematics: Introduction, types of fluid flow, Discharge, Continuity equation, Continuity

equation in three dimensional flow, velocity potential function and stream function.

Fluid dynamics: Introduction, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s equation and applications,

Dimensional analysis and model similitude

Flow through pipes: Introduction, major and minor energy losses, friction coefficient in laminar

and turbulent flow, Hagen-Poiseuille law, Hydraulic gradient and total energy line, pipes in series

and parallel, transmission of power through pipe, Reynold’s experiment, water hammer.

Boundary layer theory: Introduction, laminar, turbulent boundary layer, boundary layer thickness,

displacement thickness, momentum thickness, energy thickness, separation of boundary layer,

methods of preventing separation.

Impact of jets: Introduction to impulse-Momentum equation and its applications, Force exerted by

jet on fixed Target, moving target, series of curved vanes

Hydraulic Machines-Turbines: Introduction, types and classification Pelton wheel, Francis

turbine, Kaplan turbine-theory, equations for work done and efficiency, design parameters,

problems

Hydraulic Machines-Centrifugal pumps: Definition of pump, classification, description &

general principle of working, priming & methods, work done & efficiencies of a centrifugal pump,

123

Minimum starting speed, cavitation in centrifugal pumps, Multistage pumps, problems on

centrifugal pumps.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanicsby john F Douglas,Tata McGraw-Hill publications.

2. Fluid mechanics by SK Som G Biswas,Tata McGraw-Hill publications.

3. Turbine,Compressors and Fans by S.M. Yahya,TMH

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Frank M White

2. Fluid Mechanics&Hydraulics,KR Arora,Standard Book house,New Delhi

3. Fluid Mechanics &Hydraulics,Modi&sath,standard Book House,New Delhi

APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS

Course Code:13ME202 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES201 Credits: 4

Pure Substances: Pure substance vapor-liquid-solid phase equilibrium in a pure substance,

Independent properties of a pure substance, Tables of thermodynamic properties, Mollier Chart.

Vapor Power Cycles: Rankine cycle, methods to improve performance of the Rankine cycle, Ideal

regenerative cycle, practical regenerative system, Binary vapor power cycle.

Steam Generators: Function, classification, Mountings and accessories, Modern high pressure

boilers , critical and super-critical boilers, Draught- natural& forced, calculation of boiler efficiency

equivalent rate of evaporation.

Steam Nozzles:, Types of nozzles, isentropic flow through nozzles, effect of friction, nozzle

efficiency, critical pressure ratio and maximum discharge, calculation of throat and exit areas using

Mollier diagram, supersaturated flow.

Steam Turbines: Types of steam turbines, impulse turbines, pressure and velocity compounding,

velocity diagrams, work output, power, blade efficiency and stage efficiency, Reaction turbines,

velocity diagrams, degree of reaction, work output, power, blade efficiency and stage efficiency,

Governing of turbines, overall efficiency and reheat factor.

Steam Condensers: Jet and surface condensers, condenser vacuum and vacuum efficiency,

condenser efficiency, thermodynamic analysis, air pumps, capacity of air extraction pumps.

Refrigeration: Need for refrigeration, definitions, Methods of refrigeration, vapor compression

refrigeration system, vapor absorption refrigeration cycle air refrigeration system.

Psychrometry: Psychrometric properties, psychrometric chart and air-conditioning process.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Applied Thermodynamics- T.D.Eastop-6E- Longman scientific & Technical & John Wiley, New

York.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Thermodynamics - Cengel & Boles

2. Engineering Thermodynamics - P.K.Nag, TMH, New Delhi

3. Applied Thermodynamics - R.Yadav-CBH, Allahabad

4. Power Plant Engineering (Steam & Nuclear) - P.K.Nag, TMH.

5. Steam Turbines Theory & Practice - Kearton, ELBS

Note: use of steam tables and R&AC tables is permitted in university examinations

124

METALLURGY

Course Code:13ME203 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES107, 13ES103 Credits: 4

Introduction to Engineering materials, Crystallography, Properties of Metals and Alloys, Structure

Property Relationship, Ferrous and Non Ferrous Materials, Ceramics , Composites, Nano materials,

Bio materials, Smart Materials, Introduction to Methods of Studying Metal Structure, Constitution

of Alloys, Phase Diagrams, Iron Carbon equilibrium phase diagram, Strengthening mechanisms,

Heat Treatment of steels, cast iron, alloy steels, non ferrous metals and alloys, material testing

methods, Destructive and Non Destructive, Powder Metallurgy.

Text Books:

1) Introduction to Physical Metallurgy-Sidney.H.Avner-TMH publications, Second Edition

2) Material science & Metallurgy-C.Daniel Yesudian, D G Harris Samuel-Scitech Publications,

2006 Edition

Reference Books:

1) Material science and Engineering by William D Callister,John Wiley publishers, 6

Edition.

2) Material science and Metallurgy for Engineers by Dr.V.D.Kodgire. EPH, 25

Edition 2009.

3) Material science and Engineering by V.Raghavan, PHI, Fourth Edition.

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

Course Code: 13ME204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES103 Credits: 4

Brief introduction of manufacturing, Overview on Materials of industrial interest, Classification,

General Trends in Manufacturing, Environment Issues. Fundamentals of Metal Casting, Metal

Casting Processes, Moulding casting Processes, Multiple use moulding casting Processes, casting

defects, Inspection, Advanced Casting Techniques, Forging: Fundamentals of Forming, Bulk

forming processes, defects, sheet metal working processes, Fundamentals of Joining, Classification,

Design of joints, Fusion Welding, Gas Flame Processes, Arc Processes, Resistance Welding

Processes, Solid State Welding Processes, Defects and Inspection, Brazing, Soldering, Adhesive

Joining.

Text Book

1. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology by Serope Kalpakjian & Steven R schmid, Fourth

edition, Pearson Education.

2. Manufacturing science by Amitab Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Mallik , East-west Press Pvt Ltd

3. Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing by M.P.Grover, John Wiley and sons.

Reference Books

1. Manufacturing Technology by P.N.Rao, Vol -1, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2001.

2. Processes & Materials of Manufacture by Roy A Lindberg, 2nd Edition, Allyn and Bacon

STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course Code: 13ME205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES106 Credits: 4

Simple Stresses and Strains: Introduction, Types of stress, stress strain diagram, Hooke’s law,

types of strains. Axially loaded members: Deflection of an axially loaded member, statically

indeterminate structures (Stiffness method), Temperature effects. Analysis of Stress and Strain:

Introduction, plane stress and strains, principle stress and maximum shear stress, Mohr’s circle for

plane stress. Torsion: Introduction, Torsion of a circular bar, Non uniform torsion, Transmission

of power by circular shafts, Strain energy in pure shear and torsion. Shearing Forces and Bending

Moments: Types of Beams, shear force and bending moment, relationship between load, shear

force and bending moment, Shear force and bending moment diagrams.

125

Stresses in Beams: Introduction, Normal strains in beams, normal stresses in beams, cross section

shapes of beams, shear stresses in rectangular beams, shear stresses in the webs of beams with

flanges. Deflection of beams: Introduction, Deferential equations of the deflection curve,

deflections by integration of the bending moment equation, Moment area method, Macaulay’s

Method. Columns : Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned ends, Columns with other

support conditions, Limitations of Euler’s Formula, Rankine’s Formula, Columns with eccentric

Axial Loads, Secant formula. Thin pressure vessels: Concepts of hoop and longitudinal stresses,

Simple problems for cylinders and shells.

Text Books:

1. “Mechanics of Materials” by Gere & Timoshenko, CBS publishers

2. “Mechanics of Materials”, SI Version by Beer P F and Johston (Jr) E R, McGraw Hill, NY.

Reference books:

1. “Strength of Materials” by Pytel A H and Singer F L, Harper Collins, New Delhi.

2. “Engineering Mechanics of Solids” SI Version, by Popov E P, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

3. “Elements of Strength of Materials” by Timoshenko S P and Young D H, East West

Press,New Delhi.

4. “Introduction to Solid Mechanics” by Shames, I. H., Pitarresi, J. M., Prentice-Hall, NJ.

5. “Strength of Materials” by S.S.Rattan. Tata McGraw Hill,

MECHANISMS AND MACHINE THEORY

Course Code: 13ME206 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES106 Credits: 4

Mechanisms and Machines: Kinematics and Dynamics, Mechanisms and Machines, Introduction

to Plane and Space Mechanisms, Kinematic Pairs, Kinematic Chains, Kinematic Diagrams,

Kinematic Inversion, Four Link Planar Mechanisms and their Inversions, Mobility and range of

movement - Kutzbach and Grubler’s criterion, Grashof’s criterion. Velocity analysis:

Instantaneous Centre (IC) of Velocity, Velocity analysis using IC and relative velocity method-

four link mechanisms, slider crank mechanism and crank and slotted lever mechanism, rubbing

velocity. Acceleration analysis: Acceleration Diagrams, four link mechanism, slider crank

mechanism Corioli’s component of acceleration and crank and slotted lever mechanism. Cams:

Classification of cams and followers, nomenclature, Motion of follower, cam profiles of knife

edge, roller and offset followers of reciprocating motion. Gears and Gear trains: Gears –

terminology, fundamental law of gearing, involute profile. Interference and undercutting. Gear

Trains – simple, compound and epicyclic gear trains. Balancing: Introduction, Static balancing,

Dynamic balancing, Transferring of a Force from one plane to another, Balancing of Several

Masses in Different planes, Balancing of Reciprocating Mass, Secondary Balancing. Dynamic

force analysis: Force analysis of Slider crank mechanism. Gyroscopes : Angular Velocity,

Angular Acceleration, Gyroscopic Torque, Gyroscopic Effect on Naval Ships, Stability of an

Automobile, Stability of a Two-Wheel vehicle.

Text Book:

1. Machines and Mechanisms-Applied Kinematic Analysis by David H. Myszka, 4

Edition,

Prentice Hall

2. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery by Robert Norton 1

Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill

Education, 2009

3. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms by Shigley J.E., and Uicker J.J., McGraw Hill, 1995.

Reference books:

1. Theory of Machine by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publications.

2. The Theory of Machines through Solved Problems, Rao, J. S., New Age International.

3. Machanisms and Machine Theory by A.Ghosh and A.K.Mallik, 3

edition, EWP Pvt.Ltd.

126

4. Theory of Machine by S.S.Rattan Mc.Graw Hill

5. NPTEL lectures : http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-Delhi/Kinematics of

Machine/index.htm

I C ENGINES & GAS TURBINES

Course Code: 13ME301 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES201 Credits: 4

IC ENGINES: Basic engine nomenclature, Review and classification of I.C. Engines, working

principles of S.I. and C.I. Engines (both 4 stroke and 2-stroke) - valve and port timing diagrams -

Differences between SI & CI and 2 stroke & 4 stroke engines.

FUEL-AIR CYCLES AND THEIR ANALYSIS: Fuel-Air cycles significance, composition of

cylinder gases, arable specific speeds, dissociation, comparison of air standard and fuel-air cycles,

effect of operating variables.

ACTUAL CYCLES AND THEIR ANALYSIS: Comparison of air standard and actual cycles,

Time loss factor, Heat loss factor, Exhaust blow down, loss due to rubbing friction.

FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS in S.I: Engines- Carburetion, injection system, chemically correct

air-fuel ratio, Air-fuel mixture requirements, Simple float type carburetor.

FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS in CI Engines- Fuel supply and injection systems, Bosch fuel pump.

COMBUSTION IN SI ENGINE: Normal Combustion and abnormal combustion, importance of

flame speed and effect of engine variables, pre-ignition and detonation. Knock Rating of Fuels-

Octane number

COMBUSTION IN CI ENGINE: Phenomenon of Combustion, delay period and its importance,

effect of engine variables, Diesel knock, Knock Rating of Fuels-Cetane number, antiknock

additives

TESTING OF I.C.ENGINES: Indicator diagram, evaluation of Indicated Power, Brake power,

Frictional Power, Fuel consumption, SFC, Mechanical & thermal efficiencies, mean effective

pressure, air-fuel ratio, Heat balance, Engine performance curves, Variables affecting engine

performance for both S.I. & C.I. Engines

GAS TURBINES: Closed and open Brayton cycle gas turbines, Analysis of closed cycle gas

turbine, Compressor and turbine Efficiencies, Gas turbine cycle with inter cooling, reheat and

regeneration.

JET & ROCKET PROPULSION: Basic principles of Jet propulsion - specific thrust, propulsive

efficiency and overall thermal efficiency of a jet engine, Principles of Rocket propulsion, Types of

rocket propulsion.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals- John B. Heywood, Pub.-McGraw Hill, New York

2. Engineering fundamental of the I.C.Engine – Willard W. Pulkrabek Pub.-PHI,India

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of I.C. Engines - P.W. Gill, J.H. Smith & Ziurys- IBH & Oxford pub.

2. Internal Combustion Engines –V. Ganesan, Pub.-Tata McGraw-Hill.

3. Gas Turbines – V. Ganesan, Pub.- Tata McGraw Hill.

4. Internal Combustion Engines & Air pollution- Obert E.F, Pub.-Hopper & Row Pub., New York

MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13ME302 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES105 Credits: 4

Elementary Treatment Of Metal Cutting Processes, Mechanics Of Cutting Processes, Mechancial

Drives, Vibration of machine tools and dynamic rigidity, Engine Lathe, Turret and Capstan Lathes,

Automatic Lathes. Shaping, Planning, Slotting, Drilling, Boring, Grinding, Milling Machines. CNC

Machine tools, Jigs & Fixtures.

127

Text Books:

1. Manufacturing Engineering & Technology by Serope Kalpakjian & Steven R schmid

2. Manufacturing science by Amitabh Ghosh & Ashok Kumar Mallik

3. Principles of Machine Tools by SEn and Bhattacharya

Reference Books:

1. Manufacturing Technology by P.N.Rao

2. Processes & Materials of Manufacture by Roy A Lindberg

3. Introduction to Manufacturing Process by John A Schey

4. Manufacturing science by Sen & Bhattacharya

5. CAD/CAM by Mikell. P. Grover

OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Course Code: 13ME303 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Introduction to Operation Research: Introduction, Modeling in Operations Research, Phases of

OR study, Scope and application of OR. Linear Programming and its Applications: Linear

Programming Problem – Graphical solution of LP Problem. Simplex method, Big M method, two

phase method, multiple solutions, infeasible solution, unbounded solution, degeneracy, Dual

Simplex method. Transportation: Introduction – Methods of basic feasible solution, Optimality

test, Degeneracy in transportation problem, unbalanced transportation Problem, Assignment

Problems: Hungarian method for assignment problem, Traveling salesman problem. Theory of

Games: Introduction, to solve the rectangular two person zero sum games, solution of rectangular

games in terms of mixed strategies, solution of 2x2 games without saddle point, solution of a two

person zero sum 2Xn game, Graphical method for 2Xn and nX2 games. Inventory Control:

Introduction – EOQ with uniform rate of demand, Economic lot size with finite rate of

replenishment, Quantity discounts, Deterministic model with Shortages, ABC analysis of

inventory. Dynamic Programming: Introduction, Bellman’s principle of optimality, application to

shortest route problem, linear programming, tabular method. Queuing Theory: Introduction, single

channel, Poisson arrival, exponential service time with finite population and infinite population,

Simulation: Introduction, Monte-Carlo Simulation, Application to Inventory Control. Project

Management by PERT/CPM: Introduction, simple network techniques, construction rules of

drawing, Fulkerson’s rule, Critical path method (CPM)- floats, critical path, project duration,

PERT: Introduction, different Time estimates, expected time, variance, expected project duration

and probability of completion. Crashing: Introduction, crashing of network, problem

Text Books:

1. Operations Research - Hamdy Taha

2. Operations Research – Hiller & Liberman.

Reference Books:

1. Quantitative Techniques – A.P. Natarajan

2. Operations Research – S.D. Sarma

METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION

Course Code:13ME304 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES102 Credits: 4

Basic Concepts- Measurement system elements, Experimental Test Plan- Random Tests,

Replication & repetition, Calibration - Sensitivity, Range, Accuracy, Standards, Traceability.

Signals - Types of waveforms, Signal analysis, Signal amplitude & frequency, Fourier transform,

Frequency spectrum. Measurement Systems Modelling- General model, First order systems,

Second order systems, Transfer functions.

128

Statistical Measurement theory- Confidence intervals for means and standard deviations,

Regression analysis, Data outlier detection. Uncertainty analysis- Type A and Type B, Determining

combined standard uncertainty- Uncorrelated and correlated input quantities, reporting. Sampling

concepts, Digital devices, D/A & A/D conversion, Data acquisition systems.

Metrology: Interferometry-, Slip gauges, Comparators, Abbe's principle, Pneumatic transducer,

Electronic transducers, Angle measurement- Sine bar, angle gauges Optical instruments- Profile

projectors, Autocollimators. Surface finish- Parameters, Stylus instruments. Limits and fits,

Tolerancing of gauges, Evaluation of geometric tolerances, Screw thread measurements, Gear

measurements. Coordinate Measuring Machines- Construction, Operation & Programming,

Software, Applications. Machine Vision.

Instrumentation: Temperature measurement- Expansion thermometers, Resistance Temperature

Detectors, Thermistors, Thermocouples, radiative measurements. Pressure measurements-

Manometers, Elastic transducers. Strain measurements- Resistance & semiconductor strain gauges,

circuits and arrangements. Force & Torque measurements.

Text Books:

1. Figliola, Richard S, & Beasley, Donald E, "Theory and Design for Mechanical

Measurements", Third edition, John Wiley & Sons Inc,

2. Collett, CV, & Hope, AD, "Engineering Measurements", Second edition, ELBS/Longman.

References:

1. Chapman, W. A. J., "Workshop Technology - Part 3" Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd,

New Delhi.

2. Doebelin, Ernest O., "Measurement Systems", 4th edition, McGraw-Hill International.

3. Montgomery, Douglas C., "Design and Analysis of Experiments", Fifth ed, John Wiley &

Sons Inc. New Delhi.

4. Taylor, B. N., and Kuyatt, C. E.,"NIST Technical Note 1297: Guidelines for Evaluating and

Expressing the Uncertainty of NIST Measurement Results", National Institute of Standards

and Technology, USA.

FINITE ELEMENT METHODS

Course Code: 13ME305 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ME205 Credits: 4

FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS: Introduction, historical background, Analysis of 3-D stresses &

strains, stress-strain relations, stress cubic, principal stress calculations, potential energy and

equilibrium, the Rayleigh-Ritz method, Galerkin method, Saint venant’s principle, Von Mises

stress. BASIC CONCEPTS OF F.E.M. AND ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS :

Fundamental concepts, Finite Element Modeling, Coordinates and Shape functions, The Potential

Energy Approach, The Galerkin Approach, Assembly of the Global Stiffness Matrix and Load

Vector, Properties of Global Stiffness Matrix, The Finite Element equations; Treatment of

boundary conditions, Examples of Axially Loaded Members. ANALYSIS OF PLANE

TRUSSES: Introduction, Plane Trusses: Local and Global Coordinate systems, Element Stiffness

Matrix, Stress Calculations, Example of plane Truss with three members. TWO-DIMENSIONAL

PROBLEMS USING CONSTANT STRAIN TRIANGLES: Introduction, Finite Element

Modeling, Constant-Strain Triangle (CST), Isoparametric Representation, Potential-Energy

Approach, Element Stiffness, Force Terms Stress Calculations, Problem Modeling and Boundary

Conditions. AXISYMMETRIC SOLIDS SUBJECTED TO AXISYMMETRIC LOADING:

Introduction, Axisymmetric Formulation, Finite Element Modeling: Triangular Element, Potential-

Energy Approach, Body force Term, Stress Calculations; Problem modeling and Boundary

Conditions .Scalar Field Problems: Introduction, steady-state heat transfer, one-dimensional

heat conduction, governing equation, boundary conditions, the one dimensional element.

DYNAMIC CONSIDERATIONS: Introduction, Formulation, Element Mass Matrices,

Evaluation of Eigen values and Eigen vectors; properties of Eigen vectors, Eigen value-Eigenvector

Evaluation for line only.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering by Prentice hall of

India Pvt. Ltd, 3

Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Finite Element Method by S.S.Rao, ELSEVIER Ltd, 4

Edition

2. Finite Element Method by C.Krishna Murthy, TMH, 2

Edition.

129

3. David V Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis McGraw-Hill Int. Ed.

4. Logan D.L., A First course in the Finite Element Method, Third Edition, Thomson Learning,

5. Robert D.Cook., David.S, Malkucs Michael E Plesha , Concepts and Applications of Finite

Element Analysis.

6. Reddy J.N, An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill International Student

Edition

7. O.C.Zienkiewicz and R.L.Taylor, The Finite Element Methods, Vol.1. The basic formulation

and linear problems, Vol.1, Butterworth Heinemann.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DESIGN

Course Code:13ME306 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ME205 Credits: 4

BASICS: Phases of design, General considerations and procedure in machine design,

standardization, preferred numbers, Mechanical properties of materials. DESIGN FOR STATIC

STRENGTH: Simple Stresses - Combined stresses - Torsional and Bending stresses - Factor of

safety and theories of failure. DESIGN FOR FATIGUE STRENGTH: Stress concentration –

Methods of reducing stress concentration factor, Design for fluctuating stresses, Fatigue strength

and Endurance limit, Goodman diagram and Soderberg methods for combination of stresses,

applications of soderberg’s equation. DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND COUPLINGS: Shaft and its

design based on strength, Design of shaft for variable load and based on stiffness. Introduction,

types, uses, Design procedures for rigid and flexible rubber-bushed couplings. POWER

SCREWS: Types - Mechanics of power screws, efficiency, Design of Bolted joints (along with

eccentric loading), WELDED JOINTS: Design of Welded joints, Strength of welded joints,

Welded joint with eccentric loading. DESIGN OF SPRINGS: Types, Design of Helical spring

against static and fluctuating loads, Torsion springs, Spiral springs, Leaf springs. FLYWHEEL:

Torque analysis, Solid disc flywheel, rimmed flywheel, stresses in rimmed flywheel.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Shigley J.E, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1996.

2. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, “Machine Design”, McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Budynas, R. G., & Nisbett, J. K. Shigley's mechanical engineering design: McGraw-Hill.

2. Norton, R. L. Machine design: an integrated approach: Prentice Hall

3. Spotts, M. F., Shoup, T. E., & Hornberger, L. E. Design of machine elements: Pearson

/Prentice Hall

4. Hamrock,B.J. et.al., Fundamentals of Machine Elements, McGraw Hill

5. Design of machine elements by Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill book Co.

6. Machine Design by Dr.N.C.Pandya & Dr. C.S.Shah, Charotar Publishing House

“Usage of: “Design Data”, P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore is recommended”.

HEAT TRANSFER

Course Code:13ME401 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ES201 Credits: 4

Introduction: Modes and laws of Heat transfer, thermal conductivity, Fourier rate equation, Steady

state Heat conduction, General conduction equation in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical

coordinates; One-Dimensional Heat Conduction: Heat flow through plane wall, cylinder and

sphere with constant thermal conductivity, Heat flow through composite slab and cylinders,

Thermal resistance, Electrical analogy, Thermal contact resistance, problems on variable thermal

conductivity, critical insulation thickness for cylinders and spheres; Conduction With Internal

Heat Generation: Simple systems with uniform heat generation in slabs, cylinders; Extended

Surfaces: Types, Applications, Heat transfer from fins with uniform cross section, Fin efficiency

and Effectiveness; Transient Conduction: Lumped system analysis, time constant, semi infinite

body, Heisler Charts; Principles Of Convection: Principles of convection, Continuity, Momentum

& Energy equations; Forced Convection: End Flows: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary

layers, boundary layer thickness, use of empirical relations for convective heat transfer over flat

plates and cylinders, Internal Flows: Fully developed laminar flow, hydrodynamic and thermal

entry lengths, Prandtl analogy, Turbulent flow inside tubes, Empirical relations for horizontal pipe

130

flow, Duct flow & annulus flow; Natural Convection: Analysis of laminar flow on a vertical plate,

Correlations for vertical plates, horizontal plates, vertical and horizontal cylinders; Heat

Exchangers: Classification and type of heat exchangers, Flow arrangement, Overall heat transfer

coefficient, Fouling factor, LMTD method of Heat exchanger analysis, correction, Effectiveness -

NTU method; Radiation: Introduction, Radiative Properties, concept of black, white and grey

body, Laws of radiation, Stefan Boltzman's law; Lamberts cosine law, Kirchhoff's law, Planck's

law, Wein’s law, Radiation Heat Exchange Between Two Bodies: Shape factor, shape factor

algebra, Heat Exchange by radiation between two finite parallel surfaces, Electrical analogy, solid

angle and Radiation intensity, Heat exchange by radiation between two finite black and gray

surfaces, Radiation shields, Error in temperature measurement.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heat transfer - Cengel ,Mc Graw Hill

2. Heat Transfer – R.C.Sachdeva, New Age International Publishers Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Heat Transfer - A Basic Approach-- N.Ozisik , Mc Graw Hill

Introduction Heat and Mass Transfer – K Ramakrishna & P K Sarma –John Wiley

MACHINE DESIGN

Course Code:13ME402 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: 13ME205 Credits: 4

Bearings: Classification, modes of Lubrication, Sliding contact bearing design, bearing materials,

selection of lubricant.

Rolling contact bearings- types, selection of ball, roller bearings- under static load, dynamic load.

Brakes and Clutches: Introduction to Brakes, Types, Analysis and Design of Block brakes,

internal shoe Brakes, End shoe Brakes, Pivoted shoe Brakes, Band Brakes, Temperature rise,

Friction materials.

Introduction to Clutches, Analysis and Design of simple and multiple disc Clutches, Cone Clutches

and Centrifugal Clutch, friction materials, comparison of Brakes and Clutches.

Spur Gears :Introduction, force analysis, Beam strength (Lewis) equation, Velocity factor, Service

factor, Load concentration factor, Effective load on gear, Estimation of module based on beam and

wear strength, Methods of lubrication.

Helical Gears: Transverse and normal module, Virtual number of teeth, Force analysis, Beam and

wear strengths, Effective load on gear tooth, Estimation of dynamic load by velocity factor and

Buckingham's equation, Design of helical gears.

Bevel Gears: Straight tooth bevel gear terminology and geometric relationship, Formative number

of teeth, Force analysis, Design criteria of bevel gears, Beam and wear strengths, Dynamic tooth

load by velocity factor and Buckingham's equation, Effective load, Design of straight tooth bevel

gears, Selection of materials for bevel gears, comparison of spiral bevel gears and hypoid gears and

straight tooth bevel gears.

Design and analysis of worm gear drive

Belt Drives :Materials and construction of flat and V-belts, Geometric relationships for length of

belt, Power rating of belts, Maximum power condition, Selection of flat and V-belts from

manufacturer's catalogue, Belt tensioning methods, Relative advantages and limitations of flat and

V-belts, Construction and applications of timing belts.

Chain Drives: Construction and materials of roller chain, Length of chain and number of links,

Polygonal effect, Power rating of roller chains, Construction of sprocket wheels, Silent chains,

Relative advantages and limitations-of chain drives.

I.C.Engine Components: Introduction, Design of piston, connecting rod and Crank shaft.

Text Books:

1. Shigley J.E, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill, 1996.

131

Reference books:

1. Budynas, R. G., & Nisbett, J. K.. Shigley's mechanical engineering design: McGraw-Hill.

2. Norton, R. L. Machine design: an integrated approach: Prentice Hall

3. Spotts, M. F., Shoup, T. E., & Hornberger, L. E. Design of machine elements: Pearson

/Prentice Hall

4. Black P.H. and O. Eugene Adams, “Machine Design”, McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.

5. Bhandari V.B., “Design of machine elements”, Tata McGraw Hill Public Co. Ltd.

“Usage of: “Design Data”, P.S.G. College of Technology, Coimbatore is recommended”.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNIQUES

Course Code:13ME403 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Work study: Techniques of work study, basic procedure of work study. Method study: Tools for

recording techniques – Flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, multiple activity chart,

Man-machine chart. Micro motion study: Therbligs, motion economy principles, SIMO chart.

Work measurement: Stopwatch time study procedure - breaking the job into elements, timing

methods, number of cycles to be timed, rating, allowances, setting standard time. Work sampling:

Confidence levels, number of observations, use of random number table. Inspection & Quality

Control: Concept and Types of Inspection, Quality Control Charts – SQC, Charts for variables and

charts for attributes, application and construction of charts and problems. Acceptance sampling,

Single and double sampling, OC curve, Production Management: Types of production systems,

Mass production, Batch production, Job order production. Productivity and factors influencing

productivity, Facility layout – definition, types – product layout, process layout, fixed position

layout, cellular layout, introduction to computerized layout. Scheduling : Introduction, concept of

assembly line balancing, scheduling of batch production, scheduling of job order, loading,

sequencing,- definition, sequencing of n jobs through oe machine, n jobs through 2 machines, (

Johnsons’ algorithm ), sequencing of n jobs through 3 machines, n jobs through m machines.

Forecasting: Definition, approach, types, Methods – Qualitative methods – Judgmental methods,

Quantitative methods – times series, regression, Introduction to aggregate planning, Production

planning & control: Introduction, definition, functions of PPC. Brief introduction to: JIT, Lean

manufacturing, Six sigma, Supply chain management

Text Books:

1. Introduction to work-study -- ILO.

2. Production & Operations Management -- Adam & Ebert.

Reference Books :

1. Production & operations Management – S.N. Chari.

2. Production & operations Management -- Panner selvam.

MATERIAL & ENERGY FLOW COMPUTATION

Course Code:14PE 201 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 3

Stoichiometry: Units and Dimensions, Conversion of Units, expressions and equations,

dimensional groups and constants, Ideal and real gas laws, Behavior of ideal gases and mixtures,

calculations of pressure, volume and temperature using ideal gas law, Gas mixtures, Use of partial

pressure and pure component volume in gas calculations, Raoult’s law - vapor pressure, Clausius-

Clapeyron equation, Cox Chart, Duhring’s Plot.

132

Material Balance – non-reactive systems: Material balance problems on single and multi-unit

systems without involving chemical reactions - Degrees of freedom - Recycle - Bypass and Purge

calculations.

Material Balance – reactive systems: Processes involving chemical reactions for single and

multiple unit systems

Energy Balance: Energy balances with and without chemical reactions: Enthalpy - Heat capacity -

Thermo-chemistry; Hess’s law of heat summation - Heats of formation - reaction and combustion -

Theoretical flame Temperature.

Combustion of coal - fuel gases and sulfur - Degree of conversion - Excess reactant - Limiting

reactant.

Humidity and saturation: Calculation of absolute humidity, molal humidity, relative humidity

and percentage humidity – Dew point – Use of humidity in condensation and drying – Wet and dry

bulb temperatures, Humidity chart, solving problems using humidity chart.

Combined material and Energy balance: Integrated material and energy balance equation –

solving processes involving both material and energy balance equations.

Text Books:

1. Richard M. Felder and Ronald W. Rousseau, “Elementary Principles of Chemical Processes”,

Ed, John Wiley & Sons, INC. (2000).

2. B. I. Bhatt and S. M. Vora, "Stoichiometry", 4

Ed., Tata McGraw Hill Publishers Ltd., New

Delhi, (2004).

Reference Books:

1. O. A. Hougen, K. M. Watson and R. A. Ragatz, “Chemical Process Principles", Vol- I, CBS

Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi, (1995).

2. David M. Himmelblau, “Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering”, 8

Ed.,

Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, (2012).

3. Ernest J. Henley and Edward M. Rosen, “Material and Energy Balance Computations”, John

Wiley & Sons, (1969).

CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING

Course Code:14PE 202 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Basics of Kinetics: Introduction - kinetics of homogeneous reactions: concentration dependent &

temperature dependent term of rate equation – searching for a mechanism - predictability of

reaction rate from theory - molecularity and order of the reaction - elementary & non-elementary

reactions - feasibility of a chemical reaction; Arrhenius - Collision, Transition State Theories;

Interpretation of batch reactor data.

Kinetics of homogeneous reactions: Rate and equilibrium constant of 1

, 2

, 3

order irreversible

Reactions. - 1

Order Reversible Reaction; Determination of the Rate Equation, Effect of

Temperature on Reaction Rate. Displacement of Equilibrium: Le Chateller’s Principle

Introduction to reactor design – ideal reactors

Design for single reactions- Introduction to reactor design- general discussion, symbols and

relationship between C

and X

. Ideal reactors for a single reaction- Ideal batch reactor, Steady-

state mixed flow reactor, Steady-state plug reactors Size comparison of single reactors, Multiple-

reactor systems, Recycle reactor, Autocatalytic reactions.

Design of reactor for multiple reactions: Design for single and multiple reactions - size

comparison of single reactors for single reactions - Multiple Reactor system for single reactions;

parallel - series and series - parallel reactions of first order

Heat effects: Temperature and pressure effects on single and multiple reactions.

Flow behavior of Reactors: Non - ideal flow: Residence time distribution studies: C, E, F and I

curves, conversion calculations directly from tracer studies. Models for non-ideal flow - dispersion

and tanks in series multi-parameter models

133

Modes of contacting different phases: Self mixing of single fluids, mixing of two miscible fluids,

Introduction. Design for heterogeneous reacting systems.

Kinetics of heterogeneous chemical reaction: Kinetics and mechanism of heterogeneous catalytic

reactions - models - evaluation and elimination of internal and external diffusional resistances -

effectiveness factor; solid catalyzed reactions - heat effects - controlling resistances - rates of

chemisorption - adsorption isotherms - rates of adsorption and desorption.

Text Books:

1. Octave Levenspiel, “Chemical Reaction Engineering”, 3

Ed., John Wiley & Sons, (1999).

2. H. Scott Fogler, “Elements of Chemical Reaction Engineering”, 4

Ed., Prentice-Hall, (2005)

3. J .M. Smith, “Chemical Kinetics", 3

Ed., McGraw Hill, New York, (1981).

Reference Books:

1. Ronald W. Missen, Charles A. Minas, Bradley A. Saville, “Introduction to Chemical Reaction

Engineering and Kinetics”, John Wiley & Sons.

2. Gilbert F. Froment and Kenneth B. Bischoff, “Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design” by John

Wiley & Sons.

INTRODUCTION TO PETROLEUM ENGINEERING

Course Code:14PE203 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 3

Introduction: Overview, history and scenario of petroleum industry – Indian and Worldwide

perspective, Physical and chemical properties of oil, gas and formation water.Geology and

Exploration: Formation of petroleum, formation of petroleum reservoirs, types of rocks,

parameters controlling petroleum occurrence, migration, entrapment, methods of oil exploration.

Reservoir Engineering: Reservoir rock characteristics, porosity, permeability, rock and fluid

interaction, types of reservoir, recovery methods

Drilling operations: History, types of drilling – cable tool, rotary, drilling rigs and components.

Types of wells – exploratory, delineation, development wells. Vertical, deviated, inclined,

horizontal and ERD wells. Drilling fluids, casing and cementation. Planning – GTO, fracture, pore

pressures. Role of drillers.

Well completion: Types, factors influencing well completion, perforation techniques

Introduction to surface production operations, heat transfer theory, distillation unit.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Geology of Petroleum – Leverson, A.L

2. Formation Evaluation – Lynch

3. Drilling Manual – ONGC

4. Principles of oil Production – T.E.W. Wind

5. Introduction to Petroleum Engineering - Geltin

6. Petroleum Refining: Technology and Economics, Fifth Edition by James H. Gary, Glenn E.

Handwerk and Mark J. Kaiser, CRC Press, 2007

SURVEYING

Course Code: 13CE205 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Surveying, Overview of plane surveying (chain, compass and plane table), Objectives, Principles

and classifications. Distances and Direction - Distance measurement conventions and methods; use

of chain and tape, Electronic distance measurements, Meridians, Azimuths and Bearings,

declination, computation of angle. Leveling and Contouring - Concept and Terminology,

Temporary and permanent adjustments- method of leveling. Characteristics and Uses of contours-

methods of conducting contour surveys and their plotting. Computation of Areas and Volumes -

Area from field notes, computation of areas along irregular boundaries and area consisting of

regular boundaries. Embankments and cutting for a level section and two level sections with and

without transverse slopes, determination of the capacity of reservoir, volume of barrow pits.

Theodolite - Theodolite, description, uses and adjustments - temporary and permanent,

134

measurement of horizontal and vertical angles. Principles of Electronic Theodolite, Trigonometrical

leveling, Traversing. Tachometric Surveying - Stadia and tangential methods of Tacheometry.

Distance and Elevation formulae for Staff vertical position. Curves - Types of curves, design and

setting out – simple and compound curves. Introduction to geodetic surveying, Total Station:

Introduction – Accessories with description - Features of total station – Onboard software

electronic data reading - Summary of total stations characteristics - Field procedure of total stations

in topographic survey, Global positioning system, Introduction to Geographic information system

(GIS).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Surveying and Levelling by R.Subramanian, Oxford University Press, 2

edition, 2012.

2. Surveying Vol - I, II, III - Dr. B.C . Punmia Laxmi publications, Delhi-6

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Surveying and levelling part I & II by Kanetkar.T.P. & S.V.Kulkarni, Puna vidyarthi girha,

Prakashan,23rd edition,1993.

2. Arora K. R, “Surveying Vol-I”, Rajsons Publications Pvt. Ltd, 10th Edition, 2008

MOMENTUM TRANSFER

Course Code:14PE204 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Introduction and Fluid statics: Properties of fluids and concept of pressure: Introduction - Nature

of fluids - physical properties of fluids - types of fluids.

Fluid statics: Pressure - density - height relationships, Pressure measurement.

Units and Dimensions - Dimensional analysis; Similarity - forces arising out of physical similarity -

dimensionless numbers.

Momentum Balance and applications: Kinematics of fluid flow: Stream line - stream tube -

velocity potential. Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids - Time dependent fluids - Reynolds

number - experiment and significance - Momentum balance - Forces acting on stream tubes -

Potential flow - Bernoulli’s equation - Correction for fluid friction - Correction for pump work.

Flow of Incompressible Fluids Through Ducts: Flow of incompressible fluids in pipes - laminar

and turbulent flow through closed conduits - velocity profile & friction factor for smooth and rough

pipes - Head loss due to friction in pipes, fitting etc.

Introduction to compressible flow: Isentropic flow through convergent and divergent nozzles and

sonic velocity.

Flow past immersed bodies: Form drag - skin drag - Drag co-efficient. Flow around solids and

packed beds. Friction factor for packed beds - Ergun's Equation - Motion of particles through fluids

- Motion under gravitational and centrifugal fields - Terminal settling velocity; Fluidization -

Mechanism, types, general properties - applications.

Transportation and Metering: Measurement of fluid flow: Orifice meter - Venturi meter, Pitot

tube – Rotameter - Weirs and Notches - wet gas meter and dry gas meter - Hot wire and hot film

anemometers.

Transportation of fluids: Fluid moving machinery performance. Selection and specification- Air

lift and diaphragm pump. Positive displacement pumps: Rotary and Reciprocating pumps -

Centrifugal pumps and characteristics.

Text Books:

1. W.L. McCabe, J. C. Smith & Peter Harriot, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering”, 6

ed.,

McGraw-Hill, (2001).

2. P. Chattopadhyay, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering”, Vol -1, Khanna Publishers,

(2003).

3. J.M. Coulson, J.F. Richardson, “Chemical Engineering”, Vol-I, Oxford, Pergamon Press, (1968).

Reference Books:

1. Christie J Geankoplis, “Transport Processes and Unit Operations”, 3rd ed., PHI Pvt Ltd, (1993).

2. Foust, Alan S., “Principles of Unit Operations”, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons, (1980).

3. Neol de Nevers, “Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers.” II Edition, Mc.Graw Hill (1991).

135

4. James O. Wilkes and Stacy G. Bikes, “Fluid Mechanics for Chemical Engineers” Prentice Hall

PTR (International Series in Chemical Engineering) – (1999).

GEOLOGY FOR PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

Course Code:14PE204 L –T – P: 3-0-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

THE EARTH - Origin, Exterior and Interior of the Earth

MINERAL AND ROCKS - Introduction to Minerals, Introduction to Igneous, Sedimentary and

Metamorphic Rocks

SEDIMENTARY STRUCTURES - Flume Experiment; Laminar and Turbulent Flow, Bedload,

Traction and Suspension Sedimentation - Erosional Structures, Depositional and Post Depositional

Structures

SEDIMENTARY ROCK TEXTURES AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE - Shape, Size, Sorting, Maturity

LITHIFICATION AND DIAGENESIS - Early and Late Diagenesis- Compaction – Cementation -

Porosity and Permeability Evolution

CLASSIFICATION AND DESCRIPTION OF SEDIMENTARY ROCKS - Rudaceous Rocks:

Polymictic, Oligomictic, Infraformational - Extraformation, Othoconglomerate, Paracongiomerate -

Arenaceous Rocks: Arenite, Arkose, Lithic arenite, Greywack - Argillaneous Rocks: Limestone

and Dolomite - Evaporite Rocks: Gypsum, Anhydrite, Halite

CONCEPT OF FACIES AND SEDIMENTARY ENVIRONMENTS - Facies Concept - Lacustrine

Environment

Fluvial Environment - Deltaic Environment - Linear Clastic Shore Line/Barrier Island System -

Carbonate Platform - Deep Sea Basin

SEQUENCE STRATIGRAPHY - Eustasy, Sea Level, Subsidence and Tectonics - System Tract

and Sequence Boundary - Seismic Facies and Sequence Analysis

PETROLEUM GEOLOGY - Composition of Petroleum and Natural gas - Oil filed waters

Origin and Occurrence of Petroleum - Theory of Origin: Organic and inorganic - Type of Organic

Matter - Production, Accumulation and reservation of Organic Mater - Source Rock Analysis

RESERVOIR ROCKS - Physical Properties of Rocks - Clastic Reservoir Rocks - Carbonate

Reservoir Rocks

MIGRATION AND ACCUMULATION - Primary and Secondary Migration - Factors Controlling

Accumulation -

Concept of Petroleum Province, System and Plays

TRAPING MECHANISM - Fundamentals of Trapping Mechanism - Structural Traps - Folded

Trap - Faulted Traps - Fractured Traps - Stratigraphic Traps - Unconformity Traps -

Palaeogeomophic Trap - Salt Domes - Combination Traps - Migration Vs. Trapping Time - Types

of Petroliferous Basins - Global Geologic History and Distribution of Hydrocarbon Resources -

Sedimentary Basin of India - Hydrocarbon Resources and Reserves

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Geology of petroleum by A.I. Levorsen, hardback edition, 1967

2. Developments in Petroleum Geology by G. D. Hobson, Vol. 1&2, Elsevier Science Ltd, 1977

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Origin of sedimentary rocks (Second edn.) by H. Blatt, G. Middleton, and R. Murray, Prentice-

Hall, Inc., 1980

2. Principles of Sedimentology and Stratigraphy by Boggs, S.Jr., Merill Publ. Co., 1987

3. Principles of Sedimentary Basin Analysis by Miall, A.D., Springer Verlag, 1990

5. Sedimentary Environments and Facies by Reading, H.G. (Ed.), Blackwell Science, 1996

DRILLING AND WELL COMPLETION TECHNIQUES

Course Code: 14PE206 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Well Planning, Rotary Drilling Method, Drilling Operations & Practices, Rig design, Geo-

mechanics in drilling, Casing Design, Drill String design, Drill Bits, Drilling Fluids and hydraulics

136

design, Well Problems and Solutions, Well control system, Oil Well Fishing, Cementing equipment

and operations, Well Equipment, and Well Completion Design.

Text books:

1. Applied Drilling Engineering, Adam T. Bourgoyne Jr., Keith K. Millheim, Martine E.

Chenevert and F. S. Young Jr., Society of Petroleum Engineers, (1991)

2. Well Engineering and Construction, Hussain Rabia, Entrac Consulting, (2002).

3. Fundamentals of Drilling Engineering, Robert F. Mitchell, Stefan Z. Miska, SPE

TEXTBOOK SERIES VOL. 12, (2011)

Reference Books:

1. Neal Adams and Tommie Charrier, “Drilling Engineering: A Complete Well Planning

Approach” PennWell Pub. Co., (1985)

2. Economides, M. J., “Petroleum Well Construction” John Wiley & Sons, (1998).

3. Formulas and Calculation for Drilling, Production and workover, Norton J. Lapeyrouse, 2nd

Edition, Gulf Publishing, (2002).

4. Heriot Watt, “Drilling Engineering Handbook”.

5. Drilling Engineering, by A. A. Azar and G. Robello Samuel, Penn Well Publisher, 2007

PETROLEUM REFINING PROCESS AND TESTING

Course Code:14PE207 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 4

Introduction: Origin, Formation, Composition of Petroleum and Thermal properties of Petroleum

fractions.

Primary Processing of Crude Oil: Classification of crude oil, Dehydration and Desalting of

crudes, Heating of crudes (Pipe still heaters). Distillation- Atmospheric distillation unit, Vacuum

distillation unit. Products – Specifications, Properties and Petrochemicals.

Treatment Techniques :Removal of objectionable gases, odours, Fractions – Impurities, Gasoline

treatment, wax and purification, Olefins and recovery operations from petroleum products.

Secondary processing of Crude Oil: Thermal and Catalytic Cracking, Reforming, Alkylation,

Isomerization, Hydro-Processing. Visbreaking, Coking, Bitumen Production, Lube oil base stock

production, Propane Deasphalting, Dewaxing, Polymerization. Environmental Issues and New

trends in petroleum refinery operations.

Oil movement and storage: Various types of storage facilities in refinery, Storage stability,

Storage safety, Transportation and storage of crude oil, transportation and storage of petroleum

fractions.

Testing methods: Petroleum fractions testing’s. (Flash point, fire point, cloud point, smoke point)

Text books:

1. “Modern Petroleum Refining Processes”, B. K. BhaskaraRao, 5

edition, Oxford and IBH

Publishing Company, New Delhi.

2. “A text on Petrochemicals” , B. K. BhaskaraRao, Khanna Publishers, Kolkata.

Reference Books:

1. “Fundamentals of Petroleum Engineering” 1

edition, Fahim, Al-Sehhaf and Elkilani,

Elsevier Publishers.

PETROLEUM EXPLORATION METHODS

Course Code:14PE301 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 14 PE 205 Credits: 3

Geological Methods: Surface indications of subsurface oil and gas accumulations. Oil

accumulation parameters. Regional structural plan and local structures. Time of accumulation

vis-avis time of oil generation.

137

Geochemical methods of prospecting: Soil geochemical surveys; Source rock characterization

and Hydro geochemistry as a tool for oil exploration. Development Geology. Theoretical principles

of prognostication of hydrocarbon reserve. Role of plane tectonics in Hydrocarbon accumulation

onshore and offshore. Sequence of geological methods of oil exploration.

Geophysical Methods

Magnetic Method: The geomagnetic field, Magnetic anomalies. Magnetic survey instrument,

Field method of magnetic surveys. Reduction of magnetic data, diurnal and geomagnetic

correction. Interpretation of magnetic anomalies. Magnetic response of simple geometric shapes.

Application of magnetic survey.

Gravity Method: Units of gravity, gravity measuring instruments, gravity survey, gravity

anomalies, Gravity data reduction, Drift, Latitude, Elevation, and Free-air correction. Free-air and

Bouguer anomalies. Gravity response of simple geometric shapes. Interpretation of gravity

anomalies and application of gravity methods.

Seismic Methods: Geometry of refracted ray path, planar interface. Two layer case with horizontal

interface. Methodology of refraction profiling. Field surveys arrangements. Recording instruments

and energy source. Corrections applied to refraction data. Interpretation of refraction data.

Application of seismic refraction method, Passive seismic

Advanced methods: Geometry of reflected ray path, planar interface, and single horizontal

reflector. Importance of seismic reflection survey over seismic refraction survey technique.

Common depth point (CDP) profiling and stacking. 2-D data processing and interpretation of

reflection data. Introduction to 3-D data acquisition, processing and interpretation. Applications of

seismic method in oil exploration, Concept of 4-D seismic and its application.

Text Books:

1. Philip Kearey, et.al., “An Introduction to Geophysical Exploration”, Wiley publications,

(2002)

2. Applied geophysics, WM W. M. Telford, L.P Geldart, R.E sherief, Cambridge university

press, (1990)

Reference Books:

1. Milton B. Dobrin, and Carl H. Savit, “Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting”, 4th Ed.,

McGraw Hill, (1988)

2. M.B. Ramachandra Rao, “Outlines of Geophysical Prospecting: A Manual for Geologists”,

EBD Educational Pvt Ltd., (1993)

3. John Milsom and Asger Eriksen, “Field Geophysics” 4th Ed., John Wiley, 2011.

4. J. Guillemot, “Elements of Geology: Oil and Gas Exploration Techniques”, Technip, (1991)

RESERVOIR ENGINEERING

Course Code:14PE302 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: 14 PE 205 Credits: 4

Introduction to reservoir engineering

Reservoir fluid properties: Characteristics of crude oil and natural gas, classification of crude and

its physicochemical properties.

Reservoir Rock Properties : Porosity and permeability determination, combination of

permeability in parallel & series beds, porosity permeability relationship, fluid saturation

determination and significance, effective and relative permeability, wettability, capillary pressure

characteristics, measurements and uses. Coring and Core Analysis

PVT analysis: Phase behavior of hydrocarbon system, ideal & non ideal system, equilibrium

ratios, reservoir fluid sampling, PVT properties determination, different correlations and laboratory

measurements, data reduction, evaluation and application.

138

Driving mechanisms: Reservoir drive mechanics and recovery factors

Flow of Fluids through Porous Media: Darcy's law, single and multiphase flow, linear, radial &

spherical flow, steady state & unsteady state flow, GOR, WOR equations

Special type of flow: Flow through fractures, Water and gas coning.

Reserve estimation: Resource & Reserve concept, Different reserve estimation techniques:

Volumetric, MBE, decline curve analysis. Performance prediction of depletion drive, gas cap drive,

water drive and combination drive.

Water influx calculations: steady and unsteady state models

Introduction to oil & gas field development: Rational development plan, Rate and order of

drilling well, well spacing & pattern, selection of development scheme, economic aspect of

development of oil and gas fields.

Immiscible Displacement processes: Theory & practices- fractional flow of water, Buckley

Leverette treatment of fractional flow and frontal advance equations, water flood performance.

Reservoir Management: Concepts, Components and Applications.

Text Books:

1.Tarek Ahmed, “Reservoir Engineering Handbook”, Gulf Professional Publishing, 4

ed, (2010).

2.Nnaemeka Ezekwe, “Petroleum Reservoir Engineering Practice”, Pearson Education, Inc, (2010).

Reference Books:

1. Benjamin Cole Craft, Murray Free Hawkins, and Ronald E. Terry, “Applied Petroleum

Reservoir Engineering” by Prentice Hall, (1991).

2. LP Dake, “Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering” shell learning and development, (1998).

3. Tarek Ahmed, Paul D. McKinney, “Advanced Reservoir Engineering” Gulf Professional

Publishing , 4

ed, (2005).

4. BF Towler, “Fundamental Principles of Reservoir Engineering”, SPE, (2002).

5. Heriot Watt, “Reservoir Engineering Handbook”

6. Abhijit Y. Dandekar, “Petroleum Reservoir Rock and Fluid Properties”, CRC Press, (2013).

PROCESS HEAT TRANSFER

Course Code:14PE303 L –T – P: 2-2-2

Prerequisite: 13 ES 201 Credits: 4

Introduction: Modes and laws of Heat transfer- Nature of heat flow, conduction, convection,

natural and forced convection, radiation., thermal conductivity, Fourier rate equation, Steady state

Heat conduction, steady state conduction in plane wall & composite walls, compound resistances in

series, heat flow through a cylinder, conduction in spheres, thermal contact resistance, plane wall:

variable conductivity.

Unsteady state heat conduction Equation for one-dimensional conduction, Semi-infinite solid,

finite solid. Lumped systems, heat transfer through fins.

Principles of heat flow in fluids: Typical heat exchange equipment, countercurrent and parallel

current flows, energy balances, rate of heat transfer, overall heat transfer coefficient, electrical

analogy, critical radius of insulation, logarithmic mean temperature difference, variable overall

coefficient, multi-pass exchangers, individual heat transfer coefficients, resistance form of overall

coefficient, fouling factors, classification of individual heat transfer coefficients, magnitudes of

heat transfer coefficients, effective coefficients for unsteady-state heat transfer.

Heat transfer to fluids with phase change: Heat transfer from condensing vapors-Heat

transfer to boiling liquids.

Heat Exchangers: Classification and type of heat exchangers, General design of heat exchange

equipment-Heat exchangers-Condensers, boilers; extended surface equipment, Heat transfer in

agitated vessels-Scraped surface, Heat transfer in packed beds. Flow arrangement, overall heat

transfer coefficient, Fouling factor, LMTD method of Heat exchanger analysis, correction, Heat

exchanger Effectiveness - NTU method;

Evaporation: Principles, application and Equipment

139

Radiation: Introduction, Radiative Properties, concept of black, white and grey body, Laws of

radiation, Stefan-Boltzmann’s law; Lamberts cosine law, Kirchhoff's law, P lanck's law, Wein’s

law, Radiation Heat Exchange Between Two Bodies: Shape factor, shape factor algebra, Heat

Exchange by radiation between two finite parallel surfaces, Electrical analogy, solid angle and

Radiation intensity, Heat exchange by radiation between two finite black and gray surfaces,

Radiation shields, Error in temperature measurement.

Text Books:

1. W.L. McCabe, J.C Smith and Peter Harriott, “Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering”, 7

Ed, McGraw-Hill, (2005).

2. Yunus A. Cengel and Afshin J. Ghajar “Heat and Mass transfer – Fundamentals and

Applications” , 5

Ed., Mc Graw Hill, (2010).

3. R.C.Sachdeva, “Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer”, 4

Ed., New Age

International Publishers Ltd. (2009).

Reference Books:

1. D.Q. Kern, “Process Heat Transfer”, Tata- McGraw-Hill, (1997).

2. J.P. Holman, “Heat Transfer”, 9

Ed, Tata McGraw-Hill, (2008).

3. N.Ozisik, “Heat Transfer - A Basic Approach” Mc Graw Hill.

4. K Ramakrishna & P K Sarma, “Introduction Heat and Mass Transfer” John Wiley.

NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING AND PROCESSING

Course Code: 14PE304 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction: Composition of Natural Gas, Utilization of Natural Gas, Natural Gas Industry,

Natural Gas Reserves, Types of Natural Gas Resources, Future of the Natural Gas Industry.

Properties of Natural Gas: Physical properties of natural gas and hydrocarbon liquids associated

with natural gas.

Unconventional gas: Coal Bed Methane, Natural Gas Hydrate, Basin Centered Gas, Tight Gas

Sands, Shale Gas; Current Technology for Shale Gas and Tight Gas Exploration and Production.

Gas Compression: Types of Compressors, Selection, Thermodynamics of Compressors,

Compression calculations. Heat and Mass Transfer Principles and Applications in Natural Gas

Engineering, Use of Mollier Diagrams.

Gas Flow Measurement: Process control and instrumentation in natural gas processing plants.

Gas Gathering, Transport and Storage: Gas Gathering System. Steady Flow in Simple Pipeline

System, Steady State and unsteady State Flow in Pipelines, Solution for Transient Flow.

Transmission of Natural Gas, Specifications. Underground Storage and Conservation of Natural

Gas.

Natural Gas Processing: Field separation and oil absorption process, Refrigeration and low

temperature processing, Liquefaction Process, Dehydration of Natural Gas, Sweetening of Natural

gas and Sulphur recovery.

Processing principle of LPG, CNG systems, Conversion of gas to liquid - LNG: Production and

Utilization; Issue and Challenges to Enhance Supply of Natural Gas.

Text Books:

1. Arthur J. Kidnay, William R. Parrish, Taylor and Francis, “Fundamental of Natural Gas

Processing”, (2006).

2. James G. Speight, “Natural Gas: A Basic Handbook”, Gulf Publishing Company, (2007).

Reference Books:

1. Saeid Mokhatab, William A. Poe, James G. Speight, “Handbook of Natural Gas Transmission and

Processing”, Gulf Professional Publishing, (2006).

140

2. Ken Arnold, Maurice Stewart, “Surface Production Operations”, Volume 2, 2

Ed, Elsevier

Science, (1989).

3. J. Leecraft, “Field Handling of Natural Gas”, 4th Edition, PETEX, (2007).

4. Doug Elliot, J.C. Kuo, Pervouz Nasir, “Plant Processing of Natural Gas”, 2

Ed, PETEX, (2012).

PETROLEUM FORMATION EVALUATION

Course Code: 14PE305 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 14 PE 301 Credits: 3

Introduction to well logging: Major components of well logging unit and logging setup;

Classification of well logging methods.

Open-hole logging:

SP Log: Origen of SP, uses of SP log-Calculation of salinity of formation water, Shalyness-

Factors influence SP log

Caliper log: Principle and application of caliper tool.

Gamma ray log: Principle of radioactivity - Uses of Gamma ray log - Determination of shalyness

of formation. API counts - calibration of Gamma ray tool - statistical fluctuation - Time constant.

Natural Spectral Gamma ray log: Principle and application.

Resistivity log: Single point resistance log (SPR), Conventional Resistivity logs, Response of

potential and gradient logs over thin and thick conductive and resistive formations, Limitations of

conventional Resistivity tools,

Focused resistivity log - Advantages of focused resistivity tools over conventional resistivity tools.

Micro Resistivity log: Conventional and focused micro Resistivity logs and their application.

Induction log: Principle of induction tool and the advantages, Criteria for selection of induction

and lateral logging tool, Determination of true Resistivity of the formation, Resistivity index,

Archie’s equation.

Density log: Principle of density tool. Environmental corrections - Porosity determination, Tool

calibration - Litho density log - Synthetic seismograms.

Neutron log: Principle and application of Neutron tool - Porosity determination.

Sonic log: Principle and application of Sonic log - Bore-hole compensation - Determination of

primary and secondary porosity.

Cased-hole logging: Gamma ray spectral log. Neutron decay time log. Determination of fluid

saturation behind casing; Cement bond log, Casing collar log, Depth control, Perforation technique;

Free point locater and Plug setting, Casing inspection logs.

Advances in Well logging: Dip meter log, Image logs, Nuclear Magnetic resonance log.

Production logging: Solving production problems with the help of Fluid Density log, Temperature

log, and Flow meter logs.

Direct Methods: Mud logging, coring – conventional and Sidewall coring, Core analysis

Interpretation: Quick look interpretation. Cross plots. Neutron- Density, Sonic- Density, Sonic-

Neutron cross plots. Hingle plot, Mid plot, Correlation, Hydrocarbon reserve estimate

Text Books:

1. Edward J. Lynch, Harper & Row, “Formation evaluation”, (1962).

2. Toby Darling, “Well logging and formation evaluation”, Elsevier, New York, (2005).

Reference Book:

1. Hydrocarbon well logging recommended practice, Society of professional well log analysts,

(1983).

2. Oberto Serra, Editions Technip, “Well Logging & Reservoir Evaluation”, (2007).

3. Richard M. Batemons, “Open - Hole log analysis and formation evaluation”, International Human

Resources Development Corporation, Bostan, (1985).

4. Darwin V. Ellis, Julian M. Singer, “Well Logging for Earth Scientists”, Springer, (2007).

141

5. Oberto Serra, “Fundamentals of Well Log Interpretation: The Acquisition of Data”, Elsevier,

(1984).

6. Oberto Serra, “Well Logging Handbook”, Editions Technip, (2008).

PIPELINE ENGINEERING & TRANSPORTATION OF OIL AND GAS

Course Code: 14PE306 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Mode of Transportation of petroleum products

Objective and scope: Objective and scope of pipeline as a means of fluid transportation with

special reference to crude oil/gas/refined products, Economics of Pipeline transportation.

Design of Pipeline: Factors influencing oil, gas and refined products as pipeline design; Hydraulic

surge and water hammer, specific heat of liquids, river crossing, pipe size and station spacing etc.

Theory and different formulae of the flow of fluids in oil/gas pipelines, basic equations for the flow

of fluids through pipes, different flow equations for laminar and turbulent flow of compressible and

incompressible fluids (Newtonian); Introduction to the flow of Non-Newtonian fluids through

pipes; multiphase flow and loop pipelines.

Pipeline mechanical design: Codes and standards, Location classification, Pipeline design

formula, Expansion and flexibility, Joint design for pipes of unequal wall thickness.

Construction and Maintenance of pipelines, Route location survey, materials, project specifications,

general equipment specifications (Pipes, valves and fittings), Installation of expansion loops and

thermodymetric tapping plant.

Pigging, Pigging Technology: Pig launcher and receiver, intelligent pigging, types of pigs.

Corrosion protection and control: Design of cathodic protection system, Pipeline automation.

Hydrates, Wax & Scale - Formation and prevention - Crude conditioning and use of additives to

improve flow conditions.

Offshore Pipeline: Design and control of Sag and Over bend; Description of stinger; and Riser,

articulated stinger, construction of offshore pipeline, Method of underwater welding.

Text Books:

1. M. Mahitpour, H. Golshan and M.A. Murray, “Pipeline Design and Construction: A Practical

Approach”, 2

Ed, ASME Press, 2007.

2. Henry Liu, “Pipeline Engineering”, Lewis Publishers (CRC Press), 2003.

Reference Books:

1. George A. Antaki, “Piping and Pipeline Engineering: Design, Construction, Maintenance

Integrity and Repair”, CRC Press, 2003.

2. E. Shashi Menon, “Pipeline Planning and Construction Field Manual”, Gulf Professional

Publishing, 2011.

3. E. W. McAllister, “Pipeline Rules of Thumb Handbook”, 7

Ed, 2009.

4. E. Shashi Menon, “Liquid Pipeline Hydraulics”, Mareel Dekker Inc., 2004.

5. Tian Ran Lin, Boyun Guo, Shanhong Song, Ali Ghalambor, Jacob Chacko, “Offshore Pipelines:

Design, Installation, and Maintenance”, Gulf publishers. 1

Ed, 2005.

ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDOUS AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT

Course Code: 14PE307 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Health hazards in Petroleum Industry: Toxicity, Physiological, Asphyxiation, respiratory and skin

effect of petroleum hydrocarbons, sour gases. Safety System: Manual & automatic shutdown

system, blow down systems. Gas detection system. Fire detection and suppression systems.

Personal protection system & measures. HSE Policies. Disaster & crisis management in Petroleum

Industry. Environment: Environment concepts, impact on eco-system, air, water and soil. The

impact of drilling & production operations on environment, Environmental transport of petroleum

142

wastes. Offshore environmental studies. Offshore oil spill and oil spill control. Waste treatment

methods.

Text Books:

1. John C. Reis, “Environmental Control in Petroleum Engineering”, Gulf Publishing Company,

(1996).

2. Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) Guidelines, Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas,

Government of India and Oil Mines Regulations-1984, Directorate General of Mines Safety,

Ministry of Labor and Employment, Government of India.

Reference Books:

1. Guidelines for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations Centre for Chemical

Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, (1995).

2. Dennis P. Nolan, “Application of HAZOP and What if Reviews to the Petroleum, Petrochemical

and Chemical Process Industries”, Noyes Publications, (1994).

3. Guideline for Process Safety Fundamentals in General Plant Operations, Centre for Chemical

Process Safety, AIChE, (1995).

PETROLEUM PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

Course Code: 14PE401 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 14PE302 Credits: 3

Introduction to Petroleum production system

Reservoir deliverability: Flow Regimes, Inflow Performance Relationship, Construction of IPR

Curves Using Test Points, Composite IPR of Stratified Reservoirs, Future IPR

Well bore performance: Introduction, Single-Phase Liquid Flow, Multiphase Flow in Oil Wells,

Single-Phase Gas Flow, Mist Flow in Gas Wells, TPR curves

Choke performance: Sonic and Subsonic Flow, Single-Phase Liquid Flow, Single-Phase Gas

Flow, and Multiphase Flow.

Well deliverability: Nodal Analysis, Deliverability of Multilateral Well

Artificial Lift Techniques: Working principles, design and maintenance

Sucker rod pumping, Electrical Submersible Pump, plunger lift, Gas lift design, hydraulic piston

pumping, progressive cavity pumping.

Text Books:

1. Boyun Guo, William C. Lyons, Ali Ghalambor, “Petroleum production engineering: A

computer assisted approach”, Elsevier Science & Technology books, (2007).

2. Brown, K.,E. “The Technology of Artificial Lift Method”, Volume 1,2,3,4,5, PennWell

Books, Tulsa, Oklahoma, (1982).

Reference Books:

1. M. J. Economides, A. Daniel Hill & C. E. Economides, “Petroleum production systems”,

Prentice- Hall, N. J – 07488, (1994).

2. “Production Technology I-II”, Institute of Petroleum Engineering, Herriot Watt University

OIL AND GAS WELL TESTING

Course Code: 14PE402 L –T – P: 3-2-0

Prerequisite: 14PE302 Credits: 4

Principles of Fluid Flow for steady state, semi steady state & non steady state conditions.

Diffusivity Equation Derivation & Solutions, Radius of investigation, Principle of superposition,

Horner’s approximation.

Pressure Transient Tests: Drawdown and buildup-test analysis, determination of permeability and

skin factor, Analysis of pressure-buildup tests distorted by phase redistribution, Well-test

interpretation in hydraulically fractured wells, Interpretation of well-test data in naturally fractured

reservoirs. Wellbore effects, Multilayer reservoirs, Injection well testing, Multiple well testing,

143

Wireline formation testing, Wireline while drilling formation testing, Interference testing, Pulse

testing.

Drill Stem Testing: Equipment, DST chart observation and preliminary interpretation. Well

preparation for testing, Multiple well testing. Effect of reservoir heterogeneities & Well bore

conditions, fractured reservoir application

Well-test analysis by use of type curves: Fundamentals of type curves, Ramey’s type curve,

McKinley’s and Gringarten et al type curves.

Gas well testing: Basic theory of gas flow in reservoir, Flow-after-flow test, Isochronal test, etc.

Applications of well testing: Well testing in horizontal wells, Extended Reach wells & multi-

laterals wells, tests with and without flow measurement.

Computer–aided well test analysis: Derivative plot, diagonostic plot evaluation, data preparation,

nonlinear regression, Introduction to well testing softwares.

Text Books:

1. John Lee, “Well Testing”, SPE series, (1982).

2. Tarek Ahmed, Paul D. McKinney, “Advanced Reservoir Engineering”. Gulf Professional

Publishing, Elsevier, (2005).

Reference Books:

1. Earlougher R.C, “Advances in Well Test Analysis”, SPE series (1997)

2. John Lee and Wattenbarger, R.A, “Gas Reservoir Engineering”, SPE series, (1996)

3. Dominique Bourdet, “Well test analysis: The use of advanced interpretation models”,

Elsevier, (2002).

144

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES

SPECIALIZATION STREAM: GENETIC ENGINEERING

MOLECULAR GENETICS AND DNA FORENSICS

Course Code: 13BT 331 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits:3

Genome Organization & Types of Sequences; Nomenclature of chromosome, C-value

paradox, dosage compensation. Chromosome structure, Genome organization, Chromatin,

Euchromatin, Hetero- chromatin, Organization and evolution of nuclear and organelle

genomes, Split genes, Essential & Non-essential genes, VNTR, SNP, SINES, LINES, SSR, STR, Mini

and Micro Satellites. Recombination; Types of recombination: homologous, reciprocal and

nonreciprocal, site-specific and illegitimate. Different models of homologous recombination.

Molecular mechanisms of recombination: Base pairing, Nick initiation, Homologous

recombination, Cross strand exchange, Site specific recombination, Transpositional

recombination. Gene Expression Regulation An Overview of Gene Control, DNA-binding Motifs in

Gene, Regulatory Proteins, Genetic Switches, Chromatin Structure and the Control of Gene

Expression. The Molecular Genetic Mechanisms that create specialized Cell Types,

Posttranscriptional Controls. X chromosome in Forensics ; History of forensic utilization of the

X chromosome, X-chromosomal STR’s and markers in trace analysis and kinship analysis.

Mapping and haplotype analysis, Population haplotype distribution, Ethical considerations in

X Chromosomal marker testing. Y Chromosome & Mt DNA analysis in Forensics ; Y-

Chromosomal Markers in Forensic: Introduction, Identification of the male sex and

lineage, Identification of a male’s paternity and geographical origin. Mitochondrial DNA

(mtDNA) biology, Identification of individuals (mtDNA typing).

Textbooks:

1. Molecular Biology of the Cell by Alberts, 5th Ed, Garland Science / Taylor & Francis

Group (2008)

2. Molecular Fore nsics by Ralph Rapley, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. 2007.

References:

1. Advanced Molecular Biology by R.M Twyman, Springer-verlag (1998)

2. Genetics by Eberhard Passarge, 27/sep/2006, (67.00).

TRANSGENIC TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT 332 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits:3

Vehicles for Transgenic Technology Plasmids, Phagemids, Cosmids, viruses, artificial

chromosomes and shuttle vectors. Gene constructs. Principle and applications. Basic

strategies of construction and screening of genomic and cDNA libraries. Transgenic Plants

Gene transfer methods in plants, Transgenic plants with beneficial traits, Transgenic plant as

bioreactor, Diagnostics in agriculture, Molecular breeding, Molecular markers, Edible

vaccines, Bioethics. Case studies on Bt-Cotton and Bt-brinjal. Transgenic Animals ; Gene

transfer methods in animals, Embryonic Stem Cell Method, Pronucleus Method, Random vs.

Targeted Gene Insertion, Super ovulation, Transgenic animals, Case studies on Dolly.

Silencing Technology; RNA silencing, SiRNAs and anti-sense RNAs – their design and

applications, ShRNA, micro RNAs, and siRNA libraries. Epigenetic gene silencing, RNA

silencing in plants, Case studies on Drosphilla, Mammalian Oocytes and Yeast cells. Gene

Therapy & Knock outs ; Cationic liposomes, Lentiviral vectors, Retroviral vectors, HSV

vectors, SCID therapy, Gene Therapy for Cystic Fibrosis: Gene Therapy Approaches, Gene

145

Therapy Approaches to Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy. Knockout Mice , Tissue-Specific

Knockout Mice, Knock-in Mice . Ethics of Gene therapy.

Textbooks:

1. Principles of Gene Manipulation by Old and Primrose, Wiley-blackwell (1994-09-27)

2. RNAi by Patrick J. Paddison, Springer-verlag (Feb 2008)

References:

1. Gene therapy Technologies by Anthony Meager, John Wiley & Sons (

1999) .

GENOMICS AND PROTEOMICS

Course Code: 13BT431 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Genomes and Genome analysis; Organization and structure of genomes, Genome Mapping:

Construction of genomic libraries, mapping strategies and techniques. Human Genome

Project, Genomes of other organisms. Principles of gene expre ssion; Global analysis of gene

expression, Peptide nucleic acid technology. Comparitive and Functional genomics;

Comparative genomics: protein evolution from exon shuffling, Protein structural genomics,

Gene function by sequence comparison. Functional Genomics, Pharmacogenomics,

Genomics in relation to molecular Di agnosis, Role of genomics in Drug discovery and

development. Microarrays; Whole genome analysis of mRNA and protein expression,

microarray analysis, types of micro arrays and applications in cance r diagnosis. Protein

Biochips, Protein arrays. Proteomics; Principles of separation of Bio-molecules, 2D-Gel

Electrophore sis, MALDI-TOF, Protein-protein interaction networks: Topology, Network

motifs, Protein Expression profiling and applications. Protein Networks and mapping; Yeast

two hybrid, Co-Precipitation, Phage Display, Phylogenetic Profile, Domain fusion, Gene

Neighborhood, Gene Cluster, Mirror Tree, Analysis of genome wide Protein-Protein

Interactions in yeast, Genome wide yeast two hybrid analysis of other organisms, Protein

fragment complementation assays.

Texts Books:

1. S.Sahai, Genomics and Proteomics, " Functional and Computational Aspects ", Pienum

Publications, 1999.

2. Moody P C E and A J Wilkinson. Protein Engineeri ng. IRL Press.

Reference Books:

Creighton T E, Proteins. Freeman W H. Second edition 1993.

MOLECULAR EXPRESSION TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT 432 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 4

Gene Expression; Transient VS stable expression, RT-PCR and the Standardized Expression

Measurement, Monitoring Eukaryotic Gene Expression, Suppression Subtractive Hybridization,

Gene Expression Informatics. Prokaryotic system; Expression in E. Coli: lac promoter, T7

expression system, pET, pMAL vectors. Induction methods, Case study on Insulin production.

Eukaryotic system; Saccharomyces cerevisiae: GAL system, CUP1 system, Pichia pastoris:

AOX system, Expre ssion in insect cells, Baculovirus expression, Polyhedrin promoter,

Expression in higher-Eukaryotic cells, Tet-on/Tet-off system. Advantages and disadvantages of

yeast and insect expression systems. Case study of Interferons & Interleukins production in

Pichia and SF9 cells. Mammalian system; CHO cell expression system, Vectors and markers for

screening, Roller bottles, Fermentors used, Secretory proteins and Non-secretory proteins,

Secretory pathway and signal peptides, Post translation modifications – Glycosylation. Case

study of Erythropoietin production in CHO cells. Protein purification system; Purification

of expre ssed proteins from E.coli, purification of soluble recombinant proteins,

Purification of inclusion bodies, Invitro refolding of proteins, verifying protein integrity.

Techniques for measuring protein stability. His-tag, GST-tag, MBP-tag. Factor X, Enterokinase

146

signal cleavage.

Textbooks:

1. Gene Expre ssion Profiling and Methods by Shimkets, Humana Press (Feb 2004)

2. Analysis of genes and genomes by Reece, John Wiley & Sons (January 2004)

References:

1. Protein purification applications by Simon Roe, Oxford University Press (2001)

2. Pichia Protocols by David R. Higgins Humana Press (1998-06-15)

MOLECULAR MARKERS & DIAGNOSTICS

Course Code: 13BT433 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Molecular markers; Overview of genetics, History of molecular markers, Randomly

amplified molecular markers, Sequence-based molecular markers, Fingerprinting, diversity

studies, Successful examples – fingerprinting and diversity, Marker assisted breeding

;Marker-assisted breeding (MAB), Marker-assisted parent selection and backcrossing,

Linkage mapping, Quantitative trait loci (QTL) analysis, Successful examples – putting QTL

studies to use, Linkage disequilibrium, Pedigre e-based analysis (PBA), Genomic selection,

Successful examples – Association, PBA, Genomic selection. Molecular breeding;

Molecular breeding for crop protection (biotic stress), Molecular breeding for abiotic stress

tolerance , Molecular breeding for yield, Molecular breeding for crop quality traits, New

molecular breeding tools: omics and arrays, Next generation sequencing analysis, Functional

SNP Marker Development, Hi gh throughput SNP Genotyping Technology. Molecular

diagnosis – I ;Introduction, molecular diagnostics, uses, Hybridization based methods,

Reverse hybridization methods, Di agnostics based on DNA chips and Micro-arrays, Nucleic acid

amplification-End-point PCR-Qualitative, Nucleic acid amplification - End-point PCR (Qualitative

and Quantitative). Nucleic acid amplification - Real time PCR (Qualitative and Quantitative).

Molecular diagnosis – II ; Ligation assay: SNP detection by probe ligation and amplification (e. g.

MLPA), Other DNA based diagnosis (e. g. DNA sequencing), Principle of Immunological

diagnosis,ELISA's, immunofluorescence, Western blots - Bioluminescence to monitor hygiene and

contamination.

References:

1. Molecular Diagnostics: Fundamentals, Methods & Clinical applications (2007). Lele

Buckingham and Maribeth L. Flaws.

2. Fundamentals of Molecular Diagnostics (2007). David E. Bruns, Edward R. Ashwood, Carl

A. Burtis. Saunders Group.

SPECIALIZATION STREAM: BIOINFORMATICS

MOLECULAR MODELING AND DRUG DESIGN

Course Code: 13BT333 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction to Molecular Modeling; History of molecular modeling, physical and

computer models, different representations of computer models, Generation of 3D

coordinates–using x-ray crystallographic databases, compilation of fragment libraries with

standard

geometri cs, drawing of 2D structures using

sketch. Basic concepts of Protein Modeling; concepts of Force Fields, Quantum and

Molecular mechanical force fields, Generation of potential energy surfaces, Geometry

147

Optimization, Energy-Minimizing Procedure, and Use of Charges. Salvation Effects, Methods,

Ab initio Methods, Semi-empiri cal Molecular Orbital

Methods, Conformational Analysis Protein structure

Determination ; Comparative Modeling of Proteins, Ab initio modeling and fold recognition

Transmembrane Protein Models Based on High-Throughput Molecular Dynamics Simulations

with Experimental Constraints, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance-Based Modeling and Refinement

of Protein Three-Dimensional Structures and Their Complexes. Molecular Dynamics and

Simulations; Molecular Dynamics Simulations, Monte Carlo Simulations, Hybrid Quantum and

Classical Methods for Computing, Kinetic Isotope Effects of Chemical Reactions in Solutions and

in Enzymes, Normal Modes and Essential Dynamics Molecular modeling applications in Drug

designing; Identifying Putative Drug Targets and Potential Drug Leads: Starting Points for Virtual

Screening and Docking Receptor Flexibility for Large-Scale In Silico Ligand Screens: Chance s and

Challenges, Molecular Docking

Recommended textbooks:

1. Molecular modeling basic principles and applications-Hans-Dieter Holtje and Gerd Folkers,

Wiley (2003).

2. Molecular modeling of Proteins-edited by Andreas Kukol, Humana Press. (Apr 2008)

Reference books:

1. Molecular Modeling Principles and Applications- AR Leach, Longman, 1996.

BIOPERL AND PERL PROGRAMMING

Course Code: 13BT334 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

An Introduction to Perl & Variables and Data Types; The Perl Interpre ter - Perl Variables

-Scalar Values-Variable Definition -Special Variables. Arrays and Hashes; Arrays-Array

Manipulation -Push and Pop, Shift and Unshift –Splice-Other Useful Array Functions-List and

Scalar Context -Hashes -Maintaining a Hash. Control Structures & String

Manipulation;Comparisons Choices- If - Boolean Operators- Else-Loops-For Loops -For each

Loops 52. Indeterminate Loops -While -Repeat Until -Loop Exits -Last - Next and Continue -

Array-Based Character Manipulation -Regular Expre ssions –Match-Substitute – Translate.

Input and Output ;Program Parameters -File I/O -File handles- Working with Files -Built-in

File Handles -File Safety - The Input Operator –Binary- Interproce ss Communications –

Processes- Process Pipes-Creating Processes - Monitoring Processes. Bioperl; Sequences –

Seq Feature – Annotation-Sequence - Example Bioperl Programs

Recommended text books:

1. Beginning Perl for Bioinformatics, James Tisdall, O'Reilly Publishers

2. Jamison D. ,Perl Programming for Biologists,Wiley publishers

Reference text books:

1. Introduction to computers, Peter Norton, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishers

BIOMEDICAL INFORMATICS

Course Code: 13BT434 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

MEDICAL INFORMATICS; Introduction - Structure of Medical Informatics –Internet and Medicine

-Security issues, Computer based medical information retrieval, Hospital management

and information system, Functional capabilities of a computerized HIS, e-health services, Health

Informatics – Medical Informatics, Bioinformatics. COMPUTERISED PATIENT RECORD:

Introduction - History taking by computer, Dialogue with the computer, Components and

functionality of CPR, Development tools, Intranet, CPR in Radiology- Application server

148

provider, Clinical information system, Computeri zed prescriptions for patients. COMPUTERS

IN CLINICAL LABORATORY AND MEDICAL IMAGING Automated clinical laboratories-Automated

methods in hematology, cytology and histology, Intelligent Laboratory Information System -

Computerized ECG, EEG and EMG, Computer assisted medical imaging- nuclear medicine,

ultrasound imaging ultrasonography-computed X-ray tomography, Radiation therapy and

planning, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. COMPUTER ASSISTED MEDICAL DECISION-

MAKING; Neuro computers and Artificial Neural Networks application, Expert system -

General model of CMD, Computer –assisted decision support system-production rule

system cognitive model, semester networks, decisions analysis in clinical medicine-computers

in the care of critically patients-computer assisted surgery-designing. RECENT TRENDS IN

MEDICAL INFORMATICS; Virtual re ality applications in medicine, Computer assisted surgery,

Surgical simulation, Telemedicine - Tele surgery computer aids for the handicapped, computer

assisted instrumentation in Medical Informatics - Computer assisted patient education and

health - Medical education and health care information.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. R.D.Lele Computers in medicine progress in medical informatics, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing computers Ltd, 2005, New Delhi

2. Mohan Bansal, Medical informatics Tata McGraw Hill Publishing computers Ltd,

2003 New Delhi

STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT435 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introducing computational Systems biology ; Basic conce pts of System biology, Enabling

information and integration for systems biology, Databases for Systems biology, Natural

language processing and ontology-enhance d biomedical literature mining for Systems

Biology. Foundations of biochemical network analysis and modeling ; Introduction to

computational models of biochemical reaction networks, Biological foundations of Signal

transduction and the Systems biology perspective, Reconstruction of metabolic network from

genome information and its structural and functional analysis, Metabolic Flux analysis,

GEPASI, Gopher. Computer simulations of dynamic networks; Discrete approach to

network modeling, Gene networks: Estimation modeling and simulation, Computational

models for circadian rhythms: Deterministic Versus Stochastic approaches. Multiscale

representation of ce lls and Emerging phenotypes; Spatio-temporal Systems biology,

Cytomics-from Cell States to predictive medicine, The IUPS Physiome project, E-Cell

Concept. Genesis tool and its applications. Applications and perspectives of Systems

biology; Developments and trends of Systems biology, Long and medium term goals of

Systems biology, the potential applications of Systems biology, Mi croarray analysis and gene

networks, BRB Array tool

Text Books:

1. Computational Systems Biology. By Andres Kriete, Roland Eils. Published by Academic

Press, 2005, ISBN 013088786X.

2. Systems Biology: Applications and Perspectives. By Peter Bringmann. Published by

Springer, 2007, ISBN 3540313389.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Systems Biology: Principles, Methods, and Conce pts. By Andrzej K. Konopka.

Published by CRC Press, 2007, ISBN 0824725204.

2. Systems Biology: Definitions and Perspectives. By Lilia Alberghina, Hans V. Westerhoff,

Published by Birkhäuser, 2005, ISBN 354022968X

149

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13BT436 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction to Database management Systems ; Introduction: Database System

Applications, Database Systems Versus File Systems, View of Data Models, Database

Languages ,Database Users and Administrators, Transaction Management, Database System

Structure, Application Architectures, History of Database Systems. Data Models; Entity-

Relationship Model: Basic Conce pts, Constraints, Keys, Design Issues, Entity-Relationship Diagram,

Weak Entity sets, extended E-R Features. Relational Model: Structure, of Relational

Databases The relational Algera, Exten Relational- Algebra Operations, Views. Relational

Databases; SQL: Basic Structure, Set Operations, Aggregate Functions Null Values, Nested

subquire s, Views. Integrity and Security: Domain Constrains, Referential Integrity, Assertions,

Triggers, Security and Authorzation. Relational –Database Design: First Normal Form, Pitfalls in

Relational- Database Design, Functional Dependencies, Decomposition Desirable Properties of

Decomposition, Boyce – Codd Normal Form, Fourth Normal Form. Transaction management;

Transactions: Transaction Concept Transaction State, Implementation of Atomicity and

Durability, Concurrent Executions, Serilizability, Recoverability. Concurrency Control: Lock – Based

Protocols, Timestamp – Based Protocols, Multiple Granularity Deadlock Handling. Storage and File

Structure: Overview of Physical Storage Media, Magnatic Disks, RAID, File Organization,

Organization of Records in Files. Query Processing: Measures of Query Cost, Selection Operations,

Sorting, Join Operation.

Textbook:

1.Silber Schatz, Korth G.Sudharshan,” Database system conce pts” , Fourth Edition, Tata Mc

Graw Hill,2000

References books:

1. Ramez Elmasri Shamkant, B.Navathe,” Fundamentals of Database Systems,” Fifth Edition

Pearson Education, 2009.

2. Pratt and J.J.Adamski” Database management, “Third Edition, Thomson education, 2002.

SPECIALIZATION STREAM: IMMUNOLOGY

IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT335 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Cells and Lymphoid organs Immune system overview, innate and acquired immune system.

Components of immune system. Phagocytosis; Inflammation, opsonization. Primary and

secondary lymphoid organs. Complement. B cell, T cell ontogeny. Characteristics of antigen, T cell

dependent and independent antigens and Super antigens. Types and applications of Hapten and

Adjuvant. Immune response Generation of immune response - Primary and Secondary immune

responses. Structure, functions of antibody and BCR.. Generation of Antibody diversity. TCR

structure, δγTCR. MHC I and II gene, polymorphism. T helper, T cytotoxic cells. MHC peptide

interaction. Antigen presentation, secondary signaling. Immunological disorders Immunological

disorders; Hypersensitivity and autoimmune diseases. Immune response to viral and bacterial

lymphatic infection. Kinetics of immune response. Techniques in humoral and cellular

immunology. Immunotechnology Animal models and transgenic animals and their use in

immunology. Experimental immunology. Hybridoma technology. Chimeric antibodies, phage

display, antibody engineering. Large scale manufacture of antibodies. Manufacturing of

immunodiagnostics. Disease diagnosis and Vaccines Concept of vaccination & Vaccine

150

development. Strategies for development of vaccines against dreadful diseases – malaria,

tuberculosis, HIV. Diagnostic tools and Kit development technology.

Textbooks:

1. Kuby, RA Goldsby, Thomas J. Kindt, Barbara, A. Osborne Immunology, 6th Edition, Freeman,

2002.

2. Janeway et al., Immunobiology, 4th Edition, Current Biology publications., 1999.

Reference books:

1. Brostoff J, Seaddin JK, Male D, Roitt IM., Clinical Immunology, 6

Edition, Gower Medical

Publishing, 2002.

2. Paul.W.E, Fundamental of Immunology, 4th edition, Lippincott Raven

STEM CELL TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT336 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction What are stem cells, types, origin and nature of stem cells? Characteristic features,

pluripotent stem cells and its types, Molecular basis of pluripotency. Cell surface markers of stem

cells. Embryonic stem cells, factors requirements for maintain stem cells. Differences between

human and mouse stem cells. Development of epithelial stem cell concept. Stem cell niches. Stem

cell characterization Cell cycle regulation in stem cell. Mechanism of stem cell renewal, Changes

of phenotypic characters, Characterization of human embryonic stem cells, Isolation and

maintenance of Stem cell. Genetic manipulation of Embryonic Stem cell, homologous

recombination of stem cells. Surface antigenic markers, lineage marking, Genomic

reprogramming. Microarray analysis of stem cells & differentiation. Zebra fish and Stem cell

research. Tissue engineering Neural stem cells and applications in neurodegenerative diseases,

Treatment of heart diseases, diabetes, burns & skin ulcers, muscular dystrophy, regeneration of

epidermis, orthopedic applications. Embryonic applications in tissue engineering. Novel sources of

multipotent stem cells. Adult stem cells, Stem cell gene therapy. Biopharming What is

biopharming? Applications of stem cell technology in animal biotechnology. Production of

artificial organs using stem cell technology. Artificial pancreas, kidney, heart, liver etc. Regulations

and Ethics Ethics of human cell research-immortal cells and moral selves, Ethical considerations,

stem cell based therapies. FDA products and preclinical regulatory considerations. Patent

advocacy, Science policies, ethics in stem cell research, primordial germ cells and germ cell

development epigenetics and reprogramming in stem cell biology, norms in clean room.

Text Books:

1. Rober Lanza, Essentials of Stem cell biology, Elsevier academic press, 2009

2. Joseph D. Bronzino Tissue engineering and artificial organs, Biomedical engineering hand

book. volume -2, 3

edition, CRC press, Taylor & Francis publications, 2006

Reference book:

1. Daniel R. Marshak, Stem Cell Biology, Johns Hopkins University and Cambrex Corp.;

2. Richard L. Gardner, University of Oxford; David Gottlieb, Washington University, St. Louis,

2001.

MEDICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT437 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction Introduction, worldwide market in medical biotechnology, revolution in diagnosis,

changing approaches of therapy, FDA – Organization chart and regulatory measures for drug

discovery: Investigational new drug. Drug discovery: Overview, rational drug design, combinatorial

151

chemistry in drug development, computer assisted drug design, role of bioinformatics in genome

– based therapy, antisense DNA technology for drug designing. Health care products

Biotechnological approaches to obtain healthcare products: – principle, production and

applications, Tissue plasminogen activator (TPA), Insulin, Growth hormone, Interferons and

erythropoietin, Vaccine technology: Subunit vaccines, drawbacks of existing vaccines, criteria for

successful vaccine, peptide vaccine, minicells as vaccines, impact of genetic engineering on

vaccine production, viral vector vaccines, and Malaria & AIDS vaccine, chiral technology: Principle

and applications. Stem cells Introduction to concepts in stem cell biology, Types of stem cells -

Neuronal, Muscle and bone stem cells, Hematopoietic, Epithelial (skin, intestine, breast), Prostate

and breast stem cells (segue into cancer). Stem cells and therapeutics, Ethical issues associated

with stem cell biology. Application of the stem cells. Artificial tissues and organs – Skin, liver, and

pancreas. Disease diagnosis Disease diagnosis –Enzyme probes – glucose oxidase, lactate oxidase,

monoamine oxidase. Biosensors in clinical diagnosis, Use of nucleic acid probes and antibodies in

clinical diagnosis and tissue typing. Nanotechnology in diagnosis. PCR amplification and diagnosis

applications in forensic medicine. Gene therapy. Clinical trials: Clinical trials – Phase –I Phase II

and II trail norms – ICMR guidelines for design and conducting clinical trials, licensing procedure in

India, intellectual Property Rights and patents in biotechnology

Textbooks:

1. Albert Sasson. Medical Biotechnology: Achievements, Prospects and Perceptions. United

Nations University Press, 2005.

2. Lee Yaun Kun. Microbial Biotechnology – Principles and applications. World Science

publications, 2004

Reference books

1. Michels et al., Genetic techniques for Biological Research. Wiley Publications, 2002.

2. Glazer AN, Nikaido H. Microbial Biotechnology – Fundamentals of Applied Microbiology WH

Freeman, New York 1994.

3. Vyas. Methods in Biotechnology and Bioengineering, CBS publications, 2003.

CANCER BIOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT438 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

BASICS OF CANCER Phenotypic characteristics of cancer cells. Basic feature of normal cell &

tissues. Characteristic features of tumour cells. Control of growth in normal cells, Factors

influencing the development of cancers, Nomenclature of tumour cells, Effect of cell receptors,

Different phases of cell cycle. Cell cycle regulation, Different types of cancer, Role of Diet in

cancer. CARCINOGENESIS

Chemical carcinogenesis – History, Metabolism & Targets. Physical carcinogenesis – History,

Metabolism & Targets. Viral carcinogenesis – History, Retroviruses, SV40, Adenovirus, Papilloma

viruses. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF CANCER Tumour suppressor genes, Role and regulatory

mechanism of tumor suppressor genes-Retinoblastoma (Rb), p53. Mechanism leading to tumour

suppressor function loss. Oncogenes - Detection of oncogenes, proto-oncogenes, Proto-oncogene

activity. Growth factors, EGF family, Receptor activation, Heterodimerization, Tyrosine

phosphorylation, VEGF family, gene silencing and switching off the signal pathways in cancer.

CANCER METASTASIS Cancer Metastasis – The spread of cancer, Pathogenesis of the process, Loss

of cell-cell cohesion, Mechanism of tumour invasion, Dissemination of tumour cells in blood

stream, Patterns of metastatic spread. Role of inflammation in cancer. CANCER IMMUNOLOGY B

& T cell biology, Tumour antigens, Monoclonal antibodies, Cytokines in cancer, Complement

proteins in cancer, Antigen processing & presentation, Factors influencing the incidence of cancer,

Mechanism of immune response to cancer, Immunotherapy.

152

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Cancer Biology – Roger.G.B. Prentice Hall (May 2006).

2. Margaret A Knowles and Peter. J. Shelly, Introduction to Molecular and Cellular Biology of

Cancer. 4

Edition. Elsevier publications

References Books:

1. Introduction to modern virology – Dimmock N.J., Blackwell scientific Publications. Oxford.

2. An Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology of Cancer – Oxford Medical Publications.

3. Kenneth M. Murphy, Paul Travers, Mark Walport,

4. Janeway’s Immunobiology, 7

Edition, Garland Science Taylor &Francis Group.

NEUROBIOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT439 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Neuroscience Overview, Resting Potential and Active Conductance, Excitable membranes – Action

potentials, Channels and Transporters, Synaptic Transmission, Neurotransmitters and Receptors,

Synaptic Plasticity, Survey of Human Neuroanatomy, Construction of Neural Circuits. Modification

of Brain Circuits, The Somatic Sensory system, The Somatic Sensory System Auditory System, The

Vestibular system, Chemical senses, The Eye, Sleep, Association Cortex and Cognition, Pain,

Neuroscience in the News: Chronic Pain, Sex, Sexuality, and the Brain, Gender traits and

pathways, Central nervous system, Peripheral nervous system, Sensory organs and their

functions, Development of the nervous system, Neuronal modulation, Learning and memory,

Repair and Regeneration in the Nervous System, Stroke, Epilepsy & Neurodegenerative diseases,

Neurobiology of diseases.

Text Books:

1. Gordon M. Shepherd, Neurobiology, Oxford University Press, 1979

2. Fundamentals of Neuroscience by Dana Park, Elsevier publishers

Specialization Stream: Industrial Biotechnology

MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT337 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction to basics of biotechnology - A historical overview on scope and development of

biotechnology and their products; Biotechnology as an interdisciplinary enterprise; A brief survey

of organisms, processes, products and market economics relating to modern industrial

biotechnology; Concepts of tools and techniques used in biotechnology; Outline and integrated

bioprocesses and various unit operations (upstream and downstream) involved in the

bioprocesses. Generalized process flow sheets. Media, Screening and Strain improvement -

Medium requirements for fermentation process- carbon, nitrogen, minerals, vitamins and other

nutrients- examples of simple and complex media; Industrial substrates. Primary and Secondary

screening. Strain improvement by Physical, Chemical and Molecular techniques. Production of

Primary Metabolites - A brief outline of processes for the production of some

commercially important Organic acids (e.g., Citric acid, Lactic acid , Acetic acid, Gluconic acid);

Amino acids (Glutamic Acid, Lysine, Aspartic Acid and Phenylalanine); and Alcohols (Ethanol, 2,3-

butanediol) Secondary Metabolites- Study of production processes and flow sheets for various

153

classes of low molecular weight secondary metabolites: Antibiotics-beta-lactams (Penicillin’s),

aminoglycosides (Streptomycin), Macrolids (Erythromycin), Quinines and aromatics. Vitamin B12

and steroids, Dual or multiple fermentation. Enzymes, Recombinant Proteins, Special

bioproducts- Enzymes- Protease,; Concept of SSF, Advantages and disadvantages,Production of

Recombinant Proteins- Insulin and Special Bioproducts- Biopesticides; Biofertilizers Natural

Biopreservatives (Nisin); Biopolymers (Xanthan Gum ); Single cell protein, High Fructose Corn

Syrup; process of bioleaching

Text books:

1. Stanbury PF, A Whitaker ,”Principles of Fermentation Technology” GH Hall.

2. A.H.Patel ,”Industrial Microbiology”.

Reference Books:

1. Glazer AN, Nikaido H ,”Microbial Biotechnology”, WH Freeman and Company, (1995).

2. JE Baily & DF Ollis ,”Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals”(2nd ed), , McGraw Hill Book Co.

New York.(1986).

PHARMACEUTICAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT338 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Fundamentals of pharmaceutical practice-Pharmaceutical biotechnology: An introduction; Origin

& definition; Scope &Importance of Biotechnology; their applications; Microbes in Pharmaceutical

industry; Methods of Gene transfer; Biotechnology; Production of Secondary Metabolites; Drug

Interactions; Surgical supplies. Drug metabolism and pharmacokinetics-ADME-properties-

Mechanism of Drug Absorption; Distribution of drugs; Drug metabolism(Biotransformation of

drugs);Excretion of drugs; Pharmacokinetics; Basic considerations; Controlled Release

Medication; Design of Controlled drug delivery systems; Drug release patterns; Oral parental;

Trans-dermal ; Ophthalmic ; Intra-vaginal and Intrauterine Drug Delivery systems. Pharmaceutical

dosage & blood, plasma products-Materials & Formulations; Manufacture of Tablets; Capsules;

Sustained Release dosage forms; Parental solutions; Oral liquids; Emulsions; Ointments;

Suppositories, Aerosols; Topical applications; Collection; Processing and storage of whole human

blood; Concentrated human RBC Control of Blood products; Transfusion products. Pharmaceutical

products-Fundamentals of Therapeutic categories such as Analgesics, Anesthetics, Antipyretic;

Anti-inflammatory drugs; Antacids; Alkaloids; Glycosides; Hormone & Hormone antagonists;

Antineoplastics and Immuno active drugs; Biologicals (Immunizing agents and allergenic

extracts).Drug manufacturing processes-Good manufacturing practices; Manufacturing facilities;

Sources of Biopharmaceuticals; Production & analysis of Biopharmaceuticals.

Texts Books:

1. Leon Lachman ,”The Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy”, Cbs Publishers & Distributor

Pvt. Ltd. (pur) (2009).

2. Remington ,”The Science and Practice of Pharmacy” (Vol.1&11), Lww (2007)

Reference Books

1. SS Purohit,H N Kakarani &AK Saluja ,”Pharmaceutical Biotechnology”, Student Edition (2010).

154

BIOPROCESS ECONOMICS AND PLANT DESIGN

Course Code: 13BT440 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Economic evaluation Capital cost of a project. Interest calculations, nominal and effective interest

rates. Basic concepts in tax and depreciation. Measures of economic performance, rate of return,

payout time. Cash flow diagrams; Cost accounting-balance sheet and profit loss account. Break

even and minimum cost analysis. Bioprocess Economics Introduction, elements of total

production cost, outline of the total capital investment, equipment sizing, capital cost estimates

large-scale equipment and utilities. Manufacturing cost estimates – Operating costs-Raw

materials, utilities, fixed costs and overhead costs, case studies of antibiotics, recombinant

products, single cell protein. Introduction to process design Schematic representation of unit

operations, design information and flow diagrams, material and energy balances, formulation of

the design problem, the Hierarchy of chemical process design and integration, optimization,

Health and safety Hazards, Environment protection, plant location and lay out. Basic

considerations in equipment design General design procedure, equipment classification,

materials of construction-Mechanical properties-strength, elasticity, ductility, resilience,

toughness, hardness, creep, fatigue. Metals-ferrous metals, types of iron & steels, nonferrous

metals and Non-metals. Corrosion: Forms of corrosion and their presentation. Choice of materials.

Design conventions. Basic Design Problems Design examples on continuous fermentation,

aeration and agitation. Design calculation of filter for air sterilization. Design of batch and

continuous sterilizers. Design calculations for immobilized enzyme kinetics. Practical

considerations in designing of Bioreactor/Fermentor construction. Introduction to different types

of valves, pumps, steam traps, spargers and impellers used in fermentation industries. Design

exercise on trickle flow fermenter. Problems associated with design equations.

Recommended Text Books:

1. Peters & Timmerhaus, Plant design and Economics for Chemical Engineers McGraw Hill

Higher Education (2004).

2. M V Joshi & V .V. Mahajani, Process equipment design, 3

Ed. Macmillan India Limited

(2000)

Reference books:

1.Harvey W Blanch, Biochemical Engineering,2

Ed,Taylor &Francis/bS Publication (Feb 1997)

ALGAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Course Code: 13BT441 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Basics of algae Classification and systematic, occurrence and distribution. Structure of micro

algae. Nutrition, media-marine and freshwater culture media. Types of media and sterilization

techniques. Microalgal pigments – PC, PE, APC. Photo-chromatic effects and their adaptations of

microalgae. Culture methods. Measurement of growth. Cultivation of algae: Microalgae – Basic

cultural techniques. Indoor (photobioreactor) and open pond mass culture methods,

biotechnological approaches for production of important microalgae. Single cell protein from

Spirulina, raceway system of micro algae culture, vitamins, minerals and omega3 fatty acids from

micro algae, enrichment of micro algae with micronutrients. Cyanobacterial Biotechnology

Marine and fresh water microalgae. An Integral Event in the Development of Algae and Higher

Organisms, Spirulina: The Superfood and Medicine. UV-B Radiation-Induced Stress and Protection

Strategies in Cyanobacteria. Growth Response of Cyanobacteria from Sandy Soil and Mine Waste

Burdened Soil to Different Environmental Variables. The Algal Industry Survey, Prospective in

155

Diatom Nanotechnology. Applications of algae Biotechnological applications of microalgae.

Biotechnological Relevance of Microbes in Agriculture. Role of Blue Green Algae in Rice

Production. Responses of Rice Field Cyanobacteria to Insecticides and fungicides. Lipids and Fatty

Acids from Marine microalgae: A Potential Biofuel Resource, Algal Biodiesel: Procedures and

Resources for Laboratory Study. Industrial Utilization of microalgal Fatty Acids. Cyanobacterial

Toxins and Public Health. Bio-fertilizers and pesticides Biofertilizer potential of Cyanobacteria,

Bioremediation and Bioactive Compounds. Production of Nutraceuticals and Antioxidant. Enzymes

in a Tropical Food Algae, Bioremediation of Heavy Metals. Blue-green algae and Azolla

association. Nitrogen fixation and biofertilizers - Diazotrophic microorganisms, nitrogen fixation

genes. Two component regulatory mechanisms. Transfer of nif genes and nod genes – structure,

function and role in nodulation; Hydrogenase - Hydrogen metabolism. Genetic engineering of

hydrogenase genes.

Recommended Text Books:

1. E. Wolfgang Becker Microalgae: Biotechnology and Microbiology, Becker Published 1994

Cambridge University Press.

2. Robert A. Andersen, Algae culturing techniques. Elsevier academic press, 2005

Reference books:

1. R. Jhan Stevenson, Algal ecology, Academic press, 1996.

2. Robert Edward Lee. Phycology. Cambridge University press, 2008.

3. Laura Barsanti & Paologualtieri. Algae – Anatomy, Biochemistry, Biotechnology, CRC Press.

2006

METABOLIC ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13BT442 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: Nil Credits: 3

Introduction of Metabolic Engineering, Identification of metabolic regulation is a key point in

metabolic engineering. Synthesis of Primary Metabolites, Metabolic Engineering for

Bioproduction , Metaboliic Pathway(MP)Modeling and Obserbability of MP, Metabolic Flux

Analysis(Cell Capability Analysis), Metabolic Flux Analysis(Genome Scale Flux Analysis) , Metabolic

Control Analysis Molecular Metabolic Engineering, Applications of Bioconversions, Factors

affecting bioconversions, Specificity, Yields, Co metabolism, Product inhibition, mixed or

sequential bioconversions, Conversion of insoluble substances. Regulation of Enzyme Production,

Strain selection, Genetic improvement of strains, Gene dosage, metabolic pathway, manipulations

to improve fermentation, Feedback repression, Catabolite, Repression, optimization and control

of metabolic activities. The modification of existing - or the introduction of entirely new -

metabolic pathways. Experimental Determination, Method of Flux Distribution with Isotope

Labeling, Metabolic Engineering with Bioinformatics. Application in pharmaceuticals, chemical

bioprocess, food technology, agriculture, environmental bioremediation and biomass conversion.

Text Books:

1. Wang.D.I.C Cooney C.L., Demain A.L., Dunnil.P. Humphrey A.E. Lilly M.D., Fermentation and

Enzyme Technology, John Wiley and sons 1980.

2. Stanbury P.F., and Whitaker A., Principles of Fermentation Technology, Pergamon Press, 1984.

GREEN BUILDINGS

Course Code: 11CE331 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 3

156

Green Buildings, Green Building Principles, Benefits of green building Global warming,

requirement of Green Building, Rating Systems – IGBC, GRIHA, USGBC, LEED, BREEAM, CASBEE,

GBTool, HK–Beam, Requisites for Constructing a Green Building, sustainable construction focus

point: site, water, energy, material, indoor air quality, construction procedures.

Rating systems in India, IGBC green home rating system, Benefits of IGBC, procedure to get IGBC

certification, procedure to become IGBC certified engineering professional, GRIHA ratings,

procedure to get GRIHA certification.

Site issues: site analysis and design, site development and layout, Building and Site Requirements,

Transportation, Plant Materials and Management.

Water issues: watershed protection, drainage of concentrated Runoff, water efficiency and

conservation, rain water harvesting, water reclamation,

Sustainable materials: Reduce / Reuse / Recycle, Natural Sources, concrete, masonry, metals,

wood and plastic, finishes. Green paints

Passive solar design, Day lighting, Building envelope, Renewable energy, Significance, design

principle, ventilation control, occupant activity control, significance of acoustics. Environmental

construction guidelines, building operations and maintenance.

Economics of green buildings, Selecting environmentally and economically balanced building

materials, Project cost, Income and expenses.

Text Books:

1. Green homes by R.K .Gautham, BS publications.

2. Sustainable building technical manual- Green building design, constructions and operation;

Produced by Public Technology Inc., US Green Building Council.

3. IGBC Green homes rating system Version 1.0 – A bridged reference guide

Reference Books:

1. Green Building A Basic Guide to Building and Remodeling Sustainably; Tree Hugger

Consulting.

2. Green Building Handbook, Volume 1, Tom Woolley, Sam Kimmins, Paul Harrison and Rob

Harrison; E & FN Spon, an imprint of Thomson Science & Professional

3. Green BIM: Successful Sustainable Design with Building Information Modeling, Eddy Krygiel,

Bradley Nies, Willy publishing Inc.

ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Course Code: 11CE332 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE203 Credits: 3

I.L.D for Determinate Structures: Influence line for reactions, simply supported, over hang, I L D

for shear force in cantilever, simply supported, I L D for B. M cantilever, over hang and simply

supported beams, position and magnitude of maximum shear force and B.M for concentrated

load and udl, series of concentrated loads, absolute maximum S.F and B.M.

Analysis of Structure by Flexibility Matrix Method: Concept of flexibility coefficients, analysis of

truss, indeterminate beams and rigid frames by this method

Analysis of Structure by Stiffness Matrix Method Concept of degrees of freedom, degree of

indeterminacy and stiffness coefficients, analysis of truss, indeterminate beams and rigid frames

by this method

Analysis of Cable and Three Hinged Structures: Solution method for cable structure, analysis of

three hinged arch,

Plastic Analysis Structures Idealized stress-strain diagram, Plastic Moment of resistance, plastic

modulus, shape factors for different sections, load factor, Plastic hinge and mechanism, plastic

analysis of indeterminate beams and frames

157

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic Structural Analysis by C S Reddy, Tata McGraw Hill publishing Company ltd. Delhi. 2

edition 2010

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intermediate Structural Analysis by C. K. Wang, McGraw Hill Book Company, 2010

2. Structural analysis, A Matrix Approach by Pandit & Gupta, Tata McGraw Hill publishing

Company ltd. New Delhi.2008

3. Structural Analysis by T.S Thandavamoorthy, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, First

edition, 2011.

4. Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics and Analysis by M L Gambhir, PHI learning private

limited, New Delhi, 2011.

EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES

Course Code: 11CE333 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: NIL Credits: 3

Dynamics of Structures and Seismic Response: Equation of motion, single degree of free system,

dynamic response of single storey structure (SDOF), , seismic response of SDOF structure, concept

of response spectrum, dynamic response of spectrum representation for elastic systems. Systems

with multi degree of freedom (MDOF): periods and mode of vibration, elatic response, restoring

force, damping, damping values for buildings. Earthquake and ground Motion: Causes of

earthquake, nature and occurrences, seismic waves, effects, consequences, measurements,

strong ground motion, seismic zones. Seismo-resistant building architecture: Lateral load

resisting systems- moment resisting frame, Building with shear wall or bearing wall system,

building with dual system; Building configuration – Problems and solutions; Building

characteristics – Mode shape and fundamental period, building frequency and ground period,

damping, ductility, seismic weight, hyper-staticity/redundancy, non-structural elements,

foundation soil/ liquefaction. Foundations; Quality of construction and materials – quality of

concrete, construction joints, general detailing requirements. Design forces for buildings:

Equivalent static method, Determination of lateral forces as per IS 1893(Part 1), Modal analysis

using response spectrum. Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of RCC

buildings: Impact of ductility; Requirements for ductility; Assessment of ductility–

Member/element ductility, Structural ductility; Factor affecting ductility; Ductility factors; Ductility

considerations as per IS13920. Earthquake resistant design of a long two-storey, two-bay RCC

building: Determination of lateral forces on an intermediate plane frame using Equivalent static

method and Modal analysis using response spectrum; various load combinations as per

IS1893(Part 1); Identification of design forces and moments in the members; Design and detailing

of typical flexural member ,typical column, footing and detailing of a exterior joint as per IS13920.

Masonry building: categories, plain and reinforced masonry walls, box action and bands, infill

walls, improving seismic behavior of masonry building, load combinations and permissible stress,

seismic design of masonry building.

References:

1. Earthquake resistant design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande ,

Prentice-Hall of India, 2006.

2. Seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry buildings by T. Paulay and M.J.N.

Priestley, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.

3. The seismic design handbook, Edited by F. Naeim, Kluwer Academic publishers, 2001.

158

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

Course Code: 11CE334 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE305 Credits: 3

Basic terminology and concepts of prestressing; Need for High strength steel and high strength

concrete; as material for prestressed concrete Advantages of prestressed concrete. Prestressing

Systems: pretensioning; Post tensioning ; Thermo– electric prestressing; chemical prestressing.

Analysis of Prestress and Bending Stresses: Resultant stresses; Pressure (Thrust) line and internal

resisting couple; Concept of Load balancing; Stresses in tendons; Cracking moment. Losses of

Prestress: due: to elastic deformation , shrinkage , creep of concrete, relaxation of stress in steel,

friction and anchorage slip; Total losses allowed for in design.

Deflections; Factors influencing deflections; Short term deflections of un-cracked members; Effect

of tendon profile on deflections. Ultimate flexural strength of simple sections using simplified IS

code Recommendations.

Shear and principal stresses; IS Code recommendations: Ultimate shear resistance . Design of

shear reinforcement. Design of reinforcements for torsion, shear and bending.

Design of end blocks: Transmission of prestress in pretensioned members; Transmission Length;

Anchorage stress in post tensioned members; Bearing stress and bursting tensile force stresses in

end blocks-Methods. IS-Code provision for the design of end block reinforcement.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Prestressed Concrete by N. Krishna Raju; Tata Mc.Graw - Hill Publishing Company Limited,

New Delhi.

2. Pre-stressed Concrete- P. Dayarathnam: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.

3. 3.Indian standard code of practice for prestressed concrete (IS -1343-1980): Bureau of

Indian stanadards New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Prestressed concrete by N. Rajagopalan; Narosa Publishing House.

2. Design of pre-stressed concrete structures- T.Y. Lin and Ned H. Burns - John Wiley & Sons,

New York.

3. Fundamental of pre-stressed concrete- N.C. Sinha & S.K. Roy

BRIDGE ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE335 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE305 & 13CE306 Credits: 3

Concrete Bridge: Various types of bridges; I.R.C. specifications for road bridges. Culverts: Design of

R.C. slab culvert. T-Beam Bridge: Pigeaud’s method for computation of slab moments; courbon’s

method for computation of moments in girders; Design of simply supported T-beam bridge. Sub

Structure for Bridges: Pier and abutment caps; Materials for piers and abutments’ Design of pier;

Design of abutment; Backfill behind abutment; approach slab. Bearings for Bridges: Importance of

bearings; bearings for slab bridge; bearings for girder bridges; Expansion bearings; Fixed bearings;

Design of elastomeric pad bearing. Foundations For Bridges: scour at abutments and piers; Grip

length; Types of foundations; Design of well foundation. Cable Supported Bridge: Different types

of cable supported bridge, difference between suspension bridge and cable stayed bridge.

Different components and factors considered for design of a) suspension bridge, b) cable stayed

bridge.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by Dr. Johnson Victor; Oxford & IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.

2. Cable supported bridges, concepts and design by N J Gimsing. John Willey and Sons

159

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Design of Bridge Structures by T. R Jagadeesh, M.A Jayaram, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.

GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

Course Code: 11CE341 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE304 Credits: 3

Necessity of ground improvement- objectives, Introduction to different methods – Mechanical

stabilization- Types of rollers, effect on engineering properties- Chemical stabilization- cement

stabilization- factors affecting soil cement mixing-admixtures- lime stabilization-effect of lime on

soil properties-construction of lime stabilized bases-bituminous stabilization.

Dewatering-well-point system-electro osmosis-pre-loading- sand drains- methods of installation -

PVD’s, Types, Design, construction -stone columns in clays - vibro-flotation in sands and clays,

Designs as per BIS and case histories. Introduction to grouts and grouting- basic functions –

groutability ratio –classification of grouts, properties of grouts - grouting applications-

Impermeability grouting seepage control in soil under dams and for cut off walls- seepage control

in rock under dams-stabilization grouting for under pinning. Geosynthetics – Types, functions,

typical Applications of filtration and drainage, use in road /airport pavements and strengthening

existing pavements.

Earth Reinforcement- mechanism and concept - laboratory behavior of reinforced soil-Reinforced

Soil retaining Structures – Types of Reinforcements, fascia and connections - design concepts and

stability analysis – Use in India

TEXT BOOKS:

1. IRC (1995). Ground Improvement Techniques

3. Stabilization of clays, Indian Raods congress, New Delhi , Spl Publication No. Venkatappa

Rao, Gand Ramana, G.V. (2000)

4. Relevant I.S.Codes

REFERENCES :

1. Bowles, J.F. Foundation Design

2. Das, B.M, Geotechnical Engineering

3. Jones, C.J.F.P.Earth Reinforcement and Soil structures

4. Koerner, R.M. (2005) Designing with Geotextiles

ADVANCED FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE342 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE304 Credits: 3

Foundation on collapsible and expansive soils: Collapse potential and settlement, Computation of

collapse settlement, Foundation design, Treatment methods for collapsible soils, Distribution of

expansive soils, General characteristics of swelling soils, Clay mineralogy and mechanism of swelling,

Definition of some parameters, Evaluation of the swelling potential of expansive soils by single Index

Method, Classification of swelling soils by Indirect Measurement, Swelling pressure by direct

measurement, Effect of initial moisture content and initial dry density on swelling pressure,

Estimating the magnitude of swelling, Design of foundation in swelling soils, drilled pier foundations,

Elimination of swelling

160

Factors to consider in foundation design: Footing Depth and spacing, Displaced soil effects, Net

versus gross soil pressure design soil pressures, erosion problems for structures adjacent to flowing

water, Corrosion protection, Water table fluctuation, Foundations in Sand deposits, Foundations on

Loess and other collapsible soils, Foundations on sanitary landfill sites, Frost depth and foundations

on permafrost, Environmental considerations problems.

Spread footing design: Footing Classification and purpose, Allowable soil pressures in spread footing

design, Assumptions used in footing design, reinforced concrete design – USD, Structural design of

spread footings, Bearing plates and anchor bolts, Pedestals, Rectangular footings, Eccentrically

loaded spread footings, Unsymmetrical footings, Wall footings and footings for residential

constructions, Design of spread footings with overturning moment problems.

Spread footing and beams on elastic foundations: Rectangular combined footings, design of

trapezoid shaped footings, design of strap (or cantilever) footings, footings for industrial equipment,

Modulus of sub grade reaction, Classical solution of Beam on Elastic foundation, Finite Element

solution of beam on elastic foundation, General Comments on the finite element procedure

problems.

Mat foundations: Types of Mat foundations, Bearing capacity of Mat foundations, Mat settlements,

Modulus of subgrade reaction for mats, Design of Mat foundation, Finite difference Method for

Mats, Finite element method for Mat foundations, The finite grid method, Mat superstructure

interaction, Circular mats or plates.

Machine foundations: Design criteria for satisfactory action of a machine foundation, Theory of

linear weightless spring, Methods of analysis of a block foundation, Soil spring constants,

Determination of soil spring constants, Degrees of freedom of block foundation, vertical vibrations

of a block foundations, Rocking vibrations of a block foundations, pure sliding of a block foundation,

Indian Standard on design and construction of foundations for reciprocating machines.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Foundation analysis and design by J.E.Bowles, published by Mc Graw-Hill International

Editions

2. Basic and applied soil mechanics by Gopal Ranjan and A.S.Rao, Wiley Eastern Limited

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by VNS Murthy, CBS publishers&distributors

2. Theory and Analysis of Foundations by N.N.Som &S.C.Das, Prentice Hall India Ltd.

3. Hand Book of Machine Foundations by CV Vaidyanathan and Srinivasulu P. Tata Mcgraw Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd.

GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE343 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE206 Credits: 3

Seismology and Earthquakes: Seismic Hazards, seismic waves, internal structure of earth,

Continental drift and plate tectonics, faults, elastics rebound theory, geometric notations, location

of earthquakes, size of earthquakes.

Strong Ground Motion: Strong ground motion measurement, ground motion parameters,

estimation of ground motion parameters.

Seismic Hazard Analysis: Identification and Evaluation of Earthquake Sources, deterministic

seismic hazard analysis, probabilistic seismic hazard analysis.

161

Wave Propagation Waves in unbounded media, waves in a semi – infinite body, waves in a

layered media, attenuation of stress waves.

Artificial Ground Motion Generation: Modification of actual ground motion records, time domain

generation, frequency domain generation. Dynamic Soil Properties Representation of stress

conditions by Mohr circle, measurement of dynamic soil properties using field and laboratory

tests, stress strain behavior of cyclically loaded soils, strength of cyclically loaded soils.

Ground Response Analysis: One– Dimensional Ground response Analysis – Linear and Non-Linear

Approaches. Local Site Effects: Effect of local site conditions on ground motion, design

parameters, development of design parameters.

Liquefaction Flow liquefaction, cyclic mobility, evaluation of liquefaction hazards, liquefaction

susceptibility, initiation of liquefaction, effects of liquefaction.

Soil Improvement for Remediation of Seismic Hazards: Densification techniques, Reinforcement

Techniques, Grouting and Mixing techniques, Drainage techniques.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering by Steven L. Kramer, prentice Hall

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook by Robert W. Day, McGraw-Hill

DESIGN OF EARTH RETAINING STRUTURES

Course Code: 11CE344 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE206 Credits: 3

Retaining walls – different types - Gravity, Cantilever-counter fort and Crib types. Basement or

foundation retaining walls. Design principles of retaining walls, Design and Construction of

Reinforced Soil Walls, Reinforced Soil Wall (A Case Study),Geosynthetics for Warehouse Grade

Slab and Retaining Wall,Geogrid-Reinforced Retaining Walls, Restoration of Wharf Road by

Geosynthetic Reinforced Soil Wall, Abutments and wing walls and allowable bearing capacity

settlement tilting. Safety against general slip failure. Type of Failures of Retaining Walls – Stability

Requirements – Drainage behind Retaining walls – Provision of Joints – Relief Shells.

Braced cuts – Lateral Pressure in Braced cuts – Design of Various Components of a Braced cut –

Stability of Braced cuts – Bottom Heave in cuts.

Sheet Pile Structures – Types of Sheet piles – Cantilever sheet piles in sands and clays –Anchored

sheet piles – Free earth and fixed earth support methods – Row’s moment Reduction method –

Location of anchors, Forces in anchors.

Soil reinforcement – Reinforced earth - Different components – their functions – Mechanics of

reinforced earth – Failure modes-Failure theories – Design of Embankments on problematic soils.

Cofferdams – types, suitability, merits and demerits – Design of single – wall Cofferdams and their

stability aspects – TVA method and Cummins’ methods.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Gopal Ranjan and A.S.R. Rao “Basics and Applied soil mechanics ”, New age International

Publishing, second edition, 2007

2. G Venkatapparao P.K. Banerjee, J.T.Shahu, G.V. Ramana By Geo-Synthetics-New Horizons - 2004

3. P.C.Varghese Foundation Engineering Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd , New Delhi - 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of foundation engineering by Braja M. Das,PWS-KENT Publishing company,boston

2. Foundation analysis and design- Bowles, JE- McGraw Hill

162

3. Analysis and design of foundation and retaining structures, Prakash, SSaritha Prakashan, Mearut

ROCK MECHANICS

Course Code: 11CE345 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE206 Credits: 3

Classification of Intact rock mini fissures, joints in rock masses and Engineering Classifications Rock

masses Strength. Physico-mechanical properties, Laboratory tests Seno Controlled Systems. Field

shear test, Deformability tests in rock mass. Failure criteria for rock and rock masses, Strength and

deformability of jointed rock mass. Rock Joints – Types Insitu stress, various methods of stress

measurement, Hydro fracturing technique, Flat jack technique, Overcoming technique.

Underground openings Stresses in Tunnels. Stability of rock slopes, Modes of failure, Plane failure,

Wedge failure, Circular failure, Toppling failure. Foundation on rocks, Estimation of bearing

capacity, Stress distribution in rocks, Settlement in rocks, Pile foundation in rocks. Methods to

improve rock mass responses, Grouting in Rocks, Rock bolting, Rock Anchors.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Rock Mechanics by Goodman. R.E, John Wiley & Sons..

2. Foundation and Tunnels by Ramanamurthy. T, Engineering in Rocks for Slopes, Prentice Hall

India Pvt. Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics by Jaeger, Cook and Zimmerman, Blackwell Publishing.,

Fourth Edition,

2. ISRM and B. I. S Text Methods of Rocks and Rock Masses

ADVANCED OPEN CHANNEL HYDRAULICS

Course Code: 11CE351 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE202 Credits: 3

Basic Concepts of Free Surface Flow: Difference between open channel flow and pipe flow,

geometrical parameters of a channel, Classification of Channels and Classification of Flows,

Continuity equation. Saint Venant equation, Resistance equations for uniform flow in open

channel, velocity, Pressure and shear stress distribution, Most efficient channel section. Energy

and Momentum Principles, specific energy and specific force Critical flow, Control section. Non-

Uniform Flow in Open Channel Equation of gradually varied flow and its limitations, Classification

of surface profiles, integration of varied flow equation by analytical and numerical methods, Flow

through Channel Transition. Rapidly Varied Flow: Hydraulic Jump, Equation of motion for

unsteady flow, open channel surge, celerity of the gravity wave, deep and shallow water waves.

Spatially-varied flow: Differential equation of SVF, classification, profile computation, Sediment

Transport: Sediment properties, Inception of sediment motion, bed forms, Bed load suspended

load,Total sediment transport. Design of stable channels and regime channels. Reservoir

sedimentation and trap efficiency. Dam break flow.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Open Channel Hydraulics by Chow., V.T., Mc Graw Hill Inc. N York, 1997.

2. Open Channel Flow by Henderson, Mc Millan Pub., London, 1996.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Flow in Open Channels by K.Subramanya, Tata Mcgraw Hill.

163

DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES

Course Code: 11CE352 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE202 Credits: 3

Irrigation canal, Canal drop-Notch type. Canal regulator Vertical drop weir on permeable

foundationsDirect sluice. Surplus weir of a tank Syphon Aqueduct (Type – III Aqueduct). Profile of

a Ogee spillway

Text Book

1. Design of Minor Irrigation and Canal Structures by C. Satyanarayana Murthy; Wiley Eastern

Ltd., New Delhi.

Reference Book

1. Irrigation and Water Power Engineering by Dr. B.C.Punmia & Dr.Pande B.B. Lal; Laxmi

Publications pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Course Code: 11CE353 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE207 Credits: 3

Conceptual Facts of EIA: Introduction, Definition, Scope, Objectives and Basic Principles,

Classification, Project Cycle, Grouping of Environmental Impacts: Direct Impacts, Indirect Impacts,

Cumulative Impacts and Induced Impacts. Significance of Impacts: Criteria/Methodology to

Determine the Significance of the Identified Impacts.

Methods for Impact Identification: Background Information, Interaction-Matrix Methodologies:

simple matrices, stepped matrices, development of a simple matrix, other types of matrices,

summary observations on matrices, Network Methodologies: Checklist methodologies, simple

checklists, descriptive Checklists, summary observations on simple and descriptive Checklists.

Prediction of Impacts (Air and Water): Air Environment: Basic information on air quality, Sources

of Pollutants, effects of pollutions, Conceptual approach for addressing air environment impacts,

Air quality standards, Impact Prediction, Impact significance. Water Environment: Basic

Information on surface-Water Quantity and Quality, Conceptual Approach for Addressing Surface-

Water-Environment Impacts, Identification of Surface-Water Quantity or Quality Impacts,

Procurement of Relevant Surface-Water Quantity-Quality Standards, Impact Predictions,

Assessment of Impact Significance.

Predictions of Impacts (Noise, Soil, Biological and Socio-economic):Basic Information on Noise

Key Federal Legislation and Guidelines, Conceptual Approach for Addressing Noise-Environment

Impacts, Identification of Noise Impacts, Procurement of Relevant Noise Standards and/or

Guidelines, Impact Prediction, Assessment of Impact Significance. Soil Environment: Human

Health and Society, Biological Environment: Basic Information on Biological Systems, Conceptual

Approach for Addressing Biological Impacts, Identification of Biological Impacts, Description of

Existing Biological Environment Conditions, Procurement of Relevant Legislation and Regulations,

Impact Prediction, Assessment of Impact Significance.

Environmental Management Plan (EMP):Case Study, identification of Impacts, EMP for Air

Environment: Dust Control Plan, Procedural Changes, Diesel Generator Set Emission Control

Measures, Vehicle Emission Controls and Alternatives, Greenbelt Development. EMP for Noise

Environment, EMP for Water Environment: Water Source Development, Minimizing Water

Consumption, Domestic and Commercial Usage, Horticulture, Storm Water Management. EMP for

164

land Environment: Construction Debris, hazardous Waste, Waste from temporary Labour

settlements.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Environmental impact assessment by Canter,L.W, Mc Graw Hill, New York,1996.

2. Technological guidance manuals of EIA. MoEF

3. Environment Impact Assesment methodologies, Y.Anjaneyulu and Valli Manickan,

B.S.Publications, Hyderabad.

REFERENCES

1.Hand book of Environment Impact Assesment, Vol. I and II, Blackwell Science, London, 1999.

2. The world bank group, Environmental Impact Assesment source book, Vol. I, II and III.

3. Textbook of Environmental Science & Technology by M.Anji Reddy, BS Publications, 2010

SOLIDWASTE MANAGEMENT AND LANDFILLS

Course Code: 11CE354 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE207 Credits: 3

Municipal Solid Wastes: Types of solid wastes, Sources of Municipal and Hazardous wastes,

Properties of solid wastes-Physical and Chemical composition. Solid Waste Management: An

Overview, Introduction – Reduction, Reuse and Recovery, Waste Disposal Options, Current

Scenario and Challenges Engineered Systems For Solid Waste Management: Functional Elements,

Solid waste generation, On-site handling, Storage and Processing, Collection of solid wastes,

Transfer and Transport, Processing of Solid wastes, Ultimate disposal. Conversion of Solid wastes

and Recovery: Mechanical processing and Material recovery systems. Biological Conversion-

Composting, Anaerobic Digestion. Thermal Conversion- Combustion, Incineration, Gasification,

Pyrolysis, Refuse Derived Fuel, Energy recovery systems. Landfills for Municipal Solid Wastes: Land

Filling of Municipal Solid Wastes, Site selection, Planning, Design and Operation. Landfill Gas-

composition, Collection. Lechate-environmental effects, Lechate collection systems, Treatment of

lechate, MoEF rules, CPCB guidelines for hazardous waste land filling. Lechate Control By Clay

Liners: Clay Liners-Types-Compacted clay liners and their design-Construction of clay liners.

Geosynthetic Lining Systems: Geosynthetics – Types and Functions-Geosynthetic clay liners-

Properties , Hydraulic conductivity, Installation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rowe and George Tchobanoglous (1985), Environmental Engineering,

Mc Graw-Hill International Editions, NewYork.

2. Venkatappa Rao. G and Sasidhar. R.S.(2009), Solid waste management and Engineered Landfills,

Sai Master Geoenvironmental Services Pvt.Ltd, Hyderabad.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Solid waste Engineering by P.Aarne Vesilind, Willium Worrell and Debra Reinhart,(2004), Cengage

Learning India Private Limited, New Delhi.

2. Environmental Science and Engineering by J.Glynn Henry, Gary W.Heinke,(2004),Low Price

Edition, Pearson Education Inc, Singapore.

3. MoEF(2000) Municipal Waste Management and Handling Rules, Govt. of India.

4. CPCB(2001) Criteria for Hazardous waste Landfill(HASWAMS/17/2000-01)

5. Solid and hazardous waste management by M.N.Rao and Razia Sultana, BS Publications,

Hyderabad.

165

RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION

Course Code: 11CE355 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE207 Credits: 3

Magnitude of problem of water supply and sanitation in rural areas National policy. Various

approaches for planning of water supply systems in rural areas. Selection and development of

underground sources of water, Collection of raw water from surface source. Specific pollutants in

rural water supply and treatment e.g. iron, manganese, fluorides etc. Low cost treatment ,

appropriate technology for water supply and sanitation. Improvised method and compact system

of treatment of surface and ground waters. Water supply through spot-sources, hand pumps,

open dug –well. Planning of distribution system in rural areas. Water supply during fairs, festivals

and emergencies. Simple wastewater treatment system for rural areas and small communities

such as stabilization ponds, septic tanks, soakage pits etc. Treatment and disposal of

wastewater/sewage. Various method of collection and disposal of night soil. On site sanitation

system and community latrines. Disposal of solids waste composting, land filling. Biogas plants.

Text books

1. Manual of water supply and treatment, 3rd edition, CPHEEO, GOI, New Delhi.

2. Kapoor, B. S. Environmental Sanitation, S. Chand and company, New Delhi, 2001

3. Garg, S. K. Water Supply Engineering: Environmental Engineering (Vol I), Khanna Publishers,

New Delhi, 2012

4. Murali Krishna, KVSG; Rural, Municipal and Industrial Water Management, Environmental

Protection Society, Kakinada, ISBN 13: 9788183510066

REFERENCE Books:

1. Low cost on site sanitation option, Hoffman & Heijno Occasional Nov.1981 paper No. 21, P.O.

Box 5500, 2280 HM Rijswijk, the Netherlands offices, J.C. Mokeniaan, 5Rijswijk, the Haque.

2. Wagner, E.G. and Lanoik, J.N. Water supply for rural areas and small communities, Geneva:

W.H.O., 1959.

3. Wright, F. B. Rural water supply and sanitation, Robert E. Kriegier Publishing company, 3

Edition, new York, 1977.

RAILWAY, AIRPORT AND DOCK & HARBOUR ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE361 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE303 Credits: 3

Railway Engineering: Historical Development of Railways in India, Advantages of Railways,

Classification of Railways, Permanent Way & its components, functions. Track volume and Track

capacity. Rail Joints, Welding of rails and Creep of rails; Track Geometric Design - Gradients,

Horizontal and Vertical curves, super elevation, Negative Super elevation, Coning of Wheels.

Turnouts: Left/ Right Hand Turnout, Track Junctions, Points and crossings, Tracks Drainage,

Railway Stations and Yards, Signaling. Airport Engineering: Factors affecting Selection of site for

Airport – Aircraft Characteristics- Geometric Design of Runway- Computation of Runway length –

Correction for runway length – Orientation of Runway –geometric design of taxiway, Wind Rose

Diagram – Runway Lighting system. Dock & Harbour Engineering: Layout of Port components –

Functions – Classification of Ports – Site selection – Natural Phenomenon – Tides, Winds, Waves,

Currents – Drift – Navigational aids. Harbours - layouts, shipping lanes, anchoring, location

identification; Littoral transport with erosion and deposition; sounding methods; Dry and Wet

docks, components and operational Tidal data and analyses.

166

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Railway Engineering by S.C. Saxena & S. Arora.

2. Airport Planning and Design- S.K.Khanna and Arora,Nemchand Bros.

3. Dock & Harbour by Srinivasan

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Railway Engineering by Rangwala.

2. Air Transportation Planning & design – Virendhra Kumar & Statish Chandhra – Gal Gotia

Publishers (1999).

3. Dock & Harbour Engineering by Ozha & Ozha

ADVANCED HIGHWAY ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE362 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE303 Credits: 3

Hill Roads: General Considerations, Alignment of Hill Roads, Geometrics of Hill Roads, Design &

Construction of Hill Roads, Drainage in Hill Roads, Maintenance Problems in Hill Roads, Tunnels,

Miscellaneous Structures in Hill Roads, Landslides, Snow Removal. Low Volume Roads:

Introduction, Types of Rural Road Pavements, Use of Low – Grade Aggregates and Stabilized soil,

Pavement Design for Low volume Roads, Technologies in Rural Road Construction and

Maintenance, Appropriate Quality control in Rural Road Construction. Desert Roads: Desert

Regions in India, Sand Dunes, their functions and Type, Principles of Road Location in Dune Areas,

Guidelines for Design, Maintenance. Roads in Swampy and water-logged Areas and in Black

cotton Soils: Swampy Ground, Water-logged Area – its Features, Treatment of Roads in water-

logged areas, Roads in Black Cotton Soils. Special Roads: Expressways - Common Terms, Features

of Expressways, Design Standards, Safety Barriers, Expressway Signs and Markings. Toll Roads -

Background, Advantages and disadvantages of toll roads, Forms of Toll Projects, International

Experience on Toll Roads. Urban Roads - Functional Classification of Roads in Urban Area,

Pedestrian Facilities on Urban Roads, Separate Cycle Tracks and Bus Facilities.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles and practices of highway Engineering by Dr. L. R. Kadiyali & Dr. N. B. Lal Khanna

publishers, Latest Edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Highway Engineering by S.K.Khanna & C.J.Justo, Nemchand & Bros., Latest Edition.

CODES:

1. MORT&H: Guidelines for Expressways Part-I and Part-II

2. MORT&H Guidelines for Maintenance Management of Primary, Secondary and Urban Roads

3. IRC:86-1983 Geometric Design Standards for Urban Roads in Plains

4. IRC:52-2001 Recommendations About the Alignment Survey and G.Design of Hill Roads

5. IRC:SP:48-1998 Hill Road Manual

6. IRC:SP:72-2007 Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements for Low Volume Rural Roads

7. IRC:SP:20-2010 Rural Roads Manual

8. IRC:SP:62-2004 Guidelines for the D&C of Cement Concrete Pavement for Rural Roads

9. MORD Specifications for Rural Roads

10. MORD Standard Data Book for Analysis of Rates for Rural Roads

11. IRC:34-2011 Recommendations for Road Construction in Areas Affected by Water Logging,

Flooding and/or Salts Infestation (First Revision)

Note: Use Latest codes if revised

167

TRAFFIC ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE363 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE303 Credits: 3

Statistical Methods for Traffic Engineering: Need, Elementary concepts of Probability, Mean,

Standard Deviation and Variance, Poisson and Binomial Distribution, Normal Distribution,

Sampling Theory and Significance Testing, Linear Regression and Correlation, Multiple Linear

Regression Traffic Flow Theory: Introduction, Fundamentals of Traffic Flow, Uninterrupted Traffic

Flow – Stream Characteristics, Data Collection, Microscopic and Macroscopic Traffic flow Models,

Capacity and LOS, Fundamentals of Interrupted Traffic flow – Shock Waves, Traffic flow at

signalized and Un signalized Intersection. Design Of Traffic Facilities: Introduction, Freeways,

Intersections – Un signalized Intersections, Signalized Intersections, Interchanges – Warrants for

Interchanges, Design of Interchanges, Parking Facilities – Parking Demand, On street parking, Off

street Parking, Parking stalls, Vehicle Circulation, Road Signs. Traffic Safety: Road Accidents,

Accident Situation in National & International, Road, Weather and its effect on accidents, Speed in

relation of Safety, Pedestrian Safety, Parking and its Influence, Traffic Management Measures and

its Influence, Legislation, Enforcement, Education and Propaganda, Cost of Road Accidents, Road

Safety Audit. Traffic and the Environment: Introduction, Detrimental Effects of traffic on the

environment – Noise, Air pollution, Vibration, Visual Intrusion and degrading the aesthetics,

Severance and Land Consumption, Evaluation Procedures, Environmental Areas, Situation in India.

Text Books

1. Principles and practices of highway Engineering by Dr. L. R. Kadiyali & Dr. N. B. Lal Khanna

publishers – (2003).

2. Principles of Transportation Engineering by Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das. Prentice

Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.

Reference Books:

1. Principles of Highway Engg., and Traffic Analysis by Fred L. Mannering etc., Wiley

Publications, 4

edition, 2012 reprint

2. Transportation Engineering by C . Jotin Khisty, B.Kent Lall, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,

2008

ADVANCED PAVEMENT DESIGN ENGINEERING

Course Code: 11CE364 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE303 Credits: 3

Material Characterization: Characterization of test types, Plate- Load Tests, Triaxial Compression

Test, CBR Test, Stabilometer and Cohesionmeter. Tests for Bituminous Mixtures: Modulus of

Rupture, Indirect Tensile Test, Layered input Parameter Tests, Resilient Modulus Test, Complex

(Dynamic) Modulus Test, Diametrical Resilient Modulus, Asphalt Mix Stiffness (Shell Nomograph),

Creep Test, Wave Propagation Techniques, CBR-Modulus correlation, Typical Modulus Values,

Poisson’s Ratio. Fatigue Testing and Permanent Deformation. Design of Flexible Pavements:

Design of Flexible Airport Pavements: Corps of Engineers (CBR) Method, FAA, CDOT, The Asphalt

Institute Method.

Design of Flexible Highway Pavements: Differences between Airport and Highway Pavements,

Differences in Design Methods, AASHO Flexible Pavement Design, Multi Layer Elastic Analysis, The

asphalt Institute Design. Design of Rigid Pavements: Design of Rigid Airport Pavements:

Determination of Modulus of Subgrade Reaction, Modulus of Rupture, Factor of Safety, Design

Charts, PCA, Corps of Engineers Method, FAA. Base courses, compaction requirements, Joints and

168

Reinforcement Requirements, Joints at Intersections, Design of Steel Reinforcement, Continuously

Reinforced concrete pavements, Use of eel Section and Junction of Flexible and Rigid Pavements.

Design of Rigid Highway Pavements: Development of Design, Test Roads, Definition of Pavement

types, Design Factors, Load Stresses, Thickness Design, Jointing and Reinforcement Requirements,

Joints, Load-transfer Devices, Continuously Reinforced Concrete Pavements, Approach slabs,

Subgrade and Sub bases, Slip-Form Construction.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of pavement design – Yoder & wit zorac – Jhonwilley & Sons.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Pavement Analysis and Design – Yang H. Huang, Pearson

2. Relevant codes and handouts of abroad practices

URBAN TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS PLANNING

Course Code: 11CE365 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CE303 Credits: 3

Transportation Planning: Introduction to transportation planning; systems approach to

transportation planning; types of models; concept of travel demand and supply; socio-economic,

land use, network, and transport system characteristics affecting transportation planning.

Transportation Survey: Study area definition, zoning principles, cordon and screen lines, data

collection through primary and secondary sources, sampling techniques.

Sequential modeling approach: Four-stage sequential modeling approach; trip generation; trip

distribution; modal split; trip assignment.

Planning For Public Transport: Public transport planning, Fares and Subsidies Introduction to

Intermediate Public Transport Type and Characteristics of IPT Modes in India, Integration of

different modes.

Urban and intelligent transportation systems: ITS, first generation of ITS and it’s applications, ITS

in Various Countries, Mature ITS Applications, Safety and Liability, Second Generation of ITS

Text Books:

1. Principles and practices of highway Engineering by Dr. L. R. Kadiyali & Dr. N. B. Lal Khanna

publishers – (2003).

2. Principles of Transportation Engineering by Partha Chakroborty and Animesh Das. Prentice

Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003.

Reference Books:

1. Principles of Highway Engg., and Traffic Analysis by Fred L. Mannering etc., Wiley

Publications, 4

edition, 2012 reprint

2. Transportation Engineering by C. Jotin Khisty, B.Kent Lall, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,

2008

DATA ENGINEERING STREAM

DATA WAREHOUSING & MINING

Course Code: 13CS331 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS204 Credits: 3

Data Mining, Kinds of Data and Patterns to be Mined, Technologies Used in data mining,

Applications, Major Issues in Data Mining. Getting to Know Your Data: Data Objects and

Attribute Types, Basic Statistical Descriptions of Data, Data Visualization, Measuring Data

Similarity and Dissimilarity. Data Preprocessing Data Preprocessing: An Overview, Data Cleaning,

169

Data Integration, Data Reduction, Data Transformation and Data Discretization. Data

Warehousing and Online Analytical Processing Data Warehouse: Basic Concepts, Data

Warehouse Modeling: Data Cube and OLAP, Data Warehouse Design and Usage, Data Warehouse

Implementation, Data Generalization by Attribute-Oriented Induction. Data Cube Technology

Data Cube Computation: Preliminary Concepts, Data Cube Computation Methods, Processing

Advanced Kinds of Queries by Exploring Cube Technology Multidimensional Data Analysis in Cube

Space. Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, and Correlations: Basic Concepts and Methods

Basic Concepts, Frequent Itemset Mining Methods, Interesting Patterns &Pattern Evaluation

Methods. Classification: Basic Concepts Basic Concepts, Decision Tree Induction, Bayes

Classification Methods, Rule-BasedClassification, Classification by Backpropagation Model

Evaluation and Selection, Techniques to Improve Classification Accuracy. Cluster Analysis: Basic

Concepts and Methods Cluster Analysis, Partitioning Methods, Hierarchical Methods, Density-

Based Methods, Grid-Based Methods, Evaluation of Clustering Outlier Detection Outliers and

Outlier Analysis, Outlier Detection Methods, Statistical Approaches, Proximity-Based Approaches,

Clustering-Based Approaches, Classification-Based Approaches, Mining Contextual and Collective

Outliers, Outlier Detection in High-Dimensional Data. Data Mining Trends and Research

Frontiers Mining Complex Data Types, Other Methodologies of Data Mining, Data Mining

Applications, Data Mining and Society, Data Mining Trends.

Textbooks:

1.Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Jian Pie, “Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques”, 3

edition,

Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 2012.

Reference Books:

1..N. Tan, M. Steinbach, V. Kumar. “Introduction to Data Mining”, Addison Wesley, 2005.

2.A.K. Pujari, “Data Mining Techniques”, Universities Press, 2001.

3.Ian H.Witten, Eibe Frank, Mark A.Hall, "Data Mining:Practical Machine Learning Tools and

Techniques", 3rd Edition,Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier 2011.

4.Richard J.Roiger, Michael W.Geatz, "Data Mining: A Tutorial Based Primer", Pearson Education,

2003.

5.Daniel T. Larose, "Data Mining Methods and Models", Wiley, 2006.

ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13CS332 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 14CS204 Credits: 3

Query optimization, Heuristic in query optimization, selectivity and cost estimates in query

optimization. Database tuning: An overview of databases Tuning in relational systems. Database

Recovery Protocols: Recovery concepts, NO-UNDO/REDO Recovery Based on Deferred Update,

Recovery techniques Based on Immediate Update, Shadow Paging, ARIES Recovery Algorithm.

Advanced Database Models and Applications: Active Database Concepts, Temporal Database

Concepts, Spatial Database Concepts, Deductive Databases. Emerging Database Technologies and

Applications: Mobile Data Management, Geographical Information Systems (GIS), Genomic

Databases. Distributed Databases: distributed database concepts, Types of Distributed database

systems, Distributed database Architecture, Data Fragmentation, Allocation Techniques For

Distributed Database Design, Query Processing and optimization in distributed database design

,Overview of Transaction Management in distributed database, Overview Of Concurrency Control

and Recovery in distributed database design. Object Oriented database systems: Object DBMSs,

Weakness of RDBMSs,Object Oriented Concepts, Storing Objects in a Relational Database,

Advantages and disadvantages of OODBMSs.Object Oriented DBMSs-Standards and Systems:

Object Management Group, Object Data Standard ODMG 3.0,Object Store. Object Relational

DBMSs:, Query Processing and Optimization, New Index Types, Object Oriented Extension in

Oracle, Comparision of ORDBMS and OODBMS. Multimedia Databases: Multimedia databases,

Multimedia Data, SQL and Multimedia-Manipulating Large objects, Querying Multimedia-

170

Introduction, Manipulating Multimedia data. Multimedia modeling data Multimedia Database

Architecture and performance. Dealing with Multimedia text, image, video.

Text books:

1.Ramez Elmasri, Shamkanth B.Navathe, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, 5

Edition

Pearson, 2007.

2.Thomas Connolly, Carolyn Begg “Database Systems”, 4

Edition, Pearson, 2012.

3.Dunckley Lynne, “Multimedia Databases: An Object Relational Approach”, 1

Edition, Pearson

Education, 2009.

Reference Books:

1.M.Tamer Ozsu,Patrick Ualduriel, ”Principles of Distributed Database Systems”, 3

Edition,

Pearson Education ,2009.

2.Peter Rob and Corlos coronel,”Database Systems-Design, Implementation and Management “,

Edition, Thompson Learning, Course Technology, 2005.

3.Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management Systems”, 3

Edition

McGraw-Hill, 2003.

4.Abraham Silberschatz, Henry Korth, S. Sudarshan,” Database System Concepts”, 6

Edition,

McGraw-Hill.

5.C.S.R. Prabhu, “Object-Oriented Database Systems: Approaches and Architectures”, 3

Edition,

PHI, 2003.

6.Carlo Zaniolo, “Advanced database systems”, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 1997.

7.Jan L. Harrington, "Relational Database Design", Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 2009.

DATABASE SECURITY

Course Code: 13CS333 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 15CS204 Credits: 3

Security Architecture Introduction, Security, Information Systems, Database

Management Systems, Information Security, Information Security Architecture, Database

Security, Asset Types and their Values, Security Methods Operating System Security

Fundamentals Introduction, Operating System Overview, The Operating System Security

Environment, The Components of an Operating System Security Environment, Authentication

methods, User Administration, Password policies, Vulnerabilities of Operation Systems, Email

Security Administration of Users Introduction, Documentation of User Administration, Operating

System Authentication, Creating Users, Creating a SQL Server User, Removing Users, Modifying

Users, Default Users, Remote Users, Database Links, Linked Servers, Remote Servers, Practices

for Administrators and Managers, Best Practices. Profiles, Password Policies, Privileges and

Roles Introduction, Defining and Using Profiles, Designing and Implementing Password Pol icies,

Granting and Revoking User Privileges, Creating, Assigning and Revoking User Roles, Best

Practices. Implementing Single Sign On, Implementing Two-Factor Authentication, Application

Identification and Authorization, Database Application Security Models Introduction, Types of

Users, Security Models, Application Types, Application Security Models, Transparent Data

Encryption, The Transparent Data Encryption Solution, Table Space Encryption, Virtual Private

Databases Introduction, Overview of Virtual Private Databases, Implementing a VPD Using Views,

Implementing a VPD Using Application Context in Oracle, Implementing Oracle Virtual Private

Databases, Viewing VPD policies and Application Context Using the Data Dictionary, Viewing VPD

Policies and Application Context Using Policy Manager, Implementing Row and Column-level

Security with SQL Server Database Auditing Models Introduction, Auditing Overview,

Environment, Process, Objectives, Classifications and Types, Benefits and Side Effects of Auditing,

Auditing Models, Application Data Auditing: Introduction, DML Action Auditing Architecture,

171

Oracle Triggers, SQL Server Triggers, Fine Grained Auditing with Oracle. DML Statement Audit

Trail, Auditing, Auditing Application Errors with Oracle, Oracle PL/SQL Procedure Authorization,

Auditing Database Activities: Introduction, Using Oracle Database Activities, Creating DLL Triggers

with Oracle, Auditing Database Activities with Oracle, Auditing Server Activity with Microsoft SQL

Server 2000, Implementing SQL Profiler, Security Auditing with Server, Applied Auditing and

Audit Vault, Database Vault Introduction, Database Vault Fundamentals.

Textbooks:

1. Hassan A. Afyouni, “Database Security and Auditing”, Cengage Learning, 2005.

Reference Books:

1. Ron Ben Natan, "Implementing Database Security and Auditing", Elsevier, 2005.

2. Michael Gertz, Sushil Jajodia, "Handbook of Database Security: Applications and Trends",

Springer, 2008.

3. David Coffin, "Expert Oracle and Java Security: Programming Secure Oracle Database

Applications with Java", Apress, 2011.

4. David Knox, Scott Gaetjen, Hamza Jahangir, Tyler Muth, Patrick Sack, Richard Wark, Bryan Wise,

"Applied Oracle Security: Developing Secure Database and Middleware", Oracle Press, 2010.

DISTRIBUTED DATABASES

Course Code: 13CS431 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 16CS204 Credits: 3

Distributed Query Processing and optimization, Transaction management, Concurrency Control ,

Reliability, Distributed Object Database Management, Parallel Databases and Grid Databases,

Analytical Models, Parallel Search, Parallel Sort and Group-By, Parallel Join, Parallel Group by-Join,

Parallel Indexing Parallel Universal Quantification, Collection Join Queries, Parallel Query

Scheduling and Optimization, Transactions in Distributed and Grid Databases, Grid Concurrency

Control, Grid Transaction Atomicity and Durability, Replica Management in Grids, Grid Atomic

Commitment in Replicated Data, Parallel Online Analytic Processing (OLAP) and Business

Intelligence, Parallel Data Mining - Association Rules and Sequential Patterns, Parallel Clustering

and Classification.

TextBooks:

1. Principles of Distributed Database Systems, M. Tamer Ozsu, Patrick Valduriez, Pearson

Education. 2

Edition.

2. High Performance Parallel Database Processing and Grid Databases, by David Taniar,

Clement H. C. Leung, Wenny Rahayu, Sushant Goel, Wiley Edition

Reference Books

1. Distributed Systems: Concept and Design. Coulouris, Dollimore, and Kindberg. AW.

2. Recovery Mechanisms in Database Systems. Kumar and Hsu, Prentice Hall.

3. Concurrency Control and Recovery in Database Systems. Bernstein, Hadzilacos and

Goodman, AW.

BIG DATA ANALYTICS

Course Code: 13CS432 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 17CS204 Credits: 3

Introduction to Big Data Analytics: Big Data Overview, State of the Practice of Analytics, Big Data

Analytics in Industry Verticals. It also covers Overview of Data Analytics Lifecycle, Discovery, Data

172

Preparation, Model Planning, Model Building, Communicating Results and Findings,

Operationalizing. Initial Analysis of the Data: Initial Exploration and Analysis of the Data, Basic

Data Visualization. Basic data analytics, reporting, and apply basic data visualization techniques to

your data. Apply basic analytics methods such as distributions, statistical tests and summary

operations, and differentiate between results that are statistically sound vs. statistically

significant. Identify a model for your data and define the null and alternative hypothesis.

Experimentation and demonstration of initial analysis of data using R. Advanced Analytics and

Statistical Modeling for Big Data — Theory and Methods: Need of analytic and select an

appropriate technique based on business objectives; initial hypotheses; and the data's structure

and volume. Apply some of the more methods in Analytics solutions, algorithms and the technical

foundations for the methods. The environment (use case) in which each technique can provide

the most value. Use appropriate diagnostic methods to validate the models created Use R and in-

database analytical functions to fit, score and evaluate models. Advanced Analytics and Statistical

Modeling for Big Data — Technology & Tools: Tool to Perform Analytics on Unstructured data

using MapReduce Programming paradigm. Use Hadoop, HDFS, HIVE, PIG and other products in

the Hadoop ecosystem for unstructured data analytics, Effectively use advanced SQL functions

and Greenplum extensions for in-database analytics. Use MADlib to solve analytics problems in-

database. Endgame - Operationalizing an Analytics Project: Tasks needed to operationalize an

analytics project. Four common deliverables of an analytics lifecycle project meet the needs of key

stakeholders. Use a framework for creating final presentations for sponsors and analysts. Evaluate

a data visualization and identify ways to improve it. Apply these concepts to a big data analytics

problem in the final lab.

Text Books:

1. Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting Data by

EMC Education Services 2014

2. EMC Material/Courseware :https://education.etnc.com/

Reference Books:

1. MapReduce Design Patterns, Author: Donald Miner, Publisher: O'Reilly (2012), ISBN-13:-

9789350239810

2. Practical Data Science with R-Nina Zumel, John Mount-Manning Publications-2014

3. R for Business Analytics-A. Ohri-Springer-2012.

4. Agile data science: building data analytics applications with Hadoop-Russell Jurney- O'Reilly

Media-2013

5. An Introduction to Applied Multivariate Analysis with R -Brian Everitt, Torsten Hothorn-

Springer-2011

6. Statistical Modeling and Analysis for Database Marketing: Effective Techniques for Mining

Big Data-Bruce Ratner-Chapman and Hall/CRC-2003

7. Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop-Vignesh Prajapati-Packt Publishing-2013

COMPUTER NETWORKS STREEM

TCP/IP PROTOCOL SUITE

Course Code: 13CS334 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Transmission Control Protocol, Internet Protocol, Ip Addressing, Socket Interface, Applications

And Network Management, Case Study: Simulation Of Network Protocols Using Ns.

173

Text Books:

1.Richard Stevens W, “TCP/IP Illustrated Volume 1”, Prentice Hall of India/ Pearson Education,

New Delhi, 2004.

2. Douglas E Comer, “Internetworking with TCP/IP- Volume I”, Prentice Hall of India/ Pearson

Education, New Delhi, Fourth Edition, 2002.

Reference Books:

1.Washburn K and Evans J, “TCP/IP”, Addison Wesley, USA, Second Edition, 2003.

2.Behrouz A Forouzan, “Local Area Networks”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,

2002.

3.Behrouz A Forouzan, “TCP/IP- Protocol Suite”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New

Delhi, 2002.

4.BehrouzA.Forouzan, “TCP/IP Protocol Suite”, 3

Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2005.

5.Pete Loshin, “TCP/IP Clearly Explained”, 4

Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2003.

6.Buck Graham “TCP/IP Addressing”, 2

Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2001.

NETWORK PROGRAMMING

Course Code: 13CS335 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

The Transport Layer: TCP and UDP, Sockets, Elementary TCP Sockets, TCP Client-Server Example,

The Select and Poll Functions, Socket Options, Elementary UDP Sockets, Elementary Name and

Address Conversions, IPv4 and IPv6 Interoperability, UNIX Do main Protocols, Routing Sockets,

Threads, Raw Sockets, Sun RPC

Textbooks:

1.W. Richard Stevens, “UNIX Network Programming, Volume 1: Networking APIs - Sockets and

XTI”, 2

Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998.

2.W. Richard Stevens, “UNIX Network Programming, Volume 2: Interprocess Communications”,

Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998.

Reference Books:

1.Donahoo, Calvert “TCP/IP Sockets”, 2

edition, Elsevier, 2009.

2.Gary R. Wright, W. Richard Stevens, “TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation”,

Addison Wesley, 1995.

3.Douglas E Comer, David L Stevens, “Internetworking with TCP/IP Volume: III Client and Server

Programming and Appliations BSD Socket Versions”, 2

Edition, PHI, 1999.

4.Fall. Wright, W. Richard Stevens, “TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Implementation”, 2

Edition, Addison Wesley, 1995.

5.Michel Kerrisk, “The Linux Programming Interface”, No Starch Press, 2010.

ROUTING ALGORITHMS

Course Code: 13CS336 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Network and Network routing: An Introduction, Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path

Widest Path, Routing Protocols: Frame Work and Principles, Network Flow Modeling, IP

174

Routing and Distance Vector Protocol Family, OSPF and Integrated IS-IS, IP Traffic

Engineering, BGP, Internet Routing Architectures, Router Architectures, IP Address Lookup

Algorithms, IP Packet Filtering and Classification, Quality of Service Routing, MPLS and

GMPLS, Routing and Traffic Engineering With MPLS, VOIP Routing: Interoperability Through

IP and PSTN

Text Books:

1.Network Routing Algorithms, Protocols, and Architectures Deepankar Medhi, Ka rthikeyan

Ra masa my 2007 by M organ Ka ufm ann,Elsevier Inc.

Reference Books:

1.Nader F.Mir, ” Co mputer and Co mmunication Net works”, PHI,2006

2.Kurose & Ross, “Computer Networking” – A Top-down approach featuring the Internet”,

Pearson Education – Alberto Leon – Ga rcia k. 3

Edition ,2005

3.Tanenbaum, “ Co mputer Netwo rks”, 4th Edition, (Pea rson Education / PHI),2003.

HIGH SPEED OPTICAL COMMUNICATION NETWORKS

Course Code: 13CS433 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Introduction, Ray theory transmission, Total internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Numerical

aperture, Skew rays, Electromagnetic mode theory of optical propagation, EM waves, modes in

planar guide, phase and group velocity, cylindrical fibers, SM fibers. Attenuation, Material

absorption losses in silica glass fibers, Linear and non-linear scattering losses, Fiber bend losses,

Midband and farband infra red transmission, intra and inter model dispersion, overall fiber

dispersion, Polarization – non-linear phenomena, Optical fiber connectors, fiber alignment and

joint losses, Fiber splices, fiber connectors, Expanded beam connectors, Fiber couplers. Optical

sources: Light Emitting Diodes, LED structures, surface and edge emitters, mono and hetero

structures, interanal – quantum efficiency, injection laser diode structures, comparison of LED

and ILD. Optical detectors: PIN photo detectors, Avalanche photo diodes, construction,

characteristics and properties, Comparison of performance, Photo detector noise, Noise sources,

Signal to Noise ratio, detector response time. Fundamental receiver operation, Pre amplifiers,

Error sources- Receiver Configuration, Probability of Error, Quantum limit, Fiber attenuation

measurements, Dispersion measurements, Fiber Refractive index profile measurements, Fiber

cut-off Wavelength measurements, Fiber Numerical Aperture Measurements, Fiber diameter

measurements. Basic Networks, SONET/ SDH, Broadcast, and select WDM networks, Wavelength

routed networks, Non linear effects on Network performance, Performance of WDM + EDFA

system, Optical CDMA, Ultra High Capacity Networks.

Textbooks:

1. Optical Fiber Communication – John M. Senior –Pearson Education – Second Edition, 2007.

2. Optical Fiber Communication – Gerd Keiser – Mc Graw Hill – Third Edition, 2000.

Reference Books:

1. Optical Communication System – J. Gower, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

2. Optical Networks – Rajiv Ramaswami, Elsevier, Second Edition, 2004.

3. Fiber Optic communication Systems – Govind P. Agrawal, John Wiley & Sons, Third Edition,

2004.

4. Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics – R. P. Khare, Oxford University Press, 2007.

WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND NETWORKING

Course Code: 13CS434 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

175

Types of services, Requirement of services, Multipath propagation, Spectrum limitations, Noise

and Interference limited systems, Principles of Cellular Networks, Propagation mechanisms,

propagation effects with mobile radio, channel classification, link calculations, Narrow band and

Wideband models. Spread Spectrum Systems – Cellular Code Division Multiple Access – Principle,

Power control. Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing – Principle, Cyclic Prefix, Transceiver

implementation. Multiple Radio Access: Medium access alternatives, Fixed assignment for voice

oriented networks, Random access for data oriented networks, Handoff and Roaming Support,

Wireless WANs: First Generation Analog, Second Generation TDMA – GSM, Short Messaging

Service in GSM, Second Generation CDMA: IS-95, GPRS – Third Generation System (WCDMA/

CDMA 2000). Wireless LANs: Introduction to wireless LANs, IEEE 802.11 WLAN – Architecture

and services, Physical Layer, MAC sub-layer, MAC Management Sub-layer, Other IEEE 802.11

standards, HIPERLAN, WiMax standard. Adhoc and Sensor Networks: Characteristics of MANETs,

Table-driven and Source-initiated On demand Routing protocols, Hybrid protocols, Wireless

Sensor Networks- Classification, MAC and routing protocols. Wireless MANs and PANs: Wireless

MANs – Physical and MAC layer details, Wireless PANs – Architecture of Bluetooth systems,

Physical and MAC layer details.

Text Books:

1. Wireless Communications – Andreas F. Molisch, John Wiley India, 2006.

2. Wireless Communications and Networks – William Stallings, Pearson/ Prentice Hall of India,

Edition, 2007.

3. Introduction to Wireless and Mobile Systems – Dharma Prakash Agrawal & Qing-An Zeng,

Thomson India Edition, 2

Edition, 2007.

Reference Books:

1. Wireless Communication – Andrea Goldsmith, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

2. Wireless Communications – Rappaport, T.S., Pearson Education, 2003.

3. Modern Wireless Communications – Simon Haykin & Michael Moher, Pearson Education,

2007.

4. Principles of Wireless Networks – Kaveth Pahlavan & Prashant Krishnamurthy, Pearson

Education Asia, 2002.

5. Wireless Communication and Networking – Vijay K. Garg, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,

2007.

6. An Introduction to Wireless Technology – Gary S. Rogers & John Edwards, Pearson Education,

2007.

OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Course Code: 13CS337 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS301 Credits: 3

Overview of OOAD, Objects and UML; UML structure; UML building blocks; UML common

mechanisms; Architecture., Unified Process (UP), Rational Unified Process; Instantiating UP for a

project; UP Axioms; UP structure; UP phases. The requirements workflow. Software

requirements – meta model; Requirements Workflow Detail, Use case modeling; UP activity:

Identifying Actors and Use Cases; UP activity: Detail a use case; Use case specification;

Requirements tracing; use case Modeling, Advanced use case modeling; Actor generalization;

Use case generalization; The analysis workflow; Analysis artifacts – Meta model; Analysis

workflow detail; Analysis model ,Objects and classes; Finding analysis classes; UP activity: Analyze

176

a use case; Introduction to analysis classes. Finding classes; creating a first-cut analysis model.

Relationships; Advanced generalization. Analysis package, UP activity: Interaction diagrams;

Sequence diagrams; Combined fragments and operators; Communication diagrams. Advanced

use case realization; Interaction occurrences; Interruptible activity regions; Exception handling;

Expansion nodes; Interaction overview diagrams. The design workflow; Design artifacts – meta

model; Design workflow detail; UP activity: Architectural design. Design classes; UP activity:

Design a class; refine analysis relationships; One-to-one associations; Many-to-one associations;

One-to-many associations; Collections; Reified relationships; Exploring composition with

structured classes. Interfaces and components; UP activity: Design a subsystem, provided and

required interfaces; Interface realization vs. inheritance; Ports; Interfaces and component-based

development; Introduction to component. Component stereotypes; Subsystems; Finding

interfaces; Designing with interfaces; Advantages and disadvantages of interfaces. Use case

realization-design; Interaction diagrams in design; Modeling concurrency; Subsystem

interactions; Timing diagrams; State machines;. Advanced state machines; Composite states;

Implementation workflow detail; Artifacts. Deployment; UP activity.

Textbooks:

1. Jim Arlow, Ila Neustadt, “UML 2 and the Unified Process: Practical Object-Oriented Analysis

and Design”, 2

Edition, Pearson, 2005.

Reference Books:

2. Craig Larman, “Applying UML and Patterns: An introduction to OOAD and design and

interface deployment”, Pearson, 2002.

3. Simon Bennett, Steve McRobb and Ray Farmer,”Object-Oriented Systems Analysis And

Design Using UML”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw-Hili Edition, 2004.

4. Tom Pender, “UML Bible”, 1

Edition, John Wiley, 2003.

5. Mike O Docherty, “OOAD: Understanding System Development with UML 2.0”, 1

Edition,

Wiley, 2005.

REQUIREMENT ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13CS338 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS301 Credits: 3

Overview of Domain Engineering, Domain Stack Holders, Domain Facets, The Domain Process

Engineering Model, Overview of Requirement Engineering, Requirement Facets, The

Requirements Engineering Models , Methods And Methodology, Modeling and Models, on

Defining and on Definitions, Jacksons Description Principles, Domain Attributes and Domain

Acquisition, Domain Analysis and Concepts Formation, Domain Validation and Verification,

Requirement Stockholders , Requirement Acquisition, Requirement Analysis and Concept

Formation, Requirement Verification and Validation, Requirements Satisfiability and Feasibility,

Hardware/Software Co -Design, Software Architecture Design , A Case Study in Component

Design.

Text books:

1.Dines Bjorner, “Software Engineering Vol-3, Domains, Requirements, Software Design”,

Springer, 2005.

Reference Books:

1.Ralph R Young, Artech House, “The Requirements Engineering Handbook”, Artech House, 2004.

2.Dines Bjorner, Software Engineering Vol-2, Domains, Requirements, Software Design, Springer,

2004.

3.Dines Bjorner, Software Engineering Vol-1, Domains, Requirements, Software Design, Springer,

2003.

4.Pohl, Klaus, “Requirements Engineering: Fundamentals, Principles, and Techniques”, Springer,

2010.

177

SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY

Course Code: 13CS339 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS301 Credits: 3

Basic concepts and preliminaries: theory of program testing, unit testing, control flow testing,

data flow testing, domain testing, system integration testing, system test categories, functional

testing, test generation from fs m models. System test design, system test planning and

automation, system test execution, acceptance testing, test team organization. Organizing for

quality management, commercial and governmental standards for use in software quality

assurance, personnel requirements to make software quality assurance work, training for quality

management, the pareto principle applied to software quality assurance, inspection as an up -

front quality technique, software audit methods. Software safety and its relation to software

quality assurance, cmmi ppqa relationship to sqa, sqa for small projects, development quality

assurance, quality management in it, Costs of software quality.

Text books:

1. Paul Ammann and Jeff Offutt, “Introduction to Software Testing”, Cambridge Press, 2008.

2. Kshirasagar Naik, Priyadarshi Tripathy Software Testing and Quality Assurance Theory and

Practice John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication 2008.

3. G. Gordon Schulmeyer Handbook of Soft ware Quality Assurance Fourth Edition A RTECH

HOUSE 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Ilene Burnstein Practical Software Testing Springer 2003

2. William E. Lewis Soft ware Testing and Continuous Quality Improvement 3

Edition CRC press

2009.

3. Jeff Tian Software Quality Engineering Testing, Quality Assurance, and Quantifiable

Improvement JOHN WILEY 2005.

4. Ron Patton, “ SoftwareTesting”, 2

Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.

5. Dirk Meyerhoff, BegonaLaibarra, “Software Quality and Software Testing In Internet Times”,

Springer, 2002.

6. S. Dick, A. Kandel, “Computational Intelligence in Software quality Assurance”, World

Scientific, 2005.

SOFTWARE RELIABILITY

Course Code: 13CS435 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS301 Credits: 3

Reliability Engineering Measures Reliability Function for Common Distributions,

maintainability and Availability. Software Engineering Assessment Software Reliability and

testing concepts, Software Life Cycle, Software Development process and its Applications,

Software Verification and Validation , Data collection and Analysis. Software Reliability Modeling

Halstead’s Software Metric, McCabes cyclomatic complexity metric, Error Seeding Models,

Failure rate models, Curve fitting models, Reliability growth models, Non homogenous poison

process models, Markov structure models. NHPP Software Reliability Models, Parameter

Estimation, NHPP Models, Applications , Imperfect debugging vs. Perfect debugging, A

Generalized NHPP Software Reliability Model, Mean time between failures for NHPP Software

Cost Models, A Software Cost Model with Risk factor, A generalized Software Cost Model ,A cost

model with multiple failure errors, Applications, Fault - tolerant software, Basic Fault - tolerant

software techniques, Self - checking duplex scheme, Reliability Modeling ,Reduction of common-

cause failures. Testing Coverage and Removal Models, Software Reliability Models with

Environmental Factors Definition of Environmental Factors, Environmental Factors Analysis, A

Generalized model with Environmental Factors, Enhanced proportional Hazard Jelinski -

Moranda(EPJM) model An Application with Environmental Factors. Calibrating Software

Reliability Models, Optimal Release policies A Software Cost Model with risk factor, Cost model

178

with testing coverage, A Generalized Software Cost Model, Cost Model with multiple failure

errors, Gain model with random field environments, Other cost models. Complex Fault – tolerant

system reliability modeling Basic Fault – tolerant software techniques ,other advanced

techniques, Triple version programming model with common failures ,Complex system reliability

modeling ,application example.

Text books:

1.Hoang Pham, ‘Application Software Reliability’, Springer 2000.

2.Hoang Pham, ‘System Software Reliability’, Springer 2006.

Reference Books:

1.John Musa, “Software Reliability Engineering”, 2/e, TMH, 2005.

2.Michael Lyu,” Handbook of Software Reliability Engineering”, 1/e, 1996.

3.Doron Peled, “Software Reliability Methods”, Springer, 2001.

4.KK Aggarwal & Yogesh Singh, “Software Engineering”, 2/e, New age International Publisher,

2006.

5.Ilene Burnstein Practical Software Testing Springer 2003

6.Willi6.m E. Lewis Soft ware Testing and Continuous Quality Improvement 3

Edition CRC press

2009.

7.Jeff Tian Software Quality Engineering Testing, Quality Assurance, and Quantifiable

Improvement JOHN WILEY 2005.

8.Ron Patton, “ SoftwareTesting”, 2

Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.

9.Dirk Meyerhoff, BegonaLaibarra, “Software Quality and Software Testing In Internet Times”,

Springer, 2002.

10.S. Dick, A. Kandel, “Computational Intelligence in Software quality Assurance”, World

Scientific, 2005.

SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Course Code: 13CS436 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS301 Credits: 3

Project Management context, Project Integration Management, Requirements Specification &

Management, Scope Management, Time Management, Cost Management, Quality Management,

Configuration Management, Human Resource Management, Communications Management,

Project documentation, Initiating, planning, executing & controlling projects.

Textbooks:

1.Schwalbe, K. (2012) Information Technology Project Management, 7

edition, Thomson

Learning.

2.Robert K. Wysocki, “Effective Software Project Management”, John Wiley, 2006.

3.Bob Hughes and mike Cottrell “Software Project Management” , McGraw-Hill Education, 2006

Reference Books:

1.Richard H. Thayer “Software Engineering Project Management”, 2/e, Wiley-IEEE Computer

Society Press, 2001.

2.PMI, (2002) Project Management Body of Knowledge (The PMBOK Guide), Project

Management Institute. (ISBN: 1880410257)

3.W Heldman & B Heldman, (2002) IT Project+ Study Guide, Sybex. (ISBN: 0782140688)

179

4.Kiern Conway, “Software Project Management from Concept to Deploy”, Wiley, 2000.

5.Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell,” Software Project Management”, McGraw-Hill Higher Education,

2009.

6.Walker Royce, ”Software Project Management A Unified Frame Work”, 1

Edition, Pearson,

1998.

SECURE PROGRAMMING

Course Code: 13CS340 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Security Design Principles: Security Goals, Secure Systems Design Secure Design Principles.

Secure Programming Techniques: Worms And Other Malware, Buffer Overflows. Secure

Programming Techniques: Client-State Manipulation, Sql Injection, Password Security, Cross-

Domain Security In Web Applications. Software Security and Static Analysis: The Software

Security Problem, Introduction To Static Analysis, Static Analysis As Part Of The Code Review

Process, Static Analysis Internals. Pervasive Problems: Handling Input, Buffer Overflow, Bride Of

Buffer Overflow, Errors And Exceptions. Secure Coding Techniques: Features And Flavors: Web

Applications, Xml And Web Services, Privacy And Secrets, Privileged Programs.

Text books:

1.Christoph Kern, Anita Kesavan, Neil Daswani: “Foundations Of Security: What Every

Programmer Needs To Know”, Apress, 2007.

2.Brian Chess, Jacob West: “Secure Programming with Static Analysis”, Pearson Education, 2007.

Reference books:

1.Michael Howard, David Leblanc: “Writing Secure Code “, .2/E, Microsoft Corporation, 2003.

2.Kenneth R. Van Wyk: “Secure Coding: Principles and Practices; [Designing & Implementing

Secure”, O’ Reilly & Associates, Inc, 2003.

3.Mark Curphey, Joel Scrambray, Erik Olson, and Michael Howard: “Improving Web Application

Security: Threats and Countermeasures”, Microsoft Corporation, 2003.

CRYPT ANALYSIS

Course Code: 13CS341 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Classic Ciphers: Introduction, Good Guys And Bad Guys, Terminology, Selected Classic Crypto

Topics. World War Ii Ciphers: Introduction, Enigma, Purple, Sigaba. Stream Ciphers: Introduction,

Shift Registers, Oryx, Rc4, Pkzip. Block Ciphers: Introduction, Block Cipher Modes, Feistel Cipher,

Hellmans Time-Memory Trade-Off, Cmea, Akelarre, Feal. Hash Functions: Introduction, Birthdays

And Hashing, Md4, Md5. Public Key Systems: Introduction, Merkle-Hellman Knapsack, Diffie-

Hellman Key Exchange, Arithmetica Key Exchange, Rsa, Rabin Cipher, Ntru Cipher, Elgamal

Signature Scheme. Public Key Attcaks: Introduction, Factoring Algorithms, Discrete Log

Algorithms, Rsa Implementation Attacks.

Textbooks:

1.Mark Stamp, Richard M. Low John: “Appllied Cryptanalysis Breaking Ciphers in the Real World

“ John Wiley & Sons, 2007.

Reference Books:

1.Bruce Schneier: “ Applied cryptography: protocols, algorithms, and source code in C” , 2/e,

John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2006

2.William Stallings :”Cryptography and network Security”, 4/e, , PHI/Pearson, 2006.

3.Christopher Swensen: “Modern Cryptanalysis: Techniques for Advanced Code Breaking” Wiley

Publishing Inc, 2008.

180

4.V.K. Pachghare: “Cryptography and Information System”, PHI Learning , 2009.

5.Charles P. Pfleeger, Shari Lawrence Pfleeger: “ Security in Computing “ , 3/e, 2003.

ELLIPTIC CURVE CRYPTOGRAPHY

Course Code: 13CS342 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Introduction, The Basic Theory: Weierstrass Equations, The Group Law, Projective Space And The

Point At Infinity, Proof Of Associativity, Other Equations For Elliptic Curves, Other Co-Ordinate

Systems, The J-Invariant, Elliptic Curves In Characteristic 2, Endomorphisms, Singular Curves,

Elliptic Curves Mod N. Torsion Points: Torsion Points, Division Polynomials, The Weil Pairing, The

Tate-Lichtenbaum Pairing. Elliptic Curves Over Finite Fields: Examples, The Frobenius

Endomorphism, Dertermining the Group Order, A Family Of Curves, Schoof’s Algorithm,

Supersingular Curves. The Discrete Logarithm Problem: The Index Calculus, General Attacks On

Discrete Logs, Attacks With Pairings, Anomalous Curves, Other Attacks. Elliptic Curve

Cryptography: The Basic Setup, Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Massey-Omura Encryption, Elgamal

Public Key Encryption, Elgamal Digital Signatures, The Digital Signature Algorithm, Ecies, A Public

Key Scheme Based On Factoring, A Cryptosystem Based On The Weil Pairing. Other Applications:

Factoring Using Elliptic Curves, Primality Testing. Divisors: Definitions And Examples, The Weil

Pairing, The Tate-Lichtenbaum Pairing, Computation Of The Pairings, Genus One Curves And

Elliptic Curves, Equivalance Of The Defintitions Of The Pairings, Nondegeneracy Of The Tate -

Lichtenbaum Pairing, Hyperelliptic Curves: Basic Definitions, Divisors, Cantor’s Algorithm, The

Discrete Logarithm Problem.

Text books:

1.Elliptic Curves Number Theory and Cryptography Second Edition by Lawrence C. Washington

Publisher: Chapman & Hall/CRC Taylor & Francis Group 2008

Reference Books:

1.Bruce Schneier: “Applied Cryptography: protocols, algorithms, and source code in C” 2/e,

Wiley India Edition, 2007.

2.William Stallings: “Cryptography and network Security” 4/e, William Stallings, PHI/Pearson,

2006.

3.Darrel Hankerson, Scott Vanstone, Alfred J. Menezes: “Guide to Elliptic Curve Cryptography”,

Springer-Verlag New York Inc, 2004

4.Henri Cohen, Gerhard Frey, Roberto Avanzi, Christophe Doche: “Elliptic and Hyperelliptic Curve

Cryptography”, 2/e, Taylor & Francis Group, 2012.

5.Ian F. Blake, G. Seroussi, N. Smart: “Elliptic Curves in Cryptography”, Cambridge University

Press, 1999.

CYBER SECURITY

Course Code: 13CS437 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Web Application (In)security, Core Defense Mechanisms, Web Application Technologies,

Mapping the Application, Bypassing Client-Side Controls, Attacking Authentication, Attacking

Session Management, Attacking Access Controls, Injecting Code, Exploiting Path Traversal,

Attacking Application Logic, Attacking Other Users, Attacking Compiled Applications, Attacking

Application Architecture, Attacking the Web Server, Finding Vulnerabilities in Source Code.

Text books:

181

1.Dafydd Stuttard, “The Web Application Hacker's Handbook: Discovering and Exploiting Security

Flaws”, Wiley, 1

Edition, 2007.

Reference Books:

1.Bryan Sullivan, Vincent Liu, “Web Application Security, A Beginner's Guide”, TMH, 2012.

2.Mike Schiffman, Bill Pennington, David Pollino, Adam O'Donnell, “Hacker's Challenge 2: Test

Your Network Security & Forensic Skills”, TMH, 2003.

3.Rich Cannings, Zane Lackey, “Hacking Exposed Web 2.0: Web 2.0 Security Secrets and

Solutions”, TMH, 2008.

4.Vincent Nestler, Wm. Arthur Conklin, Gregory White, Matthew Hirsch, “Computer Security Lab

Manual”, TMH, 2006.

5.Christoph Kern , Anita Kesavan , Neil Daswani, “Foundations of Security: What Every

Programmer Needs to Know”, Apress, 1

Edition, 2007.

TRUST WORTHY COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS438 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS205 Credits: 3

Fundamentals of component and system reliability and review of software reliability, Software

reliability modeling with clustered failure data and Stochastic measures to compare predictive

accuracy of failure-count models, Quntitative modeling of security risk management, Stopping

rules in software testing, Availability modeling using the Sahinogulu-Libby Probability distribution

function. Reliability block diagramming in complex systems, Trustworthy Computing, Software

Engineering, and Computer Science, Aspect-Oriented Programming and Aspect.NET, Principles

and Application of AOP in TWC.

Text Books:

1. M. Sahinogulu: “Trustworthy Computing analysis and Quantitative Engineering Evaluation”,

John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2007.

2. Vladimir O. Safonov : “Using Aspect-Oriented Programming for Trustworthy Software

Development “, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication, 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Peter C. Patton, Bijay K. Jayaswal : “Design for Trustworthy Software: Tools, Techniques,

and Methodology of Developing” , Pearson Education, Inc, 2007.

2. Lawrence Bernstein, C. M. Yuhas: “Trustworthy Systems Through Quantitative Software

Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2005.

3. Kathryn Rupchock Pizzo, Jerry Dyer: “Trustworthy Computing: Reliable in Operations”,

Microsoft, 2004.

PARALLEL & DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SPECIALISATION STREAM

ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

Course Code: 13CS343 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS201/13EM201 Credits: 3

Overview of von Neumann architecture- Instruction set architecture, The Arithmetic and Logic

Unit, The Control Unit, Memory and I/O devices and their interfacing to the CPU, Measuring and

reporting performance, CISC and RISC processors. Pipelining- Basic concepts of pipelining, data

hazards, control hazards, and structural hazards, Techniques for overcoming or reducing the

effects of various hazards. Hierarchical Memory Technology- Inclusion, Coherence and locality

182

properties, Cache memory organizations, Techniques for reducing cache misses, Virtual memory

organization, mapping and management techniques, memory replacement policies. Instruction-

level parallelism- Concepts of instruction-level parallelism (ILP), Techniques for increasing ILP,

Superscalar, super-pipelined and VLIW processor architectures Vector and symbolic processors,

Case studies of contemporary microprocessors. Multiprocessor Architecture- Taxonomy of

parallel architectures, Centralized shared memory architecture, synchronization, memory

consistency, interconnection networks, Distributed shared-memory architecture, Cluster

computers.

Text book

1.Kai Hwang, Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability,

McGraw-Hill

Reference books

1.John L. Hennessy and David A. Patterson, Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach,

Morgan Kaufmann.

2.John Paul Shen and Mikko H. Lipasti, Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar

Processors, Tata McGraw-Hill.

3.M. J. Flynn, Computer Architecture: Pipelined and Parallel Processor Design, Narosa Publishing

House.

PARALLEL COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS344 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS201/ 13EM201 Credits: 3

Parallel hardware and parallel software –some background, modifications of the von Neumann

model, parallel hardware, and parallel software parallel program design, writing and running

parallel programs. Distributed memory programming with MPI-getting started, the trapezoidal rule

in MPI, dealing with I/O, collective communication, MPI derived data types, performance evaluation

of MPI programs, A parallel sorting algorithm . Shared memory programming with pthreads –

processes, threads and pthreads , hello, world, matrix vector multiplication, critical sections, busy

waiting, mutexes, producer consumer synchronization and semaphores , barriers and condition

variables, read write locks, caches, cache coherence and false sharing, thread safety. Shared

memory programming with openMP-getting started, the trapezoidal rule, scope of variables, the

reduction clause, the parallel for directive, more about loops in openMP:sorting , scheduling loops,

producers and consumers, caches, cache coherence and false sharing, thread safety. PRAM Model,

Sorting Networks, Networking, Algorithms on a Ring of Processors, Algorithms on Grids of

Processors, Load Balancing on Heterogeneous Platforms.

Text books:

1.Peter S. Pacheco, “An Introduction to Parallel Programming”, 1

Edition, Elsevier, 2011.

2.Henri Casanova, Arnaud Legrand, and Yves Robert, “Parallel Algorithms”, 1

Edition, CRC Press,

2010.

Reference Books:

1.Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, “Fundamentals of Computer

Algorithms”, 2

Edition, University Press, 2008.

2.Thomas Ruber,”Parallel Programming for Multicore and Cluster Systems”, 1

Edition, Springer,

2010.

3.Barry Wilkinson, “Parallel Processing Techniques and applications using, workstations and parallel

computers, 2

Edition, Pearson, 2007.

4.Ananth Grama, Anshul Guptha, Vipin Kumar, “Introduction to Parallel Computing”, 2

Edition.

Addison-Wesley, 2003.

5.Maurice Herlihy, Nir Shavit, “The Art of Multiprocessor Programming”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.

183

GRID COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS345 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS201/13EM201 Credits: 3

Introduction: Cluster to Grid Computing, Parset: System-independent Parallel Programming on

Distributed Systems, Anonymous Remote Computing Model, Integrating Task Parallelism with

Data Parallelism, Anonymous Remote Computing and Communication Model, Parallel

Programming Model on CORBA, Sneha-Samuham:Grid Computing Model. Cluster Computing at a

Glance, Cluster Setup and its Administration, Constructing Scalable Services, Dependable

Clustered Computing, Deploying a High Throughput Computing Cluster, Performance Models and

Simulation, Metacomputing: Harnessing Informal Supercomputers, Specifying Resources and

Services in Metacomputing Environments.

Text Books:

1.D. Janakiram, Grid Computing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005

2.R. K. Buyya, High Performance Cluster Computing: Archtitectures and Systems, Vol 1, Prentice

Hall; 1 edition (May 31, 1999).

Reference Books:

1.PankajJalote, Fault Tolerance in Distributed Systems, Prentice Hall, 1994.

2.J. J. Jos & R. K. Buyya, High Performance Cluster Computing: Architectures and Systems, Vol I,

Prentice Hall, NJ, USA, 1999.

3.R. K. Buyya & C. Szyperski, Cluster Computing, Nova Science, New York, USA, 2001.

4.R. K. Buyya & K. Bubendorfer, Market Oriented Grid and Utility Computing, Wiley, 2008.

5.J. Jaseph & C. Fellenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson, 1st Ed, 2004.

CLOUD COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS439 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS201/ 13EM 201 Credits: 3

Journey to the Cloud: This unit focuses on the business drivers, definition, essential

characteristics, and phases of journey to the Cloud. Business drivers for Cloud computing,

Definition of Cloud computing, Characteristics of Cloud computing as per NIST, Steps involved in

transitioning from Classic data center to Cloud computing environment. Classic Data Center (CDC):

This unit focuses on the key elements of CDC — compute, storage, and network, with focus on

storage networking, business continuity, and data center management. Application, DBMS,

Compute, Storage and Networking, Object based and Unified storage technologies, Business

continuity overview and backup, Replication technologies, CDC Management. Virtualized Data

Center (VDC): Virtualization of core technologies in a data center, leading to Virtualized Data

Center (VDC). Fundamental concepts of compute, storage, networking, desktop and application

virtualization. Concepts and techniques employed for ensuring business continuity in a virtualized

data center. Compute, Storage, Network virtualization techniques, Virtual machine (VM)

components and process of converting physical to VMs, Block and file level storage virtualization,

Virtual provisioning and automated storage tiering, Virtual LAN (VLAN) and its benefit, Methods

for implementing desktop virtualization, their benefits, and considerations, Application

virtualization methods, benefits, and considerations. Cloud Computing and Infrastructure:

Essential characteristics of Cloud Computing, the different Cloud services and deployment models,

the economics of Cloud, Cloud infrastructure components, and Cloud service creation processes.

Cloud service management processes that ensure that the delivery of Cloud services is aligned

with business objectives and expectations of Cloud service consumers. Cloud services models,

184

Cloud deployment models, Economics of Cloud, Cloud infrastructure components, Cloud service

creation processes, Cloud service management processes. Cloud Security and Migration to cloud:

Security concerns and migration considerations to cloud. Key security concerns and threats and

details Cloud model suitable for different categories of users. Security concerns and counter

measures in a VDC and Cloud environment, Governance, Risk, and Compliance aspects in Cloud,

Cloud security best practices, Cloud models suitable for different categories of users,

Considerations for choosing applications suitable for Cloud, Different phases to adopt the Cloud,

Major security issues filed by the enterprises.

Text Books:

I. The information storage and management and management book. Second Edition, EMC

Education Services 2014, https://education.emc.com/ISMbookv2/default.aspx

2. EMC Material/Courseware: littps://education.emc.com/

Reference Books:-

1) Mastering cloud computing: foundations and applications programming, Rajkumar Buyya,

Christian Vecchiola, S. Thamarai Selvi, Elsevier / Morgan Kaufmann.

2) Cloud Computing For Dummies Author: Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit

Judith, Publisher: Wiley India Pvt Ltd (2009 ), ISBN: 8126524871

3) Data Center Networks Topologies, Architectures and Fault-Tolerance Characteristics -Yang Liu ,

Jogesh K. Muppala, Malathi Veeraraghavan, Dong Lin, Mounir Hamdi -Springer-2013

4) VMware ESX Essentials in the Virtual Data Center-David Marshall, Stephen S. Beaver, Jason

McCarty-CRC Press-2009

5) Cloud Networking- Understanding Cloud-based Data Center Networks - Gary Lee -Morgan

Kaufmann -2014

6) Securing the cloud - cloud computer security techniques and tactics - J R Winkler -Elsevier -2011

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS440 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS201/13EM201 Credits: 3

Parallel Programming platforms - Parallel Algorithm - Basic Communication Operations -

Analytical Modeling of Parallel Programs - Programming using MPI - Matrix - graph and sorting

algorithms.

Brief History of GPUs, An Overview of GPU, Programming, Evolution of GPGPUs, An Overview of

GPU Memory Hierarchy Features. Introduction to Heterogeneous Computing –Introduction to

CUDA C, Parallel Programming in CUDA C.

Text books:

1. Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta and Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Parallel Computing, 2nd

Edition, Pearson Edition 2009.

2. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, CUDA By Example - An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU

Programming, Addison Wesley, 2011.

Reference book:

1. Michael J Quinn, Parallel Computing Theory and Practice, 2nd Edition, TMH, 2002

GRAPHICS & MULTIMEDIA STREAM

185

2D/3D GRAPHICS

Course Code: 13CS346 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS202 Credits: 3

Two-Dimensional Computer Graphics: From Common Curves to Intricate Fractals Turtle Graphics

, Fractals from Recursive Turtle Programs , Some Strange Properties of Fractal Curves, Affine

Transformations , Affine Geometry: A Connect-the-Dots Approach to Two-Dimensional Computer

Graphics , Fractals from Iterated Function Systems , Fixed-Point Theorem and Its Consequences,

Recursive Turtle Programs and Conformal Iterated Function Systems, Mathematical Methods for

Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics, Vector Geometry: A Coordinate-Free Approach

Coordinate Algebra , Some Applications of Vector Geometry, Coordinate-Free Formulas for Affine

and Projective Transformations, Matrix Representations for Affine and Projective

Transformations, Projective Space versus the Universal Space of Mass-Points , Quaternions:

Multiplication in the Space of Mass-Points, Three-Dimensional Computer Graphics: Realistic

Rendering Color and Intensity, Recursive Ray Tracing , Surfaces I: The General Theory, Surfaces II:

Simple Surfaces, Solid Modeling, Shading, Hidden Surface Algorithms , Geometric Modeling:

Freedom Curves and Surfaces, Bezier Curves and Surfaces , Bezier Subdivision, Blossoming , B-

Spline Curves and Surfaces , Knot Insertion Algorithms for B-Spline Curves and Surfaces,

Subdivision Matrices and Iterated Function Systems , Subdivision Surfaces.

Text book:

1.Ronald Goldman, Rice University, Houston, An Integrated Introduction to Computer Graphics and

Geometric Modeling, Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer Graphics, Geometric Modeling, and

Animation Series, 2009.

Reference Books:

1.C. M. Hoffmann, Geometric and Solid Modeling: An Introduction. San Mateo, CA: Morgan

Kaufmann, 1989.

2.M.E. Mortenson, Geometric Modeling. New York: Wiley, 1985.

3.An Introduction to Splines for Use in Computer Graphics and Geometric Modeling by Bartels,

Beatty, Barsky, Morgan Kaufmann.

4.P. Schnelder, D. Eberly, Geometric Tools for Computer Graphics (Morgan Kaufmann Series in

Computer Graphics and Geometric Modeling), 1st ed, Morgan Kaufmann, 2002.

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Course Code: 13CS347 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS202 Credits: 3

The Origins of Digital Image Processing. Examples of Fields that Use Digital Image Processing.

Fundamental Steps in Digital Image Processing. Components of an Image Processing System.

Elements of Visual Perception. Light and the Electromagnetic Spectrum. Image Sensing and

Acquisition. Image Sampling and Quantization. Some Basic Relationships Between Pixels. Linear

and Nonlinear Operations. Background. Some Basic Gray Level Transformations. Histogram

Processing. Enhancement Using Arithmetic/Logic Operations. Basics of Spatial Filtering.

Smoothing Spatial Filters. Sharpening Spatial Filters. Combining Spatial Enhancement Methods. A

Model of the Image Degradation/Restoration Process. Noise Models. Restoration in the Presence

of Noise Only-Spatial Filtering. Periodic Noise Reduction by Frequency Domain Filtering. Linear,

Position-Invariant Degradations. Estimating the Degradation Function. Inverse Filtering.

Minimum Mean Square Error (Wiener) Filtering. Constrained Least Squares Filtering. Geometric

Mean Filter. Geometric Transformations. Color Fundamentals. Color Models. Pseudocolor Image

Processing. Basics of Full-Color Image Processing. Color Transformations. Smoothing and

Sharpening. Color Segmentation. Noise in Color Images. Color Image Compression. Background.

Multiresolution Expansions. Wavelet Transforms in One Dimension. The Fast Wavelet Transform.

Wavelet Transforms in Two Dimensions. Wavelet Packets. Image Compression Models. Elements

186

of Information Theory. Error-Free Compression. Lossy Compression. Image Compression

Standards. Preliminaries. Dilation and Erosion. Opening and Closing. The Hit-or-Miss

Transformation. Some Basic Morphological Algorithms. Extensions to Gray-Scale Images.

Detection of Discontinuities. Edge Linking and Boundary Detection. Thresholding. Region-Based

Segmentation. Segmentation by Morphological Watersheds. The Use of Motion in Segmentation.

Representation. Boundary Descriptors. Regional Descriptors. Use of Principal Components for

Description. Relational Descriptors. Patterns and Pattern Classes. Recognition Based on Decision-

Theoretic Methods. Structural Methods.

Text Book:

1.Digital Image Processing by Rafael C. Gonzalez / Richard E. Woods , 3 rd Edition, Pearson

Education

Reference Books:

1.Introduction to Digital Image Processing with MATLAB, 1/e, McAndrew Alasdair, Publisher:

cengage

2.Bézier and Splines in Image Processing and Machine Vision, Sambhunath Biswas, Brian C.

Lovell, Springer, 2007

3.Machine Learning for Audio, Image and Video Analysis - Theory and Applications, Nicu Sebe, Ira

Cohen, Ashutosh Garg, Thomas S. Huang, Springer, 2008

4.Digital Image Processing - Rafael C. Gonzalez

5.Digital Image Processing, Sridhar, Oxford Press, 2011.

ANIMATION

Course Code: 13CS348 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS202 Credits: 3

Introduction, Technical Background, Interpolating Values, Interpolation-Based Animation,

Kinematic Linkages, Motion Capture, Physically Based Animation, Fluids: Liquids & Gases,

Modeling and Animating Human Figures, Facial Animation, Behavioral Animation, and Special

Models for Animation.

Text book:

1.Computer Animation, 3rd Edition, Algorithms and Techniques, R Parent , Morgan Kaufmann,

2012.

Reference Books:

1.Shroeder, Martin & Lorenson, 'The Visualization Toolkit', 2nd ed., Prentice Hall, 1998. (or 3rd

Edition).

2.M. O’Rourke, “Principles of Three Dimensional Computer Animation,” 3rd ed., W. W. Norton &

Company, 2003.

3.Schaum’s Outline of Computer Graphics” (2000) by Zhigang Xiang, Roy A. Plastock; 2nd Edition;

McGraw-Hill.

VIDEO AND AUDIO STREAMING

Course Code: 13CS441 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS202 Credits: 3

Introduction, Video formats: scanning colour space conversion, digital component coding, video

tape formats, time code, interconnection standards, high definition video compression:

compression basics, compression algorithms, compression codes, discrete cosine transform,

MPEG compression Audio compression: Anolog compression, digital audio, The ear and

psychoacoustics, The human voice, Lossy compression, codecs Introduction to streaming media

187

: Applications, architecture, band width, video encoding : video capture, compression, encoding

enhancements audio encoding : audio formats, capture, encoding, file formats preprocessing :

video and audio processing stream serving : streaming, webcasting, on-demand serving,

inserting advertisements, play lists Live web casting: planning a webcast, video capture, graphics,

audio capture, encodingt Applications of streaming media.

Text Book:

1.The Technology of Video and Audio Streaming by David Austerberry pubs: Elsevier, 2

edition,

2004

Reference Books:

1.Streaming media bible by Steve Mack, publisher :Hungry minds , 2002

2.Streaming media by Gregory C. Demetriades pub: Wiley, 2003

MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGIES

Course Code: 13CS442 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS202 Credits: 3

Multimedia Communications: Human Communication model, Evolution and Convergence,

Technology Framework, Standardization Framework, Frameworks For Multimedia

Standardization: Standardization Activates, Standards to build a new global information

infrastructure, Standardization process on multimedia communications, ITU-T Mediacom 2004

Frame work for Multimedia Communications, ISO/IEC MPEG-21 Multimedia Framework, IETF

Multimedia Internet Standard, Industrial For a and Consortia, Application Layer: ITU Applications,

MPEG Applications, Digital Broad Casting, Mobile Services and Applications, Universal

Multimedia Access. Middleware Layer: Middleware for Multimedia, Media Coding, Media

Streaming, Infrastructure for Multimedia content Distribution, Middleware technologies for

multimedia networks. Network Layer: Network Aspects of standardization projects, Network

Functions, Network Traffic Analysis, Quality of Service in Network Multimedia Systems, Generic

Networks, Access Broadband Networks, Core Broadband Networks, and Content Delivery

Networks.

Text book:

1.Kamisetty Rao, Zoran Bojkovic, Dragorad Milovanovic, Introduction to Multimedia

Communications: Applications, Middleware, Networking, Wiley Publisher, 2005.

Reference Books:

1.Suzanne (Suzanne Weixel) Weixel, Jennifer Fulton, Karl Barksdale, Cheryl Beck Morse, Bryan

Morse, “Multimedia BASICS, Course Technology”, 1

edition, 2003.

2.Li, Z.-N. & Drew, M. S, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, 2004, Prentice Hall.

3.Williams,”The Non-Designer's Design Book”, 2/e, Berkeley, CA: Peachpit Press, 2004.

4.Tannenbaum, R. S, “Theoretical Foundations of Multimedia”, W.H. Freeman & Co, 1998.

INTELLIGENT COMPUTING STREAM

SOFT COMPUTING

Course Code: 13CS349 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS304 Credits: 3

Introduction to Intelligent systems and soft computing: Intelligence systems, Knowledge -based

systems, knowledge representation and processing, soft computing. Fundamentals of Fuzzy

Logic Systems: Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy logic operations, generalized operations, Fuzziness and fuzzy

188

resolution, fuzzy relations, composition and interface, considerations of fuzzy decision- making.

Fuzzy logic control: Basic of fuzzy control, Fuzzy control architecture, Properties of fuzzy control,

robustness and stability. Fundamentals of Artificial neural networks: Learning and acquisition of

knowledge, features of artificial neural networks, fundamentals of connectionist modeling. Major

classes of neural networks: The multi-layer perceptrons, radial basis function networks,

Kohonen’s self-organizing network, The Hopfield network, industrial and commercial application

of ANN. Dynamic neural networks and their applications to control and chaos prediction:

Training algorithms, fields of applications of RNN, dynamic neural networks for identification and

control, neural network –based control approaches,dynamic neural networks for chaos time

series prediction, artificial neural networks for chaos predictions. Neuro Fuzzy Systems:

Architecture of neuro fuzzy systems, construction of neuro fuzzy systems. Evolutionary

computing: Over view of Evolutionary computing, Genetic algorithms and optimization, the

schema theorem: the fundamental algorithm of Genetic algorithms, Genetic algorithms -

operations, integration of Genetic algorithms with neural networks, integration of Genetic

algorithms with fuzzy logic, known issues in Genetic algorithms, population-based incremental

learning, Evolutionary Strategies, ES applications

Text books:

1.Fakhreddine O. Karry, Clarence De Silva, “Soft Computing and Intelligent systems Design

Theory, Tools and Applications”, Pearson, 2009

Reference Books:

1.Laurene Fausett, “Fundamentals of Neural Networks”, Pearson, 2004.

2.Timothy J Ross “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, 3

Edition, Wiley, 2010.

3.Bart Kosko, “Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems”, PHI, 2004

4.S N Sivanandam, S N Deepa, “Principles of Soft Computing”, Wiley India,2008

MACHINE LEARNING

Course Code: 13CS350 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS304 Credits: 3

Supervised Learning: Learning a Class from Examples, Vapnik Chervonenkis (VC) Dimension,

Probably Approximately Correct (PAC) Learning, Noise, Learning Multiple Classes, Regression,

Model Selection and Generalization, Dimensions of a Supervised Machine Learning Algorithm

Bayesian Decision Theory: Classification, Losses and Risks, Discriminant Functions, Utility Theory,

Association Rules Parametric Methods: Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Evaluating an

Estimator: Bias and Variance, The Bayes' Estimator, Parametric Classification, Regression, Tuning

Model Complexity: Bias/Variance Dilemma, Model Selection Procedures Multivariate Methods:

Multivariate Data, Parameter Estimation, Estimation of Missing Values, Multivariate Normal

Distribution, Multivariate Classification, Tuning Complexity, Discrete Features, Multivariate

Regression Dimensionality Reduction: Subset Selection, Principal Components Analysis, Factor

Analysis, Multidimensional Scaling, Linear Discriminant Analysis Clustering: Mixture Densities, k-

Means Clustering, Expectation-Maximization Algorithm, Mixtures of Latent Variable Models,

Supervised Learning after Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Choosing the Number of Clusters

Nonparametric Methods: Nonparametric Density Estimation, Generalization to Multivariate

Data, Nonparametric Classification, Condensed Nearest Neighbor, Nonparametric Regression:

Smoothing Models, Choosing the Smoothing Parameter Decision Trees: Univariate Trees,

Pruning, Rule Extraction from Trees, Learning Rules from Data, Multivariate Trees Linear

Discrimination: Generalizing the Linear Model, Geometry of the Linear Discriminant, Pairwise

Separation, Gradient Descent, Logistic Discrimination, Discrimination by Regression Local

Models: Competitive Learning, Radial Basis Functions, Incorporating Rule-Based Knowledge,

Normalized Basis Functions, Competitive Basis Functions, Learning Vector Quantization, Mixture

of Experts, Hierarchical Mixture of Experts Kernel Machines: Optimal Separating Hyper plane,

189

The Non-separable Case: Soft Margin Hyper plane, ν-SVM, Kernel Trick, Vectorial Kernels,

Defining Kernels, Multiple Kernel Learning, Multiclass Kernel Machines, Kernel Machines for

Regression, One-Class Kernel Machines, Kernel Dimensionality Reduction Bayesian Estimation:

Estimating the Parameter of a Distribution, Bayesian Estimation of the Parameters of a Function,

Gaussian Processes Hidden Markov Models: Discrete Markov Processes, Hidden Markov

Models, Three Basic Problems of HMMs, Evaluation Problem, Finding the State Sequence,

Learning Model Parameters, Continuous Observations, The HMM with Input, Model Selection in

HMM.

Text books:

1.Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, The MIT Press, 2010

Reference Book:

1.Stephen Marsland, “Machine Learning an Algorithmic Perspective”, CRC Press, 2009.

NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING

Course Code: 13CS351 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS304 Credits: 3

Mathematical Foundations, Linguistic Essentials, Corpus-Based Work. Words: Collocations,

Statistical Inference: n-gram Models over Sparse Data, Word Sense Disambiguation, Lexical

Acquisition. Grammar: Markov Models, Part-of-Speech Tagging, Probabilistic Context Free

Grammars, Probabilistic Parsing. Applications and Techniques: Statistical Alignment and

Machine Translation, Clustering, Topics in Information Retrieval, Text Categorization.

Textbooks:

1.Christopher D Manning, Hinrich Schutze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processing”, MIT Press, 2003.

References Books:

1.Lucja M Iwanska, Stuart C Shapiro, “Natural Language Processing And Knowledge

Representation: Language For Knowledge And Knowledge For Language”, AAAI Press, 2000.

2.Anne Kao, Stephen R Poteet, “Natural Language Processing and Text Mining”, Springer, 2010.

3.Daniel Jurafsky, James H Martin, “Speech and Language Processing”, Pearson, 2000

4.James Allen, “Natural Language Understanding”, 2

Edition, Pearson, 2008.

MULTI AGENT SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13CS443 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS304 Credits: 3

Intelligent Agents: Environments, Intelligent Agents, Agents and Objects, Agents and Expert

Systems, Agents as Intentional Systems, Abstract Architectures for Intelligent Agents. Deductive

Reasoning Agents: Agents as Theorem Provers, Agent-Oriented Programming, Concurrent

MetateM. Practical Reasoning Agents: Practical Reasoning Equals Deliberation Plus Means-Ends

Reasoning, Means-Ends Reasoning, Implementing a Practical Reasoning Agent, The Procedural

Reasoning System. Reactive and Hybrid Agents: Reactive Agents, Hybrid Agents. Understanding

each other: Ontology fundamentals, Ontology Languages, RDF, Constructing an Ontology,

Software Tools for Ontologies Communication: Speech Acts, Agent Communication Languages.

Working Together: Cooperative Distributed Problem Solving, Task Sharing and Result Sharing,

Result Sharing, Combining Task and Result Sharing, Handling Inconsistency, Coordination,

Multiagent Planning and Synchronization Methodologies: Appropriate Agent-Based Solution,

Agent-Oriented Analysis and Design Techniques, Pitfalls of Agent Development, Mobile Agents.

190

Applications : Agents for Workflow and Business Process Management, Agents for Distributed

Sensing, Agents for Information Retrieval and Management, Agents for Electronic Commerce,

Agents for Human-Computer Interfaces, Agents for Virtual Environments, Agents for Social

Simulation

Text Book:

1.Michael Wooldridge, “An Introduction to MultiAgent Systems”, 2/e, John-Wiley & sons, 2009.

Reference Books:

1.Adelinde M. Uhrmacher, Danny Weyns, Multi-Agent Systems: Simulation and Applications, CRC

Press, 2009.

2.Shoham, Kevin Leyton-Brown, “MultiAgent Systems - Algorithmic, Game-Theoretic, and Logical

Foundations”, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

COMPUTER VISION

Course Code: 13CS444 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS304 Credits: 3

Cameras: Sensing, Sources, Shadows, and Shading: Qualitative Radiometry, Sources and their

effects, Local shading models, Application: photometric stereo, Inter-reflections: global shading

models Color: The physics of color, Human color Perception, Representing color, A Model for

image color, Surface color from image color Linear Filters: Linear filters and convolution, Shift

Invariant linear systems, Spatial Frequency and Fourier Transforms, Sampling and Aliasing, Filters

as Templates, Technique: Scale and Image Pyramids, Edge Detection: Noise, Estimating

Derivatives, Detecting Edges Texture: Representing Texture, Analysis Using Oriented Pyramids,

Application: Synthesizing Textures for Rendering, Shape from Texture The Geometry of Multiple

Views: Two Views, Three Views Stereopsis: Reconstruction, Human Stereopsis, Binocular Fusion,

Using More Cameras Segmentation by Clustering: Human Vision: Grouping and Gestalt,

Applications: shot boundary detection and background subtraction, Image segmentation by

clustering pixels, Segmentation by Graph-Theoretic Clustering Segmentation by Fitting a Model:

The Hough Transform, Fitting Lines, Fitting Curves, Robustness, Example: Using RANSAC to fit

Fundamental matrices Segmentation and Fitting Using Probabilistic Methods: Missing Data

Problems, Fitting, and Segmentation, The EM Algorithm in practice, Model selection: best Fit,

Model-Based Vision: Initial Assumptions, Obtaining Hypotheses by Pose Consistency, Obtaining

Hypotheses Using Invariants, Verification, Application: Registrations in Medical Imaging Systems,

Curved Surfaces and Alignment Finding Templates Using Classifiers: Classifiers, Building

Classifiers from Class Histograms, Feature selection, Neural Networks, The Support Vector

Machine Recognition by Relations between Templates: Finding objects by voting on relations

between templates, Relational Reasoning Using Probabilistic Models and Search, Using Classifiers

to Prune Search, Technique: Hidden Markov Models, Applications: Hidden Markov Models and

Sign Language Understanding Geometric Templates from Spatial Relations: Simple Relations

between object and image, Primitives, Templates, and Geometric Inference, Object Recognition.

Text Book:

1.Forsyth David A and Ponce J, “Computer Vision – A Modern Approach”, Pearson Publication

2003.

Reference Book:

1.Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, R. Szeliski, Springer Verlag, 2011

COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS STREAM

INFORMATION THEORY & CODING

191

Course Code: 13EC340 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC207/13EM202 Credits: 3

Introduction: Measure of information, Average information content of symbols in long

independent sequences, Average information content of symbols in long dependent sequences,

Entropy calculation for extension of source. Mark-off statistical model for information source,

Entropy and information rate of mark-off source. Encoding of The Source Output, Shannon’s

encoding algorithm for dependent and independent sequences. Discrete communication

channels, Continuous channels. Source coding theorem, Huffman coding, Discrete memory less

Channels, Mutual information, Properties of mutual information, Channel Capacity. Channel

coding theorem, Differential entropy and mutual information for continuous ensembles, Channel

capacity Theorem Error Control Coding, Introduction, Types of errors, examples, Types of codes

Linear Block Codes: Matrix description, Error detection and correction, Standard arrays and table

look up for decoding. Binary Cycle Codes, Algebraic structures of cyclic codes, Encoding using an

(n-k) bit shift register, Syndrome calculation, BCH codes ,RS Codes, Golay codes, Shortened cyclic

codes, Burst error correcting codes. Burst and Random Error correcting codes. Convolution

Codes: Block diagram of encoder, Impulse response of encoder, Time domain approach and

Transform domain approach. State representation and state diagram, Tree diagram, trellis

diagram.

TEXT BOOKS

1. K. Sam Shanmugam ,”Digital and Analog communication systems, John Wiley, 1996.

2. Simon Haykin ,”Digital communication, , John Wiley, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ranjan Bose ,”ITC and Cryptography, TMH, II edition, 2007

2.Wells,” Applied Coding and Information Theory for Engineers”, Pearson Ed

3. Glover and Grant ,”Digital Communications “,Pearson Ed. 2

Ed 2008

4. Robert H. Morelos-Zaragoza ,"The Art of Error Correcting Coding ,"JOHN WILEY & SONS,

5. Thomas M. Cover& Joy A. Thomas, "Elements Of Information Theory, Second Edition",A John

Wiley & Sons, Inc

6. Michael Purser ,"Introduction to Error-Correcting Codes ",Artech House

SIMULATION BOOKS

1. Yuan Jiang, "A Practical Guide to Error-Control Coding Using MATLAB" , Artech House

TV AND VIDEO ENGINEERING

Course Code: 13EC341 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC207/13EM202 Credits: 3

Fundamentals of Television: Geometry form and Aspect Ratio - Image Continuity - Number of

scanning lines - Interlaced scanning - Picture resolution, composite video signal, video signal

dimension, horizontal sync, vertical sync details, Block diagram of Broad Cost T V Transmitter, T V

Receiver. Camera tube Principles, Image orthicon, vidicon, plumbicon. Television Transmitter and

Receiver: Picture signal transmission, sound signal transmission, standard channel bandwidth, VSB

transmission, positive and negative modulation, Low level and High level TV transmitters, TV

signal propagation Interference, TV transmission Antennas, Monochrome TV receiver block level,

Sync separation. Essentials of Colour Television: Compatibility, Colour perception, Three colour

theory, luminance, hue and saturation, Values of luminance and colour difference signals, colour

signal transmission, Bandwidth, Modulation of colour difference signals, weighting factors,

Formation of chrominance signal, I and Q, U and V Signals. Digital TV: Introduction to Digital TV,

Principle of Digital TV, Digital TV signals and parameters, Digital TV Transmitters, MAC signals,

Advanced MAC signal transmission, Digital TV receivers, Principles of Digital Video compression,

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG4, Video compression ITU-Standards(H),Digital TV recording techniques.

HDTV & Broadcasting systems: HDTV standards and systems, HDTV transmitter and

192

receiver/encoder, Digital TV satellite Systems, CCTV, CATV, direct to home TV, conditional access

system (CAS), Digital Broadcasting

TEXT BOOKS

1.R.R.Gulati, “ Monochrome Television Practice, Principles, Technology and servicing , Second

edition, New age International Publishes, 2004

2. A. M. Dhake,”Television and video Engineering,TMH Publication

3. Kelth jack ,”Video Demisified, Penram International Publication.

4. R.G. Gupta ,”Audio Video Systems”, Technical Education.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S. P. Bali, “Color TV Theory and Practice”.

2. Bernard Grobb, Charles E, “Basic TV and Video Systems”

OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS

Course Code: 13EC342 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC207/13EM202 Credits: 3

Introduction: Advantages of Optical fibers, Applications of Optical Fiber, Ray Theory Transmission,

Total internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Critical Angle, Numerical Aperture, Fiber types: Step

Index, Graded Index: Modes of Propagation: single mode and multimode fibers. Transmission

Characteristics of Optical Fibers: Attenuation, absorption, scattering and bending losses in fibers,

Dispersion: Inter-model and intra-model, Polarization mode dispersion Optical Transmitters and

Detectors: LED’S: Principles of Light Emission, Light Emitting Diodes: Simple structure and

characteristics. LASER: Principle, Simple structures of semiconductor Laser and its characteristics,

Optical Transmitter Circuits. Electro Optic Modulation: Kerr effect, Pockle’s effect, Amplitude and

Phase modulations. Detectors: Principles of photo detection. PIN Photodiode, Avalanche

Photodiode and their characteristics, Optical Receiver Circuit. Optical Fiber Systems: Digital

System planning considerations, Optical power budgeting, Advanced Multiplexing Strategies:

WDM,OTDM and SCM. Optical Amplifiers: Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers, Raman Amplifiers,

Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers. Optical Fiber Measurements & Instrumentation: Numerical

Aperture, attenuation, refractive index, cutback and OTDR. Advanced Optical Systems: Fiber

Optic LAN’s, Wavelength routing Networks, Optical switching networks, SONET/SDH, FDDI.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Keiser G, “Optical Fiber Communication, ” McGraw-Hill.

2.G. P. Agrawal, “Fiber-Optic Communications Systems,” 3

Edition, John Wiley & Sons.

3. J C Palais ,” Fiber Optic Communications”, 2nd Edition, PHI

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.W Tomasi ,” Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, PHI

2.J Powers, “An introduction to fiber optic systems,” 2

Edition, Mc. Graw Hill.

3.John Gowar, “Optical communication systems,” PHI.

4.John M Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice”, 2nd Edition, PHI.

SATELLITE COMMUNICATION

Course Code: 13EC443 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC207/13EM202 Credits: 3

Introduction: Basic Concepts of Satellite Communications, Frequency Allocations for Satellite

Services, Applications. Orbital Mechanics And Launchers: Orbital Mechanics, Look Angle

determination, Orbital perturbations, Orbit determination, launches and launch vehicles, Orbital

effects in communication systems performance. Satellite Subsystems: Attitude and Orbit Control

193

System, Telemetry, Tracking, Command and Monitoring, Power Systems, Communication

Subsystems, Satellite Antennas. Satellite Link Design: Basic Transmission Theory, System Noise

Temperature and G/T Ratio, Design of Down Links, Up Link Design, Design Of Satellite Links For

Specified C/N, System Design Examples. Earth Station Technology: Introduction, Transmitters,

Receivers, Antennas, Tracking Systems, Terrestrial Interface, Primary Power Test Methods.

Multiple Access Techniques and Error Control : Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Inter-

modulation, Calculation of C/N, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frame Structure, Satellite

Switched TDMA, Onboard Processing, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Error control

requirements for satellite link—ARQ, Concatenated Codes, Interleaving, Turbo codes. Satellite

Navigation & Global Positioning System : Radio and Satellite Navigation, GPS Position Location

Principles, GPS Receivers and Codes, Satellite Signal Acquisition, GPS Navigation Message, GPS

Signal Levels, GPS Receiver Operation.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Timothy Pratt, Charles Bostian and Jeremy Allnutt Satellite Communications, WSE, Wiley

Publications, 2nd Edition, 2003.

2.L.Pritchard, Robert A Nelson and Henri G.Suyderhoud,”Satellite Communications Engineering –

Wilbur, 2nd Edition, Pearson Publications,

REFERENCES

1.M. Richharia, »Satellite Communications: Design Principles »BS Publications, 2

Edition.

2.K.N. Raja Rao, “Fundamentals of Satellite Communications”, PHI, 2004

3.D.C Agarwal ,”Satellite Communication, Khanna Publications, 5

Ed.

4.Dennis Roddy Satellite Communications , McGraw Hill, 4

Edition, 2009.

5.Robert M Gagliardi, Satellite Communications, DTS Publishers Ltd.

CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS

Course Code: 13EC344 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC-308 /13EM202 Credits: 3

Introduction to Mobile Communication: Evolution of Mobile Radio Communication, Examples of

Wireless Communication Systems, Cellular telephone Systems, 2G & 3G wireless networks,

Cellular concept, frequency reuse, Channel Assignment strategies, Hand off strategies,

Interference and system capacity, improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems. Mobile

Radio Propagation: Large Scale Fading, Free space propagation model, Three basic propagation

mechanisms: Reflection, diffraction, scattering, Small Scale Fading, Multipath Propagation, Types

of small scale fading, Parameters of Mobile Multipath channels, fading effects due to multipath

delay Spread and Doppler spread, Statistical models for multipath fading channels. Equalization&

Diversity: Fundamentals of Equalizers, Linear equalizers, nonlinear equalizers, Decision feedback

equalizers, MLSE, Algorithms for adaptive equalization, Space diversity, MRC, EGC, selection

diversity, Polarization diversity, Frequency diversity, Time diversity, Rake receiver. Wireless

Systems & Standards: GSM Services, Features, Architecture, channel types, Frame Structure,

Signal processing in GSM, CDMA Digital cellular Standards IS-95. OFDM for Wireless

Communications: Basic OFDM, FFT Implementation, Cyclic Extension, Power Spectrum, and

Efficiency, Comparison with Single-Carrier, Design Example, Baseband versus Passband,

Impairments of Wireless Channels to OFDM Signals: Time-Varying Impairments, Effect of Sampling

Clock Offset, Effect of Timing Offset, Effect of Delay Spread, System Nonlinearity.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles and Practice”, 2

Edition, Pearson

Education, 2003.

2. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath “Fundamentals of Wireless Communication” Cambridge

University Press, 2005

3. Ye (Geoffrey) Li, Gordon Stuber, “Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing for Wireless

Communications”, Springer, 2006.

194

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. W. C. Y. Lee, “Mobile Cellular Communications, 2nd Edition”, Mc Graw Hill,

2. Gottapu Sasi Bhushana Rao” Mobile Cellular Communication”, Pearson Education

3. Andrea Goldsmith, “Wireless Communications”, Cambridge University Press,

4. Simon R. Saunders, Alejandro Aragon Zavala, “Antennas and Propagation for Wireless

Communication Systems”, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Son,

5. Vahid Tarokh “New Directions in Wireless Communications Research”, Springer.

EMI/EMC

Course Code: 13EC345 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC202 Credits: 3

EMI Environment: Sources of EMI, Conducted and Radiated EMI, Transient EMI, EMI –EMC

Definitions and Units of Parameters. EMI Specifications/Standards/Limits: Units of specifications,

Civilian Standards and Military Standards EMI Control Techniques: Shielding, Filtering, Grounding,

Bonding, Isolation Transformer, Transient Suppressors, Cable Routing, Signal control, Component

Selection and mounting. EMC Design Guidelines and Choice of passive components for EMC:

EMC Design Guidelines: Typical Sub systems in Electronic Equipment, Transmitters, Receivers,

Antenna Systems, Power Supplies, Motors, Control Devices, Digital Circuits, Digital Computers.

Choice of Passive Components for EMC: Capacitors, Inductors, Transformers, Resistors,

Conductors, Ferrite Beads, Coaxial Connectors, Conductive Gaskets. EMI Measurements: EMI Test

Instrument / Systems, EMI Test, EMI Shielded Chamber, Open Area Test Site, TEM cell Antennas

TEXT BOOKS

1.V P Kodali, “Engineering EMC Principles, Measurements and Technologies”, IEEE press,

2.Bernard Kieser, “Principles of Electromagnetic Compatibility”, Artech House 3

Edition,

3.Henry W.Ott, “Electromagnetic Compatibility Engineering” , A John wiley & sons publication

REFERENCE

1.Clayton R Paul, “Electromagnetic Compatibility, John Wiley

2.Tim Williams, “EMC for Product Designer”, Elsevier

3.PR Chatterton, ”Electromagnetic Theory to practical design”, Wiley

4.Sonia Ben Dhia,” Electromagnetic Compatibility as Integrated Circuits, Springer

RF SYSTEM DESIGN

Course Code: 13EC346 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC414 Credits: 3

Introduction: Importance of RF and Microwave Circuit Design-Dimensions and Units-Frequency

Spectrum - RF Behavior of Passive Components: High Frequency Resistors, High Frequency

Capacitors, High Frequency Inductors, General Introduction, Types of Transmission Lines-

Equivalent Circuit representation. The Smith Chart: Introduction, Derivation of Smith Chart,

Description of two types of smith chart, Z-Y Smith chart, Distributed Circuit Applications, Lumped

Element Circuit Applications. Single And Multiport Networks: Basic Definitions, Interconnecting

Networks, Scattering Parameters related problems RF Filter Design: Scattering Parameters:

Definition, Meaning, Chain Scattering Matrix, Conversion Between S- and Z-parameters, Signal

Flow Chart Modeling, Generalization-Basic Resonator and Filter Configurations: Low Pass, High

Pass, Band Pass and Band Stop type Filters-Filter Implementation using Unit Element and Kuroda's

Identities Transformations. Stability and Gain Considerations – RF Design RF Source, Transducer

Power Gain, Additional Power Relations-Stability Considerations: Stability Circles, Unconditional

Stability, and Stabilization Methods-Unilateral and Bilateral Design for Constant Gain- Noise Figure

Circles- Constant VSWR Circles. RF Amplifiers – Small Signal Design Introduction, Types and

195

Characteristics of Amplifiers, Small Signal Amplifiers, Design of different types of amplifiers (NBA,

HGA, MGA, LNA, MNA, BBA)

TEXT BOOKS

1.Mathew M. Radmanesh, “Radio Frequency & Microwave Electronics”, Pearson Education Asia,

Second Edition,

2.Reinhold Ludwig and Powel Bretchko,” RF Circuit Design – Theory and Applications”, Pearson

Education Asia, First Edition.

REFERENCES

1.Joseph . J. Carr, “Secrets of RF Circuit Design”, McGraw Hill Publishers, Third Edition.

2.Ulrich L. Rohde and David P. New Kirk, “RF / Microwave Circuit Design”, John Wiley & Sons USA,

2000.

3.Roland E. Best, “Phase - Locked Loops: Design, simulation and applications”, McGraw Hill Publishers

edition

4.Devendra K.Misra ,”Radio Frequency and Microwave Communication Circuits – Analysis and

Design “John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

5. Jon B. Hagen, " Radio Frequency Electronics ", Cambridge university press, Cambridge, 1996.

6. James Hardy, " High Frequency Circuit Design ", Resto Publishing Co., NewYork, 1979.

7. Ian Hickman, " RF HandBook ", Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1993.

8. Ulrich L.Rohde, T.T.N.Bucher, " Communication Recievers ", McGraw-Hill, New York, 1998.

RADAR AND NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

Course Code: 13EC447 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC313 Credits: 3

Introduction, Basic Radar , Advantage of Basic Radar, Block Diagram of Pulse Radar, simple form of

Radar equation, Detection of signals in noise, Receiver noise and signal to noise ratio, integration

of Radar pulses, RCS: RCS of simple targets, RCS of multiple targets, PRF and Range Ambiguities,

Doppler Effect, Limitations of CW Radar, FMCW Radar, Altimeter. MTI Radar, Delay line cancellers:

Frequency response of single delay line cancellers, Clutter Attenuation, MTI improvement factor,

N-pulse delay line canceller, Non recursive and Recursive filters, staggered PRF, Doppler filter

banks Tracking: Types of tracking Radar Systems, Sequential Lobing Radar, Conical Scan and Mono

pulse Tracking Radar Super heterodyne Receiver, Types of Duplexers and receiver protectors, types

of Displays, Radomes. Radar Transmitter: Introduction, Linear- Beam Power Sources, Magnetron,

Crossed- Field Amplifiers, Other RF Power Sources. Radar Receivers: The Radar Receivers, Receiver

Noise Figure, Super heterodyne Receivers, Duplexers and Receiver Protectors, Radar Displays

Electronic Warfare: Objectives an definitions, Noise jamming, Types of Electronic counter

measures and Electronic counter to counter measures, Stealth applications. Elementary ideas of

Navigational Aids, DME, VOR, DVOR, TACAN, ILS, MLS, GPS, Automatic Direction Finder,

Hyperbolic Navigational (LORAN, DECA, OMEGA).

TEXT BOOKS

1.Merrill I Skolnik, “ Introduction to Radar Systems”, 3

Edition, TMH, 2003

2. GSN Raju,”Radar Engineering and Fundamentals of Navigational Aids”, I K International

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Peyton Z Peebles Jr, “Radar Principles”, John Wiley Inc., 2004

2. Hamish Meikie,” Modern Radar Systems”, Artech House

3. AK Sen and Dr AB Bhattacharya, “Radar Systems and Radio Aids to Navigation”

SIMULATION BOOK

1. Bassem R.Mahafza “Radar systems Analysis and design using Matlab” Chapman & Hall

196

MICROWAVE AND MILLIMETRIC WAVE CIRCUITS

Course Code: 13EC448 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC313 Credits: 3

Analysis of Microwave Circuits: Introduction, Microwave Components – E-plane Tee, H-plane Tee,

Magic Tee, Directional Coupler, Isolator, Circulator & their Scattering Transformers & Resonators:

Parameters, Impedance Transformers – Quarter wave Transformers, Microwave Resonators –

Rectangular and Cylindrical Resonators. Filters And Periodic Structures: Design of Narrow Band

Low Pass, Band Pass and High Pass Filters, Maximally flat and Chebyshev Designs, Introduction to

Periodic Structures, Floquet’s Theorem, Circuit Theory Analysis of Infinite and Terminated

Structures, Obstacles in Wave Guides: Introduction, Posts in Waveguides, Diaphragms in

Waveguides, Waveguide Junctions, Waveguide Feeds, Excitation of Apertures Millimeter Wave

Circuits: Wave Propagation in microstriplines, Discontinues in Microstrips, Parallel Coupled lines,

Power Dividers and Directional Couplers, Microwave and Millimeter Wave Integrated Circuits.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Roger F. Harrington, “Time-Harmonic Electromagnetic Fields”, Mc graw-hill

2.Robert E Collin, “Foundation For Microwave Engineering”, Mc Graw-Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Analysis Methods for RF, Microwave, and Millimeter-Wave Planar Transmission Line Structures

by Cam Nguyun

RADIATION SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13EC349 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC313 Credits: 3

Basics Concepts Of Radiation: Radiation from surface current and current line current

distribution, Basic antenna parameters, Radiation mechanism-Current distribution of Antennas,

Impedance concept-Balanced to Unbalanced transformer Radiation From Apertures Field

equivalence principle, Rectangular and circular apertures, Uniform distribution on an infinite

ground plane, Aperture fields of Horn antenna-Babinets principle, Geometrical theory of

diffraction, Reflector antennas, and Design considerations - Slot antennas Synthesis Of Array

Antennas Types of linear arrays, current distribution in linear arrays, Phased arrays, Optimization

of Array patterns, Continuous aperture sources, Antenna synthesis techniques Micro Strip

Antennas Radiation mechanisms, Feeding structure, Rectangular patch, Circular patch, Ring

antenna. Input impedance of patch antenna, Microstrip dipole, Microstrip arrays

EMI/EMC/Antenna Measurements: Log periodic, Bi-conical, Log spiral ridge Guide, Multi turn

loop, Traveling Wave antenna, Antenna measurement and instrumentation, Amplitude and Phase

measurement, Gain, Directivity, Impedance and polarization measurement, Antenna range,

Design and Evaluation

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kraus.J.D.,"Antennas"II Edition, John wiley and Sons.

2. Balanis.A, "Antenna Theory Analysis and Design", John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1982

REFERENCES

1. RF System Design, Peter Kinget Bell Laboratories, Lucent Technologies Murray Hill,

2. Practical RF system design, Wiley-IEEE, 2003 - Technology & Engineering

197

VLSI STREAM

ANALOG VLSI DESIGN

Course Code: 13EC461 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC206 /13EC312 Credits: 3

Introduction to Analog Design: General Concepts, Basic MOS Device physics: General

considerations of MOS devices, second order effects, MOS device models. Amplifiers design:

Single Stage (CS, CG and CD) configurations, Cascade Stage; Differential pair: Operation, Basic

Differential Pair, differential pair with MOS loads, Gilbert cell. Passive & Active Current Mirrors:

Basic current mirrors, Cascode current mirror, Active Current Mirrors- large signal analysis, small

signal analysis and common mode properties. Frequency response of Amplifiers: General

Considerations, Common-Source Stage, Source Followers, Common Gate Stage, Cascode Stage,

Differential Stage. Operational Amplifiers: Op-Amp topologies, single stage, two stages, Gain

Boosting, Slew rate.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Behzad Razavi, “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005

2. Phillip E. Allen, Douglas R. Holberg, “CMOS analog circuit design” Oxford University Press

REFERENCE

1. Jacob Baker, “CMOS Mixed Signal Circuit Design”, John Wiley, 2008

2. Gray & Mayer, Analysis & Design of Analog Integrated Circuits, 4

edition, Wiley, 2001

3. David A. Johns, Ken Martin “Analog Integrated Circuit Design, John Wiley

LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN

Course Code: 13EC362 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC206 / 13EC312 Credits: 3

Introduction: Need for low power VLSI chips, Sources of power dissipation on Digital Integrated

circuits. Emerging Low power approaches, Physics of power dissipation in CMOS devices. Device &

Technology Impact on Low Power: Dynamic dissipation in CMOS, Transistor sizing& gate oxide

thickness, Impact of technology Scaling, Technology & Device innovation Simulation Power

Analysis: SPICE circuit simulators, gate level logic simulation, capacitive power estimation, static

state power, gate level capacitance estimation, architecture level analysis, data correlation

analysis in DSP systems, Monte Carlo simulation. Probabilistic power analysis: Random logic

signals, probability & frequency, probabilistic power analysis techniques, signal entropy. Low

Power Design Circuit Level: Power consumption in circuits. Flip Flops & Latches design, high

capacitance nodes, low power digital cells library Logic level: Gate reorganization, signal gating,

logic encoding, state machine encoding, precomputation logic Low Power Architecture &

Systems: Power & performance management, switching activity reduction, parallel architecture

with voltage reduction, flow graph transformation, low power arithmetic components, low power

memory design. Low power Clock Distribution: Power dissipation in clock distribution, single

driver Vs distributed buffers, Zero skew Vs tolerable skew, chip & package co design of clock

network . Algorithm & Architectural Level Methodologies: Introduction, design flow,

Algorithmic level analysis & optimization, Architectural level estimation & synthesis.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Gary K. Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, KAP, 2002

2. Rabaey, Pedram, “Low Power Design Methodologies” Kluwer Academic

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Kaushik Roy, Sharat Prasad, “Low-Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design” Wiley,2000

2. Yeo, “CMOS/BiCMOS ULSI Low Voltage Low Power” Pearson Education

198

ASIC DESIGN

Course Code: 13EC363 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC206 / 13EC312 Credits: 3

Types of Asics: Design flow - CMOS transistors CMOS Design rules - Combinational Logic Cell –

Sequential logic cell - Data path logic cell - Transistors as Resistors - Transistor Parasitic

Capacitance- Logical effort - Library cell design - Library architecture. Anti fuse - static RAM -

EPROM and EEPROM technology - PREP benchmarks - Actel ACT - Xilinx LCA -Altera FLEX - Altera

MAX DC & AC inputs and outputs - Clock & Power inputs - Xilinx I/O blocks. Actel ACT -Xilinx LCA -

Xilinx EPLD - Altera MAX 5000 and 7000 - Altera MAX 9000 - Altera FLEX Design systems - Logic

Synthesis - Half gate ASIC -Schematic entry - Low level design language - PLA tools - EDIF- CFI

design representation. Synthesis and Simulation: Verilog and logic synthesis -VHDL and logic

synthesis - types of simulation -boundary scan test - fault simulation - automatic test pattern

generation. Data Logic Cells: Data Path Elements, Adders, Multiplier, Arithmetic Operator, I/O

cell, Cell Compilers. System partition: FPGA partitioning -partitioning methods - floor planning -

placement - physical design flow - global routing - detailed routing - special routing - circuit

extraction - DRC.

TEXT BOOK

1.M.J.S .Smith, " Application - Specific Integrated Circuits " - Addison -Wesley Longman

REFERENCES BOOKS

1.S.D. Brown, R.J. Francis, J. Rox, Z.G. Uranesic, " Field Programmable Gate Arrays " -Kluever

Academic Publishers, 1992.

2.Mohammed Ismail and Terri Fiez, " Analog VLSI Signal and Information Processing ", Mc Graw

Hill, 1994.

3.S. Y. Kung, H. J. Whilo House, T. Kailath, " VLSI and Modern Signal Processing ", Prentice Hall,

1985.

DESIGN FOR TESTABILITY

Course Code: 13EC364 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC206 / 13EC312 Credits: 3

Basic Concepts: Need for testing, Reliability concepts, Reliability and failure rate, Relation

between reliability and MTBF, Maintainability, Availability, series and parallel systems, Failure and

faults, Modeling of faults, Temporary faults Fault Diagnosis and Test Generation: Fault diagnosis

and testing, Test generation for combinational logic circuits: Fault table method, Path

sensitization, Boolean difference, D-Algorithm, PODEM, Kohavi algorithm, Detection of multiple

faults in combinational logic circuits, Test generation for sequential logic circuits, Random testing,

Transition continuous testing, Signature analysis PLA Testing: Faults in PLA, PLA minimization,

EPC Theorems, PLA folding, Foldable compatibility matrix, the Compact algorithm, the maximum

folding. Fault Tolerant Design: Importance of fault tolerance, Basic concepts of fault tolerance,

Static redundancy, Dynamic redundancy, Hybrid redundancy, Self purging redundancy, Sift-out

reconfiguration scheme, 5MR reconfigurable scheme, Time redundancy, Software redundancy,

Fail-Safe Operation, A Scheme for fault tolerant Design of VLSI chips, Fault tolerant VLSI processor

arrays Design for Testability: Controllability and Observability, Design of testable combinational

circuits, Design of testable sequential circuits: Scan path technique, LSSD, RAS technique; Built in

self test: BIST concepts, TPG for BIST, BIST architectures-CSBL, BEST, RTS, LOCST, STUMPS,

CBIST,CEBS, RTD, SST, CATS, CSTP, BILBO.

TEXT BOOKS

1.P.K. Lala, "Digital Circuit Testing and Testability", Academic Press.

2.N.N.Biswas, “Logic Design Theory”, Prentice-Hall.

REFERENCES

1.M. Abramovici, M.A. Breuer and A.D. Friedman, "Digital Systems and Testable Design”, Jaico

Publishing House.

199

2.M.L. Bushnell and V.D. Agrawal, "Essentials of Electronic Testing For Digital, Memory And

Mixed-Signal VLSI Circuits", Kluwer Academic Publishers.

3.A.L Crouch, “Design Test For Digital Ics And Embedded Core Systems”, Prentice-Hall

International.

MIXED SIGNAL CIRCUITS & SYSTEMS

Course Code: 13EC465 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13EC206 / 13EC312 Credits: 3

Data Converter Fundamentals: Analog versus Digital Discrete Time Signals, Converting Analog

Signals to Data Signals, Sample and Hold Characteristics, DAC Specifications, ADC Specifications,

Mixed-Signal Layout Issues. Analog To Digital Conversion: Performance Metrics of Analog-to-

Digital Converters, Sampling, Band-pass Sampling Quantization, Types of Analog-to-Digital

Converters, Sigma-Delta Analog-to-Digital Converters, Data Converters Architectures: DAC

Architectures, Digital Input Code, Resistors String, R-2R Ladder Networks, Current Steering,

Charge Scaling DACs, Cyclic DAC, Pipeline DAC, ADC Architectures, Flash, 2-Step Flash ADC,

Pipeline ADC, Integrating ADC, Successive Approximation ADC. Data Converter SNR: Improving

SNR Using Averaging, Decimating Filters for ADCs, Interpolating Filters for DAC, B and pass and

High pass Sync filters, Amplifier Design For Wireless Communication Systems: Amplifier Design,

Low Noise Amplifier, Automatic Gain Control Amplifiers, Power amplifiers, PLL: Operation of the

Phase Locked Loop, Phase Detectors, Frequency Dividers, Oscillator Design, Frequency

Synthesizers: Frequency synthesizer parameters, Frequency Synthesizer Techniques, Analyzing

phase noise in frequency synthesizers.

TEXT BOOKS

1. R. Jacob Baker, “CMOS mixed signal circuit design” IEEE series on microelectronic systems,

Wiley publications.

2. Emad N. Farag and Mohamed I. Elmasry, “Mixed signal VLSI Wireless Design Circuits and

Systems”, Kluwer academic Publishers.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Yichuang Sun, “Test and Diagnosis of Analogue, Mixed-signal and RF Integrated Circuits”,

Published by The Institution of Engineering and Technology, London, United Kingdom.

2. Walt Kester, “Mixed-Signal and DSP Design Techniques”, Analog Devices, Inc

3.R. Best, “Phase-Locked Loops Design, Simulation,& Applications,” 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill

4.Edgar Sánchez-Sinencio ,”Low-Voltage/Low-Power Integrated Circuits and Systems: Low-Voltage

Mixed-Signal Circuits”, Wiley Publications

5.Yichuang Sun,”Test and Diagnosis of Analogue, Mixed-Signal and RF Integrated Circuits: The

System on Chip Approach”, IET

6Marc Tiebout ,”Low Power VCO Design in CMOS” , Springer

7.H R Rategh, T H Lee, “Frequency Synthesizer Design for 5GHz wireless LAN Systems”, Kluwer

Academic Publishers

SPECIALIZATION STREAM - SIGNAL PROCESSING

ARRAY SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code : 13EC470 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 13ES205 Credits: 3

Spatial Signals, Signals in space and time. Spatial frequency, Direction vs. frequency. Wave fields.

Far field and Near field signals. Sensor Arrays, Spatial sampling, Nyquist criterion. Sensor arrays.

Uniform linear arrays, planar and random arrays. Array transfer (steering) vector. Array steering

vector for ULA. Broadband arrays. Spatial Frequency, Aliasing in spatial frequency domain. Spatial

Frequency Transform, Spatial spectrum. Spatial Domain Filtering. Beam Forming. Spatially white

signal. Direction Of Arrival Estimation, Non parametric methods - Beam forming and Capon

200

methods. Resolution of Beam forming method. Subspace methods - MUSIC, Minimum Norm and

ESPRIT techniques. Spatial Smoothing.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Dan E. Dugeon and Don H. Johnson.,” Array Signal Processing: Concepts and Techniques.

Prentice Hall.

2. Petre Stoica and Randolph L. Moses. “Spectral Analysis of Signals. Prentice Hall.

MODERN DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code : 13EC371 L – T – P: 3-0--0

Pre-requisite : 13ES205 Credits : 3

Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Decimation by an factor D- Interpolation by a Factor I -

Sampling Rate Conversion by a Rational Factor I/D Filter Design and Implementation for sampling

rate Conversion: Direct form FIR filter structures – Poly-phase filter structures - Time Variant filter

structure, Multistage Implementation of Sampling Rate Conversion. Non Parametric Power

Spectrum Estimations: Spectral Analysis of deterministic Signals, Estimation of the

Autocorrelation of Stationary Random Signals, Estimation of the Power Spectrum of Stationary

Random Signals, Joint signal analysis. Parametric Method of Power Spectrum Estimation:

Parametric Methods for power spectrum estimation, Relationship between Auto-Correlation and

Model Parameters, AR (Auto-Regressive) Process and Linear Prediction, Yule-Walker, Burg and

Unconstrained Least Squares Methods, Sequential Estimation, Moving Average (MA) and ARMA

Models, Minimum variance spectral estimation, Pisarenko Harmonic Decomposition Methods,

MUSIC algorithm, ESPIRIT algorithm. DFT Filter Banks and Trans-multipliers: Maximally

decimated DFT Filter Banks, Two channel perfect reconstruction conditions, Lattice

implementation of orthonormal filter banks, trans-multiplexer Applications: Design of phase

shifters – interfacing of Digital Systems with different sampling rates- Narrow band low pass filters

– Digital filter banks – Spectrum estimation, Sub band coding of speech signal/Sensor application.

TEXT BOOKS

1 Roberto cristi, “Modern Digital Signal Processing “, Thomson Learning

2.Proakis JG and Manolakis DG, ”Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and Application”,

Pearson Education.

3.Dimitris G Manolakis, Vinak K Ingle and Stephen M Kogan, “Statistical and adoptive signal

processing ” Artech House, London

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Openheim AV & Schafer RW, “Discrete Time Signal Processing”, Pearson Education, Asia.

2.Raghuveer M. Rao, Ajit S Bopardikar,” Wavelet Transform, Introduction to Theory and

Applications”, Pearson Education, Asia

3.Orfanadis S, “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”, Pearson Education,

4.Sanjit K.Mitra , “DSP computer Based Approach “ 2

Edition, MC Graw Hill

5.Hams Georg stark “Wavelet & Signal Processing”, Springer, 2005.

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1.Samuel D Stearns, “Digital Signal Processing with examples in Matlab“, CRC Press, 2000.

2.ES Gopi. “Algorithm collections for Digital Signal Processing Applications using Matlab “,

Springer, 2007.

3.Taan S. Elali, “Discrete Systems and Digital Signal Processing with Matlab”, CRC Press,2005.

DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Course Code : 13EC372 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 13ES205 Credits: 3

201

Introduction: Origin of Digital Image Processing, Fields that uses Digital Image Processing,

Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image Processing System.

Digital Image Fundamentls: Elements of Visual perception, Image sampling and Quantization,

Basic relationships between Pixels, Linear and Non-linear operations. Digital Image Transforms:

Image Transforms – The Discrete Fourier Transform, Walsh, Hadamard, Discrete Cosine

Transform, Haar Transform, the Slant Transform, Image Enhancement in Spatial Domain: Some

basic Grey level transformations, histogram processing, enhancement using Arithmetic/Logic

operations, Smoothing Spatial Filters, Sharpening Spatial Filters. Image Enhancement in

Frequency Domain: Introduction to Fourier Transform and the Frequency Domain, Smoothing

Frequency Domain Filters, Sharpening Frequency Domain Filters. Image Restoration: Noise

models, Restoration in the presence of Noise, only Spatial Filtering, Periodic Noise reduction by

Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations, Inverse Filtering, Wiener

Filtering. Image Compression: Fundamentals – Image Compression models – Error Free

Compression, Lossy Compression. Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities,

Thresholding, Edge based Segmentation and Region based Segmentation. Image Representations

and Description: Representation schemes, Boundary Descriptors, Regional Descriptors.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods,” Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, Pearson

Education Asia, 2002. (Chapter 3)

2.Gonzalez. R & Woods B.E.,” Digital Image Processing”, Addison Wesley Longman Pearson

Education, 2000. (Chapter 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle, Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision,

Thomson learning, Second Edition, 2001.

2.William J Prati, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley & sons

3. Alasdair McAndrew, “ Introduction to Digital Image Processing” CENGAGE Learing.

MULTI-RATE SIGNAL PROCESSING

Course Code : 13EC373 L – T – P: 3--0--0

Pre-requisite : 13ES205 Credits: 3

Fundamentals Of Multirate Theory: The sampling theorem - sampling at subnyquist rate - Basic

Formulations and schemes. Basic Multirate operations- Decimation and Interpolation - Digital

Filter Banks- DFT Filter Bank- Identities- Polyphase representation Maximally Decimated Filter

Banks: Polyphase representation - Errors in the QMF bank- Perfect reconstruction (PR) QMF Bank

- Design of an alias free QMF Bank M-Channel Perfect Reconstruction Filter Banks: Uniform band

and non uniform filter bank - tree structured filter bank- Errors created by filter bank system-

Polyphase representation- perfect reconstruction systems Perfect Reconstruction (Pr) Filter

Banks: Paraunitary PR Filter Banks- Filter Bank Properties induced by paraunitarity- Two channel

FIR paraunitary QMF Bank- Linear phase PR Filter banks- Necessary conditions for Linear phase

property- Quantization Effects: -Types of quantization effects in filter banks. - coefficient

sensitivity effects, dynamic range and scaling. Cosine Modulated Filter Banks: Cosine Modulated

pseudo QMF Bank- Alias cancellation phase - Phase distortion- Closed form expression- Polyphase

structure- PR Systems

TEXT BOOKS

1. P.P. Vaidyanathan. Multirate systems and filter banks. Prentice Hall. PTR.

2. N.J. Fliege. Multirate digital signal processing . John Wiley 1994.

REFERENCES

1.Sanjit K. Mitra. Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach. McGraw Hill. 1998.

2.R.E. Crochiere. L. R. “Multirate Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall.

3J.G. Proakis. D.G. Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing: Principles. Algorithms and Applications” ,

3rd Edn. Prentice Hall India, 1999

202

SPEECH PROCESSING

Course Code : 13EC474 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 13ES205 Credits: 3

Speech Fundamentals: Articulatory Phonetics – Production and Classification of Speech Sounds;

Acoustic Phonetics – acoustics of speech production; Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts.

Digital models for the speech signal - Lossless tube models - digital models - linear predictive coding

of speech - auto correlation - formulation of LPC equation - solution of LPC equations - Levinson

Durbin algorithm - Levinson recursion - Schur algorithm -lattice formulations and solutions - PARCOR

coefficients. Spectral analysis of speech - short time fourier analysis - filter bank design - speech

coding – subband coding of speech - transform coding - channel vocoder - formant vocoder -

cepstral vocoder – vector quantizer coder. Speech synthesis - pitch extraction algorithms - Gold

Rabiner pitch trackers - autocorrelation pitch trackers - voice/unvoiced detection - homomorphic

speech processing - homomorphic systems for convolution - complex cepstrums - pitch extraction

using homomorphic speech processing. Automatic speech recognition systems - isolated word

recognition - connected word recognition – large vocabulary word recognition systems - pattern

classification - DTW, HMM - speaker recognition systems - speaker verification systems - speaker

identification systems.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rabiner L.R. & Schafer R.W., “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”, Prentice Hall Inc.

2. Thomas Parsons, “Voice and Speech Processing”, McGraw Hill Series .

3. Saito S. & Nakata K., “Fundamentals of Speech Signal Processing”, Academic Press, Inc.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Steven W. Smith, “The Scientist and Engineer’s Guide to Digital Signal Processing”, California

Technical Publishing.

2.Thomas F Quatieri, “Discrete-Time Speech Signal Processing – Principles and Practice”, Pearson

Education.

3.Claudio Becchetti and Lucio Prina Ricotti, “Speech Recognition”, John Wiley and Sons.

4.Ben gold and Nelson Morgan, “Speech and audio signal processing”, processing and perception

of speech and music, Wiley- India Edition, 2006 Edition.

5.Frederick Jelinek, “Statistical Methods of Speech Recognition”, MIT Press.

6. Owens F.J., “Signal Processing of Speech”, Macmillan New Electronics

7. Papamichalis P.E., “Practical Approaches to Speech Coding”, Texas Instruments, Prentice Hall .

8. Rabiner L.R. & Gold, “Theory and Applications of Digital Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall of

India.

EMBEDDED SYSTEMS – STREAM

REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS

Course Code: 11EM330 L –T – P: 3-0-0

Prerequisite: 13CS203 Credits: 3

Review of Operating Systems: Basic Principles, Operating System structures, System Calls, Files,

Processes, Design and Implementation of processes, Communication between processes,

Introduction to Distributed operating system, distributed scheduling. Overview of RTOS: RTOS

Task and Task state, Process Synchronisation- Message queues, Mail boxes, pipes, Critical section,

Semaphores, Classical synchronisation problem, Deadlocks REAL TIME MODELS AND

LANGUAGES: Event Based – Process Based and Graph based Models, Real Time Languages, RTOS

Tasks, RT scheduling, Interrupt processing, Synchronization, Control Blocks, Memory

Requirements. REAL TIME KERNEL: Principles, Design issues, Polled Loop Systems, RTOS Porting

to a Target, Comparison and study of various RTOS like QNX, VX works, PSOS, C Executive- Case

203

studies. RTOS APPLICATION DOMAINS: RTOS for Image Processing, Embedded RTOS for voice

over IP, RTOS for fault Tolerant Applications, RTOS for Control Systems.

REFERENCES:

1. Raj Kamal, “Embedded Systems- Architecture, Programming and Design” Tata McGraw Hill,

2006.

2. Herma K., “Real Time Systems – Design for distributed Embedded Applications”, Kluwer

Academic, 1997.

3. Charles Crowley, “Operating Systems-A Design Oriented approach” McGraw Hill 1997.

4. Krishna.C.M, Kang, Shin.G, “Real Time Systems”, McGraw Hill, 1997.

5. Raymond J.A.Bhur, Donald L.Bailey, “An Introduction to Real Time Systems”, PHI 1999.

6. Mukesh Sighal and Shi.N.G “Advanced Concepts in Operating System”, McGraw Hill 2000.

PCB DESIGN

Course Code : 13EM 332 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : NIL Credits: 3

ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS & MOUNTING: Active and passive components – resistor, capacitor,

inductor, semiconductor diode, LED, zener diode, Bipolar junction transistor, IC’s, SMD,

connectors use of multimedia & CRO. Preparation & mounting of components – lead cutting.

BASIC OF PCB & SOLDERING TECHNIQUES: Introduction – Classification of PCB – single, double,

multilayer and flexible boards – copper clad laminates materials of copper clad laminates –

manufacturing process – properties of laminates (electrical & physical) - types of laminates. Hand

soldering Tools Solder alloys – soldering flexes – soldering techniques – Iron soldering – mass

soldering, DIP soldering – wave soldering – solder mask. SCHEMATIC & LAYOUT DESIGN:

Schematic diagram – Net list – Design rule check – creating components for library – Imperial –

metric Tracks – Pads – Vias – Clearances – Rats nest – silk screen – selection of board size – power

plane – grounding. DESIGN OF PCB’S: Single sided PCB – Double sided PCB – Multilayer PCB –

Auto routing – manual routing – Design rule check – creating of foot print for library creating

Gerber file. PCB FABRICATION: Film master preparation - Image transfer - photo printing – Screen

Printing – Plating techniques etching techniques – Mechanical Machining operations.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Printed Circuit Board – Design, Fabrication, Assembly & Testing by R.S.Khandpur,

TATA McGraw Hill Publisher

2. Printed circuit Board – Design & Technology by Walter C.Bosshard

3. ISTE Hand book on Printed Circuit Board Fabrication.

MICRO CONTROLLERS INTERFACING & SYSTEM DESIGN.

Course No : 13EM 334 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EC311 Credits: 3

OVERVIEW OF ARCHITECTURE AND MICROCONTROLLER RESOURCES: Architecture of

microcontroller-Microcontroller resources-Resources in advanced and next generation

microcontrollers-8051 microcontroller-Internal and External memories-Counters and Timers-

Synchronous serial cum asynchronous serial communication-Interrupts.8051 FAMILY

MICROCONTROLLERS INSTRUCTION SET: Basic assembly language programming-Data transfer

instructions-Data and bit manipulation instructions-Arithmetic instructions-Instructions for logical

204

operations on the bytes among the Registers, Internal RAM, and SFR’s Program flow control

instructions-Interrupt control flow. SREAL TIME CONTROL: INTERRUPTS: Interrupt handling

structure of an MCU-Interrupt Latency and Interrupt deadline-Multiple sources of the interrupts -

Non-maskable interrupt sources-Enabling of disabling of the sources-polling to determine the

interrupt resources and assignment of the priorities among them-Interrupt structure in Intel

8051.TIMERS: Programmable Timers in MCU’s-Free running counter and real time control-Interrupt

interval and density constraints. PIC MICROCONTROLLER: Instruction, Architecture overview,

memory organization Interrupts and reset, I/O ports, Timers. SYSTEM DESIGN: DIGITAL AND

ANALOG INTERFACING METHODS: Switch, key and keyboard interfacing –LED and Array of LEDs-

Keyboard-cum-Dislay controller (8279) - Alphanumeric Devices-Display Systems and its Interfaces.

Interfacing with the Flash memory-Interfaces-Interfacing to High power Devices-Analog input

Interfacing-Analog output Interfacing Optical motor Shaft Encoders- Industrial Control-Industrial

process Control System-prototype MCU based Measuring Instruments-Robotics and embedded

control.

TEXT BOOKS

1. D.V.Hall “Microprocessor and Interfacing”, 2nd Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company,

2006.

2. A.K. Ray & K. M Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors & peripherals”, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Publishing Company 2002.

3. Rajkamal, “Microcontrollers - Architecture, Programming, Interfacing & System Design”, 2

edition, Pearson Education.

4. Mazidi & Mc Kinley “The 8051 Micro controller and Embedded systems: using assembles and C,

2nd edition.

ADVANCED EMBEDDED PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURES.

Course Code : 13EM430 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 13EC311 Credits: 3

ARM Processor as System-on-Chip: Acorn RISC Machine – Architecture inheritance – ARM

programming model – ARM development tools – 3 and 5 stage pipeline ARM organization – ARM

instruction execution and implementation – ARM Co-processor interface. ARM Assembly

Language Programming: ARM instruction types – data transfer, data processing and control flow

instructions – ARM instruction set – Co-processor instructions, Thumb Instruction set.

Architectural Support for System Development: Advanced Microcontroller bus architecture –

ARM memory interface – ARM reference peripheral specification – Hardware system prototyping

tools – ARMulator – Debug architecture. ARM Processor Cores: ARM7TDMI, ARM8, ARM9TDMI,

ARM10TDMI, The AMULET Asynchronous ARM Processors-AMULET1. Embedded ARM

Applications: The VLSI Ruby II Advanced Communication Processor, The VLSI ISDN Subscriber

Processor, The OneC

VWS22100 GSM chip, The Ericssion-VLSI Bluetooth Baseband Controller,

The ARM7500 and ARM7500FE

TEXT BOOKS (MAXIMUM 2)

1. ARM System on Chip Architecture – Steve Furber – 2nd ed., 2000,Addison

Wesley Professional.

2. Design of System on a Chip: Devices and Components – Ricardo Reis,

1st ed., 2004, Springer

205

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Co-Verification of Hardware and Software for ARM System on Chip Design (Embedded

Technology) – Jason Andrews – Newnes, BK and CDROM

2. System on Chip Verification – Methodologies and Techniques –Prakash Rashinkar, Peter

Paterson and Leena Singh L, 2001,Kluwer Academic Publishers.

HARDWARE SOFTWARE CO -DESIGN

Course Code : 11 EM 432 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11 EC 311 Credits: 3

Co- Design Issues: Co- Design Models, Architectures, Languages, A Generic Co-design

Methodology. Co- Synthesis Algorithms: Hardware software synthesis algorithms: hardware –

software partitioning distributed system co-synthesis. Prototyping and Emulation: Prototyping

and emulation techniques, prototyping and emulation environments, future developments in

emulation and prototyping. Target Architectures: Architecture Specialization techniques, System

Communication infrastructure, Target Architecture and Application System classes, Architecture

for control dominated systems (8051-Architectures for High performance control), Architecture

for Data dominated systems (ADSP21060, TMS320C60), Mixed Systems. Compilation Techniques

and Tools for Embedded Processor Architectures:

Modern embedded architectures, embedded software development needs, compilation

technologies practical consideration in a compiler development environment. Design

Specification and Verification: Design, co-design, the co-design computational model,

concurrency coordinating concurrent computations, interfacing components, design verification,

implementation verification, verification tools, interface verification Languages for System – Level

Specification and Design-I System – level specification, design representation for system level

synthesis, system level specification languages. Languages for System – Level Specification and

Design-II Heterogeneous specifications and multi-language co-simulation the cosyma system and

lycos system.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hardware / software co- design Principles and Practice – Jorgen Staunstrup, Wayne Wolf –

2009, Springer.

2. Hardware / software co- design Principles and Practice, 2002, kluwer academic publishers

EMBEDDED NETWORKING

Course Code : 13EM 336 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EC311 Credits: 3

EMBEDDED COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS: Embedded Networking: Introduction –

Serial/Parallel Communication – Serial communication protocols -RS232 standard – RS485 –

Synchronous Serial Protocols -Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) – Inter Integrated Circuits (I2C) – PC

Parallel port programming -ISA/PCI Bus protocols – Firewire. USB AND CAN BUS: USB bus –

Introduction – Speed Identification on the bus – USB States – USB bus communication: Packets –

Data flow types –Enumeration –Descriptors –PIC 18 Microcontroller USB Interface – C Programs –

CAN Bus – Introduction - Frames –Bit stuffing –Types of errors –Nominal Bit Timing – PIC

microcontroller CAN Interface –A simple application with CAN. ETHERNET BASICS: Elements of a

network – Inside Ethernet – Building a Network: Hardware options – Cables, Connections and

206

network speed – Design choices: Selecting components –Ethernet Controllers – Using the internet

in local and internet communications – Inside the Internet protocol. EMBEDDED ETHERNET:

Exchanging messages using UDP and TCP – Serving web pages with Dynamic Data – Serving web

pages that respond to user Input – Email for Embedded Systems – Using FTP – Keeping Devices

and Network secure. WIRELESS EMBEDDED NETWORKING: Wireless sensor networks –

Introduction – Applications – Network Topology – Localization –Time Synchronization - Energy

efficient MAC protocols –SMAC – Energy efficient and robust routing – Data Centric routing

TEXT BOOKS

1. Frank Vahid, Givargis ‘Embedded Systems Design: A Unified Hardware/Software

Introduction’, Wiley Publications

2. Jan Axelson, ‘Parallel Port Complete’, Penram publications

3. Dogan Ibrahim, ‘Advanced PIC microcontroller projects in C’, Elsevier 2008

4. Jan Axelson ‘Embedded Ethernet and Internet Complete’, Penram publications

5. Bhaskar Krishnamachari, ‘Networking wireless sensors’, Cambridge press 2005

WEB TECHNOLOGIES - STREAM

WEB PROGRAMMING

Course Code : 13EM 331 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EM301 Credits: 3

Introduction to HTML, Working with Text, Creating Tables and Working with Frames, Cascading

Style Sheets: Working with Style Sheets. Java Script: Introduction, Simple program, obtaining user

input with prompt dialogs, memory concepts, arithmetic, decision making, assignment operators,

control structures – IF, IF…ELSE, WHILE, , FOR repetition statement, SWITCH multiple-selection

statement, DO…WHILE repetition statement, logical operators. Java Script: Program modules in

javascript, function definitions, scope rules, global functions, recursion, arrays, references and

reference parameters, passing arrays to functions, sorting arrays, searching arrays, multi-

dimensional arrays, math object, string object, date object, Boolean and number object, document

object, window object, using cookies, using JSON to represent objects. Document Object Model:

Introduction, Modeling a document, DOM Nodes and Trees, Traversing and modifying a DOM

tree, DOM Collections, dynamic styles, summary of DOM objects and Collections, registering event

handlers, onload, onmousemove, the event object, this, onmouseover, onmouseout, onfocus,

onblur, onsubmit, onreset, event bubbling, more events. PHP: Introduction, PHP basics, string

processing and regular expressions, form processing and business logic, connecting to database,

using cookies, dynamic content, operator precedence. Web Servers: Microsoft Internet

Information Services, Apatche Web Server, Active Server Pages.

Textbooks

1. Internet and World Wide Web: How to Program, Deitel and Deitel, 4th Edition, Prentice

Hall, 2009.

2. HTML Black Book ,Steven Holzner ,Dream tech publications (2000).

Reference Books

1. N.P Gopalan, J.Akilandeswari Web Technology – A Developer’s Perspective, PHI (2008).

2. Web Technologies –Uttam K Roy, Oxford Higher Education.

3. Chris Bates, Web Programming – Building Internet Applications Addison Wesley (2006).

VISUAL PROGRAMMING

Course Code : 13EM 333 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EM301 Credits: 3

The Philosophy of .NET Understanding the previous states affair, The .NET Solution, The building

Block of the .NET platform (CLR,CTS,CLS), the role of the .NET base class libraries, what C# brings

to the table, additional .NET – Aware programming Languages, An overview of .NET binaries (aka

assemblies), The role of the common intermediate language, Compiling CIL to platform specific

207

instruction, Understanding the common type system, Intrinsic CTS data types, Understanding the

common languages specification, Understanding the common languages runtime, A tour of the

.NET namespace, increasing your namespace nomenclature, Deploying the .NET runtime. Building

C# Applications The role of the command line compiler (CSC.exe), Building C# application using

csc.exe, Working with csc.exe response file, generating bug reports, Remaining C# compiler

option, The command line debugger, using the visual studio. Net IDE, Other key aspects of the

VS.Net IDE, Documenting your source code via XML, C# preprocessor directives, An interesting

Aside: The System. Environment class, Building .Net application with other IDEs. C# Language

Fundamentals : An Anatomy of a basic C# class, Creating objects: Constructor basic, the

composition of a C# application, Default Assignment and variable scope, The C# member

initialization syntax, Basic input and output with the console class, Understanding value types and

reference types, The master node: System. Objects, The system Data type (And C# aliases),

Converting between value type and reference type: Boxing and Unboxing, Defining program

constraints, C# Iterations constructs, C# control flow constructs, The complete set C# operator,

Defining Custom class methods, Understanding static methods, Method parameter modifiers,

Array manipulation in C#, String manipulation in C#, C# Enumerations, Defining structures in C#,

Defining custom namespaces. Object Oriented Programming with C# Formal definition of the C#

class, Definition the "Default public interface" of a type, Recapping the pillars of OOP, The first

pillar: C# Encapsulation services, Pseudo Encapsulation: Creating read only field, The second pillar:

C#'s Inheritance supports keepingfamily secrets: The "Protected" keyword, The Nested type

definitions, The third pillar: C#'s Polymorphic support casting between types, Generating class

definitions using Visual Studio. Net. Exceptions and Objects Life Time Ode to errors, Bugs and

exceptions, The role of .NET exceptions handling, The system. Exception base class throwing a

generic exception catching exception, CLR system level exception (System. system

exception),Custom application level exception (System. application exception), Handling multiple

exception, The finally block, The last chance exception, dynamically identify application and

system level exception, Debugging system exception using VS.Net, Understanding Object life time,

The CIT of new, The basic of garbage collection, Finalizing a type, Finalization process, building and

Ad hoc destruction method, garbage collection optimization, The system .GC type. Interfaces and

Collections Defining interfaces using C#, Invoking interface member at the object level, Exercising

the shape hierarchy, Understanding explicit interface implementation, Interfaces as Polymorphic

agents, Building interface hierarchies, Implementing interface using VS.Net, Understanding the

Iconvertible interface, Building a custom enumerator (I Enumerable and Ienumerator), Building

cloneable objects (Icloneable), Building comparable objects (I Comparable), Exploring the system

the collection namespace, Building a custom container (Retrofitting the carstype). Understanding

.Net Assembles Problems with classic COM Binaries, An overview of .Net assembly, Building a

simple file test assembly, A C# Client Application, A Visual Basic .Net Client application, Cross

Language Inheritance, Exploring the Carlibrary's manifest, Exploring the Carlibrary's Types,

Building the multi file assembly, Using the multi file assembly, Understanding private assemblies,

Probing for private assemblies (The Basics), Private assemblies and XML Configuration files,

Probing for private assemblies (The Details),Understanding Shared assembly, Understanding

Shared Names, Building a Shared assembly, Understanding delay Signing, Installing/Removing

shared assemblies, Using a Shared assembly.

Text Book:

1. Andrew Troelsen C# and The .Net platform, , Second edition,2003, Dream TECH Press,India.

2. Tom Archer Inside C#, , 2001,WP Publishers.

Reference Books

1. Joe duffy, Professional .NET Framework 2.0, Worx Publications, Willey India Edition, 2006

Edition

2. David S Platt, Introducing Microsoft .NET, Prentice Hall of India, Eastern Economy edition, 2nd

Edition

3. Matthew Reynolds, Karli Watson, Bill Forgey, Brian Patterson, .NET

208

WEB MIDDLEWARE AND WEB SERVICES

Course Code : 13EM 335 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EM301 Credits: 3

Distributed Information systems – design, architecture and communication, Middleware –

understanding middleware, RPC and related middleware, TP monitors, object brokers,

message-oriented middleware. Enterprise Application Integration (EA I) – from middleware to

application integration, EAI middleware Workflow management systems, Web technologies –

exchanging information over the internet, web technologies for supporting remote clients,

application servers and application integration. Web services and their approach to distributed

computing, Web services technologies and web services architecture Basic web services

technology, minimalistic infrastructure. SOAP, WSDL, UDDI, web services at work, interactions

between specifications, related standards. Service coordination protocols, introduction,

infrastructure for coordination protocols. WS-coordination, WS-transaction, RosettaNet, other

standards, Service composition – basics, a new chance of success, service composition models,

dependencies between coordination and composition. BPEL, Outlook – state of the art in web

services, applicability of web services, web services as a problem and solution. Case studies - Web

services: industry adoption, case studies: context setting, a proposed solution.

Textbooks

1. Web Services: Concepts, Architectures and Applications (Data-Centric Systems and

Applications) – Gustavo Alonso, Fabio Casati, Harumi kuno and Vijay Machiraju, Springer

pub, 2003

2. Web Services, An introduction, B.V. Kumar and S.V Subrahmanya, Tata Mcgraw

Hill, 2004

References

1. Web Services Essentials Distributed Applications with XML-RPC, SOAP, UDDI & WSDL by

Ethan Cerami, O’Reilly , First Edition, February 2002.

2. Programming Web Services with SOAP by James Snell, O’Reilly First Edition Dec 2001.

3. Web Services Theory & Practice by Anura Guruge, Digital Press, 2004.

4. Executive’s Guide to Web Services by Eric A. Marks & Mark. J. Werrell, John Wiley & Sons,

2003.

ENTERPRISE PROGRAMMING

Course Code : 13EM431 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EM301 Credits: 3

Java EE Essentials, J2EE Multi-Tier Architecture, Advanced JSP topics, Java Server Faces, Working

with Databases, Advanced topics in JDBC. EJB Fundamentals and Session Beans, EJB Entity Beans,

Message Driven Beans, EJB Relationships, EJB QL, and JDBC. Design Patterns and EJB. J2EE Design

patterns and Frameworks: Pattern Catalog- Handle-Forward pattern, Translator pattern,

Distributor pattern, Broadcaster pattern, Zero sum pattern, Status Flag Pattern, Sequencer

pattern, Behavior Separation pattern, Consolidator pattern, Simplicity pattern, Stealth Pattern.

Web Services and JAX-WS. Java Mail API, Java Interface Definition Language and CORBA, Java

Remote Method Invocation, Java Messaging Service, Java Naming and Directory Interface API.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Kevin Mukhar, James L. Weaver, Jim Crume, Chris Zelenak, “Beginning Java EE 5 from Novice to

Professional”, Apress, 2005 Edition.

2. James Keogh, “J2EE: The Complete Reference”, McGraw-hill Osborne Media: 1st Edition, 2002.

REFERENCES:

1. Jan Graba, “An Introduction to Network Programming with Java”, Springer, 2nd edition, 2006.

209

2. Antonio Goncalves, “Beginning Java EE 6 Platform with GlassFish 3”, Apress, 2009.

3. Mark D Hansen, “SOA Using Java web services”, Pearson, 2007.

4. Dreamtech Software Team, “Java Server Programming J2EE: Black Book”, Wiley, 2007.

SEMANTIC WEB

Course Code : 13EM 433 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EM301 Credits: 3

INTRODUCTION Components – Types – Ontological Commitments – Ontological Categories –

Philosophical Background -Sample - Knowledge Representation Ontologies – Top Level Ontologies

– Linguistic Ontologies – Domain Ontologies – Semantic Web – Need – Foundation – Layers –

Architecture. LANGUAGES FOR SEMANTIC WEB AND ONTOLOGIES Web Documents in XML – RDF

- Schema – Web Resource Description using RDF- RDF Properties – Topic Maps and RDF –

Overview – Syntax Structure – Semantics – Pragmatics - Traditional Ontology Languages – LOOM-

OKBC – OCML - Flogic Ontology Markup Languages – SHOE – OIL - DAML + OIL- OWL ONTOLOGY

LEARNING FOR SEMANTIC WEB Taxonomy for Ontology Learning – Layered Approach – Phases of

Ontology Learning – Importing and Processing Ontologies and Documents – Ontology Learning

Algorithms - Evaluation ONTOLOGY MANAGEMENT AND TOOLS

Overview – need for management – development process – target ontology – ontology mapping –

skills management system – ontological class – constraints – issues. Evolution – Development of

Tools and Tool Suites – Ontology Merge Tools – Ontology based Annotation Tools. APPLICATIONS

Web Services – Semantic Web Services - Case Study for specific domain – Security issues – current

trends.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Asuncion Gomez-Perez, Oscar Corcho, Mariano Fernandez-Lopez “Ontological Engineering:

with examples from the areas of Knowledge Management, eCommerce and the Semantic

Web” Springer, 2004.

2. Grigoris Antoniou, Frank van Harmelen, “A Semantic Web Primer (Cooperative Information

Systems)”, The MIT Press, 2004.

3. Alexander Maedche, “Ontology Learning for the Semantic Web”, Springer; 1 edition, 2002

REFERENCES

1. John Davies, Dieter Fensel, Frank Van Harmelen, “Towards the Semantic Web: Ontology –

Driven Knowledge Management”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2003.

2. John Davies (Editor), Rudi Studer (Co-Editor), Paul Warren (Co-Editor) “Semantic Web

Technologies: Trends and Research in Ontology-based Systems”Wiley Publications, Jul 2006

3. Dieter Fensel (Editor), Wolfgang Wahlster, Henry Lieberman, James Hendler, “Spinning the

Semantic Web: Bringing the World Wide Web to Its Full Potential”, The MIT Press, 2002

4. Michael C. Daconta, Leo J. Obrst, Kevin T. Smith, “The Semantic Web: A Guide to the Future of

XML, Web Services, and Knowledge Management”, Wiley, 2003

SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES

Course Code : 13EE 330 L – T – P: 3-0-0

Pre-requisite : 11EE 203 Credits: 3

The smart grid: Introduction – Necessity of smart grid – Definition – Early smart grid initiatives –

overview of the technologies required for the smart grid-Information and communication

technologies, Sensing measurement, control and automation technologies, Power electronics and

energy storage.

Data communication: Introduction – dedicated and shared communication channels – switching

techniques – communication channels- layered architecture and protocols; Communication

technologies for the smart grid: Introduction –communication technologies – standards for

information exchange.

210

Information Security for the smart grid: Introduction – Encryption and Decryption: Symmetric

Key encryption, Public key encryption - Authentication – Digital signature: Secret key signature,

Public key signature, Message digest – cyber security standards.

Smart metering and demand side integration: Introduction – smart metering – smart meters –

Communication infra structure and protocols for smart metering - Demand side integration.

Introduction to smart grid applications: Introduction – voltage and VAR control and optimization

– fault detection, isolation and restoration (FDIR) – Demand response (DR) – Distributed energy

resources (DERs) – wide area monitoring, control and protection (WAMCP).

Text Books:

1. “Smart Grid: Technology and Applications” by Janaka Ekanayake , Kithsiri Liyanage ,

Jianzhong Wu , Nick Jenkins – John Wiley & sons Limited ; 2012 first Edition.

2. “Smart Grid: Applications, communication and security” by Lars T. Berger and Krzysztof

Iniewski - John Wiley & sons Limited; 2012 first Edition.

Reference Books:

1. “Smart grid: Fundamental of Design and analysis” by James Momoh “John Wiley & sons

Limited IEEE Press, 2012.

OPERATION OF RESTRUCTURED POWER SYSTEM

Course Code : 11EE334 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11EE205 CREDITS: 3

Need and conditions for deregulation. Introduction of Market structure, Market Architecture,

Spot market, forward markets and settlements. Review of Concepts original cost of generation,

least-cost operation, incremental cost of generation. Power System Operation: Old vs. New.

Electricity sector structures and Ownership /management, the forms of Ownership and

management. Different structure model like Monopoly model, Purchasing agency model,

wholesale competition model, Retail competition model. Pricing: Framework and methods for the

analysis of Bilateral and pool markets, LMP based markets, auction models and price formation,

price based unit commitment, country practices. Transmission network and market power,

Power wheeling transactions and marginal costing, transmission costing, Congestion management

methods- market splitting, counter-trading; Effect of congestion on LMPs- country practices.

Ancillary Services and System Security in Deregulation, Classifications and definitions, AS

management in various markets- country practices. Technical, economic, & regulatory issues

involved in the deregulation of the power industry.

Text Books:

1. K. Bhattacharya, M.H.J. Bollen and J.E. Daalder “Operation of restructured power systems”,

Kluwer’s Power Electronics and Power Systems Series.

2. M. Shahidehpour, H. Yamin and Z. Li, “Market Operations in Electric Power Systems”, John Wiley

and Sons, March 2002.

Reference Books:

1. A.J.Wood and B.F.Wollenberg, ”Power Generation Operation and Control”, John Wiley and sons,

New York, 1996.

2. Steven Stoft, “Power System Economics: Designing markets for electricity” IEEE Computer

Society Press.

3. D Kirschen, G Strbac, “Fundamentals of Power System Economics”, Wiley, 2004.

211

4. N. S. Rau, “Optimization principles: Practical Applications to the Operation and Markets of the

Electric Power Industry”

5. Sally Hunt and Graham Shuttleworth, “Competition and Choice in Electricity”

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PLANNING AND AUTOMATION

COURSE NO : 11 - EE 338 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 - EE 205 CREDITS: 3

Distribution System Planning and Load Characteristics: Planning and forecasting techniques,

present and future role of computer, load forecasting definition, methods of forecasting, regression

analysis, correlation analysis and time series analysis, load management, tariff and metering of

energy. Distribution Transformers, transmission line and Distribution Sub-Station: Distribution

Sub-Station, bus schemes, description and comparison of switching scheme, sub-station location and

rating.Types of feeders, voltage levels, radial type feeders, 3-phase primary lines, copper loss,

distribution feeder costs, loss reduction and voltage improvement in rural network. Capacitors in

distribution systems and System protection: Effects of series and shunt capacitors, justification of

capacitors, procedure to determine optimum capacitor size and location, basic definition and types

of over current protection device, objective of distribution system protection. Distribution system

automation: Reforms in power sector, methods of improvement, reconfiguration, reinforcement,

automation, communication systems, sensors, automation systems architecture, software and open

architecture, RTU and Data communication, SCADA requirement and application functions, GIS/GPS

based mapping of distribution network, communication protocol for distribution systems, integrated

substation, metering system, revenue improvement, issuing multi year tariff and availability based

tariff.Grounding System: Earth and safety, nature and size of earth electrodes, design of earthing

schemes.

Text Books:

1. Electrical Power Distribution Engineering by Turan Gonen, McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:

1. Electric Power Distribution by A S Pabla, TMH, 5

Ed., 2004.

POWER QUALITY

COURSE CODE : 11 – EE- 431 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 – EE 303 CREDITS: 3

Introduction - Power or voltage quality, terms and definitions: short duration voltage variations,

Interruptions – Voltage sag – Swell – Surges – Harmonics – Voltage fluctuations. Long duration

voltage variations: Over voltage – Under voltage – Sustained interruptions, Transients: Impulse

transients – Oscillatory transient, Power quality terms. Long Interruptions - Definition –

Interruptions – Causes of long interruptions – Origin of interruptions – Limits for the interruptions

frequency – Limits for the interruption duration. Short Interruptions - Definition, origin of short

interruptions, basic principle, fuse saving, voltage magnitude events due to re-closing, voltage

during the interruption, monitoring of short interruptions, difference between medium and low

voltage systems. Multiple events, single phase tripping – voltage and current during fault period,

voltage and current at post fault period, stochastic prediction of short interruptions. Voltage sag

analysis - Voltage sag magnitude – Monitoring - Theoretical calculations – Examples - Sag

magnitude in non-radial systems, Voltage calculation in meshed systems, Voltage sag duration,

Fault clearing time – Magnitude duration plots- Measurement of sag duration, Magnitude and

Phase angle jumps for three phase unbalanced sags – Phase to phase fault – Single phase faults –

Two phase to ground faults – High impedance fault – Meshed systems. Mitigation of

212

Interruptions and Voltage Sags- Overview of mitigation methods – From fault to trip, Reducing

the number of faults, Reducing the fault clearing time changing the power system, Installing

mitigation equipment, Improving equipment immunity, Different events and mitigation methods.

System equipment interface – Voltage source converter, series voltage controller with MATLAB,

Shunt voltage controller with MATLAB, combined shunt and series controller with MATLAB

simulation. Typical wiring and grounding problems.

Text Books:

1. Math H J Bollen, “Understanding Power Quality Problems: voltage sags and interruptions”,

Wiley-IEEE Press, 1999.

2. Roger C Dugan, Surya Santoso, Mark F. Mc Granaghan, H. Wayne Beaty, “Electrical power

system squality”, Third edition, 2012, TMH.

Reference Book:

1. Angelo Baggini, “Hand book of power quality”, Wiley publications, 2008.

2. Power Quality in Power System and Electrical Machine by Edward F Fuchr, Mohammad A S

Masoum, 1

Edition, Elsevier,2008

HVDC & FACTS

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE -435 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 – EE -303 CREDITS: 3

General Considerations of AC And DC Systems: Introduction, Economic advantages of DC over AC

transmission, types of DC links, technical advantages of DC over AC transmission, application of DC

transmission system, Properties of converter circuits, different kinds of arrange ments, choice of

converter configuration, analysis of Graetz circuit. Control of Converter And DC Link: Principles of

DC link control, converter control characteristics, system control hierarchy, firing angle control,

current and extinction angle control, starting and stopping of DC link ;power control. FACTS

Concept and General System Considerations: FACTS concepts, transmission inter connections,

power flow in AC Systems. loading capability limits, dynamic stability considerations, Importance

of controllable parameters, Basic types of FACTS controllers, benefits from FACTS controllers.

Static Shunt Compensators: Objectives of shunt compensation, midpoint voltage regulation,

voltage instability prevention, Improvement of transient stability, Power Oscillation damping, SVC

& STATCOM. Static Series Compensators: Concept of series capacitive compensation,

Improvement of transient stability, Power Oscillation damping, thyristor switched series capacitor

(TSSC), thyristor controlled series capacitor (TCSC), Unified Power Flow Control (UPFC). Harmonics

And Filters: Characteristic harmonics, calculation of AC Harmonics, Non-Characteristic harmonics,

adverse effects of harmonics – Calculation of voltage & Current harmonics. Types of AC filters:

Design of Single tuned filters.

Text Books:

1. K.R. Padiyar, “HVDC power transmissions systems: Technology and system interactions”,

New age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, Eastern, Edition 2, 2011

2. N G Hingorani and L.Gyugyi, “Understanding FACTS devices”, IEEE Press, 1999

Reference Books:

1. HVDC Transmission, S.Kamakshiah, V.Kamaraju, Edition-1,Tata Mc Graw-Hill Education,

2011

2. Song, Y.H and Johns, A.T, “Flexible A.C Transmission Systems (FACTS) IEEE Power

Engineering Series 30, London, 1999

213

MACHINE MODELING AND ANALYSIS

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 331 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EE203 CREDITS: 3

Basic concepts of Modeling: Basic Two-pole Machine representation of Commutator machines, 3-

phase synchronous machine with and without damper bars and 3-phase induction machine,

Kron’s primitive Machine - voltage, current and Torque equations. DC Machine Modeling:

Mathematical model of separately excited DC motor – Steady State analysis-Transient State

analysis-Sudden application of Inertia Load-Torque equation - Mathematical model of DC Series

motor, Shunt motor, Compound motor. Transfer function & Block diagram representation of

Separately excited DC Machine State variable representation of separately excited dc machine.

Reference frame theory: Linear transformation-Active transformation-Phase transformation -

three phase to two phase transformation (abc to αβ0) and two phase to three phase

transformation αβ0 to abc -Power equivalence. Modeling of Three Phase Induction Machine:

Circuit model of a 3 phase Induction machine - Real time model of Two phase induction machine-

Transformation to obtain constant matrices - Generalized model in arbitrary reference frame -

stator reference frame model - rotor reference model - synchronously rotating reference model -

Electromagnetic torque - derivation-State space model of Induction machine. Modeling of

Synchronous Machines: Synchronous machine inductances – Circuit model of a 3ph Synchronous

machine - Two axis representation of Synchronous machine. Voltage - current - Torque equation

Synchronous machine.

Text Books:

1. R. Krishnan, “Electric Motor Drives - Modeling, Analysis & control”, Pearson Publications,

edition, 2002.

2. P.C.Krause, Oleg Wasynczuk, Scott D.Sudhoff, “Analysis of Electrical Machinery and Drive

systems”, IEEE Press, Third Edition.

Reference Books:

1. P.S.Bimbhra, “Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines” Khanna publications, 5

edition.

2. Muhammed.H.Rashid, “Power Electronics- Circuits devices and applications” Pearson

Publications, Third edition

3. Vedam Subrahmanyam “Thyristor Control of Electric Drives”, Tata Mc Graw Hill .

ADVANCED POWER ELECTRONICS

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 335 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 – EE 303 CREDITS: 3

Advanced Power Semiconductor Devices: Power BJT, MOSFET, IGBT and GTO –construction,

types, static and switching characteristics, steady state and dynamic models – Drivers, Thermal

aspects, Snubber Circuit Design – ratings. Advanced PWM Techniques: SPM (Unipolar and

Bipolar), Switch Utilization, Effect of blanking time, Third Harmonic Injected PWM, Selective

Harmonic Elimination PWM, SVPWM. Multilevel Inverters and Matrix Converters: Multilevel

concept – diode clamped – flying capacitor – cascade type multilevel inverters -Comparison of

multilevel inverters - application of multilevel inverters. Matrix converters concept: Ac to Ac

conversion with high quality input, output. Resonant Pulse Inverters: Resonant converter: Zero

voltage, Zero current Switching advantages, series resonant inverter, Frequency response of

Series Resonant Inverters, Parallel Resonant inverter, Voltage control Resonant Inverter Class E

Resonant Inverter, Resonant DC-Link Inverter Applications :Industrial applications: fluorescent

lighting, induction heating and electric welding. Domestic Applications: Space heating and Air

214

Conditioning, High frequency fluorescent lighting, Induction cooking Utility Systems:

Interconnection of renewable energy sources and energy storage systems to the utility grid

Text Books:

1. Power Electronics Converters Applications and Design by Mohan, Undeland, Robbinds 3

Edition, John Wiley and sons Publications,2003.

2. Power Electronics, circuits, devices and applications by M.H.Rashid, 3

Edition , Prentice

Hall(India) Publications, Aug., 2003.

Reference Books:

1. Power Electronics Essentials and Applications by L.Umanand by Wiley India Publications,

2009

2. Fundamental of Power Electronics. By Robert Erickson by Springer 2

Edition,2001

3. Power Electronics by Daniel W. Hart by TMH Edition-2011

SWITCHED MODE POWER SUPPLIES

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 339 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 EE 303 CREDITS: 3

Non isolated DC –DC converters: Introduction to DC-DC Power supplies - Analysis and design of

Buck, Boost , Buck-Boost, Cuk and SEPIC converters in continuous and Discontinuous conduction

modes-Verification of theoretical analysisof converters using simulation tools. Isolated DC –DC

converters: Introduction to DC-DC Power supplies with isolation- Analysis and design of Fly Back ,

Forward , Push Pull , Half Bridge and Full bridge converter in continuous conduction mode,

Verification of theoretical analysis using simulation tools. Resonant Converters: Introduction to

soft switching techniques, Analysis and design of Load resonant converters – Series Load Resonant

Converter, Parallel Load Resonant Converter and Hybrid Resonant Converter, Resonant Switch

Converter – Zero Current Switching, Zero Voltage Switching and Zero Voltage Switching with

Clamped Voltage, Comparison of Resonant converter topologies. Modeling of Non – isolated DC –

DC converters:Introduction to Small Signal Analysis – Small Signal Analysis of Buck, Boost, Buck-

Boost converters in Continuous and Discontinuous conduction modes using Averaged switch

models, Stability analysis of converters using Transfer Functions (open loop) derived from Small

Signal Analysis. Closed loop control of Converters: Introduction to control of Switch mode DC

Power supplies, Voltage Feedback, Voltage Feed Forward, Current Mode PWM Control of DC-DC

converters, Power Supply protection and Electrical isolation in Feed back Loop.

Text Books:

1. Power Electronic Converters , Applications and design- Ned Mohan, Tore. M.Undeland,

William P Robbins-John Willey &Sons Publications,2003

2. Power Electronics-Daniel W. Hart- McGraw-Hill Publications,2011

Reference Books:

1. Power – Switching Converters; Second Edition by Simon Ang & Alejandro Oliva, CRC

Publications, 2005

2. Fundamentals of Power Electronics- R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic -Second Edition-

Kluwer Academic Publishers, sixth printing-2004.

3. Power Electronics and Applications by L.Umanand Wiley India Publications 2009

CONTROL SYSTEMS - STREAM

STATE ESTIMATION & SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 332 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 EE-304 CREDITS: 3

215

Elements of probability theory: definition of probability and random variable, probability

functions, expected value, mean and covariance, independence and correlation, Gaussian

distribution and its properties. Stochastic processes and system models: Elements of the theory

of stochastic processes, mean value function and covariance kernel, independent and correlated

stochastic processes, stationery and non sequence model, Gaussian white process. Optimal

prediction for discrete linear systems: problem statement, optimal filtering for discrete systems

Optimal smoothing for discrete linear system, classification of smooth estimates, fixed interval

smoothing, fixed point smoothing, fixed lag smoothing, single and double stage optimal

smoothing. Optimal estimation for continuous linear systems: problem formulation, optimal

filtering and prediction, optimal fixed interval smoothing.

Text books:

1. Meditch, “Stochastic Optimal Linear Estimation and Control” Mc-Graw Hill Company,1969.

2. Dan Simon, “Optimal State Estimation”, Wiley Intersience,2006.

DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 336 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 - EE 304 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: sampling process, signal re-construction difference equations, Z–Transforms,

inverse Z transform, properties of Z Transform, Z transformer function. Z transform analysis of

sampled data control systems: Z Transfer function of OH, closed loop transfer function of discrete

systems, Response of linear discrete systems. The Z and s-domain relationship, Stability analysis of

discrete systems using Jury’s method. Compensation techniques of discrete system: Time domain

technique of designing compensator. Frequency domain technique of designing compensator.

Bilinear transformation: Root locus using bilinear transformation, Routh’s criterion using bilinear

transformation for discrete systems. State variable methods in discrete time systems: state

description of digital systems. Conversion of state variable models to Z Transform function, Eigen

values and eigenvectors, solution of state difference equations, controllability and observebility of

discrete systems. Digital control systems with state feedback, state regulator design, design of

state observers, reduced order observers, Compensator design by separation principle.

Text books:

1. M.Gopal, “Digital control and state variable methods”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,2008.

2. B.C.Kuo, “Digital control systems” Oxford University Press, 2012, Second edition.

3. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems, Gene F. Franklin, J. David Powell and Michael Workman,

Ellis-Kagle Press, 3rd Edition. 1997.

Reference books:

1. Digital Control System Analysis and Design, 3

ed., Phillips and Nagle, Pearson Publishers,

1994.

2. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems, 3

ed., Franklin and Powell, Ellis-Kagle Press, 2006.

NON LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11 EE - 340 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 EE - 304 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Linear Versus Non Linear systems, Common Non linearity’s in control systems,

describing function for the non linear elements. Stability analysis by the describing function

method. Construction of phase portraits, systems analysis on the phase plane, singular points,

216

Limit cycles. Simple variable structures. Concept of stability: stability in the sense of Lyapunov and

absolute stability, Zero - input and BIBO stability, Second (or direct) method of Lyapunov stability

theory for continuous and discrete time systems, Aizerman's and Kalman's conjecture,

Construction of Lyapunov function - Methods of Aizerman, Zubov, Variable gradient method, Lure

problem. Nonlinear control structures: Feedback linearization Model, Nonlinear Control system

identification and generalized predictive control in self tuning mode. Fuzzy Logic: Introduction –

Fuzzy sets- basic Fuzzy set operations – Properties of Fuzzy sets - Membership function- features

of membership function - Fuzzy Inference Systems - Methods of FIS – defuzzification methods –

centroid method – weighted average method, applications to control systems – PID Control and

water level control.

Text Books:

1. Hassan K. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems, Prentice Hall, 1996

2. Thimothy J Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, 3

Edition, John Willey

Publications, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. Jean-Jacques Slotine, Weiping Li, “Applied Non Linear Control”, Prentice Hall India,1991.

2. Sankar Sastry, Nonlinear Systems Analysis, Stability and Control, Springer publication,1999.

3. M.Vidyasagar, Nonlinear Systems Analysis, Prentice - Hall International editions,1993.

4. M. Gopal,”Digital control and state variable methods” Tata Mc-Graw Hill Companies,2012.

5. M N Bandyopadhyay, “Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India,2009

OPTIMAL CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11 - EE 432 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 - EE 304 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Formation of optimal control problem, Minimum time, Minimum Energy, Minimum

fuel, state regulator problem, output regulator problem, tracking problem. Calculus of variations:

Minimization of functions, minimization of functional, Functional of a single function; Fixed end

points problem, Terminal time t

specified, x(t

)

Free, Terminal time t

free, x(t

)

Specified

Both

the terminal time t

and x(t

) free. Constrained minimization, formulation of variation calculus

using Hamiltonian method. Minimum principle, Control variable inequality Constraints Control

and state variable inequality constraints. Dynamic Programming; principle of invariant imbedding

principle of optimality multistage decision process in continuous time. Optimal feedback control:,

continuous time linear state regulator, Numerical solution of Riccati equation. Output regulator

problem, tracking control scheme, proportional plus integral state feedback.Sub Optimal Linear

regulators: Continuous time systems, Minimum time control linear invariant systems, stochastic

optimal linear estimation and stochastic control Processes of linear systems. Response of linear

continuous time systems to white noise,optimal estimation for linear continuous time systems.

Time invariant linear state estimator.

Text Books:

1. M.Gopal “Modern Control System Theory”, New Age International Publishers,2005.

2. Anderson B.D.O and J.B Moore, ”Optimal Control Linear Quadratic Methods”, Prentice Hall

Information and System Sciences Series,1989.

Reference Books:

1. A.P.Sage and C. C. White, III: Optimum Systems Control (2nd Ed.),Prentice Hall, 1977.

2. D.E.Kirk: Optimal Control Theory:An Introduction,Prentice Hall,1970

217

ADAPTIVE CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 436 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11 EE 304 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Basic approaches to adaptive control, applications of adaptive control. Gradient and

least-squares algorithms: Linear error equation.Gradient and normalized gradient algorithms.

Convergence properties. Least-squares and modified least-squares algorithms. Identification:

Identification of linear time-invariant systems. Adaptive observers. Equation error and output

error methods. Indirect adaptive control: Pole placement adaptive control. Model reference

adaptive control. Adaptive inverse control. Predictive control. Singularity regions and methods to

avoid them. Direct adaptive control: Filtered linear error equation. Gradient and pseudo-gradient

algorithms. Strictly positive real transfer functions and Kalman-Yacubovitch-Popov lemma.

Lyapunov redesign. Passivity theory. Direct model reference adaptive control. Frequency-domain

analysis and averaging approximations: Averaging theory for one-time scale systems. Application

to linear error equations. Sufficient richness condition for identification. Averaging analysis for

mixed-time scale systems and application to adaptive control.

Text Books:

1. I.D. Landau, R. Lozano, and M. M'Saad, Adaptive Control, Springer Verlag, London, 1982.

2. K.J. Astrom and B. Wittenmark, Adaptive Control, Addison-Wesley, 2

edition, 1995.

3. G.C. Goodwin and K.S. Sin, Adaptive Filtering, Prediction, and Control, Prentice-Hall, 1984.

Reference Books:

1. P. Ioannou & B. Fidan, Adaptive Control , SIAM, Philadelpia, PA, 2006.

2. P.A. Ioannou & J. Sun, Robust Adaptive Control, Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, NJ, 1996.

The book is available (for free) in PDF form through the web page: http://www-

bcf.usc.edu/~ioannou/RobustAdaptiveBook95pdf/Robust_Adaptive_Control.pdf.

3. K.S. Narendra and A.M. Annaswamy, Stable Adaptive Systems, Prentice-Hall, 1989.

4. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, Adaptive Control: Stability, Convergence, and Robustness, Prentice-

Hall, 1989. The book is available (for free) in PDF form through the web

page: http://www.ece.utah.edu/~bodson/acscr. Also republished by Dover Publications,

2011.

5. P.E. Wellstead & M.B. Zarrop, Self-Tuning Systems: Control and Signal Processing, J. Wiley &

Sons, Chichester, England, 1991.

ENERGY SYSTEMS SPECILIZATION –STREAM

SOLAR ENERGY

COURSE CODE: 11EE333 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13AC 201 CREDITS: 3

Solar Resources : Passage through the atmosphere; global distribution; optimal system geometry,

Insolation amount available on earth; Resource estimation; Solar data; Solar radiation spectrum;

Seasonal and daily variation; Effect of Tilt Angle. Solar Photovoltaics : The Photo Voltaic effect;

Spectral response; p-n junction; different types of photovoltaic cells; PV cell characteristics; Effect

of variation of temperature; insolation level & tilt angle on the characteristics; equivalent circuits;

temperature effects on conversion efficiency; Fabrication and costs of PV cell. Solar Thermal:

Principles of applied heat transfer, solar thermal collectors: Glazing, evacuation, selective

surfaces, concentrators. Solar thermal applications: water and space heating; solar ponds; dryers;

distillation; solar cooker. Passive Solar design. Solar Photovoltaic Systems: Photovoltaic modules;

module specifications; module hot spots; bypass diodes; PV arrays and PV systems; cabling;

218

earthling and lightning protection. Battery storage: Lead and Nickel cadmium batteries; Charge

regulators; LVD circuit; Voltage and current Source Inverters. Tracking Systems; Maximum power

point tracking. System Applications : Autonomous PV system; Grid Linked PV systems; Remote

application of Photovoltaic’s; System sizing; System Performance; Economics and future

prospects.

Text Books:

1. Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage by S.P.Sukhatme: TMH

2. Solar Energy Utilization Volume-1 &2 by G.D.Rai- Khanna Publishers ,

Reference Books:

1. Solar Electricity Handbook-2010 By Micheal Boxwell – Green Stream publishing

2. Non conventional Energy Sources by G.D.Rai- Khanna Publishers, Revised and Enlarged

edition

WIND ENERGY

COURSE CODE: 11 – EE 337 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13AC 201 CREDITS: 3

Components of WECS-WECS schemes-Power obtained from wind-simple momentum theory-

Power coefficient-Sabinin’s theory-Aerodynamics of Wind turbine. HAWT-VAWT-Power

developed-Thrust-Efficiency-Rotor selection-Rotor design considerations-Tip speed ratio-No. of

Blades-Blade profile-Power Regulation-yaw control-Pitch angle control-stall control-Schemes for

maximum power extraction. Generating Systems-Constant speed constant frequency systems-

Choice of Generators-Deciding factors- Synchronous Generator-Squirrel Cage Induction

Generator-Model of Wind Speed- Model wind turbine rotor - Drive Train model-Generator model

for Steady state and Transient stability analysis. Need of variable speed systems-Power-wind

speed characteristics-Variable speed constant frequency systems synchronous generator- DFIG-

PMSG -Variable speed generators modeling - Variable speed variable frequency schemes. Stand

alone and Grid Connected WECS system-Grid connection Issues-Machine side & Grid side

controllers-WECS in various countries

Text Books:

1. L.L.Freris “Wind Energy conversion Systems”, Prentice Hall, 1990

2. Ion Boldea, “Variable speed generators”, Taylor & Francis group, 2006.

Reference Books:

1. E.W.Golding “The generation of Electricity by wind power”, Redwood burn Ltd., Trowbridge,

1976.

2. S.Heir “Grid Integration of WECS”, Wiley 1998.

NUCLEAR ENERGY

COURSE CODE: 11 - EE 341 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13AC 201 CREDITS: 3

Introduction to Nuclear Power Systems: Thermal parameters - definitions and uses-Sources and

distribution of thermal loads in nuclear power reactors-Conservation equations and their

applications to nuclear power systems: power conversion cycles. Basic Concepts In Nuclear

Energy: Nuclear constituents – charge, mass, shape, and size of nucleus, Binding energy, packing

fraction, nuclear magnetic moment, saturation and short range nuclear forces, Radioactivity –

219

Laws of radioactive decay, half life, mean life, specific activity, Nuclear models. Nuclear Reactors

:Types of reactor-Heat generation in fuel elements and temperature distributions. Heat removal,

Reactor coolants. Single phase and two phase heat transfer. Boiling and flow regimes. Heat

transfer and fluid flow correlations. Nuclear Detectors And Accelerators :Types of detectors,

Geiger-Mueller counter, Scintillation counter, classification of accelerators, Cyclotron, Betatron.

Process Instrumentation And Control: Basic concepts, sensing and transmission/receiving of

temperature, flow, liquid level, pressure, force, viscosity, humidity-Nuclear Materials: fabrication

and properties of metallic fuels, ceramic fuels, applications.

TEXT BOOK

1. John Lamarsh , “Introduction to Nuclear Engineering”, Addison Wesley Publishing Company,

Edition II,1983.

2. D.C.Tayal, Nuclear Physics, Himalayan Publication house, Bombay ,1980

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Cecil Dudley,Gregg King, “Nuclear Power Systems : An Introductory Text” , Macmillan,1964.

2. Geoffrey F.Hewitt,John G Collier, “ Introduction to Nuclear Power”II Edition,2000.

3. Irving Kaplan, “Nuclear Physics”, Narosa Book Distributors, 2002.

4. R.D. Evans, “The atomic Nucleus”, McGraw-Hill,1955.

5. D.C.Tayal, “Nuclear Physics”, Himalayan Publication house, Bombay ,1980.

6. J.H.Horlock , “Combined Power Plants”, Pergamon Press, 1992.

NANO MATERIALS FOR ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT

COURSE CODE : 11 - EE 433 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13- ES 103 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Importance of Nano-technology, Emergence of Nanotechnology, Bottom-up and

Top-down approaches, challenges in Nano Technology. Energy Overview: Types of Energy and its

utilization- Energy Characteristics, Energy Measures, Fundamentals of environment,

Environmental aspects of energy utilization, Public health issues related to environmental

pollution, Pollution Standards, environmental impact assessment .Nanomaterials used in energy

and environmental applications and their properties: Evaluation of properties and performance

of practical power systems that benefit from optimization of materials processing approaches.

Device applications: sensors, power semiconductor chips, fuel cells, superconductors, solar cells,

energy storage and other alternative power sources. Solar cells, Thin film Si solar cells, Chemical

semiconductor solar cells, Dye sensitized solar cells, Polymer solar cells, Nano quantum dot solar

cells, Hybrid nano-polymer solar Cells. Fuel Cells:principle of working, basic thermodynamics and

electrochemical principle, Fuel cell classification, Fuel cell Electrodes and Carbon nano tubes:

application of power and transportation.

Text Books:

1. W.F. Kenney: Energy Conservation in the Process Industries, Academic Press, 1984

2. Tetsuo Soga, Nanostructured Materials for Solar Energy Conversion, Elsevier

Reference Books:

1. Nano structures and Nano materials: Synthesis, properties and applications Guozhong Cao-

Imperial College press

2. Robert K, Ian H, Mark G,Nanoscale Science and Technology, john Wiley & sons Ltd., 2005

220

ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT

COURSE CODE : 11 – EE 437 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13AC 201 CREDITS: 3

System approach and End use approach to efficient use of Electricity; Electricity tariff types;

Energy auditing; Types and objectives-audit instruments-ECO assessment and Economic methods-

specific energy analysis-Minimum energy paths-consumption models- Energy auditing of a typical

industrial unit-case study. Electric motors- Energy efficient controls and starting efficiency-Motor

Efficiency and Load Analysis-Energy efficient/high efficient Motors-Case study; Load Matching and

selection of motors. Variable speed drives; Pumps and Fans-Efficient Control strategies-optimal

selection and sizing – Optimal operation and storage; Case study. Transformer Loading/Efficiency

analysis, feeder/cable loss evaluation, case study. Reactive power management-Capacitor Sizing-

Degree of Compensation-Capacitor losses-Location-placement-Maintenance, case study; Peak

Demand controls- Methodologies-Types of Industrial loads-Optimal Load scheduling-case study.

Lighting-Energy efficient light sources-Energy conservation in Lighting Schemes- Electronic ballast-

Power quality issues-Luminaries, case study. Cogeneration-Types and Schemes-Optimal operation

of cogeneration plants-case study; Electric loads of Air conditioning & Refrigeration-Energy

conservation measures-Cold storage, Types –Optimal operation –case study; Electric water

heating-Gysers-Power Consumption in Compressors, Energy conservation measures; Electrolytic

Process; Computer Controls-softwares-EMS.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Industrial Energy Management: Principles and Applications by Giovanni and Petrecca, The

Kluwer international series-207 (1999)

2. Guide to Electric Load Management by Anthony J.Pansini, Kenneth D.Smalling, Pennwell pub

(1988)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Energy-Efficient Electric Motors and their applications by Howard E.Jordan, Plenum pub corp;

2nd ed. (1994)

2. Energy Management Hand book by Turner, Wayne C, Lilburn, The Fairmont press, 2001 3.

Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann, Fairmont Pr; 5th edition (1998)

4. Recommended practice for Energy Conservation and cost effective planning in Industrial

facilities by IEEE Bronze book, IEEE Inc, USA

DIGITAL SYSTEMS SPECILIZATION - STREAM

COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

COURSE CODE : 13EE 501 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC203 CREDITS: 3

History of Calculation and Computer Architecture; Influence of Technology and Software on

Instruction Sets: Up to the dawn of IBM 360; Complex Instruction Set Evolution in the Sixties:

Stack and GPR Architectures; Microprogramming; Simple Instruction Pipelining; Pipeline Hazards.

Multilevel Memories – Technology; Cache (Memory) Performance Optimization; Virtual Memory

Basics; Virtual Memory: Part Deux.

221

Complex Pipelining; Out of Order Execution and Register Renaming; Branch Prediction and

Speculative Execution; Advanced Superscalar Architectures; Microprocessor Evolution: 4004 to

Pentium 4.

Synchronization and Sequential Consistency; Cache Coherence; Cache Coherence

(Implementation); Snoopy Protocols; Relaxed Memory Models.

VLIW/EPIC: Statically Scheduled ILP; Vector Computers; Multithreaded Processors; Reliable

Architectures; Virtual Machines.

Text books:

1. Hennessy, J. L., and D. A. Patterson. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, 3rd ed.

San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufman, 2002. ISBN: 1558605967.

2. Patterson, D. A., and J. L. Hennessy. Computer Organization and Design: The

Hardware/Software Interface, 3rd ed. San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufman, 2004. ISBN: 1558606041.

PLDs AND FPGAs

COURSE CODE : 13EE 502 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC 203 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Full Custom Design; Semicustom Design; Programmable Logic Devices; Notations for

Programmable Logic Devices; Design Methodology Using Programmable Logic Devices; Design

Soft Ware; Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM): Mask programmed ROM; EPROM;

EEPROM; Programmable Logic Element (PLE); Combinational Logic Design using PLEs; Sequential

Circuit Realization using PLEs; Programmable Logic Devices: Programmable Logic Device (PLD);

Sequential PLD; Complex PLD; Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA); Xilinx SRAM-Based FPGA;

Comparison between FPGA, ASIC and CPLD; FPGA based system design; Field Programmable Gate

Arrays: Introduction; The Xilinx logic Cell Array; Advanced futures of the 4000 series; The Actel

ACT; Technology Trends; New generation Architectures of Programmable Logic Device: Erasable

Programmable Logic Devices; Reprogrammable Generic Logic Devices; Erasable Programmable

Logic Array (EPLA); Generic Array Logic (GAL); Programmable Electrically Erasable Logic (PEEL);

TEXT BOOKS

1.Parag K. Lala, “Digital System Design Programmable Logic Devices”, B S Publications

2.Debaprasad Das, “VLSI Design”, Oxford.

3.Pak K. Chan, Samiha Mourad, “Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Array”, Pearson

Education.

REFERENCE TEXT BOOKS

1.Bob Zeidman, “Designing with PFGAs and CPLDs”, CMP Books,

2.Stephen Brown Zvonko Vranesic “Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design” McGraw-Hill,

2008

SIMULATION BOOK

1. Ian Grout,"Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs",Newnes,

2. Scott Hauck,André Dehon,"Reconfigurable Computing: The Theory and Practice of FPGA-Based

Computing" Elsevier Science,

VLSI DESIGN

COURSE CODE : 13EE 503 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC203 CREDITS: 3

Technology Introduction: Introduction to IC Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS

222

MOS Theory Analysis: Basic Electrical Properties of MOS Circuits: Ids-Vds Relationships, , gm, gds,

Figure of Merit ωo, Pass Transistor, Transmission Gate, NMOS Inverter, Various Pull-ups, CMOS

Inverter Analysis and Design, Bi-CMOS Inverters, Latch up in CMOS Circuits.

CMOS Circuits and Logic Design Rules: MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Lambada Based rules

Scaling of CMOS Circuits.

CMOS Circuit Characterisation and Performance Estimation: Sheet Resistance RS and its Concept

to MOS, Area Capacitance Units, Transistor Sizing, Power Dissipation.

CMOS Fault models: need for testing, manufacturing test principles.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kamran Ehraghian, Dauglas A. Pucknell and Sholeh Eshraghiam, “Essentials of VLSI Circuits and

Systems” – PHI, EEE, 2005 Edition.

2. Neil H. E. Weste and David. Harris Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson Education,

1999.

REFERENCES

1. Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici,”CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH 2003

2. Jan M. Rabaey, “Digital Integrated Circuits” Pearson Education, 2003

3. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998.

SIMULATION TEXT BOOKS

1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.

EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 13EE-504 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC 203 CREDITS: 3

Introduction to Embedded System

Embedded system processor, hardware unit, soft ware embedded into a system, Example of an

embedded system, Embedded Design life cycle, Embedded System modeling [flow graphs, FSM,

Petri nets], Layers of Embedded Systems.

Processor and Memory Organization

Bus Organization, Memory Devices and their Characteristics, Instruction Set Architecture [RISC,

CISC], Basic Embedded Processor/Microcontroller Architecture [8051, ARM, DSP, PIC], memory

system architecture [cache, virtual, MMU and address translation], DMA, Co-processors and

Hardware Accelerators, pipelining.

I/O Devices and Networks

I/O Devices[Timers, Counters, Interrupt Controllers, DMA Controllers, A/D and D/A Converters,

Displays, Keyboards, Infrared devices], Memory Interfacing, I/O Device Interfacing

[GPIB, FIREWIRE, USB, IRDA], Networks for Embedded systems (CAN, I2C, SPI, USB, RS485, RS

232), Wireless Applications [Bluetooth, Zigbee].

Operating Systems

Basic Features of an Operating System, Kernel Features [polled loop system, interrupt driven

system, multi rate system], Processes and Threads, Context Switching, Scheduling[RMA, EDF, fault

tolerant scheduling], Inter-process Communication, real Time memory management [process

stack management, dynamic allocation], I/O[synchronous and asynchronous I/O, Interrupts

Handling, Device drivers], RTOS [ VxWorks, RT-LINUX].

Embedded System Development

Design Methodologies[UML as Design tool, UML notation, Requirement Analysis and Use case

Modeling], Design Examples [Telephone PBX, Inkjet Printer, PDA, Elevator Control System, ATM

System], Fault-tolerance Techniques, Reliability Evaluation Techniques.

223

Reference Books

1. Wayne Wolf “Computers as components: Principles of Embedded Computing System.

design” The Morgan Kaufmann Series in Computer Architecture and Design, 2008.

2. Jane W. S., Liu, “Real time systems”, Pearson Education, 2000.

3. Raj Kamal, “Embedded systems Architecture, Programming and design”, Second Edition,

2008.

4. Robert Ashby, “Designer's Guide to the Cypress PSoC” Newnes, 2005.

5. Microblaze processor Reference guide, Xilinx

DSP PROCESSORS

COURSE CODE : 13EE-505 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC203 CREDITS: 3

INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESING: Introduction, A Digital Signal processing

system, The sampling process, Discrete time sequences. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) and Fast

Fourier Transform (FFT), Linear time-invariant systems, Analysis and Design tool for DSP Systems

MATLAB, DSP using MATLAB.NUMBERING SYSTEMS: Floating, Integer and Fixed point Processors,

IEEE-754 Floating-Point Format, Q-Format. ARCHITECTURES FOR PROGRAMMABLE DSP DEVICES:

Architecture for two selected DSPs, Pipelining process of instructions, Read and write operations,

Interrupts, Timers. PROGRAMMING FOR SELECTED DSP(TMS320F28335/F2812): Code composer

studio, implementation of small programs like Digital I/O, PID control, Digital Filters, Timer and

interrupts, PWM signal generation, Analog to Digital Conversion

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Digital Signal Processing by Sanjit K Mitra, Tata MCgraw Hill Publications.

2. Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms, Applications by J G Proakis, D G Manolokis,

PHI.

3. TMS320F28335 Manuals

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Discrete-Time Signal Processing by A V Oppenhiem, R W Schafer, Pearson Education.

2. DSP- A Practical Approach- Emmanuel C Ifeacher Barrie. W. Jervis, Pearson Education.

2. Modern spectral Estimation techniques by S. M .Kay, PHI, 1997

MECHANICAL GENERAL ELECTIVES

R & AC

COURSE CODE : 13ME-331 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-202 CREDITS: 3

Introduction to Refrigeration: Necessity and applications, unit of refrigeration and COP, methods

of refrigeration; Air Refrigeration: Reversed Carnot Cycle, Bell Coleman cycle, Advantages and

disadvantages of air refrigeration, Open and Dense air systems, Actual air craft refrigeration

system, different types; Refrigerants: Nomenclature, Desirable properties, common refrigerants

used, Eco friendly refrigerants, ODP; Vapour Compression Refrigeration: Working principle,

essential components of plant, simple vapour compression refrigeration cycle, Effect of condenser

pressure, evaporator pressure, sub cooling and super heating. Multi pressure systems –

multistage compression, multi evaporator system, use of p–h charts; System Components:

Compressors-general classification, comparison, advantages and disadvantages, Condensers-

classification and working, Expansion devices-classification and working, Evaporators-classification

and working; Vapour Absorption System: Calculation of max COP, description and working of NH

- water system, Li - Br, H

O system, principle of operation of three fluid absorption system and

224

salient features problems; Production of Low Temperature: Cascade system, Production of Solid

; Steam Jet Refrigeration System: Principle of working, application, merits and demerits.

Introduction to Air Conditioning: Psychrometric properties and processes, sensible and latent

heat loads, SHF, need for ventilation, infiltration, concept of human comfort and effective

temperature, comfort air conditioning, industrial air conditioning and requirements, air

conditioning load calculations; Air Conditioning Systems: classification, concepts of RSHF, ASHF,

ESHF & ADP, filters, grills and registers, deodorants, fans and blowers.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Refrigeration and Air conditioning by Stoecker & Jones.

2. Jordon and Priester, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New

Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Refrigeration by Dossat. , Thomas J. Horan: Books.

2. Refrigeration and Air conditioning by C.P. Arora.

3. Refrigeration and Air conditioning, by Manohar Prasad, New Age International (P) Ltd.Pub.

4. Heating, Ventilating, Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration by Billy C. Langley, Prentice Hall

ALTERNATIVE ENERGIES

COURSE CODE : 13ME 332 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

INTRODUCTION: Renewable & Nonrenewable sources. Solar Radiation: - Solar constant, basic

earth-sun angles. Spectral distribution of extra terrestrial radiations & its variation. Solar time,

Direction of beam radiation, solar charts, measurements of diffuse & global & direct radiations,

duration of sunshine hours, Attenuation of solar radiation by the atmosphere; SOLAR ENERGY

COLLECTION: Flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors. Effects of various parameters on the

performance Solar energy Utilization:- Application of solar energy in heating, cooling, pumping,

power production, distillation, drying, solar cookers, solar pond, solar furnace. Solar Energy

Storage Methods of storage such as sensible, latent heat & thermo chemical storage; ENERGY

FROM OCEAN: Tidal Power:- types of tidal plants such as single and two basin plants, operation of

tidal power plant and power generation, Ocean thermal energy conversion system., Open &

Closed OTEC cycles, Wave energy: Wave energy conversion machines and recent advances; WIND

POWER: Wind speed data, power in the wind, wind power development, types of wind mills,

application for pumping and power generation; BIOMASS ENERGY RESOURCES:-Mechanism of

green plant photo-synthesis, efficiency of conversion, solar energy plantation; BIOGAS: Types of

biogas plants, factors affecting production rates, Pyrolysis, Gasifiers: Types & classification;

GEOTHERMAL ENERGY: Resources, power generation methods like vapour dominated, water

dominated, flash steam, binary fluid and total flow concept of power generation; Direct Energy

Conversion:- Photo voltaic cells:- Principle, concept of energy conversion, Conversion efficiency,

power output and performance, storage; FUEL CELLS: Principles types of fuel cells, conversion

efficiency. Magneto hydrodynamic generators operating principle power output, analysis of MHD,

seeding, power generation, FISSION AND FUSION : Introduction and power plant layout, hybrid

power generation, advantages, disadvantages, Grid balancing.

TEXTBOOKS:

1) Rai G.D, "Non-Conventional energy Sources", Khanna Publishers.

2) Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage-S. Sukhatme, J Nayak- MGH, 2004-3

Edition

3) Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies- Kothari, Singal & Ranjan-PHI, 2008

225

4) Bansal Keemann, Meliss," Renewable energy sources and conversion technology", Tata Mc Graw

5) Renewable Energy Sources and their Environmental Impact- Abbasi & Abbasi- PHI, New

Delhi,2009

REFERENCE BOOKS :

1. Solar Energy : Fundamentals and Applications-H Garg, J Prakash-1

ENERGY MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE : 13ME 333 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

General energy problem: Global and national energy scenario, primary energy sources, energy

use patterns, Basic Principles, laws of Thermo dynamics. Irreversibility, entropy enthalpy, heat

engine, refrigeration cycle, thermal efficiency and thermal exchange ratio. Critical and economic

thickness of insulation. Optimum use of prime movers for power generation, cogeneration

technology. Energy conservation methods in power plants, conservation of energy in energy

intensive industries. Maintenance engineering: Friction, lubrication and tribological innovations,

predictive and preventive maintenance, Energy audit, case studies. Heating, Lighting and Air

conditioning of building and measures for conservation of electrical energy. Energy conservation

in domestic gadgets. Industrial heating and energy conservation in electric and oil fired furnaces.

Analyze Measures for reduction of losses in Transmission and distribution systems. Energy

efficient electric drives, energy efficient motors, V.S.D. power factor improvement in power

system. Energy conservation in transportation systems especially in electric vehicle. Load curve

analysis and load managements, DSM, Energy storage for power systems, (Mechanical, Thermal,

electrical and Magnetic) Restructuring of electric tariff from energy conservation considerations,

payback period.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Energy Technology: S.Rao, Dr.B.B.Purulekhar, Khanna Publishers

2. Elect. Energy Utilization & Conservation: By - Dr. S.C.Tripathi, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers

REFERENCES:

1. Energy Efficiency Manual: for everyone who uses energy, pays for utilities, designs and builds, is

interested in energy conservation and the environment , Donald R. Wulfinghoff (Author) –

Energy Institute Press,Maryland,U.S.A.

2. Handbook of Energy Conservation, (Set 2 Volumes) ISBN: 9789810828288 (Set ISBN)- Alkem

Company (S) Pvt Ltd, Singapore.

POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE : 13- ME 334 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-202 CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Energy sources, types of power plants. Hydro Electric Power Plant: Hydrology,

Rainfall, Run off and their measurement, hydrograph, Flow duration curve, Mass curve and

calculation of storage capacity, site selection of hydro plant, different types of hydro plants. Diesel

Power Plants: Classification, main components of plant, plant layout, application and comparison

with other plants. Thermal Power Plant: General layout, Fuels, Coal analysis, Coal handling,

Burning of coal - stoker and pulverized Systems, Ash handling systems, ESP, cooling ponds and

towers (wet and dry types), Deaerators. Nuclear Power Plants: Nuclear Fission, Nuclear Fuels,

Components of Reactor, types of Nuclear Reactors, Breeding, Fast Breeder Reactor, Radiation

226

shields, Nuclear waste disposal. Power Plant Economics: Various performance factors (load

factor, diversity factor, use factor etc.). Fixed costs, operating costs, cost per kWh, comparison of

fixed and operating costs of hydro, thermal, nuclear plants, power tariffs. Non Conventional

Energy Sources: Solar Energy - Solar collectors, solar energy storage, solar ponds, solar energy

utilization and applications. Wind Power: Basic principle, different types of wind mills, wind

energy conversion systems, other applications. Geothermal Power: sources, energy conversion

system. OTEC: ocean thermal energy conversion systems, introduction to tidal power. Direct

Energy Conversion Systems: Fuel cells, MHD, Solar cell. Pollution And Control: Introduction,

particulate and gaseous pollutants, thermal pollution and solid waste pollution, methods to

control pollution - brief description. Energy Management & Auditing: Role of Energy Manager,

Energy Audit-types, Sankeyiagram for Energy Audit, Principle of Energy Conservation, Energy

Conservation Technologies.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Power Plant Technology, M.M. El-Wakil McGraw Hill

2. Power station Engineering and Economy by Bernhardt G.A.Skrotzki and William A. Vopat- Tata

McGraw Hill

REFERENCES:

1. An introduction to power plant technology by G.D. Rai-Khanna Publishers, Delhi

2. Power Plant Engineering by P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill

3. Power plant engineering by Nagpal, Khanna Publications,New Delhi.

4. Power Plant Engineering by culp.

ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

COURSE CODE: 13 ME 341 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-205 CREDITS: 3

STATICALLY INDETERMINATE BEAMS: Statically indeterminate Beams, Analysis by the differential

equations of the Deflection curve, Moment Area Method.

CONTINUOUS BEAMS: Clapeyron’s theorem of three moments, Beams with constant and varying

moments of inertia.

CURVED BEAMS: Stresses in Beams of small and large initial curvature, The Winkler-Bach theory,

Stresses in Crane Hook and C-Clamp with Rectangular, Circular and Trapezoidal cross-sections.

Unsymmetrical Bending: Shear Center, Examples of unsymmetrical bending, Simple problems on

shear center.

CENTRIFUGAL STRESSES: Introduction, Rotating Ring, Rotating Disc, Rotating Disc of uniform

strength.

Thick pressure vessels: Thick Cylinders: Lame’s theory, Radial Deflection, Compound Cylinder.

ENERGY METHODS: Introduction, Principles of virtual work, unit load, Method for calculating

displacements, Strain energy & complementary energy, Strain Energy Methods

Text books:

1. Mechanics of Materials by Gere and Timoshenko, CBS publishers, 2

edition.

Reference Books:

1. Pytel A H and Singer F L, “Strength of Materials”, Harper Collins, New Delhi.

2. Beer P F and Johston (Jr) E R, “Mechanics of Materials”, SI Version, McGraw Hill, NY.

3. Popov E P, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, SI Version, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.

4. Advanced Mechanics Of Solids by L. S. Srinath, 3

edition Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.

227

THEORY OF ELASTICITY & PLASTICITY

COURSE CODE: 13ME-342 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-205 CREDITS: 3

ELASTICITY : Analysis of stress and strain, Equilibrium equations - Compatibility equations - stress

strain relationship. Generalized Hooke’s law. ELASTICITY SOLUTION : Plane stress and plane strain

- Simple two dimensional problems in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates. TORSION OF NON-

CIRCULAR SECTION :St.venant’s approach - Prandtl’s approach – Membrane analogy - Torsion of

thin walled open and closed sections. ENERGY METHODS : Strain energy – Principle of virtual work

– Energy theorems – Rayleigh Ritz method – Finite difference method – Application to elasticity

problems.

PLASTICITY : Physical Assumptions – Yield criteria - Plastic stress strain relationship. Elastic plastic

problems in bending – torsion and thick cylinder.

Text books:

1. Timoshenko, S. and Goodier J.N. "Theory of Elasticity", McGraw Hill Book Co.,

Newyork, 1988.

2. Slater R.A.C, “Engineering Plasticity”, John Wiley and Son, New York, 1977

Reference Books:

1. Chou P.C. and Pagano, N.J. "Elasticity Tensor, Dyadic and Engineering Approaches”, D.Van

Nostrand Co., Inc., London, 1967.

2. Hearn , E.J. “Mechanics of Materials”, Vol.2, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1985

3. Irving H.Shames and James, M.Pitarresi, “Introduction to Solid Mechanics”, Prentice

Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Newl Delhi -2002.

Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1988.

PRINCIPLES OF PRODUCT DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 13ME343 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Design methodology and design philosophy- types of designs, design models, concurrent

engineering, product life cycle. Design Teams - Organizations & product Planning. Need Analysis &

Scope- mission statement, customer study, Kano diagram. Establishing Product Function-

functional decomposition, FAST and SOP, function structure. Product Tear down reverse

engineering. Product Specifications- QFD. Generation and evaluation of concepts – TRIZ, Decision

matrix etc. Embodiment design- product architecture, configuration, parametric design, systems

approach and other consideration of embodiment design, Industrial Design - aesthetics and

ergonomic aspects of product design. Value Engineering. Failure mode and effects analysis.

Text Books:

1. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, “ Product design”- Pearson, 2004

2. David G. Ullman, “The Mechanical Design Process” - McGraw Hill, 2003

3. George E. Dieter, “ Engineering Design” - McGraw Hill, 2000

4. Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger,” Product Design and Development” TataMcGraw Hill,

2007

Reference books:

228

1. Singleton W T "An Introduction to Ergonomics" WHO Generava 1978

2. McCormic E J and Sansers W "Human Factors in Engg" McGraw Hill 1993

3. Eirich and Robert "Human Computer Dialogue Design" New York Elsevier, 1986

4. Paul J G "Form, Function and Design" Dover Publication 1994

5. Kurt Rowland, "The Development of Shape" Ginn and Company 1994

6. James F Thorpe, "Mechanical Systems Components". Allyn and Bacon, Boston 1989

VIBRATIONS ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 13ME-344 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-206 CREDITS: 3

Fundamentals of Vibration:- Introduction, Definitions, vector method of representing Harmonic

motions, Addition of two simple Harmonic motion of the same frequency, Beats phenomenon.

Undamped Free Vibrations of single Degree of freedom systems:- Introduction, Derivations of

differential equations, solution of differential equation, Torsional vibrations, Equivalent stiffness

of spring combinations, Energy method. Damped free vibrations of single degree of

freedom systems:- Introduction, Different types of damping, Free vibrations with viscous

damping, Logarithmic Decrement, Viscous dampers, Coulomb damping. Forced vibrations of

single degree of freedom systems:- Introduction, Forced vibrations with constant Harmonic

excitation, Forced vibration with rotating and reciprocating unbalance, forced vibrations due to

excitation of the support,Vibration isolation and Transmissibility, Critical speed of a light shaft

having a single disc without damping, Vibration measuring instruments. Two Degrees of Freedom

systems:- Introduction, principal modes of vibration, other cases of simple two degrees of

freedom systems, combined rectilinear and angular modes, undamped forced vibrations with

harmonic excitation, undamped dynamic vibration absorber, centrifugal pendulum absorber.

Multi-Degree of freedom systems – Exact analysis:- Introduction, Free vibrations – Equations of

motion, co-ordinate coupling, Eigen values and Eigen vectors.

Text Books:

1. Leonard Meirovitch, Fundamentals Of Vibrations, 1

edition , TataMcGrawHill, 2001

2. G.K.Grover, Mechanical Vibrations, Neem Chand & Bros. 7

Edition

Reference Books:

1. W.T.Thomson Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson education ,2

Edition

2. S.S.Rao , Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson education, 4

edition

J. P. Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, 1

Edition, Dover Publications

ROBOTICS: SENSING AND CONTROL

COURSE CODE: 13ME-351 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-206 CREDITS: 3

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Robotics, Major components of a Robot, Classification of Robots

- Classification by Coordinate System, by Power Drive and by Control Method, Specifications of

Robots, Fixed versus flexible automation, Economic Analysis.

ROBOT END EFFECTORS: Introduction, Types of end effectors-Grippers and Tools, Gripper

Mechanisms, Considerations in the selection and design of remote centered devices.

ROBOTIC SENSORY DEVICES: Objective, Non-Optical position sensors-Potentiometers, Synchros,

inductosyn, optical position sensors-opto interrupters, Optical encoders (absolute & incremental).

PROXIMITY SENSORS: Contact type, non-contact type-reflected light scanning laser sensors.

229

TOUCH & SLIP SENSORS: Touch sensors – proximity Rod & Photo detector sensors, Slip sensors –

Forced oscillation slip sensor, interrupted type slip sensors, force and torque sensors.

CONTROL SYSTEMS: Basic control systems concepts and Models – Mathematical Models, Transfer

function, Block Diagrams- Configuration of a control system for a robot joint.

CONTROLLERS: On-off control, Proportional Control, Integral Control, Proportional plus Integral

Control, Derivative control, Proportional plus Derivative control, PID Control, Control system

Analysis.

PLC’s, Microprocessors and Computer Control methods and their programming.

ROBOT APPLICATIONS: Industrial Applications – Material Transfer, material handling, Loading and

unloading, processing, spot and continuous arc welding, spray painting, grinding, Assembly and

Inspection and Non-Industrial Applications

DESIGN: Robotic systems Design based Case studies of problems derived from Domestic, Industry,

Defense for example An Aerial Surveillance Robot, Automated Guided Vehicles, Multi Arm

Industrial Robot, Underwater Vehicles, Medical and Surgical Robots etc.

Text Books:

1. Robotic engineering by Richard D. Klafter (PHI)

2. Industrial robotics by Mikell P.Groover, (MGH)

3. Robotics and Control by RK Mittal (MGH)

References:

1. Introduction to Robotics - John J. Craig (Pearson Education India)

2. Robotics Fundamental concepts and analysis: Ashitava Ghoshal (Oxford Higher Education).

3. Robotics – K.S. Fu, Gonzalez & Lee (MGH)

4. Robotics For Engineers by Yoram K koren (MGH)

MECHATRONICS PRODUCT DESIGN

COURSE CODE : 13ME-352 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-204 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Integrated Design issues in Mechatronics, Mechatronics Design process,

Mechatronics Key Elements, Applications in Mechatronics.

Modeling and simulation of physical systems:Electrical systems, Mechanical systems-

translational&rotational systems, fluid systems.

Sensors and Transducers: Introduction, sensor for motion and position measurement, force,

torque and tactile sensors, vibration – Acceleration sensors, sensor for flow measurement,

temperature sensing devices, sensor applications.

Actuating Devices:DC Motors, Stepper motors, fluid power Actuation, fluid power design

elements, piezoelectric Actuators.

System Control – Logic Methods: Number Systems in Mechatronics, Binary Logic, Karnaugh Map

Minimization, Programmable Logic Controllers.

Signal Conditioning and Real Time Interfacing: Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control

System, Transducers and Signal Conditioning, Devices for Data Conversion, Data Conversion

Process.

Case Studies

TEXT BOOKS:

1. DevdasShetty, Richard A.Kolk, “Mechatronics System Design”, PWS Publishing Company,

1997.

230

2. Boltan, “Mechatronics-Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering”,

2nd Edition, Addison Wesley Longman Ltd., 1999

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. D.A Bradley, D.Dawson, N.C Burd and A.J.Loader, “Mechatronics” CRC Press, 2010.

INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION

COURSE CODE : 13ME-353 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-302 CREDITS: 3

Automation: Introduction, automation principles and strategies, basic elements of advanced

functions, levels modeling of manufacturing systems.

Material handling: Introduction, material handling systems, principles and design, material

transport system: transfer mechanisms automated feed cut of components, performance analysis,

uses of various types of handling systems including AGV and its various guiding technologies.

Storage system: Performance, location strategies, conventional storage methods and

equipments, automated storage systems.

Automated manufacturing systems: Components, classification, overview, group technology and

cellular manufacturing, parts classification and coding, product flow analysis, cellular

manufacturing, application considerations in G.T.

FMS: Introduction, components, application, benefits, planning and implementation, transfer

lines and fundamentals of automated production lines, application, analysis of transfer line

without internal storage (numerical problems).

Inspection Technology: Introduction, contact and non-contact conventional measuring, gauging

technique, CMM, surface measurement, machine vision, other optical inspection techniques, non-

contact non-optical inspection technologies versus.

Manufacturing support system: Process planning and concurrent engineering- process planning,

CAPP, CE and design for manufacturing, advanced manufacturing planning, production planning

and control system, master production schedule, MRP.

Capacity planning, shop floor control, inventory control, MRP-II, J.I.T production systems. lean and

agile manufacturing.

Text Books

1. M.P. Groover, Automation, “Production Systems and Computer Integrated

manufacturing”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education (2004).

References Books

2. Vajpayee, “Principles of CIM”, PHI, 1992.

3. Viswanathan and Narahari, “Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing

Systems”, PHI, 2000.

4. R.S. Pressman, “Numerical Control and CAM, John Wiley , 1993.

INTELLIGENT VISUAL SURVEILLANCE

COURSE CODE: 13ME-354 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Basics of Image Processing: Introduction to Image Processing methods, Image Transforms,

Wavelet Transform, JPEG Image Compression, Image Formats, Color Spaces- RGB, CMY, HSI.

231

Video Compression Standards: H. 261, H. 263, H.264, MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, MPEG-7, and

MPEG-21, Video shot boundary detection, motion modeling and segmentation techniques.

Object Detection and Classification- Shape based object classification, motion based object

classification, Silhouette-Based Method for Object Classification, Viola Jones object detection

framework, Multiclass classifier boosting.

Multi-Object Tracking- Classification of multiple interacting objects from video, Region-based

Tracking, Contour-based Tracking, Feature-based Tracking, Model-based Tracking, Hybrid

Tracking, Particle filter based object tracking, Mean Shift based tracking, Tracking of multiple

interacting objects.

Human Activity Recognition- Template based activity recognition, Sequential recognition

approaches using state models (Hidden Markov Models), Human Recognition Using Gait, HMM

Framework for Gait Recognition, Description based approaches, Human interactions, group

activities, Applications and challenges.

Camera Network Calibration - Types of CCTV (closed circuit television) camera- PTZ (pan-tilt

zoom) camera, IR (Infrared) camera, IP (Internet Protocol) camera, wireless security camera,

Multiple view geometry, camera network calibration, PTZ camera calibration, camera placement,

smart imagers and smart cameras.

Text Books

1. Murat A. Tekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1995. Y. Ma and G. Qian (Ed.),

“Intelligent Video Surveillance: Systems and Technology”, CRC Press, 2009.

REVERSE ENGINEERING & RAPID PROTOTYPING

COURSE CODE: 13ME-361 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-361 CREDITS: 3

Introduction to reverse engineering (RE), Need for RE, Relation between rapid prototyping and

reverse engineering, RE taxonomy-Active and Passive techniques, RE types-contact and non

contact, Definition of Prototype and types, History of RP and Classification of RP, Data Processing

for RP, Liquid based techniques, Solid based techniques, Powder based techniques, Rapid tooling

and RP case studies, Applications and Case Studies of RP.

Text Books

1. Jian (John) Dong, Rapid response manufacturing-Contemporary Methodologies, Tools and

technologies, Chapman&Hall, 1

edition, 1998.

2. C K Chua, K F Leong & C S Lim, Rapid Prototyping- Principles and Applications, World Scientific,

Edition, 2005

Reference Books

1. Ali K Kamrani, Emad Abouel Nasr, Rapid Prototyping- Theory and Practice, Springer, 2006.

2. Kenneth G Cooper, Rapid Prototyping Technology- Selection and Application, Marcel Dekker,

Inc

3. D.T.Pham and S.S. Dimov,Rapid manufacturing; the technologies and applications of rapid

prototyping and rapid tooling

POWDER METALLURGY

COURSE CODE: 13ME-362 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-203 CREDITS: 3

Characteristics and Testing of Metal Powders, Powder Manufacturing and Conditioning, Hot

isostatic processing and techniques for producing high density powder metallurgy products,

232

Powder Compaction, Sintering, Sintering Furnaces, Post sintering Operations, Applications of P/M

Parts, Hot Isostatic process, Advantages and Limitations of Powder Metallurgy

Text Books:

1. Sinha A. K., “Powder Metallurgy”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons. New Delhi, 1982.

2. Ramakrishnan, P.,“ Powder Metallurgy”, New Age International Publishers,1st edition,2007

References:

1. ASM Handbook. Vol. 7, “Powder Metallurgy”, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 1990.

2. Animesh Bose., “Advances in Particulate Materials”, Butterworth - Heinemann. New

Delhi, 1995.

3. Kempton. H Roll., “Powder Metallurgy”, Metallurgical Society of AMlE, 1988.

4. Ramakrishnan. P., “Powder Metallurgy Opportunities for Engineering Industries”, Oxford

and IBH Publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 1987

5. Environmental Science and Engineering by J.Glynn Henry, Gary W.Heinke,(2004),Low Price

Edition, Pearson Education Inc, Singapore.

6. MoEF(2000) Municipal Waste Management and Handling Rules, Govt. of India.

7. CPCB(2001) Criteria for Hazardous waste Landfill(HASWAMS/17/2000-01)

8. Solid and hazardous waste management by M.N.Rao and Razia Sultana, BS Publications,

Hyderabad.

NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

COURSE CODE : 13ME-363 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-204 CREDITS: 3

Radiographic Testing, Film Radiography, Radiographic Image Quality and Radiographic

Techniques, Radiation Safety, Surface NDE Methods, Visual Testing, Liquid Penetrant Testing,

Magnetic Particle Testing, Eddy Current Testing, Principles of Acoustics, Generation of ultrasonic

waves, Ultrasonic Inspection Methods.

Test Books:

1. Non-Destructive Testing Hand Book: Radiography and Radiation Testing, VoI.3, 2nd” ed,

Columbus, OH, American Society for Non-Destructive Testing, 1985.

2. Halmshaw. R, Industrial Radiography, Applied Science Publishers Inc. Englewood, NJ,1982.

References

1. American Metals Society, “Non-Destructive Examination and Quality Control”, Metals Hand

Book, Vol.17, 9th Ed, Metals Park, OH, 1989.

2. Krautkramer, Josef and Hebert Krautkramer, “Ultrasonic Testing of Materials”, 3rd Ed,

Newyork, Springer- Verlag, 1983.

CONCURRENT ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE : 13ME-364 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-204 CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Definition of CE, CE design methodologies, Use of Information Technology, Expert

Systems, Design Stage, Life Cycle design of products, Manufacturing Competitiveness, JIT System,

Project Management Life Cycle Semi Realization, Evaluation of design for manufacturing cost,

Engineering Design studies – Product Realization Taxanomy.

Text Books:

1. Anderson M M and Hein, L Berlin, Springer Verlog – ‘ Integrated Product Development’

2. Cleetus J Concurrent research center, Morgan Town – ‘Design for Concurrent Engineering’

Reference Books:

1. “Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tols and Technology’ Wiley, John and sons Inc., 1992.

2. “Concurrent Engineering fundamentals: Integrated Product Development” Prasad, Prentice Hall,

1996.

233

FACILITY LAYOUT & MATERIAL HANDLING

COURSE CODE: 13ME-371 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Facilities Planning definition, Significance and Objectives of Facilities Planning, Facilities Planning

Process, Facilities Planning Strategies, Product, Process and Schedule Design: Product Design,

Process Design, Schedule Design and Facilities Design, Flow, Space and Activity Relationships:

Activity Relationships, Flow Patterns, Measuring Flow, Personnel Requirements: Office Facility

Planning, Employee – Facility Interface

Facility Design for Various Facilities Functions

Warehouse Operations: Missions of a warehouse, functions, Receiving, Shipping and Storage

Operations

Manufacturing Systems: Fixed Automation & Flexible Manufacturing Systems, JIT & Reduction of

WIP

Facilities Systems: Enclosure, Atmospheric, Electrical, Life Safety, Automation and Sanitation

Systems

Material Handling: Scope and Definitions, Material Handling Principles, Designing Material

Handling Systems, Unit Load Design, Material Handling Equipment, Safety Considerations

Layout Planning Models: Basic Layout types, Layout Procedures, Developing Layout Alternatives,

Computerized Layout techniques

Developing Alternatives – Quantitative Facilities Planning Models:

Facility Location, Machine Layout, Conventional Storage, Automated Storage and Retrieval

Systems, Fixed Path Material Handling, Waiting Line, Simulation Models

Evaluating and Selecting Facilities Plan, Preparing, Presenting, Implementing and Maintaining the

Facilities

Text Books:

1. Facilities Planning, John Wiley & Sons, 2003, James A. Tompkins, John A. White

2. Manufacturing Facilities: Location Planning and Design, PWS Publishing Co., 1994, Dileep R.

Sule

Reference Books:

1. Manufacturing Facilities Design and Material Handling, Allyn & Bacon, 1999, Fred E. Meyers,

Matthew P. Stephens

2. Facilities Design, CRC Pr I Llc, 2008, Sunderesh Heragu

WORK STUDY & ERGONOMICS

COURSE CODE: 13ME-372 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Productivity: Meaning and Importance of Productivity, Factors Affecting Productivity. Productivity

and Living Standards, Productivity Measurements, Work Design and Productivity, Operations

Analysis: Total Time for A Job Or Operation, Total Work Content And In-Effective Time, Methods

And Motions, Graphic Tools. Work Study: Techniques of Work Study, Basic Procedure of Work

Study. METHOD STUDY: Tools for Recording Techniques – Flow Process Chart, Flow Diagram,

String Diagram, Multiple Activity Chart, Man-Machine Chart. MICRO MOTION STUDY: Therbligs,

Motion Economy Principles, SIMO Chart. Work Measurement: Stopwatch Time Study Procedure -

Breaking The Job Into Elements, Timing Methods, Number Of Cycles To Be Timed, Rating,

Allowances, Setting Standard Time. WORK SAMPLING: Confidence Levels, Number Of

Observations, Use Of Random Number Table. Human Factors in Work system Design: Human

Factors Engineering/Ergonomics, Human Performance in Physical Work, Anthropometry, Design

of Workstation, Design of Displays and Controls, Job Enrichment, Job Enlargement. Types of

Production Systems: Mass Production, Batch Production, Job Order Production. Production

Planning & Control Functions, Facility Layout: Types of Layout - Line Layout for Product Focused

System, Functional Layout for Process Focused System, Fixed Position Layout, Introduction to

234

Computerized Layout Methods, Material Handling: Material Handling Objectives And Principles -

Unit Load Concept. Factors Affecting Choice of Handling Equipment, Classification of Material

Handling

Text Books

1. Introduction to Work study by I.L.O. Geneva.

2. Motion & time study by Barnes, R.M.

Reference Books

1. Industrial Management by Ahuja, vol.1 and 2.

2. Industrial Engineering & Management by Dr. R. Ravisankar

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: 13ME-373 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Quality and improvement, and evolution of TQM, Quality assurance, quality system,

quality loss function, link between quality and productivity. Philosophy of Deming, Juran, Crossby.

Seven tools of TQM - Control charts, check sheets, flow charts, graphs, histograms, pareto chart,

cause-effect diagram, scatter diagram,

Quality function deployment – Introduction, benefits, process, quality circle, zero-defect

programme .Quality control charts for variables, attributes, ( X bar, R, p, c, np, U charts), Process

capability,

Acceptance sampling – introduction, definition, objectives, benefits, different sampling plans,

O.C.curve- construction, properties (for single sampling plan)

Bench marking, quality costs, total productive maintenance, ISO 9000- Introduction, series of

standards, benefits, requirements, implementation, documentation, quality auditing.

Continuous process improvement – basic concepts of KAIZEN, 5S, POKAYOKE, JIT & KANBAN,

PDSA cycle, Six sigma, Taguchi methods

Text Books:

1. D. Besterfield, Total Quality Management, 2007, Phi.

2. E. L. Grantt, Statistical Quality Control, 7

Edition, 2008, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.

Reference Books:

1. P.Charntimath, Total Quality Management, 2006, Pearson Education.

2. L.Suganthi, Anand A. Samuel, Total Quality Management, 2004, PHI.

3. D. Besterfield, Quality Control, 7

Edition, 2008, Pearson Education.

D.C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, 4

Edition, 2008, Wiley India

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: 13ME-374 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Operations Management: definition, historical development, evolution, functions, Forecasting:

definition, approaches, types, qualitative approach, judgmental methods, quantitative approach,

time series, regression, multiple regression, forecasting error estimation techniques, Introduction

to aggregate planning, Production Management: Types of production systems, Mass production,

Batch production, Job order production. Productivity and factors influencing productivity, Facility

layout: definition, types – product layout, process layout, fixed position layout, cellular layout,

introduction to computerized layout, Material handling: definition, objectives, principles, unit

load concept, factors affecting choice of MH equipment, classification, benefits, Scheduling:

Introduction, concept of assembly line balancing, scheduling of batch production, scheduling of

job order, loading, sequencing,- definition, sequencing of n jobs through one machine, n jobs

through 2 machines, ( Johnsons’ algorithm ), sequencing of n jobs through 3 machines, n jobs

235

through m machines. Inspection & Quality Control: Concept and Types of Inspection, Quality

Control Charts – SQC, Charts for variables and charts for attributes, application and construction

of charts and problems. Acceptance sampling, Single and double sampling, OC curve, Reliability:

definition, failure rate diagram, reliability computation, Production planning & control:

Introduction, definition, functions of PPC. Brief introduction to: JIT, Lean manufacturing, Six

sigma, Supply chain management.

Text Books:

1. Production & Operations Management -- G.J. Monks

2. Production & Operations Management -- Adam & Ebert

Reference Books:

1. Production & operations Management – S.N. Chari.

2. Production & operations Management -- Panner selvam.

SPECILIZATION - AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 13ME-335 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction to Automobiles: Classification of vehicles – applications, options of prime movers,

Components, Requirements of Automobile Body; Vehicle Frame, Separate Body & Frame, Unitised

Body, Car Body Styles, Bus Body & Commercial Vehicle Body Types; Front Engine Rear Drive &

Front Engine Front Drive Vehicles, Four Wheel Drive Vehicles, Safety considerations; Safety

features of latest vehicle; Future trends in automobiles. Engine: Engine Classification, types of

combustion chambers for petrol and diesel engines, valves, valve arrangements and operating

Mechanisms, pistons, piston rings, Firing order; Crankshafts, Flywheel. Fuel Supply systems for

Petrol Engines, Fuel pumps. Mechanical and Electrical Diaphragm pumps, Carburetors, Electronic

petrol injection. Ignition Systems: Energy requirement for ignition, Battery ignition system,

Magneto ignition, modern systems, firing order, timing and engine parameters, Cooling Systems:

Coolants, properties, Air and water cooling systems. Lubrication System: Lubricants, Properties,

Splash, semi-pressure and full pressure Lubricating systems. Chassis: Components of an

automobile, Layout, Specifications, Articulated and rigid vehicles, Front wheel drive, rear wheel

drive, 4- wheel drive, frame, types, aerodynamic considerations, energy absorbing bumpers.

Emission: Emission from automobiles-pollution standards, national and international-pollution

control techniques. Transmission: Clutches: single and Multi-plate clutches, Centrifugal clutches,

wet and dry type, actuating mechanisms, Gear Box - Four speed and Five Speed Sliding Mesh,

Constant mesh & synchromesh type, selector mechanism, automatic transmission, overdrive,

propeller shaft, differential - principle of working. Suspension: systems, springs, shock absorbers,

axles – front and rear, different methods of floating rear axle, front axle and wheel alignment.

Vehicle Control: steering mechanisms and power steering, types of brakes and brake actuation

mechanisms (air and hydraulic).

Electronic systems: Typical engine management systems, position displacement and speed

sensing, measurement of pressure, temperature and intake air flow, exhaust oxygen sensor.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automotive Mechanics – Crouse / Anglin, TMH.

2. Automotive Mechanics, Principles & Practices – Joseph Heitner, EWP.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Motor Automotive Technology by Anthony E. Schwaller – Delmer Publishers, Inc.

2. The Motor Vehicle – Newton steeds Garrett, Butter Worths.

COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 13ME-345 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-205 CREDITS: 3

236

INTRODUCTION: Fundamentals of CAD, Design process, Applications of computer for design,

Benefits of CAD, Computer peripherals for CAD work station, Graphic terminal, CAD software, CAD

database and structure.

DISPLAY DEVICES: Video display devices – Raster scan display, CRT , DVST,Inherent memory

display devices, Random Scan Display, Raster scan systems – Video controller, Random scan

systems – Graphic monitors and work station, Input devices.

PRIMITIVES: Points and Lines, Line drawing algorithms, DDA algorithm, Bresenham’s line

algorithm, Circle generation algorithm, Mid point circle algorithm.

GEOMETRIC MODELING: 2D wire frame modeling, 3D Wire frame modeling, Wire frame models ,

Entities and their definitions. Concept of Parametric and nonparametric representation of curve,

Curve fitting techniques, Definitions of cubic splines.

SURFACE MODELING: Surface modeling and entities, Algebraic and geometric form, Parametric

space of Surface, Blending functions, Reparametrisation of surface patch, Sub dividing cylindrical

surface, Ruled surface, Surface of revolution, Spherical surface, Composite surface.

SOLID MODELING: Solid models, Solid entities, Solid representation, Sweep representation,

Constructive solid geometry and Boundary representation, Solid modeling based applications.

GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATIONS: Transformation Principles, Translation,Scaling, Rotation, Matrix

Representations and Homogeneous Coordinates, Composite transformations and other

transformations

WINDOWS and CLIPPING: Introduction, The Viewing Transformation, Viewing transformation

implementation, Clipping operation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM by Mikel P.Groover and Emory W.Zimmers,Prentice Hall of India , Delhi

2. CAD/CAM by P.N.Rao, Tata McGrawhill , Delhi

3. CAD by Ibrahim Zeid, Tata McGrawhill,Delhi.

Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics by Newman and Sproull, McGrawhill

VEHICLE DYNAMICS

COURSE CODE: 13ME-346 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-206 CREDITS: 3

Introduction to vehicle dynamics: Vehicle coordinate systems; loads on axles of a parked car and

an accelerating car. Acceleration performance: Power-limited acceleration, traction-

limitedacceleration.

Tire models: Tire construction and terminology; mechanics of force generation; rolling resistance;

tractive effort and longitudinal slip; cornering properties of tire; slip angle; camber

thrust;aligningmoments.

Aerodynamic effects on a vehicle: Mechanics of airflow around the vehicle, pressure distribution,

aerodynamic forces; pitching, rolling and yawing moments; crosswind sensitivity.

Braking performance: Basic equations for braking for a vehicle with constant deceleration and

deceleration with wind-resistance; braking forces: rolling resistance, aerodynamic drag, driveline

drag, grade, tire-road friction; brakes, anti-lock braking system, traction control, brakingefficiency.

Steering systems and cornering: Geometry of steering linkage, steering geometry error; steering

system models, neutral steer, under-steer, over-steer, steering ratio, effect of under-steer;

steering system force and moments, low speed and high speed cornering; directional stability of

the vehicle; influence of front-wheel drive.

Suspension and ride: Suspension types—solid axle suspensions, independent suspensions;

suspension geometry; roll centre analysis; active suspension systems; excitation sources for

vehicle rider; vehicle response properties, suspension stiffness and damping, suspension isolation,

active control, suspension non-linearity, bounce and pitch motion.

Roll-over: Quasi-static roll-over of rigid vehicle and suspended vehicle; transient roll-over, yaw-

roll model, tripping.

Multi-body systems: Review of Newtonian mechanics for rigid bodies and system of rigid bodies;

coordinate transformation between two set of axes in relative motion between one another;

237

Euler angles; angular velocity, angular acceleration, angular momentum etc. in terms of Euler

angle parameters; Newton-Euler equations of motion; elementary Lagrangian mechanics:

generalised coordinates and constraints; principle of virtual work; Hamilton’s principle; Lagrange’s

equation, generalized forces. Lagrange’s equation with constraints, Lagrange’s multiplier.

Text Books

1. T.D. Gillespie, “Fundamental of Vehicle Dynamics”, SAE Press (1995)

2. J.Y. Wong, “Theory of Ground Vehicles”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons (2008).

3. Reza N. Jazar, “Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application”, 1st Edition, 3rd Printing, Springer

(2008).

4. R. Rajamani, “Vehicle Dynamics and Control”, Springer (2006).

5. A.A. Shabanna, “Dynamics of Multibody Systems”, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press

(2005).

Reference Books

1. G. Genta, “Motor Vehicle Dynamics”, World Scientific Pub. Co. Inc. (1997).

2. H.B. Pacejka, “Tyre and Vehicle Dynamics”, SAE International and Elsevier

3. Dean Karnopp, “Vehicle Stability”, Marcel Dekker (2004).

4. U. Kiencke and L. Nielsen, “Automotive Control System”, Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

5. M. Abe and W. Manning, “Vehicle Handling Dynamics: Theory and Application”, 1st Edition,

Elsevier (2009).

AUTOMOBILE CHASSIS AND BODY ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE : 13ME-364 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-106 CREDITS: 3

Vehicle Aerodynamics Vehicle drag and types – various types of forces and moments – effects of

forces and moments–side wind – various body optimization techniques, Aerodynamic Aids for

Optimisation of drag– wind tunnel, testing of scale model.Car Body Types, Regulations, Drivers

seat design & dimensions parameters, drivers visibility, methods for improving visibility and space

in cars, design for safety, safety requirements for car (with reference to Vehicle Body

Engineering), car body construction. Crash Test and Roll over test regulations. Heating and

ventilation systems. Dash boards, instrument panel and passenger compartment lighting, Audio –

visual systems.Bus Body DetailsTypes: Mini bus, single decker & double decker, two level, split

level andarticulated bus, bus body layout, floor height, engine location, entrance and exit

locations, passenger seating dimensions , seat layout for RTO registration, constructional details,

frame construction, double skin construction, types of metal sections used, conventional and

integral coachtype construction. Bus body Code Regulations (ARAI). Pneumatic equipment for

passenger door opening & closing. Air conditioning equipment selection and

mounting.Commercial Vehicle DetailsTypes of body, flat platform, drop side, fixed side, tipper

body, tanker body, light commercial vehicle body types. Dimensions of driver’s seat in relation to

controls, drivers cab design. Tipper body designs, volume/weight considerations, pay load and

related regulationsBody LoadsIdealized structure, structural surface, shear panel method,

symmetric and asymmetric vertical loads in a car, longitudinal load,different loading situations,

chassis frame design. Construction of Doors, door apertures, windows.Spare wheel carrier

construction and design for different types of vehicle and weight distribution criteria in relation to

Spare wheel location.Sources of body noises testing and methods of elimination. Water leakage

test.Body Materials Metal sheets (Steel, Aluminum etc.), plastics, timber, GRP, FRP, Insulating

materials, adhesives and sealants. Wind screen, Back light & window Glasses and regulations for

glasses. Difference between toughened glass, sheet glass & laminated glass. Composite

materials, properties of materials, corrosion, anti-corrosion methods, selection of paint and

painting process, body trim items, body mechanisms

Text Books

1.“Automotive Chassis & Body”, by P.L.Kohli, Papyrus Publishing House, NewDelhi.

2. “Automotive Chassis”, by Crouse W.H.& Anglin D.L, McGraw - Hill Int. Book Co.

Reference Books

1.“Body Engineering”, by Sydney F. Page, Chapman & Hill Ltd., London.

2.“Fundamentals of Vehicle Body work”, by J. Fairbrother, Hutchinson, London.

3.“Automotive Chassis”, by P.M. Heldt, Chilton Co. NK

238

4.“Vehicle Body Layout & Analysis”, by John Fenton, Hutchinson, London.

5.“Vehicle Body Engineering”, by J. Powloski, Business Books Ltd., London.

6.“Body Construction and Design”, (Vol. 6), by J.G. Giles, Llefe Books/Butterworth & Co.

London

ENERGY SYSTEMS & PERFORMANCE

COURSE CODE : 13ME-336 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ES-201 CREDITS: 3

Working principles: constructional details; classification and application of different types of I.C

Engines, Wankel and other rotary engines; Operation of the stirling Engine; Mixture preparation

systems for SI and CI Engines; combustion chambers; Ignition, lubrication and cooling systems;

speed governing systems; Intake and exhaust systems; Supercharging methods; Turbocharger

matching; Aero-thermodynamics of compressors and turbines; Engine Testing performance;

Effects of engine design and operating parameters on performance and emissions;

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heinz Heisler, “Advanced Engine Technology,” SAE International Publications USA, 1998.

2. John B Heywood “Internal combustion Engine Fundamentals”. Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 1988

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ganesan V, “ Internal Combustion Engines, Third Ed. Tata Mcgraw –Hill, 2007

2. I.C.Engines – M.L Mathur and Sharma Dhanpat Rai & Sons.

3. Patterson D.J. and Henein NA “ Emissions from Combustion engines and their control’, Ann

Arbor Science Publication Inc. USA, 1978

4. Gupta H.N. “ Fundamentals of Internal combustion Engines”, Prentice Hall of India 2006

5. Ultrich Adler “Automotive Electric /Electronic systems, Published by Robert Bosh GMBH,

1995

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

COURSE CODE : 13ME-337 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-201 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Conservation equation; mass; momentum and energy equations; convective forms

of the equations and general description; Classification and Overview of Numerical Methods:

Classification into various types of equation; parabolic elliptic and hyperbolic; boundary and initial

conditions; over view of numerical methods; Finite Difference Technique: Finite difference and

volume methods; Taylor series expansion; boundary layer treatment; Methods of Solution:

Solution of finite difference equations; iterative methods; matrix inversion methods; ADI method;

operator splitting; fast Fourier transform; Time integration Methods: Single and multilevel

methods; Applications to transient conduction and advection-diffusion problems; Numerical Grid

Generation: Numerical grid generation; basic ideas; transformation and mapping; Navier-Stokes

Equations: Explicit and implicit methods; SIMPLE type methods; fractional step methods;

Turbulence modeling: Reynolds averaged Navier-Stokes equations, RANS modeling, DNS and LES.

Software Package: ANSYS 13(Fluent/CFX)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, C. Hirsch, Vols. I & II, John Wiley & Sons

(2004)

2. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, H. K. Versteeg & W. Malalasekera, Longman

Scientific & Technical (1995)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, J. C. Anderson, D. A. Tannehil and R. H.

Pletcher, Taylor & Francis publications, USA (1997)

Fundamentals of CFD, T. K. Sengupta, Universities Press (2004)

ROTOR DYNAMICS

COURSE CODE : 13ME-347 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ES-106 CREDITS: 3

239

Rotor-Bearing Interaction, Flexural Vibration, Critical Speeds of Shafts, Jeffcott Rotor Model,

Unbalance Response, Effect of Damping, Campbell Diagram, Effects of Anisotropic Bearings,

Unbalanced Response of an Asymmetric Shaft, Parametric Excitation, Gyroscopic Effects, Rotor

with Non-central Disc, Rigid-rotor of Flexible Bearings, Stodola Model, Effect of Spin Speed on

Natural Frequency, Forward and Backward Whirling Motion, Aerodynamic Effects, Rotor-shaft

Continuum, Effect of Rotary Inertia and Shear-Deformation within the Shaft, Equivalent Discrete

System, Finite Element model for Flexural Vibration, Torsional Vibration, Geared and Branched

Systems, Transfer Matrix Model, Fluid Film Bearings: Steady State Characteristics of Bearings,

Raynold’s Equation, Oil-Whirl, Rigid And Flexible Rotor Balancing, Active Vibration Control of

Rotor-Bearing System: Active Magnetic Bearing, Condition Monitoring of Rotating Machinery,

Measurement Techniques

Texts:

J. S. Rao, Rotor Dynamics, Third ed., New Age, New Delhi, 1996 (2009 reprint).

M. J. Goodwin, Dynamics of Rotor-Bearing Systems, Unwin Hyman, Sydney, 1989.

References:

E. Krämmer, Dynamics of Rotors and Foundation, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1993.

G. Genta, Dynamics of Rotating Systems, Springer, New York, 2005.

J.M. Vance, Rotordynamics of Turbomachinery, Wiley, New York, 1988.

M.L. Adams, Rotating machinery vibration: from analysis to troubleshooting, Second ed.,

CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2010.

J. Kicinski, Rotor dynamics, Tech. Book, New Delhi, 2010.

D. Childs, Turbomachinery Rotordynamics: Phenomena, Modeling and Analysis, Wiley, New

York, 1993.

AERO STRUCTURES

COURSE CODE : 13ME-348 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-205 CREDITS: 3

Stresses, Strains, Material Properties, Plane Stress :Stress & Strains in 3D, Average Stresses &

Component Design, Thin Wall Pressure Vessels,. Stress-Strain Material Laws. Plane Stress

Transformations. Torsion :Torsion of Circular Cross Sections, Torsion of Open Thin Wall (OTW)

Sections, Torsion of Closed Thin Wall (CTW) Sections. Beam Deflections : Beam deflections by 2nd

Order Method, Beam deflections by 4th Order Method & Adl' Topics, Beam deflections by

Discontinuity Functions. Introduction to Finite Elements and the Direct Stiffness Method : The

Direct Stiffness Method I, The Direct Stiffness Method II, The Direct Stiffness Method III, FEM

Analysis of Plane Beam Structure. Introduction to Structural Dynamics and Vibrations : Free

SDOF Oscillator, Harmonically Forced SDOF Oscillator, MDOF Dynamical Systems, Vibrations of

beams. Introduction to Structural Stability : Stability of Structures: Basic Concepts, Discrete

Models, Continuous Models, Additional Topics.

1. Mechanics of Materials, 8th edition, Gere and Goodno, 2006, Cengage

2. Hibbeler, R.C.; “Statics and Mechanics of Materials”; 2010; Pearson Prentice Hall ;

9780122166744

3. Leonard Meirovitch, Fundamentals Of Vibrations, 1

edition , TataMcGrawHill, 2001

4. G.K.Grover, Mechanical Vibrations, Neem Chand & Bros. 7

Edition

PROPULSION ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 13ME338 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME301 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Propulsion, Jet and Duct Propulsion, Impulse, Force, universal law for gravitational

force, Orbits, orbit velocities, Forces acting on vehicle, basic relation of motion, escape velocity,

Rocket equation, Mass ratio of rocket, propulsion efficiency, Performance parameters of a rocket,

staging and clustering, effect of propulsion system on vehicle performance; Nozzles: Flow through

nozzles, Convergent divergent nozzle, choking, variation of parameters in nozzle, variation of

parameters in nozzle, Expansion ratio of nozzles, Performance loss in nozzles, Under – expanded

and over – expanded nozzles, flow separation, Real nozzles, efficiencies and thrust correction

factor; Air – Breathing Engines: Thermodynamic cycles of jet engines, Thrust and efficiency,

240

Turbojet engine Turbo engines, Turboprop engines, performance characteristics of engines, inlets,

thrust chamber, nozzles; Solid Rocket Motor : Solid Propellants, ingredients, characteristics, motor

configuration, liners, inhibitors and insulators, Ignition process. Burn rate, propellant grain, grain

configuration, variation of burn rates with rocket size. Liquid Rocket Propulsion: Liquid Propellants

and characteristics, Liquid rocket engine configurations, feed system, Thrust chamber, injector

types, combustion chamber, Turbo-pumps, Complexity of liquid propellant rockets, determination

of Performance; Advance Propulsion systems: Hybrid Rockets, Nuclear, tri-propellant and

advanced propulsion, Ramjet.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hill, P.G. and Peterson, CR., Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion, 2

ed.,: Addison

Wesley Publishing Company, 2010.

REFERENCES:

1. Sutton, G.P. and Biblarj, O. Rocket Propulsion elements, 7

Ed., New York: Wiley Intescience

Pulications, 2001.

2. Ronold D, Flack. Fundamentals of Jet Propulsion with Applications, Cambridge University

Press, 2011.

MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS AND CONTROL

COURSE CODE: 13ME355 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME109 CREDITS: 3

Time response design: Routh-Hurwitz test, relative stability, Root locus design, construction of

root loci, phase lead and phase-lag design, lag-lead design.

Frequency response design: Bode, polar, Nyquist, Nichols plot, lag, lead, lag-lead compensator,

time delay, process plant response curve. PID controller design.

Modern control: Concept of states, state space model, different form, controllability,

observability; pole placement by state feedback, observer design, Lunenburg observer, reduced

order observer, observer based control.

Optimal control design: Solution-time criterion, control-area criterion, performance indices; zero

steady state step error systems; modern control performance index: quadratic performance

index, Ricatti equation.

Digital control: Sampling process, sample and hold, analog to digital converter, use of z-transform

for closed loop transient response, stability analysis using bilinear transform and Jury method,

digital control design using state feedback.

Non-Linear Control System: Common physical non-linear system, phase plane method, system

analysis by phase plane method, stability of non-linear system, stability analysis by describing

function method, Liapunov’s stability criterion, Popov’s stability criterion.

Text Books:

1. K. Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India (2002).

2. Gene F. Franklin, J. D. Powell, A E Naeini, “Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems”, Pearson

(2008).

3. John Van De Vegte, “Feedback Control Systems”, Prentice Hall (1993).

4. Thomas Kailath, “Linear Systems”, Prentice Hall (1980).

5. Alok Sinha, “Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control”, Taylor & Francis

6. Brian D. O. Anderson and John B. Moore, “Optimal Control: Linear Quadratic Methods”,

Dover Publications (2007).

7. K. Ogata, “Discrete-Time Control Systems”, PHI Learning (2009).

8. H.K. Khalil, “Nonlinear Systems”, Prentice Hall (2001).

FATIGUE, CREEP AND FRACTURE

COURSE CODE: 13 ME349 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME205 CREDITS: 3

Analysis of stresses and strains in three dimensions: Principal stresses and strains. Stress / Strain

Invariants, Octahedral stresses, Theories of Failure, Various yield criteria.

Repeated stresses and fatigue in metals: Fatigue tests, endurance limit. Fatigue under combined

loadings. Fatigue design theory: Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg criteria. Factors influencing

241

fatigue behavior of metals: Frequency, temperature, size, form, surface conditions, residual

stress, etc. Influence of stress concentration, Notch sensitivity. Various mechanical and

metallurgical methods used for improving fatigue strength of metals. Effect of corrosion,

Corrosion fatigue and fretting. Cumulative fatigue damage and life estimation of components.

Fracture mechanics: Basic modes of fracture. Griffith theory of brittle fracture and Orwon’s

modifications. Linear Elastic fracture mechanics: Stress field ahead of crack-tip, Stress Intensity

factors, Critical SIF, Fracture toughness testing and evaluation of KIC. Elasto-plastic fracture

mechanics: Plane stress and plane strain plastic zone sizes. J-Integral method. SERR computations

and evaluation of structural integrity.

Creep behavior of metals: Creep–stress-time-temperature relations, creep testing methods.

Mechanics of creep, creep in tension, bending and torsion. Strain-hardening effects on creep.

Creep buckling, members subjected to combined stresses and creep.

Text Books:

1. Mechanical Metallurgy – George E. Dieter (McGraw-Hill)

2. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics – David Broek (Springer)

References:

1. Engineering Fracture Mechanics – S. A. Meguid (Springer)

2. Fracture Mechanics – C. T. Sun and Z. H. Jin (Elsevier)

3. Elements of Fracture Mechanics – Prashant Kumar (Tata Mcgraw Hill)

4. Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics – TribikramKundu (CRC Press)

5. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials – Norman E. Dowling (Prentice Hall)

6. Metal Fatigue in Engineering – R. I. Stephens and H. O. (Willey)

Creep of Engg. Materials – I. Finnie and W. R. Heller (Mc Graw Hill Book Co.)

FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 13 ME365 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-204 CREDITS: 3

Automation: Types of automation, Automated assembly systems, Group Technology, Flexible

Manufacturing Systems: Components of an FMS, Robotic technology, Robot programming: Types

of programming, lead through programming, Robot applications: Characteristics of robot

applications, robot cell design, types of robot applications: Material handling, processing

operations, assembly and inspection.

Text Books:

1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Groover M.P,

Prentice Hall of India.

2. CAD/CAM – Groover M.P, Zimmers E.W, Prentice Hall of India.

Reference Books:

1. Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing Nanua Singh, John Wiley and

Sons, 1998.

2. Production Management Systems: A CIM Perspective Browne J, Harhen J, Shivnan J, Addison

Wesley, 2

Ed. 1996.

MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

COURSE CODE: 13ME366 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME204 CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Need For Non Traditional Machining Methods, Classification of Modern Machining

Processes, Considerations in process selection, materials and applications, Mechanical Energy

Based Processes, Chemical Energy Based Processes, Electro – Chemical Energy Based Processes,

Thermo Electric Energy Based Processes, Advanced Welding Techniques, High Velocity Forming

242

Process. Introduction, Selection, Comparison Of Conventional, Explosion Forming Process, Electro

Hydraulic Forming, Magnetic Pulse Forming, Petro Forge Hammer.

Text Books:

1. Advanced machining processes / Jain V K / Allied Publishers, 2005

2. Welding and Welding Technology, Richard L. Little, McGraw Hill.Inc., U S,Ist Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Machining Processes / Pandey P.C. and Shah H.S./ TMH, 1995

2. New Technology / Bhattacharya A/ The Institution of Engineers, India 1984

3. Production Technology -- H.M.T.

4. High velocity forming of metals -ASTME Prentice Hall

Non Conventional Machining by P K Mishra, Narosa Publications

CELLULAR MANUFACTURING

COURSE CODE : 13ME-367 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-204 CREDITS: 3

: Introduction Concept of group machining, Terminologies associated with Cellular manufacturing,

Comparison between tradition and Cellular Manufacturing System. Classification and coding

systems, Cell Formation Techniques, Data Structures and its influence on solutions, Processing

exceptional Components in Cellular Manufacturing, Evaluation of Cellular Manufacturing

Solutions, Scheduling, Line Balancing and Inventory Control in cellular manufacturing,

Implementation issues in Cellular Manufacturing, Case study on application of cellular

manufacturing.

Text Books:

1. BS Nagendra Parashar (2009), Cellular Manufacturing Systems and Integrated Approach, PHI

Publications, New Delhi)

2. Andreq Kusaik, “Intelligent Manufacturing System”

Reference Books:

1 Irani SA, “Cellular Manufacturing Systems”

2 Mikell.P.Groover “Automation, Production Systems and computer integrated manufacturing”,

Pearson Education, 2007

COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING

COURSE CODE: 13ME368 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME204 CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Scope of Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Group Technology, Benefits of G.T.,

FMS, Computer Aided Process Planning, Role of Process Planning, Integrative Manufacturing

Planning and Control, Overview Of Production Control, Computer Aided Quality Control,

Terminology in quality control, Computer Integrated Manufacturing systems, Computer networks

for Manufacturing, The Future Automated Factory, Trends in Manufacturing.

Text Books:

1. David D.Bedworth, Mark R.Hendersan, Phillip M.Wolfe “Computer Integrated Design and

Manufacturing”, McGraw-Hill Inc.

2. Mikell.P.Groover and Emory Zimmers Jr., “CAD/CAM”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

Reference Books:

1. Mikell.P.Groover “Automation, Production Systems and computer integrated manufacturing”,

Pearson Education, 2007.

2. Yorem koren, “Computer Integrated Manufacturing System”, McGraw-Hill, 1983.

MODELING & SIMULATION OF MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 13ME357 L – T – P: 3-0-0

243

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Physical Modelling: Mechanical and electrical systems, physical laws, continuity equations,

compatibility equations, system engineering concept, system modelling with structured analysis,

modelling paradigms for mechatronic system, block diagrams, mathematical models, systems of

differential-algebraic equations, response analysis of electrical systems, thermal systems, fluid

systems, mechanical rotational system, electrical-mechanical coupling.

Simulation Techniques: Solution of model equations and their interpretation, zeroth, first and

second order system, solution of 2nd order electro-mechanical equation by finite element

method, transfer function and frequency response, non-parametric methods, transient,

correlation, frequency, Fourier and spectra analysis, design of identification experiments, choice

of model structure, scaling, numeric methods, validation, methods of lumped element simulation,

modelling of sensors and actuators, hardware in the loop simulation (HIL), rapid controller

prototyping, coupling of simulation tools, simulation of systems in software (MATLAB, LabVIEW)

environment.

Modelling and Simulation of Practical Problems:

o Pure mechanical models

o Models for electromagnetic actuators including the electrical drivers

o Models for DC-engines with different closed loop controllers using operational

amplifiers

o Models for transistor amplifiers

o Models for vehicle system

Text Books:

1. L. Ljung, T. Glad, “Modeling of Dynamical Systems”, Prentice Hall Inc. (1994).

2. D.C. Karnopp, D.L. Margolis and R.C. Rosenberg, “System Dynamics: A Unified

Approach”, 2nd Edition, Wiley-Interscience (1990).

3. G. Gordon, “System Simulation”, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning (2009). V.

4. Giurgiutiu and S. E. Lyshevski, “Micromechatronics, Modeling, Analysis, and Design

with MATLAB”, 2nd Edition, CRC Press (2009).

SIGNAL PROCESSING IN MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 13ME358 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Discrete- Time Signals: Sequences; representation of signals on orthogonal basis; Sampling and

Reconstruction of signals

Discrete systems: Z-Transform, Analysis of LSI systems, Frequency Analysis, Inverse Systems,

Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT), Fast Fourier Transform algorithm, Implementation of Discrete

Time Systems.

Frequency selective filters: Ideal filter characteristics, lowpass, highpass, band pass and bandstop

filters, Paley-Wiener criterion, digital resonators, notch filters, comb filters, all-pass filters, inverse

systems, minimum phase, maximum phase and mixed phase systems.

Design of FIR and IIR filters: Design of FIR filters using windows, frequency sampling, Design of IIR

filters using impulse invariance, bilinear transformation and frequency transformations,

Butterworth, Chebyshev Filters.

Introduction to multi-rate signal processing: Decimation, interpolation, polyphase

decomposition; digital filter banks: Nyquist filters, two channel quadrature mirror filter bank and

perfect reconstruction filter banks, subband coding.

244

Introduction to DSP Processors: Introduction to various Texas processors such as TMS320C6713,

TMS320C6416, DM6437 Digital Video Development Platform with Camera, DevKit8000

OMAP3530 Evaluation Kit.

Applications: Application of DSP to Speech and Radar signal processing,

A few case studies of DSP applications in multimedia using TI DSP kits.

Text books:

1. S. K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A computer-Based Approach, 3/e, TMcHl, 2006.

2. A. V. Oppenheim and R. W. Shafer, Discrete-Time Signal Processing, Prentice Hall India, 2/e,

2004.

3. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms and

Applications, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2007.

References:

1. V.K. Ingle and J.G. Proakis, “Digital signal processing with MATLAB”, Cengage, 2008.

2. T. Bose, Digital Signal and Image Processing, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., Singapore,04.

3. L. R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing, PH, 2005.

4. A. Antoniou, Digital Filters: Analysis, Design and Applications, Tata McH, 2003.

FUZZY SETS AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

COURSE CODE: 13ME359 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Basic Concepts of Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Logic, Zadeh’s Extension Principle, Operations on Fuzzy Sets,

Fuzzy Measures, Probability and Possibility Measures, Fuzzy Inference Methodologies, Fuzzy

Relations, Applications of Fuzzy Sets in Management, Decision Making, Medicine and Computer

Science.

Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Production System and Artificial Intelligence, Problem

Solving by Search, Predicate Calculus, Knowledge Representation, Semantics Nets, Frames,

Conceptual Dependencies, Knowledge Bases and Expert Systems, Fuzzy Rule, Neuro Fuzzy

Approaches, Case Studies in Various Domain.

Texts:

1. S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 2nd Ed, Prentice Hall,

2003.

2. H.J.Zimmermann, Fuzzy Set Theory and Its Applications, 2nd Ed., Kluwer Academic

Publishers, 1996.

3. D.Dubois and H. Prade, Fuzzy Sets and Systems: Theory and Applications, Academic Press,

1980.

References:

1. E. Charniak and D. McDermott, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Addison-Wesley, 1985.

2. E. Rich, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw-Hill, 1983.

3. P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, Addison Wesley, 1993.

4. J.Yen and R.Langari, Fuzzy Logic Intelligence, Control, and Information, Pearson Education,

2005.

5. T.J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 1997.

6. J.Kacprzyk, Multistage Fuzzy Control, Wiley, 1997.

ENGINEERING SMART MATERIALS FOR MECHATRONICS APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: 13 ME360 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME203 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Smart materials and their application for sensing and actuation, Mechatronics

aspects.Piezoelectric materials: Piezoelectricity and piezoelectric materials, Constitutive

245

equations of piezoelectric materials, Piezoelectric actuator types, Control of piezoelectric

actuators, Applications of piezoelectric actuators for precise positioning and scanning.

Shape memory alloys (SMA): Properties of shape memory alloys, Shape memory effects, Pseudo-

elasticity in SMA, Design of shape memory actuator, selection of materials, Smart actuation and

control, Applications of SMA in precision equipments for automobiles, trains and medical devices.

Electro-active polymers (EAPs): Ionic polymer metal composites (IPMC), Conductive polymers,

Carbon nanotubes, Dielectric elastomers, Design & control issues for EAP actuators, Applications

of EAP for biomemetic, tactile display and medical devices.

Magnetostrictive materials: Basics of magnetic properties of materials, magnetostriction:

constitutive equations, types of magnetostrictive materials, Design & control of magnetostrictive

actuators, Applications of magnetostrictive materials for active vibration control.

Summary, conclusion and future outlook: Comparative analysis of different smart materials

based actuators, Conclusions, Future research trend and applications trends of smart materials

and smart materials based actuator technology.

Text books:

1. Jose L. Pons, Emerging Actuator Technologies, a Micromechatronics Approach, John Wiley &

Sons Ltd, 2005. .

2. Ralph Smith, Smart Material Systems: Model Development, SIAM, Society for Industrial and

Applied Mathematics, 2005. .

3. F. Carpi, D. De Rossi, R. Kornbluh, R. Pelrine, P. Sommer-Larsen, Dielectric Elastomers as

Electromechanical Transducers, Elsevier, Hungry, 2008. .

4. Y. B. Cohen, Electroactive Polymer (EAP) Actuators as Artificial Muscles Reality, Potential and

Challenges, SPIE press, USA, 2004.

B.TECH WITH HONOR'S DEGREE

BIOTECHNOLOGY

BIOCATALYSIS AND ENZYME MECHANISMS

COURSE CODE: 13BT547 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13BT201 CREDITS: 4

BIOCATALYSIS - Current Status, Advantages & disadvantages, Comparison with other Catalysts,

Biocatalysts as a technology, Green Chemistry .CHARACTERIZATION OF A BIOCATALYST: Enzyme

Kinetics, Basis of Enzyme Action, Theories of Enzyme Catalysis, Efficiency, Stability, Selectivity of

Enzymes, Screening of New Enzyme Activity UNIT-III BIOCATALYTIC ASYMMETRIC SYNHTHESIS:

Basic of stereochemistry; Enantiomerically pure amino acids, Hydroxy esters with carbonyl

reductase, Alcohols with ADH, Penicillin G, Ephedrine, Chiral drugs, Anticholesterol drugs, Anti -

infectives, Anti-AIDS drugs, Cardiovascular drugs, Applications of Lipases and Esterases in the

Pharma industry, Steroids UNIT-IV BIOCATALYSIS IN NON-CONVENTIONAL MEDIA: Enzymes in

organic solvents, Advantages of Biocatalysis in organic media, Role of water in Enzyme reactions

in Organic solvents, Substrate as solvent, Ionic liquids and Supercritical Solvents for enzymatic

reactions . INDUSTRIAL ENZYMES: Enzymes in the food industry, Cell-wall degrading enzymes,

Lipases, Proteases, Amylases, Xylanases, Enzymes in brewing, Fat splitting, Enzymes in the paper

and pulp industry, Enzymes in the textile industry, Enzymes for preservation, The future of

enzyme applications

Text books:

1. Biocatalysis: Fundamentals & Applications by Andreas Sebastian Bommarius , Bettina R.

Riebel, VCH.

246

2. 2. Biotransformations in Organic Chemistry by Kurt Faber, Springer Berlin.

Reference books:

1. Enzymes by Palmer,

2. Enzymes in Industry by Wolfgang Aehle, Wiley-VCH.

BIOREACTOR MODELING AND SIMULATION

COURSE CODE: 13BT507 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13BT305 CREDITS: 4

Fundamentals of Modeling:Different approaches towards modeling, (Empirical and Modeling

approach), applications and advantages of modeling and simulations, general flow diagrams for

model building, simulation tools (Berkeley-Madonna, Mat Lab- Simu Link) Enzymes and growth

kinetic models Michaelis-Menten equation, graphical determination of Km and Vmax, Double

Michaelis Menten kinetic model, inhibition models (Competitive, Non-Competitive,

Uncompetitive, Deactivation Kinetics models) Monad growth kinetics model, equation for

inhibition of growth, Product inhibition, , Teisser equation for growth, Contoin equation, Moses

equation for growth models.Modeling of batch cultures Unstructured growth models, structural

kinetic model, metabolic models for batch cultures.Product formation Kinetics Product formation

kinetic models, unstructured models, chemically structured models, genetically structured

models.Case studies of simulations Programme for simulation of Batch fermentation, continuous

fermentation, steady state and fed batch fermentation.

Textbooks:

1. Biological reaction Engineering- J.J.Dunn, E.Heinzle, J.Ingham.

2. J.E.Presnosil Organic modeling fundamentals with simulation examples.

3. Biochemical Engineering fundamentals- James.E.Bailey and David.F.Ollis, Mc-Graw- Hill

international Edition

4. Franks.R.G.E (1973), Modeling and simulation in chemical Engineering, Wiley, NewYork

Reference Books

1. Modeling and simulation in Biochemical Engineering. Adv, Biochemical Engineering, 3,

127-165

2. Hanm, B, Ruth. B (1997) Modeling dynamic biological systems, Springer-Verlag, New

York.

PROTEIN ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 13BT530 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13BT302 CREDITS: 4

Protein Engineering Methods of protein isolation, purification, detection, quantitation and

characterization. Study of protein structure and organization. Solid phase peptide synthesis, use

of peptides in biology, examples of engineered proteins, protein design with examples.Structure

& Functional Relationship Of Proteins Structural characteristics of DNA binding proteins,

prokaryotic and Eukaryotic transcription factors, DNA polymerases, Bacteriorhodopsin, epidermal

growth factors, insulin and PDGF receptors and their interaction effectors, protein

phosphorylation, Immunoglobulins, nucleotide binding proteins, serine proteases, Ribonuclease,

Lysozyme. Protein Folding haperons in protein folding, types of chaperons. Non-covalent forces in

protein folding, Structural Dynamics of proteins, Protein folding models, Denaturation of proteins,

Protein degradation and turn over; ATP dependent proteolysis, intracellular digestion of proteins

in Lysosomes. Protein Targeting Introduction, Methods in targeting, translocation and transport.

Signal sequences, Signal Recognition Particle, Protein export in bacteria, Protein modification and

targeting. Protein targeting in Bacterial system. Protein targeting in Endoplasmic Reticulum,

Mitochondria and Chloroplast. Protein Techniques Solution properties of proteins, Protein

fragmentation, Peptide sequence determination, Protein hydration, Conformational stability of

247

proteins, Recombinant protein, Fusion proteins, Modification of proteins, Protein labeling,

Peptide mapping.

Text books:

1. L. Stryer by Biochemistry, 5th edition Freeman – Toppan publications.

2. TM Devlin, Textbook of Biochemistry with clinical correlations, 6th edition with human

molecular genetics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.

References:

1. Moody P C E and A J Wilkinson. Protein Engineering. IRL Press.

2. Creighton T E, Proteins. Freeman W H. Second edition 1993.

TRANSPORT PHENOMENON IN BIOPROCESS

COURSE CODE: 13BT535 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13BT401 CREDITS: 4

Introduction to transport phenomena

Three levels of transport process, conservation laws, Basic laws governing momentum, heat and

mass transport, pressure and temperature dependence on viscosity, thermal conductivity and

mass diffusivity, Molecular theories of viscosity, thermal conductivity and mass diffusivity under

different condition, Introduction to convective transport process.Shell balances for momentum,

mass and energy

Flow of a falling film, flow through a circular tube, flow through annulus, heat conduction with

electrical, nuclear and chemical heat, heat conduction in a fin, diffusion through a stagnant gas

film, diffusion with homogeneous and heterogeneous chemical reaction, diffusion and reaction in

a porous catalyst, Forced convective momentum, heat and mass transport process.Transport

process under turbulent conditions

Equations of change for isothermal and non-isothermal conditions, unsteady state momentum,

heat and mass transport process, Velocity distribution in turbulent flow, time smoothed equation

of change, turbulent flow in ducts, unsteady state heat conduction, temperature distribution for

turbulent flow in tubes, jets and at large Prandtl number, concentration distribution in turbulent

flow .Interphase transport process

Definition of friction factors, friction factors for flow in tubes and pressure drop calculations, heat

transfer coefficients, heat transfer coefficient for free and forced convection, analytical

calculations of heat transfer, mass transfer coefficient, mass transfer coefficient in single and two

phase system, mass transfer with chemical reactions. Macroscopic balances and other

mechanisms of transport Macroscopic balances for steady and unsteady state balances in

momentum, heat and mass transport. Heat transfer by radiation, radiation between nonblack

bodies at different temperatures, mass transport during centrifugation of proteins, diffusion of

salts in aqueous solution, mass transport across permeable membranes, mass transport in porous

media

Textbook:

1. R. B. Bird. W.E. Stewart and E.N. Lightfoor, Transport Phenomenoa Wiley II edition, India.

Reference books:

1. D.G.Rao, Introduction to Biochemical Engineering, Tata Mc Hill (2005).

2. Paul M. Doran, Bioprocess Engineering Principles Academic press (1995).

3. J E Bailey and D F Ollis, “Biochemical Engineering fundamentals “2nd edition Mc

Graw-Hill (1986).

4. S Aiba, A E Humphrey and N Millis, “Biochemical Engineering” Prentice- Hall (1978).

5. Michaeln L shuler and F Kargi,Bio process Engineering : Basic concepts” 2nd ed., Prentice

Hall of India (2003).

BIOMINING

COURSE CODE: 13BT536 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE:13BT401 CREDITS: 4

248

Introduction to Data mining

Introduction to Data mining- methods- selection & sampling- Preprocessing and cleaning-

Transformation & reduction- Data mining methods- Evaluation- visualization

Text miningOverview on text mining- Natural Language Processing -Text summarization –tools-

Applications of Data MiningIntroduction to Genetic Algorithms

Introduction to Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Operators and Parameters, Genetic Algorithmsin

Problem Solving, Theoretical Foundations of Genetic Algorithms, Implementation issues.Neural

NetworkNeural Model and Network Architectures, Perceptron Learning, Supervised

HebbianLearning, Backpropagation, Associative Learning, Competitive Networks, Hopfield-

Network, Computing with Neural Nets and Applications of Neural Network.Introduction to Fuzzy

Sets Introduction to Fuzzy Sets, Operations on Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Relations, Fuzzy

Measures,Applications of Fuzzy Set Theory to different branches of Science and Engineering

Recommended textbooks:

1. Mitchell, M., 1998, an Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Prentice-Hall.

2. Lau C., (Ed), 1992, Neural Networks, IEEE Press.

Reference textbooks:

1. Freeman, J. and Skapura, D., 1991 Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications and

Programming Techniques, Addison-Wesley.

2. Klir, G.J. and Folger, T.A., 1988, Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty, and Information, PHI.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

THEORY OF ELASTICITY

COURSE CODE: 11CE 502 L – T – P: 3-2-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Two-dimensional problems in rectangular coordinates : Plane stress ; Plane strain; Differential

equations of equilibrium; Boundary conditions; Compatibility equations; Stress function;

Governing differential equation; Solution by Polynomials; End effects – Saint-Venant’s Principle;

Determination of displacements; Bending of a cantilever loaded at the end; Bending of a beam by

uniform load

Two-dimensional problems in polar coordinates : General equations in polar coordinates; Stress

distribution symmetrical about an axis; Effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates;

Concentrated force at a point of a straight boundary; Concentrated force acting on a beam;

Stresses in a circular disc, general solutions of the two dimensional problem in polar coordinates,

applications of the general solutions in polar coordinates.

Strain energy methods : Total strain energy; Principle of virtual work; Griffith’s theory of rupture;

Castigliano’s theorem; Principle of least work (Stationary potential energy), applications of the

principle of least workrectangular plates, shear lag

Analysis of stress and strain in three dimensions : Stress at a point – components of stress;

Principal stresses; Stress ellipsoid and stress director surface; Determination of principal stresses;

Stress invariants; Determination of maximum shear stresses; Octahedral shear stress; strain at a

point – Components of strain; differential equations of equilibrium, the principle of superposition

Torsion

Torsion of straight bars – Saint Venant’s theory; Elliptic cross section; Membrane analogy; Torsion

of a bar of narrow rectangular cross-section; Torsion of rolled profile sections; Torsion of thin

tubes

Text Books:

1. Theory of Elasticity by Timoshenko, S. and Goodier J.N., McGraw Hill Book Co., Newyork, 1988.

249

Reference Books

1. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi 1988.

2. Hearn , E.J. “Mechanics of Materials”, Vol.2, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1985

3. Irving H.Shames and James, M.Pitarresi, “Introduction to Solid Mechanics”, Prentice Hall of

India Pvt. Ltd., Newl Delhi -2002.

ADVANCED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

COURSE CODE: 11CE 504 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Introduction, Prestressing Systems and Material Properties

Basic concepts of pre-stressing; Historical development; Advantages and Types of Pre-stressing, Pre-

tensioning Systems and Devices, Post-tensioning Systems and Devices, Need for High strength steel

and High strength concrete; Losses Of Prestress: Nature of losses of pre-stress; Loss due to elastic

deformation of concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, relaxation of stress in steel,

friction and anchorage slip; Total losses allowed for in design.

Analysis of Prestressed Member

Analysis of Members under Axial Load: Analysis at Transfer, Analysis at Service , Analysis for

Ultimate Strength, Analysis of Member under Flexure:, Analysis at Transfer and at Service, Cracking

Moment, Kern Point, Pressure Line, Analysis for Ultimate Strength, design loads and strength,

Calculation of Crack Width, Variation of Stress in Steel, Analysis of a Rectangular Section, Analysis of

a Flanged Section.

Deflections of Prestressed Concrete Members:

Importance of control of deflections; Factors influencing deflections; Short term deflections of

uncracked members. Long term deflection of cracked member; Transmission Of Pre-Stress:

Transmission of Pre-stressing force by bond; Transmission length; Bond stresses; Transverse

tensile stresses; End zone reinforcement; Flexural bond stresses in pre –tensioned and post –

tensioned grouted beams, stress distribution in end block, Anchorage zone reinforcements; Shear

And Torsion Resistance Of Prestressed Concrete Member: Shear and Principal stresses; Ultimate

shear resistance of pre-stressed concrete members; Design of shear reinforcement, pre-stressed

concrete members in torsion, Design of reinforcements for torsion, shear and bending.

Design of Pre-Stressed Members

Design of sections for flexure, Design of Sections for Axial Tension, Design of Sections for

compression and bending, design of pre-stressed section for shear and torsion, design of pre-

stressed member for bond. Dimensioning of flexural member, design for pre-tensioning member,

design of post-tensioning members.

Composite Construction of Prestressed Concrete

Composite structural member, types of composite construction, analysis of stresses, differential

shrinkages, deflection of composite member, flexural strength of composite sections, shear

strength of composite section; Design of Continuous Prestressed Concrete Member: Advantages

of continuous members, ultimate load analysis of continuous pre-stressed member, design of

continuous pre-stressed concrete beams.

Text Books: (supplemented with IS: 1343)

1. Prestressed Concrete by N. Krishna Raju; Tata Mc Graw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, New

Delhi.3

edition, 1995.

2. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures by T.Y. Lin & Ned H. Burns; John Wiley & Sons, 3

edition, 1981.

Reference Books

250

1. Prestressed concrete by N. Rajagopalan; Narosa Publishing House.2

edition, 2005.

2. Design of Prestressed Concrete by A. Nilson; John Willey & Sons.2

edition, 1987.

REPAIR & REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

COURSE CODE : 11CE 531 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Introduction : Deterioration of structures with aging; Need for rehabilitation

Distress in concrete /steel structures : Types of damages; Sources or causes for damages; effects

of damages; Case studies

Damage assessment and evaluation models : Damage testing methods; Non-destructive testing

methods

Rehabilitation methods : Grouting; Detailing; Imbalance of structural stability; Case studies

Methods of Repair : Shortcreting; Grouting; Epoxy-cement mortar injection; Crack ceiling

Seismic Retrofitting of reinforced concrete buildings : Introduction; Considerations in retrofitting

of structures; Source of weakness in RC frame building – Structural damage due to discontinuous

load path; Structural damage due to lack of deformation; Quality of workmanship and materials;

Classification of retrofitting techniques; Retrofitting strategies for RC buildings – Structural level

(global) retrofit methods; Member level (local) retrofit methods; Comparative analysis of

methods of retrofitting

Text Books:

1. Diagnosis and treatment of structures in distress by R.N.Raikar, Published by R&D Centre of

Structural Designers & Consultants Pvt.Ltd., Mumbai, 1994.

2. Handbook on Repair and Rehabilitation of RCC buildings, Published by CPWD, Delhi, 2002.

3. Earthquake resistant design of structures by Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikhande, Prentice-

Hall of India, 2006.

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

COURSE CODE: 11CE 601 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

BASIC PRINCIPLES : equilibrium equations; strain-displacement relations; linear constitutive

relations; principle virtual work; principle of stationary potential energy

Element Properties : Different Types Of Elements; Displacement Models; Relation Between Nodal

Degrees Of Freedom And Generalized Coordinates; Convergence Requirements; Compatibility

Requirement; Geometric Invariance; Natural Coordinate Systems; Shape Functions; Element

Strains And Stresses; Element Stiffness Matrix; Element Nodal Load Vector. Isoparametric

Elements – Definition, Two-Dimensional Isoparametric Elements – Jacobian Transformation,

Numerical Integration

Direct Stiffness method and Solution Technique: Assemblage Of Elements–Obtaining Global

Stiffness Matrix And Global Load Vector; Governing Equilibrium Equation For Static Problems;

Storage Of Global Stiffness Matrix In Banded And Skyline Form; Incorporation Of Boundary

Conditions; Solution To Resulting Simultaneous Equations By Gauss Elimination Method

Plane-stress and Plane-strain analysis : Solving Plane Stress And Plane-Strain Problems Using

Constant Strain Triangle And Four Nodded Isoparametric Element

Analysis of plate bending : Basic Theory Of Plate Bending; Shear Deformation Plates; Plate

Bending Analysis Using Four Noded Isoparametric Elements

Text Books:

251

1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering by R.T. Chandrupatla and A.D. Belegundu,

Prentice Hall of India, 1997.

Reference Books:

1. Finite Element Analysis by Abel and Desai, New Age Publishers, 2007.

2. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming by C. S. Krishnamoorthy, Tata McGraw- Hill,

1995

3. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis by K. J. Bathe, Prentice Hall Inc., 1996.

4. The Finite Element Method by O.C. Zienkiewicz, and R.L.Taylor, McGraw – Hill, 1987.

SPECIAL CONCRETES

COURSE CODE: 14CT533 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

CONCRETE INGREDIENTS : Composition of OPC – Manufacture – Modified Portland

Cements – Hydration Process of Portland Cements – Structure of Hydrated Cement Pastes Mineral

Admixtures – Slags – Pozzolanas and Fillers – Chemical Admixtures –Solutes – Retarders – Air

Entraining Agents – Water Proofing Compounds –Plasticizers and Super Plasticizers Aggregates –

Properties and testing of fine and course aggregates – combining of aggregates – Substitute

material for aggregates – recent advancements.

SPECIAL CONCRETES : Fibre Reinforced Concrete – Self Compacting Concrete – Polymer

Concrete – High performance concrete – Sulphur concrete – pervious Concrete.

CONCRETE MIX DESIGN : Mix Proportioning – Mixes incorporating Fly ash, Silica fume, GGBS –

Mixes for High Performance Concrete – High strength concrete – variations in concrete strength.

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CONCRETE : Interfacial Transition Zone – Fracture Strength –

Compressive strength – Tensile strength - Impact strength - Bond strength.

DURABILITY OF CONCRETE : Factors affecting durability – Chemical Attack – Permeability –

chloride penetration –water absorption – creep – Shrinkage.

REFERENCES:

1. Santhakumar.A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University press, New Delhi. 2007.

2. Gambhir.M.L., Concrete Technology – Tata McGraw Hill Book Co. Ltd.,Delhi, 2004.

3. Neville, A.M., Properties of Concrete, Longman, 1995.

4. Metha P.K.and Montreio P.J.M., Concrete Structure Properties and Materials, Prentice Hall,

1998.

5. Gupta.B.L. and Amit Gupta, Concrete Technology, Standard Publishers Distributer, New

Delhi, 2004.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

Course code : 15-CS-5178 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite : NIL Credits: 4

Overview of the Operations Research Modeling Approach, Introduction to Linear Programming,

The Simplex Method, Other Algorithms for Linear Programming, The Transportation and

Assignment Problems, Network Optimization Models, Project Management with PERT/CPM,

Dynamic Programming, Integer Programming, Nonlinear Programming, Game Theory, Decision

Analysis, Markov Chains, Queueing Theory, The Application of Queueing Theory, Forecasting,

Markov Decision Processes, Simulation, From A Priori to Online Stochastic Optimization 1,Online

Stochastic Combinatorial Optimization ,Online Anticipatory Algorithms ,Online Stochastic

Combinatorial Optimization in Context

252

Text Books:

1. Frederick S. Hillier, Gerald J. Lieberman, “Introduction to Operations Research”, 9

Edition, Mc

Graw Hill, (2014).

2. Pascal Van Hentenryck, Russell Bent-Online Stochastic Combinatorial Optimization-The MIT

Press(2006)

Reference Books:

1. Kanti Swarup, Man Mohan and P.K.Gupta, “Introduction to Operations Research”, S.Chand &

Co., (2006)

2. Wayne L. Winston, “Operations Research: Applications and Algorithms”, 4th Edition,

Cengage,(2004)

3. H.A. Eiselt ,Carl-Louis Sandblom,” Operations Research: A Model-Based Approach”, 2nd Edition,

Springer, (2012)

COMPUTATIONAL COMPLEXITY

Course code : 15-CS-5180 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite : NIL Credits:4

Multithreaded Algorithms, Matrix Operations, Linear Programming, Polynomials and the FFT,

Number-Theoretic Algorithms, Computational Geometry, Approximation Algorithms,Randomized

Algorithms, Introduction to Computability, Undecidability, Introduction to Complexity Theory,

Basic Results of Complexity Theory, Nondeterminism and NP-Completeness, Relative

Computability, Nonuniform Complexity, Parallelism, Probabilistic Complexity Classes, Introduction

to Counting Classes, Interactive Proof Systems.

Text Book

1. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein”-Introduction to

Algorithms” (Third Edition)-The MIT Press (2009)

2. Steven Homer, Alan L. Selman-“Computability and Complexity Theory”-Springer (2011)

DEVICE MANAGEMENT

Course code : 15-CS-5182 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite : NIL Credits:4

Rationale, the Traditional Approach to Teaching Computer Science,The Systems Approach Taken

in This Book Process View,Communication View,Resource View, Architecture View,Distributed

Systems, Kernel Facilities, Laying the Groundwork, Character Drivers, Serial Drivers, Input Drivers,

The Inter-Integrated Circuit Protocol, PCMCIA and Compact Flash, Peripheral Component

Interconnect, Universal Serial Bus, Video Drivers, Audio Drivers, Block Drivers,Network Interface

Cards, Memory Technology Devices, Embedding Linux, Debugging Device Drivers, Maintenance

and Delivery

Text Book.

1. Sreekrishnan Venkateswaran,” Essential Linux Device Drivers”, Prentice Hall,(2008)

2. Richard John Anthony,” Systems Programming Designing and Developing Distributed

Applications”, Elsevier(2016).

MACHINE INTELLIGENCE

Course code : 15-CS-5280 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite : NIL Credits:4

Self adaptive systems for machine intelligence: Introduction, Logic foundation of artificial

intelligence, constraint reasoning, qualitative reasoning, case based reasoning,probability

reasoning, inductive learning, support vector machine, explanation based learning reinforcement

learning, rough set,association rules, evolution computation,distributed intelligence, artificial

253

life,Introduction to machine intelligence research,incremental learningImbalanced

learning,ensemble learning,adaptive dynamic programming for machine intelligence, associative

learning, sequence learning, hardware design for machine intelligence.

Text books:

1. Self adaptive system for machine intelligence, Haibo He Wiley Publications,2011

2. Advanced artificial intelligence, Zhongzhi SHI, Volume 1world scientific publishi ng, 2011

FORMAL METHODS

Course code : 15-CS-5284 L – T – P: 3-0-2

Pre Requisite : NIL Credits:4

Discrete Mathematics for Software Engineering: A Lamda calculus, algebras, mathematical logic.

Abstraction and Modeling: Introduction, atomic types and values in RSL, function definition in RSL,

property and model oriented abstraction, sets in RSL, Cartesian in RSL, lists in RSL, Maps in RSL,

Higher-order functions in RSL, types in RSL, applicative specification programming(lightly),

Imperative specific programming( lightly), Parallel specification programming(lightly),etcetera.

UML-ised Formal SE techniques: Introduction, modularization, class diagrams, State automation

and machines, Petri Nets, message and live sequence charts, state charts.

Textbooks:

1. Software Engineering 1, The basic principles and techniques of abstraction and modeling.

Vol 1,Springer,2007

2. Software Engineering 2 ,The basic principles and techniques of specifying systems and

languages, Vol2, Springer, 2007

3. Software Engineering 3, The basic principles and techniques of overall software

development,Vol 3, Springer, 2007

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

ANTENNA MEASUREMENTS

COURSE CODE: 15EC5206 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13EC308 CREDITS: 4

Antenna Pattern Measurements: Basic Considerations, Pattern Formats, Fresnel Region

Measurements, Modeling Techniques, Antenna Range Design and Evaluation: Introduction,

Electromagnetic Design Consideration, Antenna Range Evaluation.

Antenna Testing: Introduction, Types of of Ranges: Elevated Ranges, Ground Ranges, Near Field

Ranges, Radar Cross Section Ranges.

Far Field Range Design: Introduction, Designing the Range, Source Design, Receiving Site Design,

Ground Ranges.

Far Field Antenna Tests: Introduction, Pattern Testing, Gain and Directivity, Polarization. Far Field

Pattern Errors: Introduction, Error Estimates, Error Correction, Antenna Errors.

Compact Ranges: Introduction, Room Design, Feed Design, Reflector Design. Near Filed Testing:

Introduction, Planar Near Field Ranges, Errors, Cylindrical and Spherical Scanning

TEXT BOOKS

1.Evans, Gray E," Antenna measurements techniques", Artech House, Inc

2.J S Hollis, T J Lyon, L Clayton," Microwave Antenna Measurements” , Scientific Atlants, Inc.

254

STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING

COURSE CODE: 15EC5216 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ES205 CREDITS: 4

Review of random variables: Distribution and density functions, moments, independent,

uncorrelated

and orthogonal random variables; Vector-space representation of Random variables, Schwarz

Inequality

Orthogonality principle in estimation, Central Limit theorem, Random processes, wide-sense

stationary

processes, autocorrelation and auto covariance functions, Spectral representation of random

signals, Wiener Khinchin theorem Properties of power spectral density, Gaussian Process and

White noise process, Linear System with random input, Spectral factorization theorem and its

importance, innovation process and whitening filter, .Random signal modeling: MA(q), AR(p) ,

ARMA(p,q) models.

Parameter Estimation Theory: Principle of estimation and applications, Properties of estimates,

unbiased and consistent estimators, Minimum Variance Unbiased Estimates (MVUE), Cramer Rao

bound, Efficient estimators; Criteria of estimation: the methods of maximum likelihood and its

properties ; Bayesian estimation : Mean square error and MMSE, Mean Absolute error, Hit and

Miss cost function and MAP estimation.

Estimation of signal in presence of white Gaussian Noise: Linear Minimum Mean-Square Error

(LMMSE)

Filtering: Wiener Hoff Equation, FIR Wiener filter, Causal IIR Wiener filter, Non causal I I R Wiener

filter,

Wiener filter, Non causal I I R Wiener filter, Linear Prediction of Signals, Forward and Backward

Predictions, Levinson Durbin Algorithm, Lattice filter realization of prediction error filters.

Spectral analysis: Estimated autocorrelation function, periodogram, Averaging the periodogram

(Bartlett Method), Welch modification, Blackman and Tukey method of smoothing periodogram,

Parametric method, AR(p) spectral estimation and detection of Harmonic signals, Burg, ESPRIT,

MUSIC algorithm.

Kalman filtering: State-space model and the optimal state estimation problem, discrete Kalman

filter,

continuous-time Kalman filter, extended Kalman filter.

Simulation Software: MATLAB® SSP Toolbox, Software for Filter Design, Signal Analysis, PDEs, and

Applications to Signal Analysis.

Text Books:

1. M. Hays: Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modelling, John Willey and Sons,

1996.

2. M.D. Srinath, P.K. Rajasekaran and R. Viswanathan: Statistical Signal Processing with

Applications, PHI,

WAVELETS, FILTER BANKS AND APPLICATIONS

COURSE CODE: 15EC5109 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ES205 CREDITS: 4

Integral wavelet transform, wavelet frames, orthogonal bases of Wavelets, Wavelet transform:

Signal representation using basis function, ideal band pass wavelet, L2 -spaces, Basic properties

of wavelet transform, Time frequency representation, Design of wavelet function.

Multi-rate Signal Processing: Filtering, Decimation, Poly-phase, Perfect Reconstruction and

Aliasing Removal. Matrix Analysis: Toeplitz Matrices and Fast Algorithms.

Wavelet Transform: Pyramid and Cascade Algorithms, Haar wavelet basis, Daubechies Wavelets,

Orthogonal and Biorthogonal Wavelets, Smoothness, Approximation, Boundary Filters and

Wavelets, Time-Frequency and Time-Scale Analysis, Second-Generation Wavelets.

255

Spectral Factorization, Cosine-Modulated Filter Banks, Lattice Structure, Ladder Structure

(Lifting.)

Going from piecewise linear to piecewise polynomial. The class of spline wavelets - a case for

infinite impulse response (IIR) filter banks. Variants of the wavelet transform and its

implementation structures, The wave packet transform, The lattice structure, The lifting scheme.

Audio and Image Compression, Quantization Effects, Digital Communication and Multicarrier

Modulation, Trans multiplexers, Text-Image Compression: Lossy and Lossless, Medical Imaging

and Scientific Visualization, Edge Detection and Feature Extraction, Seismic Signal Analysis,

Geometric Modelling, Matrix Preconditioning, Multi scale Methods for Partial Differential

Equations and Integral Equations.

Simulation Software

MATLAB

Wavelet Toolbox, Software for Filter Design, Signal Analysis, Image Compression, PDEs,

and Wavelet Transforms on Complex Geometrical Shapes.

Books:

1. Strang, and Nguyen. Wavelets and Filter Banks. Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1997.

2. L. Debnath. Wavelet Transforms and Their Applications, Birkhauser Pub.

3. E. Mallat. A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing, Elsevier, Indian Ed.

4. Yves Meyer.Wavelets and Operators, Cambridge Univ. Press.

5. G. Kaiser. A Friendly guide to Wavelets, Birkhauser.

REFERENCES

1. Howard L. Resnikoff, Raymond O. Wells, Wavelet Analysis: The Scalable Structure of

Information, Springer, 1998.

2. Raghuveer M. Rao, Ajit S. Bopardikar, Introduction to Wavelet Transforms.

3. K. P. Soman, K. I. Ramachandran, Insight Into Wavelets - From Theory to Practice.

4. Michael W. Frazier, An Introduction to Wavelets Through Linear Algebra, Springer.

5. P. P. Vaidyanathan, Multi-rate Systems and Filter Banks, Pearson Education.

ADAPTIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING

COURSE CODE: 15EC5112 L – T – P: 3 – 0 – 2

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ES205 CREDITS: 4

Introduction to Adaptive Filters: Adaptive filter structures, issues and examples, Applications of

adaptive filters, Channel equalization, active noise control, Echo cancellation, beamforming.

Discrete time random processes, Power spectral density – properties, Autocorrelation and

covariance structures of discrete time random processes, Eigen-analysis of autocorrelation

matrices.

Wiener filter, search methods and the LMS algorithm: Wiener FIR filter, Steepest descent

search and the LMS algorithm, Extension of optimal filtering to complex valued input, The

Complex LMS algorithm.

Convergence and Stability Analyses: Convergence analysis of the LMS algorithm, Learning curve

and mean square error behavior, Weight error correlation matrix, Dynamics of the steady state

mean square error (mse), Misadjustment and stability of excess mse.

Variants of the LMS Algorithm: The sign-LMS and the normalized LMS algorithm, Block LMS,

Review of circular convolution, Overlap and save method, circular correlation, FFT based

implementation of the block LMS Algorithm.

256

Vector space framework for optimal filtering: Axioms of a vector space, examples, subspace,

Linear independence, basis, dimension, direct sum of subspaces, Linear transformation,

examples, Range space and null space, rank and nullity of a linear operator, Inner product space,

orthogonality, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization.

Simulation Software: MATLAB

Signal Processing Toolbox.

Text Books:

1. "Adaptive Filter Theory" by S. Haykin, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1991 (end Ed.).

2. "Adaptive Filters: Theory and Applications", by B. Farhang-Boroujeny, John Wiley and Sons,

1999.

VLSI SYSTEM DESIGN

COURSE CODE : 15EC5234 L – T – P: 3-2-0

PRE-REQUISITE : 13EC206 CREDITS: 4

Design Methodology: Structured design techniques; Programmable logic; Gate array and sea of

gates design; cell based design; full custom design; Design flow; Design Economics. Data path

Subsystems: Adders; One/zero Detectors; Comparators; Counters; Shifters; Multipliers; Power

and Speed Trade-off.

Memory and Array Subsystems: SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial access memories; CAM, PLAs; Array

yield, reliability; Power dissipation in Memories. Special-purpose Subsystems: Packaging; power

distribution;

I/O pads; Interconnect: Interconnect parameters; Electrical wire models, capacitive parasitics;

Resistive

parasitics; Inductive parasitic; Crosstalk; Advanced Interconnect Techniques. Timing Issues:

Timing classification; Synchronous design; Self-timed circuit design; Clock Synthesis and

Synchronization: Synchronizers; Arbiters; Clock Synthesis; PLLs; Clock generation; Clock

distribution; Synchronous Vs Asynchronous Design.

TEXT BOOKS

1.Neil H. E. Weste, David. Harris and Ayan Banerjee,, “CMOS VLSI Design” - Pearson Education,

Third

Edition, 2004.

2.Jan M. Rabaey, Anantha Chandrakasan, Borivoje Nikolic, “Digital Integrated Circuits” Pearson

Education, Second Edition.

REFERENCES

1.Sung-Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, “CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits” TMH, Third Edition, 2003

2. Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design ", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall,1998.

SIMULATION BOOKS

1. Etienne Sicard, Sonia Delmas Bendhia, “Basics of CMOS Cell Design”, TMH, EEE, 2005.

ELECTRONICS & COMPUTER ENGINEERING

MICRO CONTROLLERS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 11EM501 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Introduction to Embedded Systems

Overview of Embedded Systems, Processor Embedded into a system, Embedded Hardware Units

and Devices in system, Embedded Software, Complex System Design, Design Process in Embedded

System, Formalization of System Design, Classification of Embedded Systems.

Microcontrollers and Processor Architecture & Interfacing

257

8051 Architecture. Real world interfacing, Introduction to advanced architectures, processor &

memory organization, Instruction-level parallelism, and performance metrics.

PIC Microcontroller Hardware

Introduction, Architectural overview, Memory organization, interrupts and reset, I/O ports, Timers

Device Drivers & Interrupt service Mechanism

Programmed-I/O Busy-wait approach without ISM,ISR concept, Interrupt sources, Interrupt

service mechanism, Multiple Interrupts, context and the periods for context switching, Interrupt

latency and deadline, Classification of processors ISM from context-saving angle, Direct Memory

Access, Device driver programming

Devices &Communication Buses for Devices Network

IO Types and examples, Serial communication Devices, Parallel Device ports, Networked

Embedded systems, Serial Bus communication protocols

Text Books:

1. Embedded Systems - Architecture Programming and Design – Raj Kamal, 2nd ed., 2008, TMH.

2. Embedded C Programming and the Microchip PIC-Richard Barnett, O” Cull, Cox, 2009,Cengage

Learning.

Reference Books:

1. Embedded Microcomputer Systems, Real Time Interfacing – Jonathan W. Valvano – Brookes

Cole, 1999, Thomas Learning

REAL TIME CONCEPTS FOR EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE : 12EM-502 L – T – P: 3-1-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Introduction: Examples of Embedded Systems, Definition of Embedded Systems, Architecture of

Embedded Systems, Real- Time Embedded Systems , Design Issues and Current Trends for

Embedded Systems

Hard versus soft Real- Time Systems: Jobs and Processes, Release Times, Deadlines and Timing

Constraints, Hard and Soft Timing Constraints, Hard Real Time Systems, Soft Real Time Systems

A Reference Model of Real – Time Systems: Processors and Resources, Temporal Parameters of

Real Time Workload, Periodic Task Model, Precedence Constraints and Data Dependency,

Functional Parameters- preemptivity of jobs, criticality of jobs, Resource Parameters of Jobs and

Parameters of Resources, Scheduling Hierarchy- Scheduler and Schedules, Feasibility, Optimality

and Performance Measures.

Classification of Real Time Scheduling Approaches: Clock- Driven Approach, Weighted Round-

Robin Approach, Priority- Driven Approach, Dynamic versus Static Systems, Effective Release

Times and Deadlines, optimality of the EDF and LST algorithms, Non optimality of the EDF and LST

algorithms, Challenges in validating timing constraints in priority –driven systems Off-line versus

On-line Scheduling

Clock-Driven Scheduling : Notations and Assumptions, Static, Timer -Driven Scheduler, General

Structure of Cyclic Schedules, Cyclic Executives, Improving the Average Response Time of

Aperiodic Jobs, Scheduling Sporadic Jobs-Acceptance test ,EDF Scheduling of accepted jobs and

implementation, Pros and Cons of Clock Driven Scheduling,

Priority-Driven Scheduling of Periodic Tasks: Static Assumption, Fixed Priority v/s Dynamic

Priority Algorithms, schedulability test for the EDF algorithm, a schedulability test for fixed priority

tasks with short response times-time demand analysis, schedulability test for fixed priority tasks

258

with arbitrary response times: busy intervals, general schedulability test, sufficient schedulability

conditions for RM & DM algorithms: schedulable utilization of the RM algorithm for tasks with

Di=pi, schedulable utilization of fixed priority tasks with arbitrary relative deadlines

Scheduling Aperiodic and Sporadic Jobs in Priority-Driven Systems: Assumptions and Approaches,

Deferrable Servers- Operations of Deferrable Servers, Constant utilization server Scheduling of

sporadic jobs-a simple acceptance test in deadline driven systems, a simple acceptance test in

fixed- priority driven systems

Resources and Resource Access control: Assumptions on Resources and Their Usage, Effects of

Resource Contention and Resource Access Control, Non-preemptive Critical Sections, Basic

Priority Inheritance Protocol, Basic Priority Ceiling Protocol- Definition, computation of blocking

time, controlling accesses to Multiple Unit Resources

Real-Time Operating Systems: Overview- Threads and Tasks, The Kernel, Time Services and

Scheduling Mechanisms- Time Services, Scheduling Mechanisms, Other Basic Operating System

Functions- Communication and Synchronization, Event Notification and Software Interrupt,

Memory Management, I/O and Networking

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Real Time Systems – By Jane W.S.Liu -Low Price Edition , Pearson Education Asia

2. Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems - Qing Li with Caroline Yao published by CMP Books

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS AND ARCHITECTURES

COURSE CODE: 13EM 602 L – T – P: 3-10-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Introduction To Digital Signal Processing: Introduction, A Digital signal-processing system, The

sampling process, Discrete time sequences. DiscreteFourier Transform (DFT) and Fast Fourier

Transform (FFT), linear time-invariant systems, Digital filters, Decimation and interpolation.

Computational Accuracy in DSP Implementations: Number formats for signals and coefficients in

DSP systems, Dynamic Range and Precision, Sources of errorin DSP implementations, A/D

Conversion errors, DSP Computational errors, D/A Conversion Errors, Compensating filter.

Architectures for Programmable DSP Devices: Basic Architectural features, DSP Computational

Building Blocks, Bus Architecture and Memory, Data Addressing Capabilities, Address Generation

Unit, Programmability and Program Execution, Speed Issues, Features for External interfacing.

Programmable Digital Signal Processors: Commercial Digital signal-processing Devices, Data

Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX DSPs, Data Addressing modes of TMS320C54XX Processors,

Memory space of TMS320C54XX Processors, Program Control, TMS320C54XX instructions and

Programming, On-Chip Peripherals, Interrupts of TMS320C54XX processors, Pipeline Operation of

TMS320C54XX Processors.

Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices: Analog Devices Family of DSP Devices- ALU and MAC block

diagram, Shifter Instruction, Base Architecture of ADSP2100, ADSP-2181 high performance

Processor.

Introduction to Blackfin Processor – The Blackfin Processor, Introduction to Micro Signal

Architecture, Overview of Hardware Processing Units and Register files, Address Arithmetic Unit,

Control Unit, Bus Architecture and Memory, Basic Peripherals.

Interfacing Memory And I/O Peripherals To Programmable DSP Devices: Memory space

organization, External bus interfacing signals, Memory interface, Parallel I/O interface,

Programmed I/O, Interrupts and I/O, Direct memory access (DMA).

Text Books

1. Digital Signal Processing – Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Thomson Publications, 2004.

259

2. A Practical Approach to Digital Signal Processing – K Padmanabhan, R. Vijayarajeswaran,

Ananthi.S, New Age International, 2006/2009.

3. Embedded Signal Processing with the Micro Signal Architecture Publisher: Woon-Seng Gan,

Sen M. Kuo, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2007.

References

1. Digital Signal Processors, Architecture, Programming and Applications – B. Venkataramani

and M. Bhaskar, 2002, TMH.

2. Digital Signal Processing – Jonatham Stein, 2005, John Wiley.

3. DSP Processor Fundamentals, Architecture & Features- Lapsley et al. 2000, S. Chand & Co.

4. Digital Signal Processing Applications Using the ADSP-2100 Family by The Applications

Enguneering Staff of Analog Devices, DSP Division, Edited by Amy Mar, PHI.

5. The Scientist and Engineering’s Guide to Digital Signal Processing by Steven W. Smith,

Ph.D., California Technical Publishing, ISBN 0-9660176-3-3, 1997.

6. Embedded Media Processing by David J. Katz and Rick Gentile of Analog Devices, Newnes,

ISBN 0750679123, 2005.

SENSORS AND SENSING PRINCIPLES

COURSE CODE: 13EM513 L – T – P: 3-1-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Sensor Fundamentals:

Basic sensor technology -sensor characteristics –static and dynamic –Principles of sensing-

capacitance- magnetic and electromagnetic induction –resistance piezoelectric effect –

Pyroelectric effect -Hall effect- See beck and Pettier effect-heat transfer-light. Sensor

Characteristics: Analysis of experimental data: causes and types of experimental errors –

statistical analysis of experimental data –method of least squares –correlation

coefficient, multivariable regression – graphical analysis and curve fitting.

Physical /Chemical sensors: Position, Displacement and Level sensors, Velocity and Acceleration

sensors,Force, Strain, Tactile and pressure sensors. Classification of chemical sensing Mechanism,

Potentiometric sensors, Conduct metric Sensors, Amperometric Sensors, Enhanced Catalytic gas

Sensors.

Optical Sensors: Optical Radiation- Electromagnetic Spectrum, Snell’s Law and Total internal

reflection, Diffraction principles, Optical Detectors and Sources-Photo diodes and transistors,

Photo-darling ton pairs, Photoconductive sensors, CCD sensors, Fiber optic sensors. Solid state

light sources- LED , Diode lasers, Semiconductor laser optical cavity resonator.

Bio sensors Origin and Transmission of bioelectrical Signals, The Electromyogram (EMG) & the

Electrocardiogram (ECG) The Electroencephalogram (EEG) & Blood pressure measurement,

Catalytic biosensors, mono-enzyme electrodes, bi-enzyme electrodes. cell based biosensors,

biochips and biosensor arrays, problems and limitations.

Text books:

1. Biosensor Principles and Applications, Edited by Loïc J.Blum, Pierre R. Coulet Agarwal, Govind P,

“fiber Optic Communication Systems”, 2nd edition, Wiley, NewYork,1997

2. Principles of Biochemistry Albert L.Lehninger, David Lee Nelson,Michael M. 2005, Fourth

Edition.

3. Sensors and Transducers D. Patranabis Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.Ltd August 15, 2004

4. Jacob Fraden, “ Hand Book of Modern Sensors: physics, Designs and

Applications”, 3rd ed.,Springer, 2003.

COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS AND STANDARDS

COURSE CODE: 13EM516 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Networks in process automation

Networks in process automation: Information flow requirements, Hierarchical communication

model, Data Communication basics, OSI reference model, Industry Network, Network Topologies.

260

Communication Protocols:

Communication Protocols: Communication Basics, Basics, Network Classification, Device

Networks, Control Networks, Enterprise Networking, Network selection. Proprietary and open

networks: Network Architectures, Building blocks

Wired Communication:

Wired: Wired Communication: Industry open protocols (RS-232C, RS- 422, RS-485), CAN bus, I2C,

SPI, Ethernet,USB ,OFC, Modbus, Modbus Plus, Data Highway Plus, Advantages and Limitations of

Open networks.

Fieldbus Trends

Fieldbus: Fieldbus Trends, Hardware selection, Fieldbus design, Installation, Documentation,

Fieldbus advantages and limitations, Automotive Most bus, Hot standby router protocol(HSRP)

and Hot 255 modem, Dial up modem, Physical media -Cabling types and noise level conditions,

leased line modems.

WPAN

Wireless: WPAN, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zig-Bee, Z-wave, GPRS, GSM. Infrared communication: Routers,

Hubs, Bridges, Ethernet switches, Different type of converters - Serial to Ethernet, Ethernet to

OFC, Serial to OFC, RS232 to RS485

Outcomes: After completion of these course students should able to, Build sensor networks and

Communicate through various media

Text Books:

1. TCIP/IP protocol suite , Behrouz A. Forouzen, III Edition

2. Data communications, computer networks, open systems, Prakash C. Guptha, V

Edition

ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

POWER ELECTRONIC CONTROL OF DRIVES

COURSE CODE : 15 EE601 L – T – P: 3-1-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11EE307 CREDITS: 4

Control of induction motor, Review of steady-state operation of Induction motor, Equivalent

circuit analysis, torque-speed characteristics. VSI Fed Induction motor drives &CSI Fed Induction

motor drives. Control of induction by Slip power recovery schemes. Vector control of Induction

Motor: Principles of vector control, Direct vector control, derivation of indirect vector control,

implementation – block diagram; estimation of flux, flux weakening operation. Control of

Synchronous motor drives: Synchronous motor and its characteristics- Control strategies-

Constant torque angle control- power factor control, constant flux control, flux weakening

operation, Load commutated inverter fed synchronous motor drive. PMSM and BLDC control of

Drives, control of Variable Reluctance Motor Drive .Speed control of dc Motors-Different types of

speed control techniques by using single phase& three phase ac systems .Closed loop control of

phase controlled DC motor Drives. Open loop Transfer function of DC Motor drive- Closed loop

Transfer function of DC Motor drive –Phase-Locked loop control.Closed loop control of chopper

fed DC motor Drives, Speed controlled drive system – current control loop – pulse width

modulated current controller – hysteresis current controller – modeling of current controller –

design of current controller .

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives –B. K. Bose-Pearson Publications- 2005

2. Electric Motor Drives- R.Krishanan- Prentice Hall, Indian Edition-2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Power Electronics and Motor Control – Shepherd, Hulley, Liang – II Edition, Cambridge

University Press ,2004.

261

2. Power Electronic Circuits, Devices and Applications – M. H. Rashid – PHI,3 rd edition,2003.

2. Fundamentals of Electrical Drives by GK Dubey, Narosa Publishers,2 nd edition,2002.

OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES

COURSE CODE: 15EE602 L – T – P: 3-1-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Linear Programming: Standard form of Linear programming problem; Simplex method two phase

simplex method; Duality in Linear programming, Decomposition Principle .Some simple numerical

problems. Non-Linear Programming: Fibonacci method, Univariate method, Pattern directions,

Golden section method, Powell’s method, Newton’s method, Quasi Newton method.Some simple

numerical problems. Transportation Problem: Definition of transportation problem,

transportation algorithm, North-West corner method, Vogel approximation method, Least cost

method, Unbalanced & Transportation Problems. Hungarian method for assignment. Unbalanced

Assignment, problems. Project planning through Networks: Arrow diagram representation;

Rules for constructing an arrow diagram. PERT and CPM, critical path calculations, Earliest start

and latest completion times; Determination of floats. Some simple numerical problems. Dynamic

Programming: Multistage decision processes; Types of multistage decision problems, concept of

sub-optimization and the principle of sub-optimality computational procedure in dynamic

programming. Some simple numerical problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering optimization theory and practice by S.S. Rao. New Age International

Publications. A Wiley Interscience publication,1996

2. Operations Research, An introduction by Hamdy A. Taha. PHI learning private Ltd. New

Delhi,2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Operations Research by S.D. Sharma, Kedarnath & Ramnath Publishers, Delhi.

2. Introduction to operations research by Hiller and Liberman,McGrawHill Eduction Pvt Ltd,

2010.

DESIGN OF POWER CONVERTERS

COURSE CODE: 15EE603 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 11EE303 CREDITS: 4

DESIGN OF SNUBBER CIRCUITS: Design of snubber circuits for diode, transistor and thyristor-

snubbers for bridge circuit configuration- GTO snubber circuit design considerations- Problems.

DESIGN OF GATE AND BASE DRIVE CIRCUITS: Preliminary design considerations- DC-coupled drive

cuircuits- electrically isolated drive circuits- cascaded connected drive circuits- thyristor drive

circuits- power device protection in drive circuits- Problems. DESIGN ASPECTS OF HEAT SINKS:

control of semiconductor device temperature- Heat transfer by conduction, convection and

radiation- Heat sink design-Problems. DESIGN OF MAGNETIC COMPONETS: Analysis of a specific

inductor design- Inductor design procedure- Analysis of a specific transformer design- transformer

design procedure- comparison of transformer and inductor sizes- Problems. DESIGN OF DC-DC

CONVERTERS- Design considerations of DC-DC converters- Current Mode Control- Controller

Design- Problems

Text Books

262

1. Ned Mohan, T.M. Undeland and William P. Robbins “Power Electronics: Converters,

Applications and Design”, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2009.

M.H. Rashid “Power Electronics-circuits, Devices and Applications”, 3rd Edition, PHI,

2005.

2. Bimal K.Bose “Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives”, Pearson Education, Second

Edition, 2003.

Reference Books

1. Jai P.Agrawal, “Power Electronics Systems”, Pearson Education, Second Edition, 2002.

2. P.T. Krein, Elements of Power Electronics, Oxford University Press, 1998.

POWER SYSTEM DYNAMICS & STABILITY

COURSE CODE: 15EE604 L – T – P: 3-1-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 11EE302 CREDITS: 4

POWER SYSTEM STABILITY: Introduction, General basic concept of Power System Stability, swing

equations, power angle equations, natural frequencies of oscillations, single machine infinite bus

system- equal area criterion- classical model of a multi machines systems. SMALL SIGNAL

STABILITY: Small signal stability of a single machine infinite bus system, Effects of excitation

systems, Power system stabilizers SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE MODELING: Modeling of

Synchronous Machine, Park’s Transformation, Analysis of Steady State Performance, P. U.

Quantities, Equivalent Circuit of Synchronous Machine, Vector diagrams in steady state and

transient state, power angles curves of a salient pole machine EXCITATION SYSTEMS: Typical

Excitations configurations and excitation (Automatic) Voltage regulators, Effect of excitation on

(a) Power limits, (b) Transient stability, (c) Dynamic stability, VOLTAGE STABILITY: Basic Concepts

Related to Voltage Stability – Voltage Collapse – Voltage Stability Analysis – Prevention of Voltage

Collapse.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Power System Stability and Control – Prabha Kundur, TATA McGRAW – HILL, 2006.

2. Power System Control and Stability – P. M. Anderson & A.A. Fouad , 2

Edition, Wiley IEEE

press-2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Power System Dynamics Stability & Control – K.R.Padiyar, 2nd Edition, B.S. Publication 2002.

2. Power System Stability by Kimbark, Vol- I, II & III – 1968, Dover Publication Inc, Newyork-

1968.

REAL TIME CONTROL OF POWER SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 15EE605 L – T – P: 3-0-2

PRE-REQUISITE: 11EE302 CREDITS: 4

Unit Commitment Problem-Introductions to UCP, Economic Dispatch- characteristics of thermal,

nuclear and hydro-generator units, Economic dispatch problem- The Lambda iteration method, first

order gradient method, base point and participation factors, Load frequency control- single area

control, block diagram representation, steady state analysis, dynamic response, AGC multi area

system, static and dynamic response, Load frequency control of 2-area system, Computer control of

power systems- Energy Control Centre, various levels, SCADA system, data acquisition and controls,

263

EMS system, expert system applications for power system operation, Security control- Security

analysis and monitoring, generator and line outages by linear sensitivity factors, State estimation-

Power system state estimation, Weighted least square state estimation, state estimation of AC

network, Treatment of bad data – network observability and pseudo measurements.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Allen J. Wood and Bruce F. Wollenberg “Power Generation, Operation & Control” 2

edition,

John Wiley and Sons, 1996.

2. I.J. Nagarath & D. P. Kothari , “Modern power system analysis” 3

Edition, TMH, New Delhi, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. I. Elgard , “Electric Energy Systems Theory – An Introduction” TMH, 1983.

2. Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sunita Halder “ Power System Analysis operation and Control “ 1

edition,

PHI, 2006.

3. Mahalanabis A.K., Kothari D.P. and Ahson S.I., “Computer aided power system analysis and

control”, 4

Edition, 2011, TMH.

4. J.J.Grainger, W.D.Stevenson JR, Power system analysis, Tata McGraw Hill N.D. 2007.

5. Handschin and E. Petroiaenu,” Energy Management Systems, Operations and Control of Electric

Energy Transmission Systems”, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, 1991

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

HEAT EXCHANGER DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 13TE531 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME-401 CREDITS: 3

Heat Exchangers-Introduction, C1assfication, and Selection. Heat Exchanger Thermo-Hydraulic

Fundamentals. Heat Exchanger Design. Compact Heat Exchangers. Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger

Design. Regenerators. Plate Heat Exchangers and Spiral Plate Heat Exchangers. Heat-Transfer

Augmentation. Fouling; Flow-Induced Vibration of Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. Mechanical

Design of Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. Corrosion; Material Selection and Fabrication. Quality

Control and Quality Assurance and Nondestructive Testing. Heat Exchanger Fabrication.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Heat Exchanges: Selection, Design and Construction, E. A. Saunders, Longman Scientific and

Technical (1988)

2. Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, Ramesh K. Shah, Dusan P. Sekulic, Wiley (2002)

REFERENCES

1. Heat Transfer, J. P. Holman, McGraw Hill, New York (1989)

2. Process Heat Transfer, CRC Press, G.F. Hewitt, G.L. Shires, T.R. Bott (1994)

3. Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer, J.G. Knudsen and D.L. Katz, McGraw Hill, New York (1958)

4. Heat Exchanger Design Handbook, K. Thulukkanam, CRC Press (2013)

5. Heat Exchangers: Selection, Rating and Thermal Design, S. Kakaç and H. Liu, CRC Press (2002)

6. Fluid Mechanics and Transfer Processes, Cambridge University Press, J. M. Kay, and R. M.

Nedderman (1985)

7. Heat exchanger design handbook, Hemisphere publishing corp., (1981)

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

COURSE CODE: 13TE602 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME201 CREDITS: 3

264

Introduction: Conservation equation; mass; momentum and energy equations; convective forms

of the equations and general description, Classification and Overview of Numerical Methods:

Classification into various types of equation; parabolic elliptic and hyperbolic; boundary and initial

conditions; over view of numerical methods, Finite Difference Technique: Finite difference

methods; different means for formulating finite difference equation; Taylor series expansion,

integration over element, local function method; treatment of boundary conditions; boundary

layer treatment; variable property; interface and free surface treatment; accuracy of FD method,

Finite Volume Technique: Finite volume methods; different types of finite volume grids;

approximation of surface and volume integrals; interpolation methods; central, upwind and

hybrid formulations and comparison for convection-diffusion problem, Finite Element Methods:

Finite element methods; Rayleigh-Ritz, Galerkin and Least square methods; interpolation

functions; one and two dimensional elements; applications, Methods of Solution: Solution of

finite difference equations; iterative methods; matrix inversion methods; ADI method; operator

splitting; fast Fourier transform, Time integration Methods: Single and multilevel methods;

predictor-corrector methods; stability analysis; Applications to transient conduction and

advection-diffusion problems, Numerical Grid Generation: Numerical grid generation; basic ideas;

transformation and mapping, Navier-Stokes Equations: Explicit and implicit methods; SIMPLE type

methods; fractional step methods, Turbulence modeling: Reynolds averaged Navier-Stokes

equations, RANS modeling, DNS and LES.

TEXT BOOKS:

3. Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, C. Hirsch, Vols. I & II, John Wiley &

Sons (2004)

4. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, H. K. Versteeg & W. Malalasekera,

Longman Scientific & Technical (1995)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

9. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, J. C. Anderson, D. A. Tannehil and R. H.

Pletcher, Taylor & Francis publications, USA (1997)

10. Fundamentals of CFD, T. K. Sengupta, Universities Press (2004)

11. Computational Fluid Dynamics, T. J. Chung, Cambridge University Press (2002)

12. Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics, J. H. Ferziger and M. Peric, Springer (1997)

13. Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics, C. A. J. Fletcher, Vols. I & II, Springer-Verlag

(1996)

RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: 13TE642 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME202 CREDITS: 3

Sources: Renewable Energy Sources in India - Potential sites, availability. Solar Energy:

Measurement and collection, flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors, solar ponds,

photovoltaic conversion, Thermal energy storage. Ocean Energy: Principles of OTEC; wave energy,

tidal energy, energy conversion systems. Wind Energy: Principle, potential and status; Wind

Characteristics; National Wind Atlas; Theory of wind turbine blades; Types of wind turbines and

their characteristics. Biofuels: Sources and potential, properties and characterization; Biogas

generation through aerobic and anaerobic digestion; Thermochemical methods of biofuel

utilization: Combustion and gasification; Status of biofuel technology. Geothermal Energy-Nature,

types and utilization. Applications: Applications of renewable energy sources - Typical examples.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Renewable Energy Resources, Twidell & Wier, CRC Press

2. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,

U.K., 1996.

265

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. L.L. Freris, Wind Energy Conversion systems, Prentice Hall, UK, 1990

2. Renewable energy resources - Tiwari and Ghosal - Narosa.

3. Renewable Energy Technologies - Ramesh & Kumar - Narosa

4. Non-Conventional Energy Systems / K Mittal /Wheeler

5. Renewable energy sources and emerging technologies by D.P.Kothari,K.C.Singhal, P.H.I

6. Non-Conventional EnergySources - G.D.Rai, KhannaPublishers

SYSTEM DYNAMICS

COURSE CODE: 11ME547 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction System concepts, examples on system modeling Mathematical models,

classification.Laplace Transformation, Properties of Laplace transformation, Inverse Laplace

transformation using partial fraction expansion, Final value theoremSolution of ODE’s via Laplace

transformation.

Transfer Functions and Block Diagrams, Modeling of Physical Systems, Electrical, mechanical,

thermal, & fluid flow problems. Examples on how to interconnect different physical systems.

Linearization of Nonlinear Systems, Concept of equilibrium and operating point, Taylor series

expansion, State space formulation of ODE, Linearization of non-linear state equations, Response

of linear models to test signals, Stability of Linear Time Invariant systems.

Characteristic equation, s-plane stability regions, Routh’s test, Time domain analysis of control

systems, Performance specifications in time domain.

Introduction to automatic control system design in time domain, P, PD, PID control system, design

according to the performance specifications, Frequency response of Linear Time Invariant

Systems, Asymptotic Bode Plot, Mathematical models from frequency response data

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Ogata, K., Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall, 4rd edition, 2002.

2. Beachley, N.H., Harrison, H.L., Introduction to Dynamic System Analysis, Harper and Row

Publishers, 1978.

3. Cochin, I., Plass, H.J., Jr., Analysis and Design of Dynamic Systems, 2nd ed., Harper Collins

Publishers, 1990.

4. Dorf, R.C, Bishop, R.H., Modern Control Systems, 10th ed., Pearson Prentice Hall, NJ, 2005.

5. Kuo, B., Automatic Control Systems, Prentice Hall, 1991.

6. Nise, N.S., Control Systems Engineering, 4th ed., Wiley International Edition, 2004.

7. Ogata, K., System Dynamics, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall, 1992.

FATIGUE, CREEP AND FRACTURE MECHANICS

COURSE CODE: 13ME349 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 13ME205 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Prediction of mechanical failure. Macroscopic failure modes; brittle and ductile

behaviour. Fracture in brittle and ductile materials – characteristics of fracture surfaces; inter-

granular and intragranular failure, cleavage and micro-ductility, growth of fatigue cracks, the

ductile/brittle fracture transition temperature for notched and unnotched components. Fracture

at elevated temperature.

Griffith’s analysis: Concept of energy release rate, G, and fracture energy, R. Modification for

ductile materials, loading conditions. Concept of R curves.

Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM): Three loading modes and the state of stress ahead of

the crack tip, stress concentration factor, stress intensity factor and the material parameter the

critical stress intensity factor, crack tip plasticity, effect of thickness on fractureToughness.

266

Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics (EPFM): The definition of alternative failure prediction

parameters, Crack Tip Opening Displacement, and the J integral. Measurement of parameters and

examples of use.

Fatigue: definition of terms used to describe fatigue cycles, High Cycle Fatigue, Low Cycle Fatigue,

mean stress R ratio, strain and load control. S-N curves. Goodmans rule and Miners rule.

Micromechanisms of fatigue damage, fatigue limits and initiation and propagation control, leading

to a consideration of factors enhancing fatigue resistance. Total life and damage tolerant

approaches to life prediction.

Creep deformation: the evolution of creep damage, primary, secondary and tertiary creep. Micro-

mechanisms of creep in materials and the role of diffusion. Ashby creep deformation maps. Stress

dependence of creep – power law dependence. Comparison of creep performance under different

conditions – extrapolation and the use of Larson-Miller parameters. Creep-fatigue interactions.

Examples.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. T.L. Anderson, Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications, 2nd Ed. CRC press,

(1995)

2. B. Lawn, Fracture of Brittle Solids, Cambridge Solid State Science Series 2nd ed1993.

3. J.F. Knott, Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Butterworths (1973)

4. J.F. Knott, P Withey, Worked examples in Fracture Mechanics, Institute of Materials.

5. H.L.Ewald and R.J.H. Wanhill Fracture Mechanics, Edward Arnold, (1984).

6. S. Suresh, Fatigue of Materials, Cambridge University Press, (1998)

7. L.B. Freund and S. Suresh, Thin Film Materials Cambridge University Press,(2003).

8. G. E. Dieter, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill, (1988)

9. D.C. Stouffer and L.T. Dame, Inelastic Deformation of Metals, Wiley (1996)

10. F.R.N. Nabarro, H.L. deVilliers, The Physics of Creep, Taylor and Francis, (1995)

UPSTREAM SPECIALIZATION

WELL INTERVENTION & STIMULATION TECHNIQUES

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 331 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 14 PE 206 CREDITS: 3

Work-over operations, Work over fluids. Scraping, well circulation, Water and gas Shut-off,

Squeeze cementing. Handling water and gas coning.

Production packers, Packers calculation, Well activation. Repair of wells, Paraffin and scale

removal. Planning and evaluation of workover jobs. Corrosion, Bacteria & Scale control

Sand-control, Screens, Gravel packs.

Reservoir Stimulation in Petroleum Production: Inflow performance, Tubing performance and

NODAL analysis, Decision process for well stimulation, Reservoir engineering considerations for

optimal production enhancement strategies, Stimulation execution.

Hydraulic Fracturing: Introduction, In-situ stress, Mechanics of Hydraulic Fracturing, Fracturing

Fluid Chemistry and Proppants, Fracture Treatment Design.

Matrix Treatments: Introduction, Acid–Rock Interaction, Sandstone Acidizing Design, Carbonate

Acidizing Design. Thermal stimulation techniques. Down-hole heaters. Horizontal well related

development on the subject

Text Books:

1. Thomas O Allen , Alan P. Roberts, “Production Operations: Well Completions, Workover,

and Stimulation”, (Volume 1 and 2), Oil & Gas Consultants International, (1978).

2. Michael J. Economides Kenneth G. Nolte, “Reservoir stimulation”, John Wiley & Sons, 3

ed, (2000).

267

Reference Books:

1. Heriot Watt, “Production Engineering Handbook”

2. A. Daniel Hill, Christine Ehlig-Economides, Ding Zhu, Michael J. Economides, “Petroleum

Production Systems”, 2

Ed., Prentice Hall, (2012).

3. Boyun Guo, William C. Lyons, Ali Ghalambor, “Petroleum Production Engineering: A

computer assisted approach” Elsevier Science and Technology Books, (2007).

RESERVOIR MODELLING AND SIMULATION

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 332 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 14 PE 302 CREDITS: 3

Introduction & Overview: Organization, Design, Testing, Forecasting, Special processes,

Economics, Credibility, decision making, Performance Monitoring, beneficial application, Planning

a simulation study, Study Approach, Model design, Programming, History Matching, Predicting &

Analyzing results, reporting.

Modeling Concepts: The concept of Grid blocks & Time steps, Representation of wells, Mobility

Weighting, Numerical Dispersion, Grid Orientation effects, Explicit & Implicit functions, Treatment

of Vertical saturation & Pressure distributions, Well functions, History Matching, Well

Management, Solution methods.

Designing the reservoir model: Checklist for model design, Selecting the number of dimensions,

Tank models, 1D, 2D (Areal, cross-sectional, radial), Multilayer, 3D, Simplification of complex

problems, Pseudo-relative permeability & Capillary pressure functions, VE pseudo functions,

Windowed models, Naturally fractured reservoirs, Representation of reservoir fluids,

Representation of reservoir rock, Well models.

Selecting reservoir rock and fluid properties data: Data for model construction, Sensitivity of

results to data accuracy, Porosity & Permeability: Sources of data, developing reservoir

description, rock property distribution, Thickness and depth, Capillary pressure and relative

permeability: Selection and assignment of data Fluid properties, Establishing Initial pressure and

saturation distribution.

Selecting Grid & Time-step sizes: Selection of grid block size example grids, Selection of time-

steps, Numerical dispersion, Grid orientation, Cost considerations.

Selecting the Numerical solution method: Terminology, Formulating the equations, Material

Balance & pressure equations, Formulating options, Numerical Dispersion, Choosing the

formulation option, Matrix Equations, Solution methods, Selecting the Equation-solving

technique.

Well Management: Designing & Controlling Production Parameters.

History Matching: Validity of the Reservoir Model, Strategy & Plans, Adjustment of parameters,

Pressures, Pressure gradients, GOR-WOR behavior Automatic History Matching.

Forecasting Future Performance: Planning prediction cases, Preparation of input data, smooth

transition from history to predictions, Review & Analysis of predicted performance, Evaluating &

Monitoring predicted performance.

Simulating Special Processes: Compositional Simulation, Miscible displacement, Chemical &

polymer flooding, Steam simulation and steam drive, In-Situ combustion, Special Data

requirements.

Text Books:

1. Jamal H. Abou Kasem, S. M. Fariuq Ali, M. Rafiq Islam, “Petroleum Reservoir Simulation:

A Basic Approach”, Gulf Publishing Company, (2006).

2. John R. Fanchi, “Principles of Applied Reservoir Simulation”, Elsevier, (2005).

268

Reference Books:

1. Heriot Watt, “Reservoir Simulation Handbook”

2. M.R. Carlson, “Practical Reservoir Simulation”, PennWell, (2003).

3. Zhangxin Chen, “Reservoir Simulation: Mathematical Techniques in Oil Recovery”,

Cambridge University Press, (2008).

4. Richard E. Ewing, “Mathematics of Reservoir Simulation”, Society for Industrial and Applied

Mathematics (SIAM), (1983).

ENHANCED OIL RECOVERY

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 333 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 14 PE 302 CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Historical background and review of primary and secondary recovery, injection rate

and pressures in secondary recovery.

Flood Patterns and Coverage: Basic flooding networks, directional permeabilities, off pattern

wells, natural and induced fractures.

Microscopic displacement of fluids in a reservoir: Capillary forces, viscus forces, phase trapping,

mobilization of trapped phases.

Macroscopic displacement of fluids in a reservoir: Areal sweep efficiency, vertical sweep

efficiency, displacement efficiency, mobility ratio, well spacing.

Flow of immiscible fluids through porous media: continuity equation, equation of motion,

solution methods Water flooding, Fractional flow equation, Frontal advance theory. Recovery

efficiency, permeability heterogeneity.

Immiscible displacement processes:

Water flooding performance calculations: Frontal advance method, viscous fingering method,

Stiles method, Dykstra-Parsons Method, Water for water flooding.

Gas Injection-Immiscible Displacement: Dispersed gas injection, external gas cap gas injection,

and foam drive process for oil recovery.

Miscible Displacement Processes: Mechanism of miscible displacement, phase behavior related

to miscibility, fluid properties in miscible displacement, design procedure and criteria, high

pressure gas injection, enriched gas injection, LPG flooding, Carbon dioxide flooding, alcohol

flooding. Microbial oil recovery

Thermal Recovery Processes: mechanism of thermal flooding, hot water flooding, cyclic steam

injection, estimation of oil recovery from steam drive, in-situ combustion, air requirement for in-

situ combustion.

Surface facilities for EOR processes: Treatment of water for reservoir compatibility. Design

consideration for water handling and injection system. Pumps types & sizing, Infectivity problems.

Gas compression for injection, gas compressors. Design consideration for gas collection and

distribution system for injection

EOR Project Evaluation.

Text Books:

1. E. C. Donaldson, G. V. Chilingarian, T. F. Yew, “Enhanced Oil Recovery: Processes and

Operations”, Elsevier, (1998).

2. Larry W. Lake, “Enhanced Oil Recovery”, Prentice Hall, (1998).

Reference Books:

1. H. R. Van Pollew and Associates, “Fundamentals of Enhanced Oil Recovery”, PennWell,

(1980)

2. Enhanced Oil Recovery, Teknica, Teknica Petroleum Services Ltd.,(2001).

269

3. Modern Chemical Enhanced Oil Recovery: Theory and Practice, Gulf Professional Publishing,

(2011)

4. Aural Carcoane, “Applied Enhanced Oil Recovery”, Prentice Hall, (1992).

5. IstvanLaktos, “Recent Advances in Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery”, Academy Kiado, (2001).

6. Don W. Greew, G. Paul Willfite, “Enhanced Oil Recovery”, Society of Petroleum Engineers,

(1998).

7. Vladmir Alvarado, Eduardo Marriglee, “Enhanced Oil Recovery: Field Planning and

Development Strategies”, Gulf Professional Publishing, (2010).

COAL BED METHANE-GAS HYDRATES-SHALE GAS

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 334 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Coal Bed Methane: Present status of coal bed methane. Formation and properties of coal bed

methane. Thermodynamics of coal bed methane. Exploration & Evaluation of CBM, logging of coal

bed methane wells. Drilling and completion of coal bed methane wells. Hydro-fracturing of coal

seam, Activation of well. Production installation and surface facilities. Well operation and

production equipment. Treating and disposing produced water. Testing of coal bed methane

wells.

Gas Hydrates: Introduction & present status of gas hydrates. Formation and properties of gas

hydrates. Thermodynamics of gas hydrates. Exploration & evaluation of gas hydrates. Phase

behavior of gas hydrates, Kinetics of gas hydrates. Drilling and completion of gas hydrate wells.

Prevention & control of gas hydrates. Gas hydrates accumulation in porous medium. Gas

extraction from gas hydrates. Uses and application of gas hydrates.

Shale Gas: History of shale gas production, Extraction methods: development of current practices.

Location and size of production areas: estimated reserves and economics.

Text Books:

1. R. E. Rogers, “Coal Bed Methane: Principles and Practice”, 3

Ed, Prentice Hall, (1994).

2. E. Dendy Sloan, Jr., C. Koh, “Clathrate Hydrates of Natural Gases”, 3

Ed, CRC Press, (2007).

3. Amber L tuft, “Unconventional Oil & Shale Gas”, Nova Publishers, New York, (2015).

Reference Books:

1. Coal Bed Methane, Society of Petroleum, (1992).

2. John Seidle, “Fundamentals of Coal Bed Methane Reservoir Engineering”, Pennwell Corp.,

(2011).

3. John J. Carroll, “Natural Gas Hydrates: A Guide for Engineers”, Gulf Professional Publishers,

(2003).

4. Natural Gas Hydrates in Flow Assurance, E. Dendy Sloan, C. Koh, A. K. Sum, A. L. Ballard, J.

Creek, M. Eaton, N. McMullen, T. Palermo, G. Shoup and L. Talley, Elsevier, 2010.

DIRECTIONAL DRILLING & OFFSHORE STRUCTURES

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 335 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: 14 PE 206 CREDITS: 3

Directional Drilling: Objectives, Types of deflection tools, tool orientation, Directional well

profiles, Well path deflection & correction.

Down Hole Motors: Positive displacement motors and Turbo-drills - motor description, Power

calculation and applications; Auto-track and verti-track system; Rotary Steerable motors, Geo-

steering tools.

270

Horizontal Well Drilling: Horizontal well objectives and selection, Different profiles, Drilling

techniques, Mud requirements & characteristics, casing and drill string requirements and

completion programs.

Slant Hole Drilling: Objectives and selections, Well profiles and applications.

Down the Hole Well Surveying: Well surveying objectives, surveying methods, Surveying Analysis

methods and calculations for well coordinates.

Measurements While Drilling: Objectives of MWD/ LWD, SWD, MWD tools, Telemetry system

and data interpretation.

Directional drilling problems and their remedies. Introduction to offshore oil and gas operations.

Offshore Fixed Platforms: Types, description and operations.

Offshore Mobile Units: Types, description and installation; Station keeping methods like

conventional mooring & dynamic positioning system.

Offshore Drilling: Difference in drilling from land, from fixed platform, jackup, ships and semi

submersibles; Use of conductors and risers; Deep sea drilling.

Offshore Well Completion: Platforms and subsea completions, Deep water applications of subsea

technology.

Offshore Production: Oil processing platforms, gas processing platforms, water injection

platforms, storage, SPM and SBM, transportation and utilities.

Divers and Safety: Principles of diving use of decompression chambers, life boats.

Offshore Environmental Pollution and Remedial Measures.

Text Books:

1.T. A. Inglis, “Directional Drilling”, “Petroleum Engineering and Development Studies”

2.“The Technology of Offshore 'Drilling, Completion and Production”, ETA Offshore Seminars, Inc.

Penn WellPublishing Company.

3.S. Chakrabarti, “Handbook of Offshore Engineering”, Volume 1 & 2, Elsevier, (2005)

Reference Books:

1.Bill Mitchill, “Advanced oil well drilling engineering, hand book and computer programs” SPE.

PETROLEUM PRODUCTION SYSTEM DESIGN

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 336 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Petroleum production system: Introduction

Gathering and collection of oil and gas: GGS, CTF and GCS - layout, sequential treatment, and

safety features on installations

Well Tubing design: Introduction, Strength of Tubing, Tubing design

Metering and Measurements: Metering of oil & gas, Sampling and Testing of crude oil. Gauging

equipment and methods. Water and sediment determination. Orifice and other metering devices

and their characteristics.

Design of oil-gas separators: Principles of phase separators, Sizing of vertical & horizontal two

phase and three phase separators, Optimum pressure, Design of single and multistage flash

vaporization equipment.

Dehydration systems: Process design of glycol and solid bed dehydration systems.

Design of crude oil Treaters: Sizing horizontal and vertical treaters, Design of LTX units and line

treaters

Design of crude desalting equipment.

Design of produced water treatment and disposal.

271

Design of acid gas treating system design: Design of iron sponge units, Design of H

S and CO

absorbers and strippers using amine solutions.

Design of pressure vessels: Design considerations, Design temperature and pressure, Maximum

allowable stress values, Determination of wall thickness, Corrosion allowance Sizing of different

type of storage tanks.

Text Books:

1.Boyun Guo, William C. Lyons, Ali Ghalambor, “Petroleum Production Engineering: A computer

assisted approach” Elsevier Science And Technology Books, (2007).

2.Ken Arnold, Maurice Stewart, Butterworth Heinemann, “Surface Production Operations”, Vol 1

& 2, (1989).

Reference Books:

1.H.K. Abdel- Aal, Mohamed Aggour, M.A. Fahim, “Petroleum and Gas Field processing”, Marcel

Dekkar Inc., (2003).

2.A. Daniel Hill, Christine Ehlig-Economides, Ding Zhu, Michael J. Economides, “Petroleum

Production Systems”, 2

Ed., Prentice Hall, (2012).

3.Engineering Data Book, 12

Edition (Electronic), FPS Version, Volume I & II, Gas Processers

Suppliers Association (GPSA), (2005).

DOWNSTREAM SPECIALIZATION

MASS TRANSFER

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 337 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Diffusion and mass transfer – Mass transfer operations & their applications. Molecular diffusion –

Fick’s law, steady state molecular diffusion in binary mixtures of gases, liquids and solids,

diffusivity in gases and liquids, correlations; Mass transfer theories – Film mass transfer

coefficients for the cases of equimolar counter diffusion and diffusion of one component (A) in

stagnant component (B).

Interphase mass transfer – overall mass transfer coefficients. Equipment for gas – liquid contact -

continuous and stage wise contact equipment, packed columns – Liquid distribution -Mass

transfer coefficients in packed columns – Flooding in packed and plate columns – Ideal-plate –

Murphree, point, plate and column efficiency – Comparison of packed and plate columns.

Absorption and Stripping – counter current and co-current isothermal absorption and stripping of

single component – Operating Lines – Minimum flow rates – Determination of number of transfer

units and height of a continuous contact absorbers. Multistage absorption and determination of

number plates – absorption factor – Kremser – Brown equation.

Drying and Crystallization: Principles, Mechanisms and equipment

Distillation - Raoult’s Law, Ideal Solution, X-Y and T-X-Y, P-X-Y Diagrams, Flash Vaporization and

Condensation, Differential Distillation, Steam Distillation, Binary Distillation, McCable Thiele and

Ponchon-Savarit Method, Total Reflux, Minimum and Optimum Reflux ratios, Design of Distillation

Columns with Open Steam, Multiple Feeds, Side Streams and Partial Condensers, Approximate

and Plate to Plate Calculations for Multi Component Distillation.

Solvent extraction - Liquid-Liquid Extraction, Extraction Equipment, Equilibrium Diagram, Choice

of Solvent, Single Stage and Multiphase Countercurrent Extraction With/Without Reflux,

Continuous Contact Extractors.

Leaching – Principles, Leaching Equipment and Equilibrium, Single and Multistage Cross Current

and Counter Current Leaching

Adsorption and Desorption – Principle and mechanism

272

Text Books:

1. Robert E. Treybal, “Mass Transfer Operations” McGraw-Hill Education India Pvt.Ltd - New Delhi

2. E. L. Cussler, “Diffusion: Mass Transfer in Fluid Systems”, Cambridge University Press

Reference Books:

1. Binay K. Dutta, “Principles of Mass Transfer and Separation Processes” by PHI Learing

Publisher

2. Incropera and DeWitt, “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley & Sons

PETROLEUM REFINING & PETROCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 338 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Primary Processing Of Crude Oil: Classification of crude oil, Atmospheric distillation, Vacuum

distillation of residue, Products - Specifications, Properties & Test Methods

Secondary Processing Of Crude Oil: Thermal and Catalytic Cracking, Reforming, Alkylation,

Isomerization, Hydro-Processing, Cracking, Visbreaking, coking, Bitumen Production. - Lube Oil

Base Stock Production, Classification and Characterization of Propane Deasphalting, Dewaxing,

Hydro-Finishing; polymerization.

Treatment Techniques: Treatment techniques for removal of objectionable gases, Odors, to

improve performance, Storage stability, Extraction of aromatics, Olefins and recovery operations

from petroleum products. Specialty products - Carbon Black, Petroleum Coke and Waxes

Petrochemicals: Chemicals from methane and synthetic gas: Ammonia, Methanol and Hydrogen

Cyanide, Chemicals from olefins: Ethylene derivatives, Propylene derivatives and Butylenes

derivatives, Aromatics, intermediates for synthetic fibres, Plastics and rubber.

Environmental and Safety Aspects in Refinery and Petrochemicals: Waste water and effluent

gases treatment from alkylation units and petrochemical units, safety aspects in the above

industries.

Text Books:

1.W.L. Nelson, “Petroleum Refinery Engineering”, 4

Ed, McGraw Hill, New York, (1985).

2.B. K. Bhaskara Rao, "Modern Petroleum Refining Processes", 2

Ed, Oxford and IBH Publishing

Company, New Delhi, (1990.)

3.Uttam Ray Chaudhuri, “Fundamentals of Petroleum and Petrochemical Engineering” CRC Press

Reference Books:

1.Surinder Parkash, “Refining Processes Handbook”, Gulf Professional Publishing

2.Robert A. Meyers, “Handbook of Petroleum Refining Processes” Mcgraw-Hill, (1996).

3.James G. Speight, “Handbook of Petroleum Analysis” Wiley-Interscience, (2001).

4.G. D. Hobson and W. Pohl., "Modern Petroleum Technology", Gulf Publishers, 2

Ed, (1990).

REFINING PROCESS, MODELING & SIMULATION

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 339 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Process Synthesis and details, Process Flow Sheeting, Strategy of Process Calculations

Characterization, physical and thermodynamic properties of oil fractions

Atmospheric distillation unit – introduction, process overview, model development, feed

characterization, data requirements and validation, representative atmospheric distillation unit

building the model in Aspen HYSYS

273

Vacuum distillation unit - process description, data reconciliation, model implementation

Predictive modeling of the fluid catalytic cracking (FCC) process, continuous catalyst regeneration

(CCR) reforming process, Hydro-processing units

Text Books:

1.Refinery Engineering: Integrated Process Modeling and Optimization by Ai-Fu Chang, Kiran

Pashikanti and Y. A. Liu, Wiley-VCH

2.Chemical Process Modeling and Computer Simulation by Jana Amiya K, PHI Publications, (2011).

Reference Books:

1.Robert A. Meyers, “Handbook of Petroleum Refining Processes”, Mcgraw-Hill, (1996).

2.William L. Luybean, “Process Modeling, Simulation and Control for Chemical

Engineers”, McGraw-Hill Companies, (1989)

POLYMER SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 340 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction and Fundamentals: Definitions and concepts of plastics and polymers, Comer, Co-

monomer, Mesomer, Co – polymer, functionality, visco-elasticity classification of polymers

Methods determining molecular weights of polymers: Based on colligative properties,

Sedimentation equilibrium method. Gel chromatography. Natural polymers: rubber, shellac, rosin,

cellulose, and lignin’s, Proteins.

Chemistry of Polymerization: Concepts of addition polymerization condensation polymerization

and Co – polymerization, glass transition temperature of polymers, Degradation of polymers of

following types: Mechanical, Hydrolytic thermal, back bone effects.

Methods of Polymerization: Mass, solution, emulsion, suspension Role of following additives for

polymers: Initiators, catalyst inhibitors, solvents, fillers, reinforcing agents, stabilizers plasticizers,

lubricants, blowing agents, coupling agents, flame retardants photo-degradants.

Methods of Manufacture, Properties, uses of following addition compounds: Polyethylene (LDPE

& HDPE), Polypropylene, PVC and its copolymers, Acetals, PTFE;

Condensation compounds: polyester –PMMA, PET, Alkyd, Epoxy resins, Polyurethanes, Silicones,

PF, UF, MF resins.

Description of Following Processing Methods: With principles involved and equipment used

mixing and compounding, extrusion, Calendring, laminating, Moulding – compression, transfer,

injection and blow moulding.

Text Books:

1. Bill Meyer, “Text Book of Polymer Science”, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, (1984).

2. J.A Bryson Newness – Butterwarths, “Plastic Materials”, London, (1989).

Reference Books:

1.J.H. Briston and C.C.Gosselin, “Introduction to Plastics”, Newnes, London, (1968).

2.C.C Winding and G.D.Haitt, “Polymeric Materials”, Mc Graw Hill Book, (1961).

3.M.S. Bhatnagar, “A Text Book of Polymers”, 1st Ed., S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, (2007).

PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSES

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 341 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction to Petrochemicals and Petrochemical Industry in India - Reaction Mechanism and

Kinetics in Petrochemical Production : Cracking, Polymerization, Alkylation, Reforming. -

274

Petrochemicals from Different Feed Stocks - Synthesis Gas : Ammonia, Urea - Methanol

Derivations : Acetic Acid, Methyl Methacrylate, Dimethyl Terephthalate, Chloro Methanes. - N-

Paraffin Derivatives - Propylene and Higher Olefins Production and Derivatives - Aromatics

Production and Derivatives - Thermosetting and Engineering Resins, Synthetic Fibers, Synthetic

Rubber - Integration of Petrochemical Production with Refinery Operations. - PRACTICAL

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Chemistry of Petrochemical Processes by Sami Matar and Lewis F. Hatch, 2

Edn, Gulf

Professional Publishing

2. Petrochemical processes by Alain Chauvel and Gilles Lefebvre, Editions Technip

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Handbook of Petroleum Processing by David S. J. Jones and Peter P. Pujadó, Springer, 2006

CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN AND DRAWING

COURSE CODE: 14 PE 342 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Basic design procedure of heat transfer equipment, overall heat transfer coefficient and dirt

factors, shell and tube heat exchangers - construction details, selection algorithm, design codes,

mean temperature difference, general design considerations, tube-side heat transfer coefficient

and pressure drop, shell-side heat transfer coefficient and pressure drop.

Design of condensers for single vapors, heat transfer coefficient correlations for condensation

inside and outside of tubes of the vertical and horizontal condensers, pressure drop in condensers.

Reboilers, vaporizers and evaporators - Pool boiling, convective boiling, selection of reboilers, and

vaporizers, design of reboilers, vaporizers and evaporators, drawing of evaporators.

Design of distillation column, degree of freedom analysis, various design methods of distillation

column, general design consideration of multicomponent distillation, plate efficiency, tray

hydraulics of sieve and valve - trays.

Design of pressure vessel; Introduction of codes for pressure vessel design; design of cylindrical

and spherical shells under internal and external pressure, selection and design of closures,

Selection of gaskets, selection of standard flanges, optimum selection of bolts for flanges, design

of flanges. Design of lug support and saddle support including bearing plates and anchor bolts.

Text Books:

1. Sinnott R. K.; "Coulson and Richardson's Chemical Engineering Series", Vol. VI, 4

Ed.,

Butterworth-Heinemann.

2. Seader J. D. and Henley E. J., "Separation Process Principles", 2

Ed., Wiley-India.

3. Bhattacharya B. C., "Introduction of Chemical Equipment Design", CBS Publisher.

Reference Books:

1. Hewitt G.F., Shires G. L. and Bott T. R., "Process Heat Transfer", Begell House.

2. Serth R.W., "Process Heat Transfer: Principles and Applications", Academic Press.

3. Brownell L. E. and Young H. E., "Process Equipment Design", John Wiley.

4. I.S.; 4503 - 1967, Indian Standard Specification for Shell and Tube Type Heat Exchangers.

275

OPEN ELECTIVES

IPR & PATENT LAWS

COURSE CODE: 11OE408 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Intellectual Property Rights; Patents and intellectual property rights (IPR): Definition,History

of intellectual property; Types of intellectual property rights, copy rights, trade marks,

geographical indication, Industrial design rights, patents. Sources of patent information,

patent application procedure s. Principles, Scope And Functions Of GATT&WTO; GATT- Historical

perspective, objectives and fundamental principles, impact on developing countries. WTO-

Objectives, scope, functions, structure, status, membership and withdrawal, dispute

settlement, impact on globalization, India-tasks and challenges. Regulatory Affairs; Indian

contest-requirements and guidelines of GMP, understanding of Drugs and cosmetic act 1940 and

rules 1945 with reference schedule M,U & Y. Related quality systems-objectives and guidelines

of USFDA,WHO & ICH; Introduction to ISO series. Documentation and Protocols;

Documentation:Types related to pharmace uticals industry, protocols, harmonizing

formulation development for global fillings, NDA, ANDA, CTD, Dealing with post approval

changes-SUPAC, handling andmaintenance including

electronic documentation. Case Studies on

Patents; Case Studies on - Patents (Basmati rice, turmeric, Neem, and related medicinal plants

and byproducts)

Textbooks:

1. S. H. Willig, Good manufacturing practices for Pharmaceuticals, Informa Healthcare

(Oct 2000).

Reference books:

1. Industrial Property Ri ghts: Vol. III-4, Kogan Pate, Kogan Pate, Kogan Page (May

1998)

REGULATORY AFFAIRS AND CLINICAL TRAILS

COURSE CODE: 11OE411 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Investigational new drug development • New drug development • Abbreviated New Drug

Development Phase 0 studies • Phase I and subtype studies (single ascending, multiple ascending,

dose escalation, methods, food effect studies, drug – drug interaction, PK end points • Phase II

studies (proof of concept or principle studies to establish efficacy) • Phase III studies (Multi

ethnicity, multinational, registration studies) • Phase IV studies (Post marketing authorization

studies; pits and practices? Good clinical practice (ICH GCP E6) • Clinical trial materials

(Documentation, Investigational drugs, logistical materials) Ethics committees, constitution and

practices • Declaration of Helsinki and Informed consent process • Liability and indemnity in

clinical trials (Insurance and Indemnity: roles and responsibility) • Misconduct and Fraud in

clinical research • Ethics and clinical trials in special population. Adverse event and serious

adverse event reporting in clinical trials; emphasis on SUSARs, managing and reporting of events.

Clinical study reports – structure and content • Critical appraisal of clinical study report •

Reporting clinical trials in common technical document • Electronic reporting in clinical trials.

Quality control, assurance and types of audits • Clinical study audit – conduct and reporting •

Regulatory inspections in clinical research. ICH –GCP guidelines, • Clinical Research regulations in

India – CDSCO guidelines, • Clinical trial application requirements in India- IND, ANDA, AADA and

NDA. • USFDA regulations to conduct drug studies.

276

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

1. Handbook of clinical research. Julia Lloyd and Ann Raven Ed. Churchill Livingstone

2. Principles of Clinical Research edited by Giovanna di Ignazio, Di Giovanna and Haynes.

3. Central Drugs Standard Control Organization. Good Clinical Practices-Guidelines for Clinical

Trials on Pharmaceutical Products in India. New Delhi: Ministry of Health; 2001.

BIO-SAFETY & BIOETHICS

COURSE CODE: 13OE432 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Biosafety Concepts and Issues Introduction to Biosafety, International dimensions in

Biosafety, Cartagena protocol on biosafety, Rational Vs Subjective perceptions of risks and

benefits, Relationship between risk, hazard, exposure and safeguards, Bioterrorism and

conventions on biological weapons. Biosafety in t he Laboratory; Bio technology and

biosafety concerns at the level of individuals, institutions, society, region, country and the world.

Laboratory associated infections and other hazards, assessment of biological hazards and

levels of biosafety, prudent biosafety practices in the laboratory institution. ; Biosafety

Regulations, Food Safety and Assessment Biosafety regulations in the handling of recombinant

DNA proce sses and products in institutions and industries, Biosafety assessment

procedures in India and abroad. The GM-food and biosafety assessment proce dures

for biotech foods & related products, including transgenic food crops, case studies of relevance

(e.g.-cotton).Biosafety assessment of biotech pharmaceuticals products such as drugs/vaccines

etc.; Biotechnology and Society Introduction to science , technology and society,

biotechnology and social responsibility, public acceptance issues in biotechnology, issues of

access, ownership, monopoly, traditional knowledge, biodiversity, benefit sharing,

environmental sustainability, public vs private funding, biotechnology in international

relations, globalization and development divide.; Biotechnology and Bioethics ; Ethics from

biomedical practice s to biotechnology, ethical conflicts in biotechnology-interference with

nature, fear of unknown, unequal distribution of risks and benefits of biotechnology,

bioethics vs business ethics, ethical dimensions of IPR, technology and other global biotech

issues.

Recommended Textbooks:

1. Biotechnology & Safety Assessment (3 rd Ed)- Thomas J.A, Fuch R.L(2002) –

Academic Press.

2. Biotechnology Safety Principles & Practices (3 rd Ed)-FlemingD.A, Hunt D.L(2000)–

Academic Press.

Reference books:

1. Encyclopedia of Bioethics.-S.K.Ghosh-Global Publishing House.

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

COURSE CODE: 13OE433 L- T- P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Environmental Pollution; Types, Environmental pollution (water, soil, air), Noise &

Thermal pollution, source s, and control. Reduction of environmental impact of industrial

effluents, chemical herbicides and fertilizers. Biotechnology for hazardous

waste management, persistent organic pollutants, Xenobiotics, biological detoxification of

pH. Removal of oil spills. Environmental monitoring. Bioremediation – solid & liquid waste

treatment. ; : Water Pollution ; Water Quality modeling for streams. Water pollution and its

control, wastewater treatment – Biological processes for Industrial and domestic effluents

treatments, Aerobic and non-aerobic Biological treatment. Role of Biotechnology in water

purification systems. (Primary, secondary and tertiary treatments); : Air Pollution; Source of air,

water and solid wastes. Micrometeorology and dispersion of pollutants in Environment.

277

Centrifugal collectors, Electrostatics, precipitator, bag filters and wet scrubbers. Design and

efficiencies. Combustion generated pollution mine drainages, vehicle emission control. Case

studies – Bio techniques for Air pollution control. ; Microbe-Metal Interaction ; Heavy metal

pollution and impact on environment Bioleaching Microbial systems for heavy metal

accumulation, Biosorption, molecular mechanism of heavy metal tolerance, role of microbes in

synthesis of nanoparticles.; Environment & Energy ; Renewable sources of energy – Biogas,

waste material, energy crops, ce llulose. Bio-fuels & Bio diesel using microorganisms. Global

Environmental problems. Ozone depletion, UV-B, Green house effect. National policy on

environment.

Recommended textbooks:

1. T. Srinivas, Environmental Biotechnology, New-Age Publications, New Delhi (2008)

2. Bru E. Rittmann and Perry L.Mc Carty, Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and

Applications, Mc Graw Hill Company (2001)

Reference textbooks:

1. Howard S. Peavy, Donal R. Rowe and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental

Engineering, Mc Graw Hill Company (1985)

PRODUCT VALIDATION AND QUALITY CONTROL

COURSE CODE: 13OE434 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Process validation and cGMP Validations – Methods of validation, Types of validations,

Documentation, Development of validation protocol, Standard operating procedures.

Quality Assurance, Quality control, Quality management, Good laboratory practice s, Good

manufacturing practices, cGMP, GMP of industries. Guidelines and regulation of FDA and

ICH for GLP, Documentation of GMP, Compliance of GMP. Clean room, Class A, B (USFDA),

Bacterial counts in clean room, Waste disposal in laboratories. Introduction to ISO series. :

clinical trials and regulatory affairs; What is clinical trail - Need, Types and phases of

preclinical and clinical trails, Benefits and Risks in clinical trails, Research methodology,

Primary and secondary outcomes: Subgroup analysis, Design configuration, Multicenter

trails, Clinical trail regulation, Essential standards for performing clinical trails, Indian/USA/EU

ethics approval system. Good clinical practice, Institutional ethics committee, General ethical

principles. Basic components of clinical trails budgets, Clinical trail Industry, Economic

challenges faced by Pharmaceutical companies.: IPR and Patent laws ; Patents and

intellectual property rights (IPR): Definition, History of intellectual property; Types of

intellectual property rights, copy rights, trade marks, geographical indication, Industrial

design rights, patents. Sources of patent information, patent application procedures. GATT-

objectives and fundamental principles. WTO-Objectives, scope, functions, structure, status,

membership and withdrawal, dispute settlement, impact on globalization, India-tasks and

challenges.; Marketing and Management ;Indian and foreign prospective of

biotechnology, current challenges for the biotechnology based products. Role of Research

and development, Develop process, succe ss rates and costs, creating and marketing the image

of the biotechnology company. Art of negotiation and effective communication, pri ce, place

of price in marketing strategy, multistage price determination process, breakeven analysis and

pricing, pricing, policies.

Textbooks:

1. Biotechnology Safety Principles & Practices (3 rd Ed)-FlemingD.A, HuntD.L–

Academic Press. (2000)

2. International Clinical Trail, Volume 1 & 2 Dominique P.brunier and Nahler, Interpham

press, Denver, Colorado.

Reference books:

278

1. Joseph G Monk. Operations Management. Macmillan/McGraw-hill School (1988-11).

2. Samuel Eilon, Production, Planning and Control, Universal Publishing Corporation

(1991).

REMOTE SENSING AND GIS

COURSE CODE: 11OE309 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Remote sensing basic definition and process, Passive and active remote sensing. Electromagnetic

Spectrum, Resolution, Characteristics of Various sensors and satellites, Fundamentals of Image

Processing. Map as a model, Spatial elements and terminology, Map scale, Spatial referencing

system, Computers in map production, General software’s in map production. Types of data

products; Image interpretation strategy, Levels of interpretation keys; Topography, Types of

Drainage Pattern and Texture, Erosion, ; Basic elements of image interpretation. Overview on visual

image interpretation equipment. A brief history of GIS, GIS architecture, Components of a GIS, GIS

workflow, Theoretical models of GIS: Functional elements, Fundamental operations, Theoretical

framework, GIS categories, Levels/scales of measurement. The data stream, Data input methods:

Keyboard entry, Manual digitizing, Scanning and automatic digitizing. Stages of GIS data modeling;

Raster and Vector data representation, Spatial data models; Data editing, Detecting and correcting

errors, Data reduction and generalization Edge matching and Rubber sheeting, Components of data

quality, Sources of error in GIS. Land use /Land cover studies, slope mapping, preparation of

structures map, Ground water prospects mapping, Watershed management and Action plan, Water

quality modeling, Salt Water intrusion models, pipeline alignment studies, Solid and hazardous

waste disposal site selection, Landslides mapping, Urban planning and Management, GPS

applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation- 5

Edition by Lillesand, Kiefer and Chipman,

Published by John Wiley and Sons, Inc, New York, 20072. Text book of Remote sensing and GIS –

Edition by M. Anji Reddy, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. Geoinformatics for Environmental management” by M. Anji Reddy, B.S Publications, Hyderabad

2. Remote Sensing and GIS- by B. Bhatia Published by Oxford University Press, 2009

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL METHODS

COURSE CODE: 11OE310 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Sources, Types and Effects of Water pollutants. Measurement of pollution loads: DO, BOD, COD,

TOC - Water quality and Effluent discharge standards. Role of Microorganisms in wastewater

treatment. Bacterial population dynamics- growth kinetics. Pre treatment, primary treatment,

secondary and tertiary treatment of wastewater. Low cost treatment unit processes. Sources,

Types, and effects and Fate of air pollutants. Meteorological factors and their impacts on

pollutants dispersal. Sampling and measurement of air pollutants. Air quality standards. Air

pollution control methods for particulates and gaseous pollutants. Emission Control equipments

for particulate and gaseous matter Sources and types of Solid wastes – Disposal methods: Land

filling - Composting - Incineration – Pyrolysis . Reclamation of polluted and degraded soil

byBioremediation- Phyto-remediation. Human acoustics, Sound and its general features- Noise

and its measurement - Noise pollution hazards -Control methods

279

Text Books

1. C.S.Rao (2006), Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, New Age International (P)

Limited Publishers, New Delhi.

2. Howard S. Peavy, Donald R. Rowe and George Tchobanoglous(1985), Environmental

Engineering, Mc Graw-Hill International Editions, NewYork.

ReferenceBooks

1. S.K. Garg,(2010),Sewage Disposal And Air pollution Engineering, Khanna publishers, New

Delhi

2. M.N Rao and A.K Dutta,(2000) Waste water Engineering, Oxford & IBH PublishingCo.Ltd.

3. M.N Rao and H.V.N Rao,(2000), Air Pollution, Tata McGraw- Hill PublishingCompany Limited,

New Delhi

4. Davis Cornvel,(2000),Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York

5. Met Calf &Eddy(2006), Waste Water Engineering, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York

SPATIAL DATA ANALYSIS AND MODELLING

COURSE CODE: 11OE311 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

History and basic components of Remote Sensing, Electromagnetic Remote sensing process,

Passive and active remote sensing. Electromagnetic Spectrum, Resolution, Characteristics of

Various sensors and satellites: IRS, Fundamentals of Image Processing. Fundamentals of GIS: Map

– scale, projection and symbolism. Data structures, data models, GIS data, acquisition, input,

storage, output generation. Data preprocessing, database management, integrated analysis of

spatial and attribute data. Spatial Analysis and Measurement, Classification, Neighborhood

functions, Polygonal neighborhoods, Buffers. Statistical Surfaces, Digital Elevation Model (DEM).

Interpolation- linear and non-linear, uses and problems. Terrain reclassification, Discrete surfaces

- dot distribution maps, choropleth maps. Spatial Arrangement: Spatial Arrangement,

Directionality of Linear and Areal objects, Connectivity of Linear objects, Routing and allocation.

Overlay Analysis, Cartographic overlay, Automating point-in-polygon and line-in-polygon

procedures in Raster, Automating Polygon overlay in Raster, Automating vector overlay, types of

overlay. Data Modelling, Cartographic Modeling, Scope of GIS and relationship to environmental

modeling, data models and data quality. Hydrological Modeling - Land-surface-subsurface Process

Modeling, solid and hazardous waste disposal site selection, zoning atlas for industrial siting,

environmental information system development, risk and hazard modelling.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of GIS by MICHAEL N DEMERS. Published By john Wiley & Sons Inc.

2. M. Anji Reddy , Text book of Remote sensing and GIS by, BSP Publications, Hyderabad, 2001

Reference Books:

1. Environmental Modelling with GIS, Michael F. Goodchild, Bradley O. Parks, Louis T. Steyaert

2. M.Anji Reddy, Geoinfomatics for Environmental Management, BS Publications, 2004.

3. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems By Kang-Tsung Chang (TATA McGRAW-

HILL EDITION).

280

DISASTER MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: 11OE414 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction and Concept of disasters and hazards related to Earthquakes, Tsunami, Volcanic

eruption, Cyclones, Floods, Drought, Landslides, Forest fires, Avalanches and Pest infestation.

Prediction and perception of hazards and adjustments to hazardous activities; Rates of natural

cycles and residence time. Landslide: causes, prevention and correction. Landslide hazard

mitigation. Earthquakes: intensity and magnitude of earthquakes; geographic distribution of

earthquake zones; precursors to the earthquakes, seismic waves, travel-time and location of

epicentre; nature of destruction; ground subsidence; protection from earthquake hazards; do’s

and don’ts during earthquake; Tsunamis causes and consequences. Floods: Causes, nature and

frequency of flooding: nature and extent of flood hazard; urban floods, environmental effects of

flooding; flood mitigation methods. Tropical cyclone- formation and consequences. Coastal

erosion; sea level changes and its impact on coastal areas. Drought: Nature and effect on plant

and animal systems. Study of pattern and mitigation of forest fires. Geological and environmental

investigations for the construction of dams, bridges, highways and tunnels. Impact of major

geotechnical projects on the environment. Disaster Management: Capability-Vulnerability- risk-

preparedness and mitigation- Disaster management cycle; Disaster Risk Reduction and Resilience;

Disaster Management Act and Policy. Disaster Management case studies.

Text books:

1. Smith, K. (1992) Environmental Hazards, Routledge, London.

2. Bell, F.G. (1999) Geological Hazards, Routledge, London.

Reference books:

1. Krynine, D.S. and Judd, W.R. (1998) Principles of Engineering Geology, CBS, New Delhi.

2. Bryant, E. (1985) Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press. London.

3. Nagarajan, R. (2001) Lanslide Disaster – Assessment and Monitoring, Anmol

Publications,New Delhi.

4. Cutter, Susan L. (1999) Environmental risks and hazards, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

5. Bill Mc Juire, Ian Mason and C. Killburn (2002) Natural hazards and Environmental

change,Oxford University Press, New York.

6. Gupta, Harsh K. (2003) Disaster Management, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd

7. Coppola, Damon P. (2006) Introduction to International Disaster Management, Butterworth-

Heinemann

8. Jha, Madan Kumar (2010) Natural and Anthropogenic Disasters: Vulnerability, Preparedness

and Mitigation, Springer

9. Glade, Thomas, Malcolm G. Anderson, Michael J. Crozier (2005) Landslide Hazard and Risk,

edited Springer

10. Singh, Surendra, Leszek Starkel, Hiambok Jones Syiemlieh (2008) Environmental Changesand

Geomorphic Hazards, Bookwell.

IMAGE INTERPRETATION USING REMOTE SENSING

COURSE CODE: 11OE415 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction and Physics of Radiant Energy: Definition, History, Basic components of Remote

sensing, Passive and active remote sensing. Electromagnetic Spectrum, Energy source and its

characteristics, Nature of EMR

281

EMR Interaction with Earth Surface Materials: Spectral signature concepts – Spectral reflectance &

emittance – Typical spectral reflective characteristics of water – vegetation, soil, minerals/rock,

man-made structures.

Remote Sensing Platforms And Sensors: Introduction; Satellite system parameters; instrumental

and viewing parameters, sensor parameters: Spatial, Spectral and Radiometric resolutions, Imaging

sensor systems: Multi spectral imaging sensor systems, Thermal sensing systems, microwave image

systems. Earth resources satellites: Landsat, SPOT, IRS, and other recent satellites. Meteorological

satellites: NOAA, GOES, NIMBUS, Meteosat series, Oceansat, IKONOS satellites.

Introduction of Maps: Introduction, Map as a model, Spatial elements and terminology,

Classification of maps, Map scale, Spatial referencing system, Computers in map production,

General software’s in map production. Types of data products; Image interpretation strategy, Levels

of interpretation keys; Topography

Visual Image Interpretation: Introduction; Types of pictorial data products; Image interpretation

strategy, Levels of interpretation keys; Process of image interpretation; Basic elements of image

interpretation. Overview on visual image interpretation equipment. Elements of Visual Image

Interpretation: Key elements of visual image interpretation, Topography, Drainage Pattern and

Texture, Erosion, Image tone, Vegetation and land use; Concept of converging evidence. Temporal

aspects of image interpretation.

Image Resolution, Field Data and image interpretation – Target Variables, System Variables,

Operation Conditions, Measurement of Resolution, Mixed Pixels, Kinds of Field Data, Nominal Data,

Field Radiometry, Locational Information, Geographic Sampling, Image Interpretation tasks,

Strategies, collateral information, interpretive overlays, preparation for manual interpretation,

Image Scale Calculations.

Visual Image Analysis: Visual image analysis for land use / land cover mapping, geological and soil

mapping, Agriculture applications for forestry applications, water resources applications, Urban and

regional planning, Environmental assessment. Principles of land form identification and evaluation :

Sedimentary, Igneous and Metamorphic rock terrain.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons,

Inc, New York, 1987.

2. M.Anji Reddy , Text book of Remote sensing and GIS by, BSP Publications, Hyderabad, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Remote sensing by JAMES B. CAMPBELL. Published by Taylor & Francis Ltd.,

2. Remote Sensing Principles and Interpretation by Floyd F. Sabins, Jr. Published by Freeman &

Co., New York.

3. Principles of Remote Sensing – Paul Curran P.J., - ELBS Publications

SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

COURSE CODE: 11OE416 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Solid wastes: Sources, Types, reasons for increase in generation, composition and properties of

solid waste, Collection and on-site handling , Separation and processing. Solid waste disposal

methods, Land filling, methods of land filling, Design of Landfills, gas production, Leachate and its

control.

Conversion and recovery: Incineration, Pyrolysis, Composting methods, merits and demerits,

Energy recovery, Biomethanation, use of refuse derived fuels (RDF).

Hazardous Waste, Definition, Sources, Classification, Hazardous wastes rules, and nuclear waste,

biomedical wastes, Chemical wastes, disposal methods, Waste minimization. Treatment methods,

282

Physico-chemical processes, Biological methods, Stabilization and Solidification, Thermal

methods, Disposal methods Land disposal. Remedial technologies.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Solid waste Engineering by P.Aarne Vesilind , William Worrell & Debra Reinhart, Cengage

Learning India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi

2. Environmental pollution control Engineering by C. S. Rao; New age International Publishers, New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Venkatappa Rao. G and Sasidhar. R.S.(2009), Solid waste management and Engineered

Landfills, Sai Master Geoenvironmental Services Pvt.Ltd, Hyderabad

2. World Health Organization, Global Water Supply and Sanitation Assessment 2000

(Geneva2000).

3. Environment and Pollution Laws: Universal, Universal Law Publishing Co. Pvt.Ltd, Ed 2011.

4. Solid and hazardous waste management by M.N.Rao and Razia Sultana, BS Publications,

Hyderabad

OPTICAL ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 11OE422 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: Nil CREDITS: 3

Introduction: Advantages of Optical fibers, Applications of Optical Fiber, Ray Theory Transmission,

Total internal reflection, Acceptance angle, Critical Angle, Numerical Aperture, Fiber types: Step

Index, Graded Index: Modes of Propagation: single mode and multimode fibers.

Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers: Attenuation, absorption, scattering and bending

losses in fibers, Dispersion: Inter-model and intra-model, Polarization mode dispersion

Optical Transmitters and Detectors: LED’S: Principles of Light Emission, Light Emitting Diodes:

Simple structure and characteristics. LASER: Principle, Simple structures of semiconductor Laser

and its characteristics, Detectors: Principles of photo detection. PIN Photodiode, their

characteristics,

Optical Sensors and Their Applications: Chemical Sensors, Temperature Sensors, Strain Sensors,

Biomedical Sensors, Electrical and Magnetic Sensors, Rotation Sensor, Pressure Sensors,

Displacement and Position Sensors.

Optical Fiber Systems And Instruments: Optical Amplifiers: Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers,

Raman Amplifiers, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers, OTDR, Instruments: optical microscopes,

spectrometers, optical endoscopes, and the Hubble Space Telescope.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Keiser G, “Optical Fiber Communication, ” McGraw-Hill.

2. John M Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications: Principles and Practice”, 2nd Edition, PHI.

3. G. P. Agrawal, “Fiber-Optic Communications Systems,” 3

Edition, John Wiley & Sons.

4. Brain J. Thompson “Optical Science and Engineering ” CRC Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. W Tomasi ,” Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, PHI

2. J Powers, “An introduction to fiber optic systems,” 2

Edition, Mc. Graw Hill.

3. John Gowar, “Optical communication systems,” PHI.

4. J C Palais ,” Fiber Optic Communications”, 2nd Edition, PHI

5. Amnon Yariv Pochi Yeh ”Optical Electronics in

Modern Communication, Oxford University Press, New York.

283

IMAGE PROCESSING

COURSE CODE: 13OE 423 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: Nil CREDITS: 3

INTRODUCTION: Origin of Digital Image Processing, Fields that uses Digital Image Processing,

Fundamental steps in Digital Image Processing, Components of an Image Processing System.

DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTLS: Elements of Visual perception, Image sampling and

Quantization, Basic relationships between Pixels, Linear and Non-linear operations. Affine

transformation.

DIGITAL IMAGE TRANSFORMS: Image Transforms – The Discrete Fourier Transform, The FFT,

Walsh, Hadamard, Discrete Cosine Transform, The Haar Transform, And The Slant Transform

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT IN SPATIAL DOMAIN: Some basic Grey level transformations, histogram

processing, enhancement using Arithmetic/Logic operations, Smoothing Spatial Filters,

Sharpening Spatial Filters.

IMAGE ENHANCEMENT IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN: Introduction to Fourier Transform and the

Frequency Domain, Smoothing Frequency Domain Filters, Sharpening Frequency Domain Filters.

IMAGE RESTORATION: Noise models, Restoration in the presence of Noise, only Spatial Filtering,

Periodic Noise reduction by Frequency Domain Filtering, Linear, Position-Invariant Degradations,

Inverse Filtering, Wiener Filtering.

IMAGE COMPRESSION: Fundamentals – Image Compression models – Error Free Compression,

Lossy Compression.

COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING: Color fundamentals, color models, pseudo color image processing,

basis of full-color image processing, color transforms, smoothing and sharpening.

IMAGE SEGMENTATION:Detection of discontinuities, Thresholding, Edge based Segmentation and

Region based Segmentation.

Text books:

1. Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods,” Digital Image Processing”, Second Edition, Pearson

Education Asia, 2002. (Chapter 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9)

2. Jorg Arndt, “ DSP Algorithms for Programmers”(Chapter 3)

3. Gonzalez. R & Woods B.E.,” Digital Image Processing”, Addison Wesley Longman Pearson

Education, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. MilanSonka, Vaclav Hlavac and Roger Boyle, Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision,

Thomson learning, Second Edition, 2001.

2. William J Prati, “Digital Image Processing”, John Wiley & sons.

3. Tinku Acharya, Ajoy K Ray, “Image Processing Principles and Applications Principles and

Applications”, Wiley- Inter science.

MOBILE COMMUNICATION

COURSE CODE : 11 OE 424 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS:3

Introduction to Mobile Communication: Evolution of Mobile Radio Communication, Examples of

Wireless Communication Systems, Cellular telephone Systems, 2G & 3G wireless networks,

Cellular concept, frequency reuse, Channel Assignment strategies, Hand off strategies,

Interference and system capacity, improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems.

Mobile Radio Propagation: Three basic propagation mechanisms: Reflection, diffraction,

scattering, Small Scale Fading, Multipath Propagation, Types of small scale fading, Parameters of

Mobile Multipath channels.

284

Wireless Systems & Standards: GSM Services, Features, Architecture, channel types, Frame

Structure, Signal processing in GSM, CDMA Digital cellular Standards IS-95.

OFDM for Wireless Communications: Basic OFDM, FFT Implementation, Cyclic Extension, Power

Spectrum, and Efficiency, Comparison with Single-Carrier, Design Example, Baseband versus

Passband, Impairments of Wireless Channels to OFDM Signals.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Theodore S. Rappaport, “Wireless Communications Principles and Practice”, 2

Edition,

Pearson Education, 2003.

2. David Tse and Pramod Viswanath “Fundamentals of Wireless Communication” Cambridge

University Press, 2005

3. Ye (Geoffrey) Li, Gordon Stuber, “Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing for Wireless

Communications”, Springer, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. W. C. Y. Lee, “Mobile Cellular Communications, 2nd Edition”, Mc Graw Hill,

2. Gottapu Sasi Bhushana Rao” Mobile Cellular Communication”, Pearson Education

RADAR SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11 OE 431 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Introduction, Basic Radar , Advantage of Basic Radar, Block Diagram of Pulse Radar, simple form of

Radar equation, Detection of signals in noise, Receiver noise and signal to noi se ratio, integration

of Radar pulses, RCS: RCS of simple targets, RCS of multiple targets, PRF and Range Ambiguities,

Doppler Effect, Limitations of CW Radar, FMCW Radar, Altimeter.

MTI Radar, Delay line cancellers: Frequency response of single delay line cancellers, Clutter

Attenuation, MTI improvement factor

Tracking: Types of tracking Radar Systems, Sequential Lobing Radar, Conical Scan and Mono pulse

Tracking Radar Super heterodyne Receiver, Types of Duplexers and receiver protectors, types of

Displays, Radomes.

Radar Transmitter: Introduction, Linear- Beam Power Sources, Crossed- Field Amplifiers, Other RF

Power Sources.

Radar Receivers: The Radar Receivers, Receiver Noise Figure, Super heterodyne Receivers,

Duplexers and Receiver Protectors, Radar Displays

Synthetic Aperture Radar: Spotlight Synthetic Aperture Radar, Interferometric SAR and Coherent

Exploitation

TEXT BOOKS

1.Merrill I Skolnik, “ Introduction to Radar Systems”, 3

Edition, TMH, 2003

2.William L. Melvin, James A. Scheer, Principles of Modern Radar, SciTech Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS

1.Peyton Z Peebles Jr, “Radar Principles”, John Wiley Inc., 2004

2.Hamish Meikie,” Modern Radar Systems”, Artech House

LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS

COURSE CODE: 11OE 425 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 4

Control system terminology, examples of simple control systems, open loop and closed loop

control systems, Types of control systems.

Modeling: Mathematical modeling of physical systems- mechanical (Translational & rotational),

Electrical (R-L-C) and Electromechanical systems – Servo Motors – AC & DC. Block diagram

reduction & Signal Flow graphs

285

State space Modeling: Concepts of state space and state models for simple systems, solution of

state equation, the state transition matrix and its properties; characteristic equation and transfer

function from state models. Concepts of controllability and observability.

Testing: Time domain Testing: Transient Response & Steady state response of 1

and 2

order

systems with Standard test input time signals (step, ramp, parabolic and impulse) time domain

specifications, steady state error and error constants.

Frequency domain testing: Steady state response of 1

and 2

order systems with sinusoidal

signals and frequency domain specifications and their correlation.

Stability analysis: Concept of stability and conditions for stability, Routh – Hurwitz criterion, Root

Locus Technique: The root locus concept, basic properties, magnitude and angle conditions,

properties and construction of the complex root loci, effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s) H(s)

on the root loci.

Frequency response Analysis: Introduction, frequency response specifications, correlation

between time and frequency response, specifications, polar (Nyquist) plot, Bode plot, phase

margin and gain margin; stability analysis from Nyquist plot

Design: Lead Compensators, Lag Compensators, Lead-Lag Compensators, Proportional, PI, PID

controllers

Text Books:

1. I J Nagrath & M Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, 5

Edition New Age International

Publication, New Delhi 2011.

2. B.C. Kuo,” Automatic ontrol Systems”, Prentice Hall India Publications, NewDelhi , Eighth

Edition,2010.

Reference Books

1. K Ogata, “Modern Control Engineering”, Prentice Hall India Publication, New Delhi , Fifth

Edition,2010.

2. M.Gopal, “ Control Systems Principles and Design” Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publications, Fourth

Edition,2012.

Dhanesh N. Manik, “Control Systems”, Cengage Learning Pvt. Ltd., First edition, 2012

RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES

COURSE CODE: 11OE426 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Solar Radiation: Extraterrestrial solar radiation, terrestrial solar radiation, solar thermal

conversion, solar ponds, solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation, photovoltaic energy

conversion, solar cells – 4 models. Wind Energy: Planetary and local winds, vertical axis and

horizontal axis wind mills, principles of wind power, maximum power, actual power, wind turbine

operation. Energy From Oceans: Ocean temperature differences, principles of OTEC plant

operations, wave energy, devices for energy extraction, tides, simple single pool tidal system.

Geothermal Energy: Origin and types, Bio fuels, classification, direct combustion for heat and

electricity generator, anaerobic digestion for biogas, biogas digester, power generation. Energy

From Bio Mass: Biomass energy conversion technologies-Biogas Generation-Classification of

Biogas plants.

Text Books:

1. Godfrey Boyle “Renewable Energy”, Oxford Publications, Second edition.

2. G. D. Rai, “Non-Conventional Energy Sources”, Khanna Publishers, First edition.

Reference Books:

1. Roger H.Charlier, Charles W. “Ocean Energy- Tide and Tidal Power”ISBN: Library of

Congress Control Number: 2008929624_c Springer-Verlag Brerlin Heidelberg 2009.

2. John Twidell & Toney Weir: E&F.N. Spon, “Renewable Energy Sources”, Taylor & Francis

New York, 2nd edition.

286

3. John F.Walker & N.Jenkins, “Wind Energy Technology”, John Willey and Sons Chichester,

U.K – 1997

POWER SYSTEM ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 11OE427 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Power Stations: Layout of Hydro, Thermal and Nuclear Power Stations-Brief description of station

components. Principles of electric power generation using renewable energy resources– solar,

wind and ocean wave energy (qualitative treatment only).Economic Aspects of Power

Generation: Load curve, load duration and integrated load duration curves-load factor, demand

factor, diversity factor, capacity factor, utilization factor and plant use factor, depreciation

methods. Performance of transmission lines: Representation of lines, Short transmission line,

Medium length lines, Long transmission lines, ABCD constants, Ferranti effect. Power Distribution

Systems: Distribution systems- general aspects: Classification of distribution systems,

Requirements of a distribution system, Comparison of AC and DC distribution systems. DC

distribution: Types of distributors, types of loading-DC distributor fed at one end, DC distributors

fed at both ends, Ring distributor, Three-wire DC system. AC Distribution: Introduction, AC

distribution voltage drop calculations. Sub-stations: Introduction, Functions of sub-stations,

Classification of Sub-stations: Indoor Sub-stations, Outdoor Sub-stations. Sub-station layout

showing the location of all thesub-station equipment.

Text Books:

1. “Electrical Power Systems” by C. L. Wadhwa, New Age Publications, Fourth Edition

2. “Electrical Power Systems” by J. B. Gupta, Revised edition

Reference Books:

1. “Elements of Power Station Design and Practice” by M.V. Deshpande, Wheeler Publishing,

1999.

2. “Principles of Power Systems” by V K Mehta and Rohit Mehta, 1

edn. S.CHAND &

COMPANY LTD., New Delhi 2009.

ILLUMINATION AND TRACTION

COURSE CODE: 11OE428 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Illumination Fundamentals: Nature of light, Definition: Plane Angle, Solid Angle, Light energy,

Luminous flux, Luminous intensity, Candle Power, Illumination, Luminance, Lamp efficiency,

Depreciation Factor, Absorption factor, Reflection factor, Space height ratio, Waste light factor,

Spectral distribution curve and Luminous efficiency, Relationship Between Luminous Intensity,

Luminance & Lux, Laws of Illumination, Polar Curves, Photometry. Illumination: Different types of

lamps: Gas discharge lamps, Fluorescent lamps, Ultra violet lamps, Arc lamps, Filament lamps,

Types of Lighting: Street lighting-Flood lighting-Factory lighting-Monument lighting and Decorative

lighting, Compact Fluorescent Lamp (CFL), Light Emitting Diode (LED) lightning; Lighting

Characteristics. Electric Traction: General Features: Requirements of ideal system-Systems

available-Systems of track electrification, The traction motor: General features of traction motors-

Applications of different types, The Locomotive: Wheel arrangement and riding qualities-

Transmission of drive, Characteristics and control of locomotives and motor coaches for track

electrification: DC equipment-AC equipment-Electric braking with DC Motors and with AC Motors-

Control gear-Auxiliary equipment, Tramways and Trolley buses: Special features of the tram and

trolley buses. Track equipment and Collector gear: Conductor-Rail equipment-Overhead

equipment-Calculations of Sags and Tensions-Collector gear for overhead equipment, Diesel

Electric Equipment: Characteristics of the diesel engine-Transmission of drive-Electrical

287

transmission systems, Train movement and Energy consumption: Speed time curves-Construction

of speed time and speed distance curves- Energy consumption-Simplified speed time curves.

Braking: Requirements of Braking system-Types of braking: Mechanical Braking- Air Braking

system-Vacuum Braking system- Hydraulic-Eddy current and Magnetic brakes, Types of Electric

Braking: Mechanical regenerative braking-Electrical regenerative braking.

Text Books:

1. “Art & Science of Utilisation of electrical Energy”, H. Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Co, Pvt Ltd.,

2007.

2. “Generation, Distribution and Utilisation of electrical Energy”, C.L. Wadhwa, New Age

International (P) Limited, Publishers, 2011.

Reference Books:

1. “Utilisation of Electric Energy”, E. Openshaw Taylor, Orient Longman, 2006.

2. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”, M. L. Soni, P. V. Gupta, U. S. Bhatnagar and A.

Chakrabarti, Dhanpat Rai & Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2001.

3. “Electrical Power”, S. L. Uppal, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2006.

ENERGY ESTIMATION & AUDIT

COURSE CODE: 11OE430 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Domestic, Commercial and Industrial Installation Estimate Conditions and Requirements for

Domestic, Commercial and Industrial Installation - steps to be followed in preparing electrical

estimate (domestic, industrial and agricultural installation)

General Aspects of Energy Auditing Introduction - Types of Energy Auditing - Benefits of Energy

Audit - Requirements to conduct Energy Audit - Methodology for Energy Audit - Energy Audit

Report – Energy Conservation Building Code. Squirrel Cage Motors Operation of Induction Motor -

Special Design feature for high efficiency motor - Torque - Speed Characteristics - Operating

parameters of motor - Losses - Measurement of efficiency - Determination of energy saving -

determination of Load - Assessment of economic feasibility - choice of energy efficient motor -

Effect of variation of voltage on the performance of motor - effect of load variations on efficiency

and power factor - unbalanced phase voltage - insulation system.

Transformers and Cables Transformers Introduction - Transformer Losses - Fixed Losses - Load

Losses. Evaluation of Transformer Losses - Case Studies - reduction in Transformer Losses. Energy

Conservation Building Code - mandatory requirements - maximum allowable power transformer

losses. HT and LT Cabels Introduction- Selection of Cable - Construction - Insulation - inner sheath

- armouring - outer sheath - specifications - Tests- Installation. Economics in selection of cables.

Lighting and Pumping Systems Lighting Systems Colour Rendering Index (CRI), Aspects of Lighting

System Designing. Installed Load Efficacy Ratio. Various means for Energy Saving - use of natural

day light - reduction in light fixture - high efficiency lamps and luminaries - effect of reduction in

supply voltage - electronic ballasts - timers and occupancy sensors - Fluorescent tube lights - CFL

lamps - Lighting Control - Exterior Lighting control - Interior Lighting power - Installed Interior

Lighting Power - Exterior Lighting Power. Pumping Systems Centrifugal Pumps - Pumping System

characteristics - static head vs Flow. Pump curves - pump operating point - Factors affecting pump

performance - Matching pump and system head-flow characteristics - effect of over sizing the

pump - energy loss in throttling. Efficient pumping system operation - effect of speed variation -

effects of impeller diameter change - pump suction performance. Flow Control Strategies - pump

control by varying speed - Pumps in parallel switched to meet demand- Stop/Start Control - Flow

Control Valve - By-pass control - Fixed Flow reduction - Variable Frequency Drives. Energy

Conservation Opportunities in Pumping Systems.

TEXT BOOK

1. Electrical Wiring, Estimating and Costing Dr.S.L.Uppal. Khanna Publishers.

2. Electrical Design Estimating and Costing.K.B.Raina & S.K.Battacharya. New age international

(p) limited Publishers

3. Energy Auditing in Electrical Utilities Rajiv Shankar. Viva Books First 2010

288

4. ENERGY ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT AMLAN CHAKRABARTI PHI Learning Pvt Ltd

Second Printing 2011

DATA WAREHOUSING AND MINING

COURSE CODE: 11 OE 432 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

INTRODUCTION TO DATA MINING: Motivation and importance, What is Data Mining, Relational

Databases, Data Warehouses, Transactional Databases, Advanced Database Systems and

Advanced Database Applications, Data Mining Functionalities, Interestingness of a pattern

Classification of Data Mining Systems, Major issues in Data Mining. Data Warehouse and OLAP

Technology for Data Mining: What is a Data Warehouse, Multi-Dimensional Data Model, Data

Warehouse Architecture, Data Warehouse Implementation, Development of Data Cube

Technology, Data Warehousing to Data Mining.

Data Preprocessing: Why Pre-process the Data? Data Cleaning, Data Integration and

Transformation Data Reduction, Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation. Data Mining

Primitives: Mining Association rule in large Databases, Association Rule Mining, Mining Single-

dimensional Boolean Association rules from Transactional Databases, Mining Multi-dimensional

Association rules from relational databases & Data Warehouse. Classification and prediction,

Concepts and Issues regarding Classification and Prediction, Classification by Decision Tree

Induction, Bayesian. Classification, Classification by Back-propagation, Classification Based on

Concepts from Association Rule Mining. Cluster Analysis: What is Cluster Analysis? Types of Data

in Cluster Analysis, A Categorization of Major clustering methods, partitioning methods,

Hierarchial methods, Density-Based Methods: DBSCAN, Grid-based Method: STING; Model-based

Clustering Method: Statistical approach, Outlier analysis.

Text Book:

1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber,Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufman

Publications

Reference Books:

1. Adriaan,Introduction to Data Mining, Addison Wesley Publication

2. A.K.Pujari Data Mining Techniques, University Press

E – COMMERCE

COURSE CODE: 11 OE 433 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Electronic Commerce: Revolution. E-Commerce Business models and concepts: The Internet and

World Wide Web: E-commerce infrastructure. Building an E-commerce web site, Security and

Encryption, E-Commerce payment systems E-Commerce Marketing concepts, E-Commerce

Marketing communications, Ethical, Social and Political issues in E-Commerce Retailing on the

Web, Online Service industries, B2B E-Commerce: Supply chain management and collaborative

commerce. Internet Resources for Commerce, Technologies for Web Servers, Internet

Applications for commerce, Internet Charges, Internet Access and Architecture, Searching the

Internet

Text Books:

1. Kenneth C.Laudon, Carol G.Traver , E-Commerce, (Pearson Education)

Reference Books:

1. Daniel Minoli,Emma Minoli,’Web Commerce Technology Handbook’,(TMG)

2. Elias M.Awad’Electronic Commerce’(PHI)

289

LINUX PROGRAMMING

COURSE CODE: 13OE 421 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Linux Utilities-File handling utilities, Security by file permissions, Process utilities ,Disk utilities Text

processing utilities, and Backup utilities Sed- scripts, operation, addresses, commands,

applications, Awk execution, field and records , scripts, operation, patterns, actions functions

using system commands in awk. Working with Bourne again Shell (bash) responsibilities, here

documents , running shell script, Shell as a programming language, shell meta characters, Control

structures, arithmetic in shell, examples Interrupt processing, functions, debugging shell scripts.

Files : file Concept , File System Structure, I nodes, File Attributes, File types Library functions

,standard and formatted I/O in C, stream errors Kernel support for files ,System calls, file

descriptors, low level file access File structure related system calls (FILE APIS), file and record

locking File and directory management-Directory file APIS, Symbolic links and hard links. Process

concept, Kernel support for process, process attributes, process creation , waiting for a process,

Process termination ,Zombie process, orphan process, Process APIs Introduction to signals, signal

generation and handling ,Kernel support for signals, signal function, unrel iable signals , reliable

signals Kill ,raise, alarm, pause, abort, sleep functions. Introduction to IPC, pipes, FIFOs -

Introduction to three types of IPC-message queues, semaphores and shared memory -Kernel

support for messages, Unix system V APIs for messages- Client /Server example

Text Books:

1. Unix system Programming using C++ T.Chan , PHI (UNIT III to Unit VIII)

2. Unix Concept and Applications, 4

edn. Sumitabha dasTMH

3. Beginning Linux programming 4

edn. N. Matthew, R stones Wrox Wiley India edn.

Reference Books:

1. Linux system Programming , Robot Love, O;Reilly, SPD

2. Unix Network Programming , W.R. Stevens , PHI

3. Unix and Shell Programming , B. A. Forouzan and R.F Gilberg, Cengage learning

4. Unix Internals , U Vahalia , Pearson Educaiton Unix and shell Pr

INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE CODE: 12OE447 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Internet Standards – Introduction to WWW – WWW Architecture – SMTP – POP3 – File Transfer

Protocol - Overview of HTTP, HTTP request – response –– Generation of dynamic web pages.

Markup Language (HTML): Introduction to HTML and HTML5 - Formatting and Fonts –

Commenting Code – Anchors – Backgrounds – Images – Hyperlinks – Lists – Tables – Frames -

HTML Forms.Cascading Style Sheet (CSS3): The need for CSS, Introduction to CSS – Basic syntax

and structure -Inline Styles – Embedding Style Sheets - Linking External Style Sheets –

Backgrounds – Manipulating text - Margins and Padding - Positioning using CSS. Introduction to

Java Script, Objects in Java Script, Dynamic HTML with Java Script .XML: Document type definition,

XML Schemas, Document Object model.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Harvey Deitel and Abbey Deitel, “Internet and World Wide Web - How To Program”,

Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.

2. Web Programming, building internet applications, Chris Bates 2nd edition, WILEY

Dreamtech,2011.

TELEVISION ENGINEERING

COURSE CODE: 12OE441 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

290

ELEMENTS OF A TELEVISION SYSTEM: Picture transmission, sound transmission, picture

reception, sound reception synchronization, receiver controls, color television.Analysis and

Synthesis of Television Pictures: Gross structure, image continuity, no. of scanning lines, flicker,

fine structure, tonal gradation. COMPOSITE VIDEO SIGNAL: Video signal dimensions, horizontal

sync details, vertical sync details, scanning sequence details, functions of vertical pulse train, sync

details of 525 line system. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND CHANNEL BANDWIDTH :Amplitude

Modulation, channel bandwidth, vestigial side band transmission, Transmission efficiency,

complete channel bandwidth, reception of vestigial side band signals, frequency modulation, FM

channel bandwidth, channel bandwidth for color transmission, allocation of frequency bands for

television signal transmission, television standards. THE PICTURE TUBE :Monochrome picture

tube, Beam deflection, screen phosphor, face plate, picture tube characteristics, picture tube

circuit controls. Television Camera Tubes: Basic principal, Image orthicon, Vidicon. BASIC

TELEVISION BROADCASTING: Television transmitter, positive & negative modulation. Television

Receiver: Receiver sections, vestigial side band correction, choice of intermediate frequencies,

picture tube circuitry & controls, sound signal separation, sound section, Sync processing & AFC

circuit, vertical Deflection circuit, Horizontal deflection circuit. Television Signal propagation &

Antennas: Television Transmission antennas, television receiver antennas, color television

antennas.

TEXT BOOK:

1. R.R.Gulati, Monochrome and Color Television:; New Age

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Dhake; TV and Video Engineering: TMH.

EMBEDDED TECHNOLOGIES

COURSE CODE: 11OE439 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

EMBEDDED DESIGN LIFE CYCLE Product specification – Hardware / Software partitioning –

Detailed hardware and software design – Integration – Product testing – Selection Processes –

Microprocessor Vs Micro Controller – Performance tools – Bench marking – RTOS Micro Controller

– Performance tools – Bench marking – RTOS availability – Tool chain availability – Other issues in

selection processes. PARTITIONING DECISION Hardware / Software duality – coding Hardware –

ASIC revolution – Managing the Risk – Co-verification – execution environment – memory

organization – System startup – Hardware manipulation – memory mapped access – speed and

code density. INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINES Watch dog timers – Flash Memory basic toolset –

Host based debugging – Remote debugging – ROM emulators – Logic analyzer – Caches –

Computer optimization – Statistical profiling. IN CIRCUIT EMULATORS Buller proof run control –

Real time trace – Hardware break points – Overlay memory – Timing constraints – Usage issues –

Triggers. TESTING Bug tracking – reduction of risks & costs – Performance – Unit testing –

Regression testing – Choosing test cases – Functional tests – Coverage tests – Testing embedded

software – Performance testing – Maintenance.

Text Books

1. Arnold S. Berger – “Embedded System Design”, CMP books, USA 2002.

2. Sriram Iyer, “Embedded Real time System Programming”

Reference Books

1.. ARKIN, R.C., Behaviour-based Robotics, The MIT Press, 1998

291

FUNDAMENTALS OF IT

COURSE CODE: 13OE429 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Fundamentals of Computers: Introduction, Architecture, organization of a small computer, center

Processing Unit, Execution cycle, Instruction categories, measures of CPU performance, Memory,

Input/output devices, BUS-addressing modes. System Software: Assemblers, Loaders and linkers,

compilers and interpreters. Operating System: introduction, memory management schemes,

Process management, scheduling, threads. Programming Fundamentals: Problem solving with

algorithms, Programming styles, coding Standards and Best practices, Introduction to C

Programming, Testing and Debugging. Code reviews. System Development Methodologies:

Software development Models User Interface Design: introduction, the process, Elements of UI

design & reports. RDBMS: Introduction, Data processing, the database technology, Data models

ER Modeling: Concept, Notations, Extended ER features, Logical database design. Normalization:

Functional Dependency, Normal Forms. SQL: DDL statements, DML statements, DCL statements,

writing Simple queries.SQL tuning techniques: Embedded SQL, OLTP Object oriented concepts:

Object oriented programming, relationship, Inheritance, Abstract classes, polymorphism, UML

Diagrams, Object Oriented Design Methodology. Rational Rose Tool: Application of OOC using

Rational Rose Tool.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organization,PHI,3

ed.,1991

2. Siberschatz and Galvin, Operating System Concepts, 4

ed., Addision-Wesley,1995

3. Dromey R.G., How to solve it by Computers PHI,1994

4. Kernighan, Ritchie, ANSI C language PHI,1992

5. Wilbert o.Galitz essential Guide to user interface design john,wiley,1997

6. Alex Berson, Client server Architecture, McGrew Hill International,1994.

7. Rojer Pressman,Softer Engineering-A Practitioners approach, McGraw Hill 5

ed., 2001.

8. Alfred V Aho,E Hoproft, Jeffrey D Ullman, Design and Analysis or computer algorithms,

Addison Wesley publishing Co..;1998

9. Henny F korth , Abraham Silbefrschatz, Database System concept, 2

. McGraw- Hill

international editions,1991

10. Elmasri and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database systems, 4

edition, admison Wesely,

Person Eductaion inc.2000

FUNDAMENTALS OF DBMS

COURSE CODE: 12OE445 L – T – P: 3-0-0

PRE-REQUISITE: NIL CREDITS: 3

Database fundamentals, DBMS characteristics & Advantages, Database environment, Data base

users, Database architecture, data independence, Languages, tools and interfaces in DBMS. DBMS

Types. Data modeling — ER Model, Notation used in ER diagram, Constraints: types, relationships

in ER Model and other considerations in designing ER diagram. Any example model-University,

Hospital. SQL: Data definition and other languages in SQL, Creating Tables, and Data types,

Constraints, DML statements, Functions and writing SQL statements using nested sub queries,

joining relations. Embedded SQL - Writing Functions and procedures with PL/SQL. (Relational

Model, Relational Algebra, Operators in Relational Algebra-Basics). Normalization: Guidelines for

good database design, Normalization — Normal Forms, First, Second, Third Normal Forms, BCNF

(Boyce Codd Normal Form). File and storage structures: File storage, index structures, indexing

and hashing (Basics). Transaction Processing: Transaction processing issues, Transaction states,

292

problems during multiple transaction processing, ACID properties. Concurrency Control

techniques: Binary Locks, Exclusive Locks, Lock based Techniques, Timestamp based techniques. •

TextBooks:

1. Fundamentals of Database System - Elmasri, R.A.,Navathe, Shyam B. Narosa Publishing

House

2. Database Management Systems - Raghu Ramakrishnan Mc Graw Hill Publishing

Company Limited, 2004

Reference Books:

1. Database Management System - Post, Gerald V ,Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004

2. An introduction to Database Systems - Bipin C Desai Galgotia Publications ( P) Ltd., 2005

3. Database system concepts - Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth and Sudharshan S Mc

Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2004

ROBOTICS

COURSE CODE: 12OE443 L – T – P: 3-0-0